diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Desktop_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Desktop_Trl_en_GB.xml
index ad1c0dcf7d..2dfa685d97 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Desktop_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Desktop_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-FrontOfficeFront Office Desktop
\ No newline at end of file
+FrontOfficeFront Office Desktop
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 2c051714b9..c2480583b7 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-AttachmentAttachmentAttachment for the documentAttachment can be of any document/file type and can be attached to any record in the system.
ClientClientClient/Tenant for this installation.A Client is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.
ColumnColumnColumn in the tableLink to the database column of the table
Display columnDisplay columnColumn that will displayThe Display Column indicates the column that will display.
System ElementElementSystem Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help.The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column.
FieldFieldField on a database tableThe Field identifies a field on a database table.
Key columnKey columnUnique identifier of a recordThe Key Column indicates that this the unique identifier of a record on this table.
LanguageLanguageLanguage for this entityThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting
MenuMenuIdentifies a MenuThe Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to.
Trx OrganisationTrx OrganisationPerforming or initiating organsationThe organisation which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organisation). The owning Organisation may not be the transaction organisation in a service bureau environment, with centralised services, and inter-organisation transactions.
OrganisationOrganisationOrganisational entity within clientAn organisation is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organisations.
Process InstanceProcess InstanceInstance of the process
PreferencePreferencePersonal Value Preference
ProcessProcessProcess or ReportThe Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system.
Process ParameterProcess Parameter
Reference ListReference ListReference List based on TableThe Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens
ReferenceReferenceSystem Reference (Pick List)The Reference indicates the type of reference field
Reference KeyReference KeyRequired to specify, if data type is Table or ListThe Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List.
RoleRoleResponsibility RoleThe Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
SequenceSequenceDocument SequenceThe Sequence defines the numbering sequence to be used for documents.
TabTabTab within a WindowThe Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window.
TableTableTable for the FieldsThe Table indicates the table in which a field or fields reside.
Task InstanceTask Instance
OS TaskOS TaskOperation System TaskThe Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system.
BPartner TreeBPartner TreeTree to determine business partner hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
TreeTreeIdentifies a TreeThe Tree field identifies a unique Tree in the system. Trees define roll ups or summary levels of information. They are used in reports for defining report points and summarization levels.
Menu TreeMenu TreeTree of the menuMenu access tree
Organisation TreeOrganisation TreeTree to determine organisational hierarchyTrees are used for (financial) reporting and security access (via role)
Product TreeProduct TreeTree to determine product hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Project TreeProject TreeTree to determine project hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Sales Region TreeSales Region TreeTree to determine sales regional hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
User/ContactUserUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
Dynamic ValidationValidationDynamic Validation RuleThese rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation.
Next NodeNext NodeNext Node in workflowThe Next Node indicates the next step or task in this Workflow.
NodeNodeWorkflow Node (activity), step or processThe Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
WindowWindowData entry or display windowThe Window field identifies a unique Window in the system.
WorkflowWorkflowWorkflow or combination of tasksThe Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system.
Data Access LevelData Access LevelAccess Level requiredIndicates the access level required for this record or process.
Account SignSignIndicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or CreditIndicates if the expected balance for this account should be a Debit or a Credit. If set to Natural, the account sign for an asset or expense account is Debit Sign (i.e. negative if a credit balance).
Account TypeAccount TypeIndicates the type of accountValid account types are A - Asset, E - Expense, L - Liability, O- Owner's Equity, R -Revenue and M- Memo. The account type is used to determine what taxes, if any are applicable, validating payables and receivables for business partners. Note: Memo account amounts are ignored when checking for balancing
AccountAccountAccount usedThe (natural) account used
Acquisition CostAcquisition CostThe cost of gaining the prospect as a customerThe Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer.
ActionActionIndicates the Action to be performedThe Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item.
Actual Life Time ValueActual Life Time ValueActual Life Time RevenueThe Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue in primary accounting currency generated by the Business Partner.
Address 1Address 1Address line 1 for this locationThe Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location
Address 2Address 2Address line 2 for this locationThe Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
After DeliveryAfter DeliveryDue after delivery rather than after invoicingThe After Delivery checkbox indicates that payment is due after delivery as opposed to after invoicing.
AliasAliasDefines an alternate method of indicating an account combination.The Alias field allows you to define a alternate method for referring to a full account combination. For example, the Account Receivable Account for Garden World may be aliased as GW_AR.
AmountAmtAmountAmount
Accounted CreditAcct CreditAccounted Credit AmountThe Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Accounted DebitAcct DebitAccounted Debit AmountThe Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Approval AmountApproval AmtThe approval amount limit for this roleThe Approval Amount field indicates the amount limit this Role has for approval of documents.
Source CreditSource CreditSource Credit AmountThe Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
Source DebitSource DebitSource Debit AmountThe Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
AttributeAttribute
Automatic Period ControlAutomatic Period ControlIf selected, the periods are automatically opened and closedIn the Automatic Period Control, periods are opened and closed based on the current date. If the Manual alternative is activated, you have to open and close periods explicitly.
Invoice ToInvoice ToBill to AddressThe Bill/Invoice To indicates the address to use when remitting billsBill From AddressThe Bill/Invoice From indicated the address where the invoice is created by the vendorInvoice FromInvoice From
BinaryDataBinaryBinary DataThe Binary field stores binary data.
Budget StatusBudget StatusIndicates the current status of this budgetThe Budget Status indicates the current status of this budget (i.e Draft, Approved)
Primary Accounting SchemaPrimary Accounting SchemaPrimary rules for accountingAn Accounting Schema defines the rules used accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar.
Acct.Schema ElementAcct.Schema Element
Accounting SchemaAccounting SchemaRules for accountingAn Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar
Business Partner Business Partner Identifies a Business PartnerA Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson
Partner LocationPartner LocationIdentifies the (ship to) address for this Business PartnerThe Partner address indicates the location of a Business PartnerIdentifies the (ship from) address for this Business PartnerThe Partner address indicates the location of a Business PartnerPartner LocationPartner Location
CalendarCalendarAccounting Calendar NameThe Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30.
Conversion RateConversion RateRate used for converting currenciesThe Conversion Rate defines the rate (multiply or divide) to use when converting a source currency to an accounting currency.
CountryCountryCountry The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document.
CurrencyCurrencyThe Currency for this recordIndicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record
Currency ToCurrency ToTarget currencyThe Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate.
Document TypeDoc TypeDocument type or rulesThe Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules
Target Document TypeTarget Doc TypeTarget document type for conversing documentsYou can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action.
Account ElementAccount ElementAccount ElementAccount Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values.
ElementElementAccounting ElementThe Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts.
Location FromLocation FromLocation that inventory was moved fromThe Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from.
Location ToLocation ToLocation that inventory was moved toThe Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to.
AddressAddressLocation or AddressThe Location / Address field defines the location of an entity.
Non Business DayNon Business DayDay on which business is not transactedThe Non Business Day identifies a day that should not be considered a day when business is transacted
Payment TermPayment TermThe terms of Payment (timing, discount)Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment.
Period ControlPeriod Control
PeriodPeriodPeriod of the CalendarThe Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar.
ProjectProjectFinancial ProjectA Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities.
RegionRegionIdentifies a geographical RegionThe Region identifies a unique Region for this Country.
Sales RegionSales RegionSales coverage regionThe Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage.
Tax CategoryTax CategoryTax CategoryThe Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax.
TaxTaxTax identifierThe Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line.
UOM ConversionUOM ConversionUnit of Measure ConversionThe UOM Conversion identifies a unique to and from Unit of Measure, conversion rate and conversion date range.
UOMUOMUnit of MeasureThe UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure
UoM ToUoM ToTarget or destination Unit of MeasureThe UOM To indicates the destination UOM for a UOM Conversion pair.
UOM for LengthUOM for LengthStandard Unit of Measure for LengthThe Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document.
UOM for TimeUOM for TimeStandard Unit of Measure for TimeThe Standard UOM for Time indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by time in a document.
UOM for VolumeUOM for VolumeStandard Unit of Measure for VolumeThe Standard UOM for Volume indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by volume in a document.
UOM for WeightUOM for WeightStandard Unit of Measure for WeightThe Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document.
CombinationCombinationValid Account CombinationThe Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account.
YearYearCalendar YearThe Year uniquely identifies an accounting year for a calendar.
CalloutCalloutFully qualified class names and method - separated by semicolonsA Callout allow you to create Java extensions to perform certain tasks always after a value changed. Callouts should not be used for validation but consquences of a user selecting a certain value.
+AttachmentAttachmentAttachment for the documentAttachment can be of any document/file type and can be attached to any record in the system.
ClientClientClient/Tenant for this installation.A Client is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.
ColumnColumnColumn in the tableLink to the database column of the table
Display columnDisplay columnColumn that will displayThe Display Column indicates the column that will display.
System ElementElementSystem Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help.The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column.
FieldFieldField on a database tableThe Field identifies a field on a database table.
Key columnKey columnUnique identifier of a recordThe Key Column indicates that this the unique identifier of a record on this table.
LanguageLanguageLanguage for this entityThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting
MenuMenuIdentifies a MenuThe Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to.
Trx OrganisationTrx OrganisationPerforming or initiating organisationThe organisation which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organisation). The owning Organisation may not be the transaction organisation in a service bureau environment, with centralised services, and inter-organisation transactions.
OrganisationOrganisationOrganisational entity within clientAn organisation is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organisations.
Process InstanceProcess InstanceInstance of the process
PreferencePreferencePersonal Value Preference
ProcessProcessProcess or ReportThe Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system.
Process ParameterProcess Parameter
Reference ListReference ListReference List based on TableThe Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens
ReferenceReferenceSystem Reference and ValidationThe Reference could be a display type, list or table validation.
Reference KeyReference KeyRequired to specify, if data type is Table or ListThe Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List.
RoleRoleResponsibility RoleThe Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
SequenceSequenceDocument SequenceThe Sequence defines the numbering sequence to be used for documents.
TabTabTab within a WindowThe Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window.
TableTableDatabase Table informationThe Database Table provides the information of the table definition
Task InstanceTask Instance
OS TaskOS TaskOperation System TaskThe Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system.
BPartner TreeBPartner TreeTree to determine business partner hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
TreeTreeIdentifies a TreeThe Tree field identifies a unique Tree in the system. Trees define roll ups or summary levels of information. They are used in reports for defining report points and summarization levels.
Menu TreeMenu TreeTree of the menuMenu access tree
Organisation TreeOrganisation TreeTree to determine organisational hierarchyTrees are used for (financial) reporting and security access (via role)
Product TreeProduct TreeTree to determine product hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Project TreeProject TreeTree to determine project hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Sales Region TreeSales Region TreeTree to determine sales regional hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
User/ContactUserUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
Dynamic ValidationValidationDynamic Validation RuleThese rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation.
Next NodeNext NodeNext Node in workflowThe Next Node indicates the next step or task in this Workflow.
NodeNodeWorkflow Node (activity), step or processThe Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
WindowWindowData entry or display windowThe Window field identifies a unique Window in the system.
WorkflowWorkflowWorkflow or combination of tasksThe Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system.
Data Access LevelData Access LevelAccess Level requiredIndicates the access level required for this record or process.
Account SignSignIndicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or CreditIndicates if the expected balance for this account should be a Debit or a Credit. If set to Natural, the account sign for an asset or expense account is Debit Sign (i.e. negative if a credit balance).
Account TypeAccount TypeIndicates the type of accountValid account types are A - Asset, E - Expense, L - Liability, O- Owner's Equity, R -Revenue and M- Memo. The account type is used to determine what taxes, if any are applicable, validating payables and receivables for business partners. Note: Memo account amounts are ignored when checking for balancing
AccountAccountAccount usedThe (natural) account used
Acquisition CostAcquisition CostThe cost of gaining the prospect as a customerThe Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer.
ActionActionIndicates the Action to be performedThe Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item.
Actual Life Time ValueActual Life Time ValueActual Life Time RevenueThe Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue in primary accounting currency generated by the Business Partner.
Address 1Address 1Address line 1 for this locationThe Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location
Address 2Address 2Address line 2 for this locationThe Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
After DeliveryAfter DeliveryDue after delivery rather than after invoicingThe After Delivery checkbox indicates that payment is due after delivery as opposed to after invoicing.
AliasAliasDefines an alternate method of indicating an account combination.The Alias field allows you to define a alternate method for referring to a full account combination. For example, the Account Receivable Account for Garden World may be aliased as GW_AR.
AmountAmtAmountAmount
Accounted CreditAcct CreditAccounted Credit AmountThe Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Accounted DebitAcct DebitAccounted Debit AmountThe Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Approval AmountApproval AmtThe approval amount limit for this roleThe Approval Amount field indicates the amount limit this Role has for approval of documents.
Source CreditSource CreditSource Credit AmountThe Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
Source DebitSource DebitSource Debit AmountThe Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency.
AttributeAttribute
Automatic Period ControlAutomatic Period ControlIf selected, the periods are automatically opened and closedIn the Automatic Period Control, periods are opened and closed based on the current date. If the Manual alternative is activated, you have to open and close periods explicitly.
Invoice ToInvoice ToBill to AddressThe Bill/Invoice To indicates the address to use when remitting billsBill From AddressThe Bill/Invoice From indicated the address where the invoice is created by the vendorInvoice FromInvoice From
BinaryDataBinaryBinary DataThe Binary field stores binary data.
Budget StatusBudget StatusIndicates the current status of this budgetThe Budget Status indicates the current status of this budget (i.e Draft, Approved)
Primary Accounting SchemaPrimary Accounting SchemaPrimary rules for accountingAn Accounting Schema defines the rules used accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar.
Acct.Schema ElementAcct.Schema Element
Accounting SchemaAccounting SchemaRules for accountingAn Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar
Business Partner Business Partner Identifies a Business PartnerA Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson
Partner LocationPartner LocationIdentifies the (ship to) address for this Business PartnerThe Partner address indicates the location of a Business PartnerIdentifies the (ship from) address for this Business PartnerThe Partner address indicates the location of a Business PartnerPartner LocationPartner Location
CalendarCalendarAccounting Calendar NameThe Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30.
Conversion RateConversion RateRate used for converting currenciesThe Conversion Rate defines the rate (multiply or divide) to use when converting a source currency to an accounting currency.
CountryCountryCountry The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document.
CurrencyCurrencyThe Currency for this recordIndicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record
Currency ToCurrency ToTarget currencyThe Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate.
Document TypeDoc TypeDocument type or rulesThe Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules
Target Document TypeTarget Doc TypeTarget document type for conversing documentsYou can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action.
Account ElementAccount ElementAccount ElementAccount Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values.
ElementElementAccounting ElementThe Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts.
Location FromLocation FromLocation that inventory was moved fromThe Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from.
Location ToLocation ToLocation that inventory was moved toThe Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to.
AddressAddressLocation or AddressThe Location / Address field defines the location of an entity.
Non Business DayNon Business DayDay on which business is not transactedThe Non Business Day identifies a day that should not be considered a day when business is transacted
Payment TermPayment TermThe terms of Payment (timing, discount)Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment.
Period ControlPeriod Control
PeriodPeriodPeriod of the CalendarThe Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar.
ProjectProjectFinancial ProjectA Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities.
RegionRegionIdentifies a geographical RegionThe Region identifies a unique Region for this Country.
Sales RegionSales RegionSales coverage regionThe Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage.
Tax CategoryTax CategoryTax CategoryThe Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax.
TaxTaxTax identifierThe Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line.
UOM ConversionUOM ConversionUnit of Measure ConversionThe UOM Conversion identifies a unique to and from Unit of Measure, conversion rate and conversion date range.
UOMUOMUnit of MeasureThe UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure
UoM ToUoM ToTarget or destination Unit of MeasureThe UOM To indicates the destination UOM for a UOM Conversion pair.
UOM for LengthUOM for LengthStandard Unit of Measure for LengthThe Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document.
UOM for TimeUOM for TimeStandard Unit of Measure for TimeThe Standard UOM for Time indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by time in a document.
UOM for VolumeUOM for VolumeStandard Unit of Measure for VolumeThe Standard UOM for Volume indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by volume in a document.
UOM for WeightUOM for WeightStandard Unit of Measure for WeightThe Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document.
CombinationCombinationValid Account CombinationThe Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account.
YearYearCalendar YearThe Year uniquely identifies an accounting year for a calendar.
CalloutCalloutFully qualified class names and method - separated by semicolonsA Callout allow you to create Java extensions to perform certain tasks always after a value changed. Callouts should not be used for validation but consquences of a user selecting a certain value.
The callout is a Java class implementing org.compiere.model.Callout and a method name to call. Example: "org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText" instanciates the class "CalloutRequest" and calls the method "copyText". You can have multiple callouts by separating them via a semicolon
CityCityIdentifies a CityThe City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region.
Validation codeValidation codeValidation CodeThe Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error.
DB Column NameDB Column NameName of the column in the databaseThe Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database.
CombinationCombinationUnique combination of account elementsThe Combination field defines the unique combination of element values which comprise this account.
CommentsCommentsComments or additional informationThe Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information.
Commit WarningCommit WarningWarning displayed when savingWarning or information displayed when committing the record
Control AmountControl AmtIf not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amountIf the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
-Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed.
Average CostAverage CostWeighted average costsWeighted average (actual) costs
Standard CostStandard CostStandard CostsStandard (plan) costs.
Costing MethodCosting MethodIndicates how Costs will be calculatedThe Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FoFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category).
Costing PrecisionCosting PrecisionRounding used costing calculationsThe Costing Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to when performing costing calculations.
CostsCostsCosts in accounting currencyThe Costs indicates the cost of a campaign in an Organizations accounting currency.
ISO Country CodeISO CountryUpper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 - http://www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/diverse/doc/ISO_3166.htmlFor details - http://www.din.de/gremien/nas/nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html or - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec03en.htm
CreatedCreatedDate this record was createdThe Created field indicates the date that this record was created.
Created ByCreated ByUser who created this recordsThe Created By field indicates the user who created this record.
NumberNumberCredit Card Number The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces.
SymbolCurrencySymbol of the currency (opt used for printing only)The Currency Symbol defines the symbol that will print when this currency is used.
Currency Balancing AcctCurrency Balancing AcctAccount used when a currency is out of balanceThe Currency Balancing Account indicates the account to used when a currency is out of balance (generally due to rounding)
RateRateCurrency Conversion RateThe Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency
Current NextCurrent NextThe next number to be usedThe Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document
D-U-N-SD-U-N-SDun & Bradstreet NumberUsed for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm
DateDateDate when business is not conductedThe Date field identifies a calendar date on which business will not be conducted.
Account DateAcct DateAccounting DateThe Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion.
Date DeliveredDate DeliveredDate when the product was delivered
Document DateDoc dateDate of the DocumentThe Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date.
Date InvoicedDate InvoicedDate printed on InvoiceThe Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.
Date OrderedDate OrderedDate of OrderIndicates the Date an item was ordered.
Date PromisedDate PromisedDate Order was promisedThe Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for.
Default LogicDefault LogicDefault value hierarchy, separated by ;The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
Delivery ViaDelivery ViaHow the order will be deliveredThe Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped.
DescriptionDescriptionOptional short description of the recordA description is limited to 255 characters.
DiscontinuedDiscontinuedThis product is no longer availableThe Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued.
Discontinued byDiscontinued byDiscontinued ByThe Discontinued By indicates the individual who discontinued this product
Discount %Discount %Discount in percentThe Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Discount DaysDiscount DaysNumber of days from invoice date to be eligible for discountThe Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
Display LengthDisplay LengthLength of the display in charactersThe display length is mainly for String fields. The length has no impact, if the data type of the field is - Integer, Number, Amount (length determined by the system) - YesNo (Checkbox) - List, Table, TableDir (length of combo boxes are determined by their content at runtime)
Display LogicDisplay LogicIf the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayedformat := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
+Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed.
Average CostAverage CostWeighted average costsWeighted average (actual) costs
Standard CostStandard CostStandard CostsStandard (plan) costs.
Costing MethodCosting MethodIndicates how Costs will be calculatedThe Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FoFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category).
Costing PrecisionCosting PrecisionRounding used costing calculationsThe Costing Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to when performing costing calculations.
CostsCostsCosts in accounting currencyThe Costs indicates the cost of a campaign in an Organizations accounting currency.
ISO Country CodeISO CountryUpper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 - http://www.chemie.fu-berlin.de/diverse/doc/ISO_3166.htmlFor details - http://www.din.de/gremien/nas/nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html or - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec03en.htm
CreatedCreatedDate this record was createdThe Created field indicates the date that this record was created.
Created ByCreated ByUser who created this recordsThe Created By field indicates the user who created this record.
NumberNumberCredit Card Number The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces.
SymbolCurrencySymbol of the currency (opt used for printing only)The Currency Symbol defines the symbol that will print when this currency is used.
Currency Balancing AcctCurrency Balancing AcctAccount used when a currency is out of balanceThe Currency Balancing Account indicates the account to used when a currency is out of balance (generally due to rounding)
RateRateCurrency Conversion RateThe Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency
Current NextCurrent NextThe next number to be usedThe Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document
D-U-N-SD-U-N-SDun & Bradstreet NumberUsed for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm
DateDateDate when business is not conductedThe Date field identifies a calendar date on which business will not be conducted.
Account DateAcct DateAccounting DateThe Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion.
Date DeliveredDate DeliveredDate when the product was delivered
Document DateDoc dateDate of the DocumentThe Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date.
Date InvoicedDate InvoicedDate printed on InvoiceThe Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.
Date OrderedDate OrderedDate of OrderIndicates the Date an item was ordered.
Date PromisedDate PromisedDate Order was promisedThe Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for.
Default LogicDefault LogicDefault value hierarchy, separated by ;The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
Delivery ViaDelivery ViaHow the order will be deliveredThe Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped.
DescriptionDescriptionOptional short description of the recordA description is limited to 255 characters.
DiscontinuedDiscontinuedThis product is no longer availableThe Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued.
Discontinued byDiscontinued byDiscontinued ByThe Discontinued By indicates the individual who discontinued this product
Discount %Discount %Discount in percentThe Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Discount DaysDiscount DaysNumber of days from invoice date to be eligible for discountThe Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
Display LengthDisplay LengthLength of the display in charactersThe display length is mainly for String fields. The length has no impact, if the data type of the field is - Integer, Number, Amount (length determined by the system) - YesNo (Checkbox) - List, Table, TableDir (length of combo boxes are determined by their content at runtime)
Display LogicDisplay LogicIf the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayedformat := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {|}|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
@@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ Examples: <br>
@AD_Table_ID@=14 | @Language@!GERGER <br>
@PriceLimit@>10 | @PriceList@>@PriceActual@<br>
@Name@>J<br>
-Strings may be in single quotes (optional)
-
Display ValueDisplay ValueDisplays Value column with the Display columnThe Display Value checkbox indicates if the value column will display with the display column.
Address Print FormatAddress Print FormatFormat for printing this AddressThe Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints. The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
Divide RateDivide RateTo convert Source number to Target number, the Source is dividedTo convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated.
Document ActionDoc ActionThe targeted status of the documentYou find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup
Document SequenceDoc SequenceDocument sequence determines the numbering of documentsThe Document Sequence indicates the sequencing rule to use for this document type.
Document StatusDoc StatusThe current status of the documentThe Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field
Document NoDocument NoDocument sequence number of the documentThe document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
+Strings may be in single quotes (optional)
Display ValueDisplay ValueDisplays Value column with the Display columnThe Display Value checkbox indicates if the value column will display with the display column.
Address Print FormatAddress Print FormatFormat for printing this AddressThe Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints. The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
Divide RateDivide RateTo convert Source number to Target number, the Source is dividedTo convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated.
Document ActionDoc ActionThe targeted status of the documentYou find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup
Document SequenceDoc SequenceDocument sequence determines the numbering of documentsThe Document Sequence indicates the sequencing rule to use for this document type.
Document StatusDoc StatusThe current status of the documentThe Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field
Document NoDocument NoDocument sequence number of the documentThe document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
EMU Entry DateEMU Entry DateDate when the currency joined / will join the EMUThe EMU Entry Date defines the date that this currency entered, or will enter the Economic Monetary Union.
EMU RateEMU RateOfficial rate to the EuroThe EMU Rate defines the official rate to be used when converting from this currency to the Euro.
TypeTypeElement Type (account or user defined)The Element Type indicates if this element is the Account element or is a User Defined element.
End DateEnd DateLast effective date (inclusive)The End Date indicates the last date in this range.
Phone FormatPhone FormatFormat of the phone; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"<B>Validation elements:</B>
(Space) any character
@@ -60,8 +59,8 @@ Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
Amount LimitAmt LimitSend invoices only if the amount exceeds the limitThe Amount Limit checkbox indicates if invoices will be sent out if they are below the entered limit.
ApprovedApprovedIndicates if this document requires approvalThe Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed.
Activate AuditActivate AuditActivate Audit Trail of what numbers are generatedThe Activate Audit checkbox indicates if an audit trail of numbers generated will be kept.
Auto numberingAuto numberingAutomatically assign the next numberThe Auto Numbering checkbox indicates if the system will assign the next number automatically.
BalancedBalanced
BalancingBalancingAll transactions within an element value must balance (e.g. cost centers)The Balancing checkbox indicates the this element must balance in each journal transaction. For example, if cost centers have been defined as an element which is balance then the debits and credits for each unique cost center must net to 0.00. This is commonly used to define parts of an organization which report as their own entity. Balancing is not an option for the Account element.
Base LanguageBase LanguageThe system information is maintained in this language
Centrally maintainedCentrally maintainedInformation maintained in System Element tableThe Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table.
Credit ApprovedCredit ApprovedCredit has been approvedCredit Approved indicates if the credit approval was successful for Orders
CustomerCustomerIndicates if this Business Partner is a CustomerThe Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer.
Records deleteableRecords deleteableIndicates if records can be deleted from the databaseThe Records Deleteable checkbox indicates if a record can be deleted from the database. If records cannot be deleted, you can only deselect the Active flag
DeliveredDelivered
DisplayedDisplayedDetermines, if this field is displayedIf the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed
Document ControlledDoc ControlledControl account - If an account is controlled by a document, you cannot post manually to it
Document is Number ControlledDoc Number ControlledThe document has a document sequenceThe Document Number Controlled checkbox indicates if this document type will have a sequence number.
EMU MemberEMU MemberThis currency is member if the European Monetary UnionThe Emu Member checkbox is used to indicate if this currency is a member of the European Economic Union.
EmployeeEmployeeIndicates if this Business Partner is an employeeThe Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee.
EncryptedEncryptedDisplay or Storage is encryptedDisplay encryption (in Window/Tab/Field) - all characters are displayed as '*' - in the database it is stored in clear text. You will not be able to report on these columns.<br>
-Data storage encryption (in Table/Column) - data is stored encrypted in the database (dangerous!) and you will not be able to report on those columns. Independent from Display encryption.
The Euro CurrencyThe Euro CurrencyThis currency is the EuroThe Euro Currency checkbox is used to indicate if this currency is the Euro Currency.
Field OnlyField OnlyLabel is not displayedThe Field Only checkbox indicates that the column will display without a label.
Fully QualifiedFully QualifiedThis account is fully qualifiedThe Fully Qualified check box indicates that all required elements for an account combination are present.
GeneratedGeneratedThis Line is generatedThe Generated checkbox identifies a journal line that was generated from a source document. Lines could also be entered manually or imported.
Heading onlyHeading onlyField without Column - Only label is displayedThe Heading Only checkbox indicates if just the label will display on the screen
IdentifierIdentifierThis column is part of the record identifierThe Identifier checkbox indicates that this column is part of the identifier or key for this table.
Accounting TabAccounting TabThis Tab contains accounting informationThe Accounting Tab checkbox indicates if this window contains accounting information. To display accounting information, enable this in Tools>Preference and Role.
InvoicedInvoicedIs this invoiced?If selected, invoices are created
Key columnKey columnThis column is the key in this tableThe key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden.
MandatoryMandatoryData entry is required in this columnThe field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database.
Natural AccountNatural AccountThe primary natural accountThe natural account is often based on (industry specific) chart of accounts
Parent link columnParent link columnThis column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columnsThe Parent checkbox indicates if this column is a link to the parent table.
PrimaryPrimaryIndicates if this is the primary budgetThe Primary checkbox indicates if this budget is the primary budget.
PrintedPrintedIndicates if this document / line is printedThe Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing.
ProcessingProcessing
ProspectProspectIndicates this is a ProspectThe Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect.
PurchasedPurchasedOrganization purchases this productThe Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization.
RangeRangeThe parameter is a range of valuesThe Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values.
Read OnlyRead OnlyField is read onlyThe Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated.
Read WriteRead WriteField is read / writeThe Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated.
Sales Price listSales Price listThis is a Sales Price ListThe Sales Price List check box indicates if this price list is used for sales transactions.
Sales RepresentativeSales RepIndicates if the business partner is a sales representative or company agentThe Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a sales representative. A sales representative may also be an emplyee, but does not need to be.Business Partner responsible for documentsThe Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a company agent. A company agent may also be an emplyee, but does not need to be.Company AgentCompany Agent
Same LineSame LineDisplayed on same line as previous fieldThe Same Line checkbox indicates that the field will display on the same line as the previous field.
Security enabledSecurity enabledIf security is enabled, user access to data can be restricted via RolesThe Security Enabled checkbox indicates that user access to the data in this table can be restricted using Roles.
Single Row LayoutSingle Row LayoutDefault for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) LayoutThe Single Row Layout checkbox indicates if the default display type for this window is a single row as opposed to multi row.
SoldSoldOrganization sells this productThe Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization.
StockedStockedOrganization stocks this productThe Stocked check box indicates if this product is stocked by this Organization.
Summary LevelSummary LevelThis is a summary entityA summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values.
System LanguageSystem LanguageThe screens, etc. are maintained in this LanguageSelect, if you want to have translated screens available in this language. Please notify your system administrator to run the language maintenance scripts to enable the use of this language. If the language is not supplied, you can translate the terms yourself.
Used for Record IDUsed for Record IDThe document number will be used as the record keyThe Used for Record ID checkbox indicates if the document id will be used as the key to the record
TransferredTransferredTransferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)The transferred checkbox indicates if the transactions associated with this document should be transferred to the General Ledger.
TranslatedTranslatedThis column is translatedThe Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated.
TranslationTabTranslationTabThis Tab contains translation informationThe Translation Tab checkbox indicate if a tab contains translation information. To display translation information, enable this in Tools>Preference.
UpdateableUpdateableDetermines, if the field can be updatedThe Updateable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user.
User updateableUser updateableThe field can be updated by the userThe User Updateable checkbox indicate if the user can update this field.
VendorVendorIndicates if this Business Partner is a VendorThe Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor.
Last ContactLast ContactDate this individual was last contactedThe Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted.
Last ResultLast ResultResult of last contactThe Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made.
Maximum LevelMaximum LevelMaximum Inventory level for this productIndicates the maximum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
Minimum LevelMinimum LevelMinimum Inventory level for this productIndicates the minimum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
-
Line NoLine NoUnique line for this documentIndicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document.
Line AmountLine AmtLine Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and ChargesIndicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total.
SequenceSequence
Lot NoLot NoLot number (alphanumeric)The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of.
LocatorLocatorWarehouse LocatorThe Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located.
Price ListPrice ListUnique identifier of a Price ListPrice Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold.
Price List VersionPrice List VersionIdentifies a unique instance of a Price ListEach Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for.
Product CategoryProduct CategoryCategory of a ProductIdentifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection.
ProductProductProduct, Service, ItemIdentifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization.
ShipperShipperMethod or manner of product deliveryThe Shipper indicates the method of delivering product
WarehouseWarehouseStorage Warehouse and Service PointThe Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided.
Message TextMessage TextTextual Informational, Menu or Error MessageThe Message Text indicates the message that will display
Message TipMessage TipAdditional tip or help for this messageThe Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message.
Message TypeMessage TypeType of message (Informational, Menu or Error)The Message Type indicates the type of message being defined. Valid message types are Informational, Menu and Error.
Multiply RateMultiply RateRate to multiple the source by to calculate the target.To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated.
NAICS/SICNAICS/SICStandard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.htmlThe NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner.
NameNameAlphanumeric identifier of the entityThe name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.
Net DaysNet DaysNet Days in which payment is dueIndicates the number of days after invoice date that payment is due.
Node_IDNode_ID
EmployeesEmployeesNumber of employeesIndicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects.
OS CommandOS CommandOperating System CommandThe OS Command is for optionally defining a command to that will be part of this task. For example it can be used to starting a back up process or performing a file transfer.
Sql ORDER BYOrder by clauseFully qualified ORDER BY clauseThe ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection
OrganisationOrganisationOrganisational entity within clientAn organisation is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department.
Purchase PricelistPurchase PricelistPrice List used by this Business PartnerIdentifies the price list used by a Vendor for products purchased by this organization.
Process DateP DateProcess Parameter
Process Date ToP Date ToProcess Parameter
Process StringP StringProcess Parameter
Process String ToP String ToProcess Parameter
ParentParentParent of EntityThe Parent indicates the value used to represent the next level in a hierarchy or report to level for a record
Parent TaxParent TaxParent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxesThe Parent Tax indicates a tax that is a reference for multiple taxes. This allows you to charge multiple taxes on a document by entering the Parent Tax
PasswordPasswordPassword of any length (case sensitive)The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For Compiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password".
Period ActionPeriod ActionAction taken for this periodThe Period Action indicates the action to be taken for this period. For example 'Close Period' or 'Open Period'.
Period NoPeriod NoUnique Period NumberThe Period No identifies a specific period for this year. Each period is defined by a start and end date. Date ranges for a calendar and year cannot overlap.
Period StatusPeriod StatusCurrent state of this periodThe Period Status indicates the current status for this period. For example 'Closed', 'Open', 'Never Opened'.
Period TypePeriod TypePeriod TypeThe Period Type indicates the type (Standard or Adjustment) of period.
Future DaysFuture DaysNumber of days to be able to post to a future date (based on system date)If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. Future Days enable to post to future periods. E.g. today is Apr 15th and Future Days is set to 30, you can post up to May 15th
History DaysHistory DaysNumber of days to be able to post in the past (based on system date)If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. History Days enable to post to previous periods. E.g. today is May 15th and History Days is set to 30, you can post back to April 15th
PhonePhoneIdentifies a telephone numberThe Phone field identifies a telephone number
2nd Phone2nd PhoneIdentifies an alternate telephone number.The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number.
Post ActualPost ActualActual Values can be postedThe Post Actual indicates if actual values can be posted to this element value.
Post BudgetPost BudgetBudget values can be postedThe Post Budget indicates if budget values can be posted to this element value.
Post EncumbrancePost EncumbrancePost commitments to this account
Post StatisticalPost StatisticalPost statistical quantities to this account?
Postal codePostal codePostal codeThe Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address.
--Additional ZIP or Postal codeThe Additional ZIP or Postal Code identifies, if appropriate, any additional Postal Code information.
PostingTypePostingTypeThe type of posted amount for the transactionThe Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction.
Potential Life Time ValuePotential Life Time ValueTotal Revenue expectedThe Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue in primary accounting currency to be generated by the Business Partner.
PrefixPrefixPrefix before the sequence numberThe Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number.
Unit PriceUnit PriceActual Price The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency.
List PriceList PriceList PriceThe List Price is the official List Price in the document currency.
PriorityPriorityPriority of a documentThe Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document
Process NowProcess Now
QuantityQtyQuantityThe Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document.
Delivered QuantityDelivered QtyDelivered QuantityThe Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered.
Quantity InvoicedInvoicedInvoiced QuantityThe Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced.
On Hand QuantityOn Hand QtyOn Hand QuantityThe On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is on hand in a warehouse.
Ordered QuantityOrdered QtyOrdered QuantityThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.Ordered QuantityThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.PO QuantityPO Quantity
Reserved QuantityReserved QtyReserved QuantityThe Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved.Quantity Ordered on Purchase OrdersThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently ordered.On Order QuantityOn Order Quantity
RateRateRate or Tax or ExchangeThe Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
Realised Gain AcctRealised Gain AcctRealised Gain AccountThe Realised Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have been realised.
Realised Loss AcctRealised Loss AcctRealised Loss AccountThe Realised Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realised.
Record IDRecord IDDirect internal record IDThe Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known.
ReferenceReferenceReference for this recordThe Reference displays the source document number.
Reference NoReference NoYour customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's siteThe reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records.
RegionRegionName of the RegionThe Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document.
Replenish TypeReplenish TypeMethod for re-ordering a productThe Replenish Type indicates if this product will be manually re-ordered, ordered when the quantity is below the minimum quantity or ordered when it is below the maximum quantity. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
ResultResultResult of the action takenThe Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request.
Retained Earning AcctRetained Earning Acct
SKUSKUStock Keeping UnitThe SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema.
CampaignCampaignMarketing CampaignThe Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign.
ChannelChannelSales ChannelThe Sales Channel identifies a channel (or method) of sales generation.
Credit LimitCredit LimitTotal outstanding invoice amounts allowedThe Credit Limit indicates the total amount allowed 'on account' in primary accounting currency. If the Credit Limit is 0, no ckeck is performed. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities.
Credit UsedCredit UsedCurrent open balanceThe Credit Used indicates the total amount of open or unpaid invoices in primary accounting currency for the Business Partner. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities.
Delivery RuleDelivery RuleDefines the timing of DeliveryThe Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available.
OrderOrderOrderThe Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you cloase an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled.Purchase OrderThe Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you cloase an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled.Purchase OrderPurchase Order
Invoice RuleInvoice RuleFrequency and method of invoicing The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing.
Invoice ScheduleInvoice ScheduleSchedule for generating InvoicesThe Invoice Schedule identifies the frequency used when generating invoices.
Sales Order LineOrder LineSales Order LineThe Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.Purchase Order LineThe Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.Purchase Order LineOrder Line
Sales Volume in 1.000Sales VolumeTotal Volume of Sales in Thousands of CurrencyThe Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner.
Element SeparatorElement SeparatorElement SeparatorThe Element Separator defines the delimiter printed between elements of the structure
SequenceSequenceMethod of ordering records; lowest number comes firstThe Sequence indicates the order of records
Serial NoSerial NoProduct Serial Number The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1.
ShareShareShare of Customer's business as a percentageThe Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied.
Shelf DepthShelf DepthShelf depth requiredThe Shelf Depth indicates the depth dimension required on a shelf for a product
Shelf HeightShelf HeightShelf height requiredThe Shelf Height indicates the height dimension required on a shelf for a product
Shelf WidthShelf WidthShelf width requiredThe Shelf Width indicates the width dimension required on a shelf for a product
Record Sort NoRecord Sort NoDetermines in what order the records are displayedThe Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records. If the number is negative, the records are sorted descending.
+Data storage encryption (in Table/Column) - data is stored encrypted in the database (dangerous!) and you will not be able to report on those columns. Independent from Display encryption.
The Euro CurrencyThe Euro CurrencyThis currency is the EuroThe Euro Currency checkbox is used to indicate if this currency is the Euro Currency.
Field OnlyField OnlyLabel is not displayedThe Field Only checkbox indicates that the column will display without a label.
Fully QualifiedFully QualifiedThis account is fully qualifiedThe Fully Qualified check box indicates that all required elements for an account combination are present.
GeneratedGeneratedThis Line is generatedThe Generated checkbox identifies a journal line that was generated from a source document. Lines could also be entered manually or imported.
Heading onlyHeading onlyField without Column - Only label is displayedThe Heading Only checkbox indicates if just the label will display on the screen
IdentifierIdentifierThis column is part of the record identifierThe Identifier checkbox indicates that this column is part of the identifier or key for this table.
Accounting TabAccounting TabThis Tab contains accounting informationThe Accounting Tab checkbox indicates if this window contains accounting information. To display accounting information, enable this in Tools>Preference and Role.
InvoicedInvoicedIs this invoiced?If selected, invoices are created
Key columnKey columnThis column is the key in this tableThe key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden.
MandatoryMandatoryData entry is required in this columnThe field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database.
Natural AccountNatural AccountThe primary natural accountThe natural account is often based on (industry specific) chart of accounts
Parent link columnParent link columnThis column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columnsThe Parent checkbox indicates if this column is a link to the parent table.
PrimaryPrimaryIndicates if this is the primary budgetThe Primary checkbox indicates if this budget is the primary budget.
PrintedPrintedIndicates if this document / line is printedThe Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing.
ProcessingProcessing
ProspectProspectIndicates this is a ProspectThe Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect.
PurchasedPurchasedOrganization purchases this productThe Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization.
RangeRangeThe parameter is a range of valuesThe Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values.
Read OnlyRead OnlyField is read onlyThe Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated.
Read WriteRead WriteField is read / writeThe Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated.
Sales Price listSales Price listThis is a Sales Price ListThe Sales Price List check box indicates if this price list is used for sales transactions.
Sales RepresentativeSales RepIndicates if the business partner is a sales representative or company agentThe Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a sales representative. A sales representative may also be an emplyee, but does not need to be.Business Partner responsible for documentsThe Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a company agent. A company agent may also be an emplyee, but does not need to be.Company AgentCompany Agent
Same LineSame LineDisplayed on same line as previous fieldThe Same Line checkbox indicates that the field will display on the same line as the previous field.
Security enabledSecurity enabledIf security is enabled, user access to data can be restricted via RolesThe Security Enabled checkbox indicates that user access to the data in this table can be restricted using Roles.
Single Row LayoutSingle Row LayoutDefault for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) LayoutThe Single Row Layout checkbox indicates if the default display type for this window is a single row as opposed to multi row.
SoldSoldOrganization sells this productThe Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization.
StockedStockedOrganization stocks this productThe Stocked check box indicates if this product is stocked by this Organization.
Summary LevelSummary LevelThis is a summary entityA summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values.
System LanguageSystem LanguageThe screens, etc. are maintained in this LanguageSelect, if you want to have translated screens available in this language. Please notify your system administrator to run the language maintenance scripts to enable the use of this language. If the language is not supplied, you can translate the terms yourself.
Used for Record IDUsed for Record IDThe document number will be used as the record keyThe Used for Record ID checkbox indicates if the document id will be used as the key to the record
TransferredTransferredTransferred to General Ledger (i.e. accounted)The transferred checkbox indicates if the transactions associated with this document should be transferred to the General Ledger.
TranslatedTranslatedThis column is translatedThe Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated.
TranslationTabTranslationTabThis Tab contains translation informationThe Translation Tab checkbox indicate if a tab contains translation information. To display translation information, enable this in Tools>Preference.
UpdateableUpdateableDetermines, if the field can be updatedThe Updateable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user.
User updateableUser updateableThe field can be updated by the userThe User Updateable checkbox indicate if the user can update this field.
VendorVendorIndicates if this Business Partner is a VendorThe Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor.
Last ContactLast ContactDate this individual was last contactedThe Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted.
Last ResultLast ResultResult of last contactThe Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made.
Maximum LevelMaximum LevelMaximum Inventory level for this productIndicates the maximum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
Minimum LevelMinimum LevelMinimum Inventory level for this productIndicates the minimum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
+
Line NoLine NoUnique line for this documentIndicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document.
Line AmountLine AmtLine Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and ChargesIndicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total.
SequenceSequence
Lot NoLot NoLot number (alphanumeric)The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of.
LocatorLocatorWarehouse LocatorThe Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located.
Price ListPrice ListUnique identifier of a Price ListPrice Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold.
Price List VersionPrice List VersionIdentifies a unique instance of a Price ListEach Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for.
Product CategoryProduct CategoryCategory of a ProductIdentifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection.
ProductProductProduct, Service, ItemIdentifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization.
ShipperShipperMethod or manner of product deliveryThe Shipper indicates the method of delivering product
WarehouseWarehouseStorage Warehouse and Service PointThe Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided.
Message TextMessage TextTextual Informational, Menu or Error MessageThe Message Text indicates the message that will display
Message TipMessage TipAdditional tip or help for this messageThe Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message.
Message TypeMessage TypeType of message (Informational, Menu or Error)The Message Type indicates the type of message being defined. Valid message types are Informational, Menu and Error.
Multiply RateMultiply RateRate to multiple the source by to calculate the target.To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated.
NAICS/SICNAICS/SICStandard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.htmlThe NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner.
NameNameAlphanumeric identifier of the entityThe name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.
Net DaysNet DaysNet Days in which payment is dueIndicates the number of days after invoice date that payment is due.
Node_IDNode_ID
EmployeesEmployeesNumber of employeesIndicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects.
OS CommandOS CommandOperating System CommandThe OS Command is for optionally defining a command to that will be part of this task. For example it can be used to starting a back up process or performing a file transfer.
Sql ORDER BYOrder by clauseFully qualified ORDER BY clauseThe ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection
OrganisationOrganisationOrganisational entity within clientAn organisation is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department.
Purchase PricelistPurchase PricelistPrice List used by this Business PartnerIdentifies the price list used by a Vendor for products purchased by this organization.
Process DateP DateProcess Parameter
Process Date ToP Date ToProcess Parameter
Process StringP StringProcess Parameter
Process String ToP String ToProcess Parameter
ParentParentParent of EntityThe Parent indicates the value used to represent the next level in a hierarchy or report to level for a record
Parent TaxParent TaxParent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxesThe Parent Tax indicates a tax that is a reference for multiple taxes. This allows you to charge multiple taxes on a document by entering the Parent Tax
PasswordPasswordPassword of any length (case sensitive)The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For Adempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password".
Period ActionPeriod ActionAction taken for this periodThe Period Action indicates the action to be taken for this period. For example 'Close Period' or 'Open Period'.
Period NoPeriod NoUnique Period NumberThe Period No identifies a specific period for this year. Each period is defined by a start and end date. Date ranges for a calendar and year cannot overlap.
Period StatusPeriod StatusCurrent state of this periodThe Period Status indicates the current status for this period. For example 'Closed', 'Open', 'Never Opened'.
Period TypePeriod TypePeriod TypeThe Period Type indicates the type (Standard or Adjustment) of period.
Future DaysFuture DaysNumber of days to be able to post to a future date (based on system date)If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. Future Days enable to post to future periods. E.g. today is Apr 15th and Future Days is set to 30, you can post up to May 15th
History DaysHistory DaysNumber of days to be able to post in the past (based on system date)If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. History Days enable to post to previous periods. E.g. today is May 15th and History Days is set to 30, you can post back to April 15th
PhonePhoneIdentifies a telephone numberThe Phone field identifies a telephone number
2nd Phone2nd PhoneIdentifies an alternate telephone number.The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number.
Post ActualPost ActualActual Values can be postedThe Post Actual indicates if actual values can be posted to this element value.
Post BudgetPost BudgetBudget values can be postedThe Post Budget indicates if budget values can be posted to this element value.
Post EncumbrancePost EncumbrancePost commitments to this account
Post StatisticalPost StatisticalPost statistical quantities to this account?
Postal codePostal codePostal codeThe Postal Code identifies the postal code for this entity's address.
--Additional ZIP or Postal codeThe Additional ZIP or Postal Code identifies, if appropriate, any additional Postal Code information.
PostingTypePostingTypeThe type of posted amount for the transactionThe Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction.
Potential Life Time ValuePotential Life Time ValueTotal Revenue expectedThe Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue in primary accounting currency to be generated by the Business Partner.
PrefixPrefixPrefix before the sequence numberThe Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number.
Unit PriceUnit PriceActual Price The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency.
List PriceList PriceList PriceThe List Price is the official List Price in the document currency.
PriorityPriorityPriority of a documentThe Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document
Process NowProcess Now
QuantityQtyQuantityThe Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document.
Delivered QuantityDelivered QtyDelivered QuantityThe Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered.
Quantity InvoicedInvoicedInvoiced QuantityThe Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced.
On Hand QuantityOn Hand QtyOn Hand QuantityThe On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is on hand in a warehouse.
Ordered QuantityOrdered QtyOrdered QuantityThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.Ordered QuantityThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered.PO QuantityPO Quantity
Reserved QuantityReserved QtyReserved QuantityThe Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved.Quantity Ordered on Purchase OrdersThe Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently ordered.On Order QuantityOn Order Quantity
RateRateRate or Tax or ExchangeThe Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount.
Realised Gain AcctRealised Gain AcctRealised Gain AccountThe Realised Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have been realised.
Realised Loss AcctRealised Loss AcctRealised Loss AccountThe Realised Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realised.
Record IDRecord IDDirect internal record IDThe Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known.
ReferenceReferenceReference for this recordThe Reference displays the source document number.
Reference NoReference NoYour customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's siteThe reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records.
RegionRegionName of the RegionThe Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document.
Replenish TypeReplenish TypeMethod for re-ordering a productThe Replenish Type indicates if this product will be manually re-ordered, ordered when the quantity is below the minimum quantity or ordered when it is below the maximum quantity. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
ResultResultResult of the action takenThe Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request.
Retained Earning AcctRetained Earning Acct
SKUSKUStock Keeping UnitThe SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema.
CampaignCampaignMarketing CampaignThe Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign.
ChannelChannelSales ChannelThe Sales Channel identifies a channel (or method) of sales generation.
Credit LimitCredit LimitTotal outstanding invoice amounts allowedThe Credit Limit indicates the total amount allowed 'on account' in primary accounting currency. If the Credit Limit is 0, no ckeck is performed. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities.
Credit UsedCredit UsedCurrent open balanceThe Credit Used indicates the total amount of open or unpaid invoices in primary accounting currency for the Business Partner. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities.
Delivery RuleDelivery RuleDefines the timing of DeliveryThe Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available.
OrderOrderOrderThe Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you cloase an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled.Purchase OrderThe Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you cloase an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled.Purchase OrderPurchase Order
Invoice RuleInvoice RuleFrequency and method of invoicing The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing.
Invoice ScheduleInvoice ScheduleSchedule for generating InvoicesThe Invoice Schedule identifies the frequency used when generating invoices.
Sales Order LineOrder LineSales Order LineThe Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.Purchase Order LineThe Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order.Purchase Order LineOrder Line
Sales Volume in 1.000Sales VolumeTotal Volume of Sales in Thousands of CurrencyThe Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner.
Element SeparatorElement SeparatorElement SeparatorThe Element Separator defines the delimiter printed between elements of the structure
SequenceSequenceMethod of ordering records; lowest number comes firstThe Sequence indicates the order of records
Serial NoSerial NoProduct Serial Number The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1.
ShareShareShare of Customer's business as a percentageThe Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied.
Shelf DepthShelf DepthShelf depth requiredThe Shelf Depth indicates the depth dimension required on a shelf for a product
Shelf HeightShelf HeightShelf height requiredThe Shelf Height indicates the height dimension required on a shelf for a product
Shelf WidthShelf WidthShelf width requiredThe Shelf Width indicates the width dimension required on a shelf for a product
Record Sort NoRecord Sort NoDetermines in what order the records are displayedThe Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records. If the number is negative, the records are sorted descending.
Example: A tab with C_DocType_ID (1), DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted ascending by document type and descending by document number (SQL: ORDER BY C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC)
Start DateStart DateFirst effective day (inclusive)The Start Date indicates the first or starting date
Restart sequence every YearRestart sequence every YearRestart the sequence with Start on every 1/1The Restart Sequence Every Year checkbox indicates that the documents sequencing should return to the starting number on the first day of the year.
Start NoStart NoStarting number/positionThe Start Number indicates the starting position in the line or field number in the line
Standard PrecisionStandard PrecisionRule for rounding calculated amountsThe Standard Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to for accounting transactions and documents.
SubstituteSubstituteEntity which can be used in place of this entityThe Substitute identifies the entity to be used as a substitute for this entity.
SuffixSuffixSuffix after the numberThe Suffix indicates the characters to append to the document number.
Suspense Balancing AcctSuspense Balancing Acct
Suspense Error AcctSuspense Error Acct
AmountAmt
DateDate
DateTimeDateTime
IntegerInteger
NumberNumber
DB Table NameDB Table NameName of the table in the databaseThe DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database.
Tax IDTax IDTax IdentificationThe Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity.
Test IDTest ID
ToToReceiving CountryThe To Country indicates the receiving country on a document
ToToReceiving RegionThe To Region indicates the receiving region on a document
Total CreditTotal CreditTotal Credit in document currencyThe Total Credit indicates the total credit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency
Total DebitTotal DebitTotal debit in document currencyThe Total Debit indicates the total debit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency
Total LinesTotal LinesTotal of all document linesThe Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency
Type | AreaType | AreaElement this tree is built on (i.e Product, Business Partner)The Tree Type / Area field determines the type of tree this is. For example, you may define one tree for your Products and another tree for your Business Partners.
TypeTypeType of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language)The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language.
SymbolUoMSymbol for a Unit of MeasureThe Symbol identifies the Symbol to be displayed and printed for a Unit of Measure
UPC/EANUPC/EANBar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number)Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)
Units Per PalletUnits Per PalletUnits Per PalletThe Units per Pallet indicates the number of units of this product which fit on a pallet.
Unrealised Gain AcctUnrealised Gain AcctUnrealised Gain Account for currency revaluationThe Unrealised Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have yet to be realised.
Unrealised Loss AcctUnrealised Loss AcctUnrealised Loss Account for currency revaluationThe Unrealised Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realised.
UpdatedUpdatedDate this record was updatedThe Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated.
Updated ByUpdated ByUser who updated this recordsThe Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record.
Use Currency BalancingUse Currency Balancing
Use Suspense BalancingUse Suspense Balancing
Use Suspense ErrorUse Suspense Error
User List 1User 1User defined list element #1The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination.
User List 2User 2User defined list element #2The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination.
User LevelUser LevelSystem Client OrganizationThe User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Client level data or Client and Organization level data.
Value FormatValue FormatFormat of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09"<B>Validation elements:</B>
(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
@@ -77,9 +76,9 @@ C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
9 Digits 0..9 or space
Example of format "(000)_000-0000"
Valid fromValid fromValid from including this date (first day)The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range
Valid toValid toValid to including this date (last day)The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range
Validation typeValidation typeDifferent method of validating dataThe Validation Type indicates the validation method to use. These include list, table or data type validation.
Search KeySearch KeySearch key for the record in the format required - must be uniqueA search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
-If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
Partner CategoryBPartner CategoryProduct Category of the Business PartnerThe Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product.
Partner Product KeyBPartner Product KeyProduct Key of the Business PartnerThe Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format.
VersionVersionVersion of the table definitionThe Version indicates the version of this table definition.
VolumeVolumeVolume of a productThe Volume indicates the volume of the product in the Volume UOM of the Client
WeightWeightWeight of a productThe Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Client
Sql WHEREWhere clauseFully qualified SQL WHERE clauseThe Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname".
WindowTypeWindowTypeType or classification of a WindowThe Window Type indicates the type of window being defined (Maintain, Transaction or Query)
WorkflowWorkflowWorkflow or tasksThe Workflow field identifies a unique workflow. A workflow is a grouping of related tasks, in a specified sequence and optionally including approvals
Aisle (X)XX dimension, e.g., AisleThe X dimension indicates the Aisle a product is located in.
UOM CodeUOM CodeUOM EDI X12 CodeThe Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement)
Bin (Y)YY dimension, e.g., BinThe Y dimension indicates the Bin a product is located in
YearYearCalendar YearThe Year identifies the accounting year for a calendar.
Level (Z)ZZ dimension, e.g., LevelThe Z dimension indicates the Level a product is located in.
BankBankBankThe Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts.
Bank AccountBank AccountAccount at the BankThe Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank.
Partner Bank AccountPartner Bank AccountBank Account of the Business PartnerThe Partner Bank Account identifies the bank account to be used for this Business Partner
DunningDunningDunning Rules for overdue invoicesThe Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments.
WithholdingWithholdingWithholding type definedThe Withholding indicates the type of withholding to be calculated.
Account NoAccount NoAccount NumberThe Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account.
BeneficiaryBeneficiaryBusiness Partner to whom payment is madeThe Beneficiary indicates the Business Partner to whom payment will be made. This field is only displayed if the Paid to Third Party checkbox is selected.
Charge amountCharge AmtCharge AmountThe Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge.
Charge feeCharge feeIndicates if fees will be charged for overdue invoicesThe Charge Fee checkbox indicates if the dunning letter will include fees for overdue invoices
Charge InterestCharge InterestIndicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoicesThe Charge Interest checkbox indicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoice amounts.
ClassificationClassificationClassification for groupingThe Classification can be used to optionally group products.
Credit limitCredit limitAmount of Credit allowedThe Credit Limit field indicates the credit limit for this account.
Current balanceCurrent balanceCurrent BalanceThe Current Balance field indicates the current balance in this account.
Days between dunningDays between dunningDays between sending dunning noticesThe Days Between Dunning indicates the number of days between sending dunning notices.
Discount 2 %Discount 2 %Discount in percentThe Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Discount Days 2Discount Days 2Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discountThe Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
Document BaseTypeDoc BaseTypeLogical type of documentThe Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type.
Document CopiesCopiesNumber of copies to be printedThe Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated.
Document NoteDoc NoteAdditional information for a DocumentThe Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product.
EMail AddressEMailElectronic Mail AddressThe Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web.
Enforce price limitEnforce Price LimitDo not allow prices below the limit priceThe Enforce Price Limit check box indicates that prices cannot be below the limit price in Orders and Invoices. Ths can be overwritten, if the role allows this.
Exempt reasonExempt reasonReason for not withholdingThe Exempt Reason indicates the reason that monies are not withheld from this employee.
Accounting FactAccounting Fact
Fee AmountFeeFee amount in invoice currencyThe Fee Amount indicates the charge amount on a dunning letter for overdue invoices. This field will only display if the charge fee checkbox has been selected.
Fix amountFix AmtFix amounted amount to be levied or paidThe Fixed Amount indicates a fixed amount to be levied or paid.
Fix month cutoffFix month cutoffLast day to include for next due dateThe Fix Month Cutoff indicates the last day invoices can have to be included in the current due date. This field only displays when the fixed due date checkbox has been selected.
Fix month dayFix month dayDay of the month of the due dateThe Fix Month Day indicates the day of the month that invoices are due. This field only displays if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
Fix month offsetFix month offsetNumber of months (0=same, 1=following)The Fixed Month Offset indicates the number of months from the current month to indicate an invoice is due. A 0 indicates the same month, a 1 the following month. This field will only display if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
Grace DaysGrace DaysDays after due date to send first dunning letterThe Grace Days indicates the number of days after the due date to send the first dunning letter. This field displays only if the send dunning letters checkbox has been selected.
Import Error MessageImport Error MessageMessages generated from import processThe Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process.
ImportedImportedHas this import been processedThe Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed.
Interest in percentInterest in percentPercentage interest to charge on overdue invoicesThe Interest amount in percent indicates the interest to be charged on overdue invoices. This field displays only if the charge interest checkbox has been selected.
Invoice AddressInvoice AddressBusiness Partner Invoice/Bill AddressIf the Invoice Address is selected, the location is used to send invoices to a customer or receive invoices from a vendor.
Document LevelDoc LevelTax is calculated on document level (rather than line by line)If the tax is calculated on document level, all lines with that tax rate are added before calculating the total tax for the document.
+If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
Partner CategoryBPartner CategoryProduct Category of the Business PartnerThe Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product.
Partner Product KeyBPartner Product KeyProduct Key of the Business PartnerThe Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format.
VersionVersionVersion of the table definitionThe Version indicates the version of this table definition.
VolumeVolumeVolume of a productThe Volume indicates the volume of the product in the Volume UOM of the Client
WeightWeightWeight of a productThe Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Client
Sql WHEREWhere clauseFully qualified SQL WHERE clauseThe Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname".
WindowTypeWindowTypeType or classification of a WindowThe Window Type indicates the type of window being defined (Maintain, Transaction or Query)
WorkflowWorkflowWorkflow or tasksThe Workflow field identifies a unique workflow. A workflow is a grouping of related tasks, in a specified sequence and optionally including approvals
Aisle (X)XX dimension, e.g., AisleThe X dimension indicates the Aisle a product is located in.
UOM CodeUOM CodeUOM EDI X12 CodeThe Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement)
Bin (Y)YY dimension, e.g., BinThe Y dimension indicates the Bin a product is located in
YearYearCalendar YearThe Year identifies the Calendar year
Level (Z)ZZ dimension, e.g., LevelThe Z dimension indicates the Level a product is located in.
BankBankBankThe Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts.
Bank AccountBank AccountAccount at the BankThe Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank.
Partner Bank AccountPartner Bank AccountBank Account of the Business PartnerThe Partner Bank Account identifies the bank account to be used for this Business Partner
DunningDunningDunning Rules for overdue invoicesThe Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments.
WithholdingWithholdingWithholding type definedThe Withholding indicates the type of withholding to be calculated.
Account NoAccount NoAccount NumberThe Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account.
BeneficiaryBeneficiaryBusiness Partner to whom payment is madeThe Beneficiary indicates the Business Partner to whom payment will be made. This field is only displayed if the Paid to Third Party checkbox is selected.
Charge amountCharge AmtCharge AmountThe Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge.
Charge feeCharge feeIndicates if fees will be charged for overdue invoicesThe Charge Fee checkbox indicates if the dunning letter will include fees for overdue invoices
Charge InterestCharge InterestIndicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoicesThe Charge Interest checkbox indicates if interest will be charged on overdue invoice amounts.
ClassificationClassificationClassification for groupingThe Classification can be used to optionally group products.
Credit limitCredit limitAmount of Credit allowedThe Credit Limit field indicates the credit limit for this account.
Current balanceCurrent balanceCurrent BalanceThe Current Balance field indicates the current balance in this account.
Days between dunningDays between dunningDays between sending dunning noticesThe Days Between Dunning indicates the number of days between sending dunning notices.
Discount 2 %Discount 2 %Discount in percentThe Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage.
Discount Days 2Discount Days 2Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discountThe Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount.
Document BaseTypeDoc BaseTypeLogical type of documentThe Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type.
Document CopiesCopiesNumber of copies to be printedThe Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated.
Document NoteDoc NoteAdditional information for a DocumentThe Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product.
EMail AddressEMailElectronic Mail AddressThe Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web.
Enforce price limitEnforce Price LimitDo not allow prices below the limit priceThe Enforce Price Limit check box indicates that prices cannot be below the limit price in Orders and Invoices. Ths can be overwritten, if the role allows this.
Exempt reasonExempt reasonReason for not withholdingThe Exempt Reason indicates the reason that monies are not withheld from this employee.
Accounting FactAccounting Fact
Fee AmountFeeFee amount in invoice currencyThe Fee Amount indicates the charge amount on a dunning letter for overdue invoices. This field will only display if the charge fee checkbox has been selected.
Fix amountFix AmtFix amounted amount to be levied or paidThe Fixed Amount indicates a fixed amount to be levied or paid.
Fix month cutoffFix month cutoffLast day to include for next due dateThe Fix Month Cutoff indicates the last day invoices can have to be included in the current due date. This field only displays when the fixed due date checkbox has been selected.
Fix month dayFix month dayDay of the month of the due dateThe Fix Month Day indicates the day of the month that invoices are due. This field only displays if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
Fix month offsetFix month offsetNumber of months (0=same, 1=following)The Fixed Month Offset indicates the number of months from the current month to indicate an invoice is due. A 0 indicates the same month, a 1 the following month. This field will only display if the fixed due date checkbox is selected.
Grace DaysGrace DaysDays after due date to send first dunning letterThe Grace Days indicates the number of days after the due date to send the first dunning letter. This field displays only if the send dunning letters checkbox has been selected.
Import Error MessageImport Error MessageMessages generated from import processThe Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process.
ImportedImportedHas this import been processedThe Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed.
Interest in percentInterest in percentPercentage interest to charge on overdue invoicesThe Interest amount in percent indicates the interest to be charged on overdue invoices. This field displays only if the charge interest checkbox has been selected.
Invoice AddressInvoice AddressBusiness Partner Invoice/Bill AddressIf the Invoice Address is selected, the location is used to send invoices to a customer or receive invoices from a vendor.
Document LevelDoc LevelTax is calculated on document level (rather than line by line)If the tax is calculated on document level, all lines with that tax rate are added before calculating the total tax for the document.
Otherwise the tax is calculated per line and then added.
-Due to rounding, the tax amount can differ.
Fixed due dateFixed due datePayment is due on a fixed dateThe Fixed Due Date checkbox indicates if invoices using this payment tern will be due on a fixed day of the month.
Foreign Currency AccountForeign CurrencyBalances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currencyBalances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency and translated to functional currency
Mandatory WithholdingMandatory WithholdingMonies must be withheldThe Mandatory Withholding checkbox indicates that monies must be withheld from this employee.
One time transactionOne time transaction
Own BankOwn BankBank for this OrganizationThe Own Bank field indicates if this bank is for this Organization as opposed to a Bank for a Business Partner.
Paid to third partyPaid to third partyAmount paid to someone other than the Business PartnerThe Paid to Third Party checkbox indicates that the amounts are paid to someone other than the Business Partner.
Pay-From AddressPay-From AddressBusiness Partner pays from that address and we'll send dunning letters thereIf the Pay-From Address is selected, this location is the address the Business Partner pays from and where dunning letters will be sent to.
Percent withholdingPercent withholdingWithholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amountThe Percent Withholding checkbox indicates if the withholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amount.
Remit-To AddressRemit-To AddressBusiness Partner payment addressIf the Remit-To Address is selected, the location is used to send payments to the vendor.
Same TaxSame TaxUse the same tax as the main transactionThe Same Tax checkbox indicates that this charge should use the same tax as the main transaction.
Ship AddressShip addressBusiness Partner Shipment AddressIf the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor.
Tax exemptTax exemptBusiness partner is exempt from taxIf a business partner is exempt from tax, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions.
Prorate taxProrate taxTax is ProratedThe Prorate Tax checkbox indicates if this tax is prorated.
Tax withholdingTax withholdingThis is a tax related withholdingThe Tax Withholding checkbox indicates if this withholding is tax related.
Temporary exemptTemporary exemptTemporarily do not withhold taxesThe Temporary Exempt checkbox indicates that for a limited time, taxes will not be withheld for this employee.
Max AmountMax AmtMaximum Amount in invoice currencyThe Maximum Amount indicates the maximum amount in invoice currency.
Min AmountMin AmtMinimum Amount in invoice currencyThe Minimum amount indicates the minimum amount as stated in the currency of the invoice.
Minimum Order QtyMinimum Order QtyMinimum order quantity in UOMThe Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered.
Order Pack QtyOrder Pack QtyPackage order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units)The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product.
Payment RulePayment RulePurchase payment optionThe Payment Rule indicates the method of purchase payment.
PercentPercentPercentageThe Percent indicates the percentage used.
Order ReferenceOrder ReferenceTransaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business PartnerThe business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.
Last PO PriceLast PO PricePrice of the last purchase order for the productThe Last PO Price indicates the last price paid (per the purchase order) for this product.
Limit PriceLimit PriceLowest price for a productThe Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency.
Standard PriceStd PriceStandard PriceThe Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list
Print TextTextThe label text to be printed on a document or correspondence.The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters.
RatingRatingClassification or ImportanceThe Rating is used to differentiate the importance
Routing NoRouting NoBank Routing NumberThe Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions.
Send dunning lettersSend dunning lettersIndicates if dunning letters will be sentThe Send Dunning Letters checkbox indicates if dunning letters will be sent to Business Partners who use this dunning rule.
ChargeChargeAdditional document chargesThe Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking)
Swift codeSwift codeSwift Code or BICThe Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm
Threshold maxThreshold maxMaximum gross amount for withholding calculation (0=no limit)The Threshold maximum indicates the maximum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation . A value of 0 indicates there is no limit.
Threshold minThreshold minMinimum gross amount for withholding calculationThe Threshold Minimum indicates the minimum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation.
TitleTitleName this entity is referred to asThe Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as.
URLURLFull URL address - e.g. http://www.compiere.orgThe URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.compiere.org
ProcedureProcedureName of the Database ProcedureThe Procedure indicates the name of the database procedure called by this report or process.
ActivityActivityBusiness ActivityActivities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing
Freight Cost RuleFreight Cost RuleMethod for charging FreightThe Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight.
InvoiceInvoiceInvoice IdentifierThe Invoice Document.
Customer PrepaymentCustomer PrepaymentAccount for customer prepaymentsThe Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer.
Customer ReceivablesCustomer ReceivablesAccount for Customer ReceivablesThe Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables.
Commodity CodeCommodity CodeCommodity code used for tax calculationThe Commodity Code indicates a code that is used in tax calculations
Credit CardCredit CardCredit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx)The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment.
SO Sub TypeSO Sub TypeSales Order Sub TypeThe SO Sub Type indicates the type of sales order this document refers to. This field only appears when the Document Base Type is Sales Order. The selection made here will determine which documents will be generated when an order is processed and which documents must be generated manually or in batches. <br>
+Due to rounding, the tax amount can differ.
Fixed due dateFixed due datePayment is due on a fixed dateThe Fixed Due Date checkbox indicates if invoices using this payment tern will be due on a fixed day of the month.
Foreign Currency AccountForeign CurrencyBalances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currencyBalances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency and translated to functional currency
Mandatory WithholdingMandatory WithholdingMonies must be withheldThe Mandatory Withholding checkbox indicates that monies must be withheld from this employee.
One time transactionOne time transaction
Own BankOwn BankBank for this OrganizationThe Own Bank field indicates if this bank is for this Organization as opposed to a Bank for a Business Partner.
Paid to third partyPaid to third partyAmount paid to someone other than the Business PartnerThe Paid to Third Party checkbox indicates that the amounts are paid to someone other than the Business Partner.
Pay-From AddressPay-From AddressBusiness Partner pays from that address and we'll send dunning letters thereIf the Pay-From Address is selected, this location is the address the Business Partner pays from and where dunning letters will be sent to.
Percent withholdingPercent withholdingWithholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amountThe Percent Withholding checkbox indicates if the withholding amount is a percentage of the invoice amount.
Remit-To AddressRemit-To AddressBusiness Partner payment addressIf the Remit-To Address is selected, the location is used to send payments to the vendor.
Same TaxSame TaxUse the same tax as the main transactionThe Same Tax checkbox indicates that this charge should use the same tax as the main transaction.
Ship AddressShip addressBusiness Partner Shipment AddressIf the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor.
Tax exemptTax exemptBusiness partner is exempt from taxIf a business partner is exempt from tax, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions.
Prorate taxProrate taxTax is ProratedThe Prorate Tax checkbox indicates if this tax is prorated.
Tax withholdingTax withholdingThis is a tax related withholdingThe Tax Withholding checkbox indicates if this withholding is tax related.
Temporary exemptTemporary exemptTemporarily do not withhold taxesThe Temporary Exempt checkbox indicates that for a limited time, taxes will not be withheld for this employee.
Max AmountMax AmtMaximum Amount in invoice currencyThe Maximum Amount indicates the maximum amount in invoice currency.
Min AmountMin AmtMinimum Amount in invoice currencyThe Minimum amount indicates the minimum amount as stated in the currency of the invoice.
Minimum Order QtyMinimum Order QtyMinimum order quantity in UOMThe Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered.
Order Pack QtyOrder Pack QtyPackage order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units)The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product.
Payment RulePayment RulePurchase payment optionThe Payment Rule indicates the method of purchase payment.
PercentPercentPercentageThe Percent indicates the percentage used.
Order ReferenceOrder ReferenceTransaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business PartnerThe business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.
Last PO PriceLast PO PricePrice of the last purchase order for the productThe Last PO Price indicates the last price paid (per the purchase order) for this product.
Limit PriceLimit PriceLowest price for a productThe Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency.
Standard PriceStd PriceStandard PriceThe Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list
Print TextTextThe label text to be printed on a document or correspondence.The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters.
RatingRatingClassification or ImportanceThe Rating is used to differentiate the importance
Routing NoRouting NoBank Routing NumberThe Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions.
Send dunning lettersSend dunning lettersIndicates if dunning letters will be sentThe Send Dunning Letters checkbox indicates if dunning letters will be sent to Business Partners who use this dunning rule.
ChargeChargeAdditional document chargesThe Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking)
Swift codeSwift codeSwift Code or BICThe Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm
Threshold maxThreshold maxMaximum gross amount for withholding calculation (0=no limit)The Threshold maximum indicates the maximum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation . A value of 0 indicates there is no limit.
Threshold minThreshold minMinimum gross amount for withholding calculationThe Threshold Minimum indicates the minimum gross amount to be used in the withholding calculation.
TitleTitleName this entity is referred to asThe Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as.
URLURLFull URL address - e.g. http://www.adempiere.orgThe URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.adempiere.org
ProcedureProcedureName of the Database ProcedureThe Procedure indicates the name of the database procedure called by this report or process.
ActivityActivityBusiness ActivityActivities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing
Freight Cost RuleFreight Cost RuleMethod for charging FreightThe Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight.
InvoiceInvoiceInvoice IdentifierThe Invoice Document.
Customer PrepaymentCustomer PrepaymentAccount for customer prepaymentsThe Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer.
Customer ReceivablesCustomer ReceivablesAccount for Customer ReceivablesThe Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables.
Commodity CodeCommodity CodeCommodity code used for tax calculationThe Commodity Code indicates a code that is used in tax calculations
Credit CardCredit CardCredit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx)The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment.
SO Sub TypeSO Sub TypeSales Order Sub TypeThe SO Sub Type indicates the type of sales order this document refers to. This field only appears when the Document Base Type is Sales Order. The selection made here will determine which documents will be generated when an order is processed and which documents must be generated manually or in batches. <br>
The following outlines this process.<br>
SO Sub Type of <b>Standard Order</b> will generate just the <b>Order</b> document when the order is processed. <br>
The <b>Delivery Note</b>, <b>Invoice</b> and <b>Receipt</b> must be generated via other processes. <br>
@@ -89,13 +88,14 @@ SO Sub Type of <b>POS</b> (Point of Sale) will generate all document
The Priority is ignored for products with Guarantee Date (always the oldest first) or if a speific instance is selected.
Incoming receipts are stored at the location with the hoghest priority, if not explicitly selected.
GreetingGreetingGreeting to print on correspondenceThe Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence.
GreetingGreetingFor letters, e.g. "Dear {0}" or "Dear Mr. {0}" - At runtime, "{0}" is replaced by the nameThe Greeting indicates what will print on letters sent to a Business Partner.
Direct printDirect printPrint without dialogThe Direct Print checkbox indicates that this report will print without a print dialog box being displayed.
First name onlyFirst name onlyPrint only the first name in greetingsThe First Name Only checkbox indicates that only the first name of this contact should print in greetings.
High VolumeHigh VolumeUse Search instead of Pick listThe High Volume Checkbox indicates if a search screen will display as opposed to a pick list for selecting records from this table.
Print detail records on invoice Print detail on invoicePrint detail BOM elements on the invoiceThe Print Details on Invoice indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Invoice as opposed to this product.
Print detail records on pick listPrint detail records on pick listPrint detail BOM elements on the pick listThe Print Details on Pick List indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Pick List as opposed to this product.
VerifiedVerifiedThe BOM configuration has been verifiedThe Verified check box indicates if the configuration of this product has been verified. This is used for products that consist of a bill of materials
BOM LineBOM Line
Parameter NameParameter Name
Conversion DateConversion DateDate for selecting conversion rateThe Conversion Date identifies the date used for currency conversion. The conversion rate chosen must include this date in it's date range
Limit price Surcharge AmountLimit price Surcharge AmtAmount added to the converted/copied price before multiplyingIndicates the amount to be added to the Limit price prior to multiplication.
Limit price BaseLimit price BaseBase price for calculation of the new priceIdentifies the price to be used as the base for calculating a new price list.
Limit price max MarginLimit price max MarginMaximum difference to original limit price; ignored if zeroIndicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Limit price min MarginLimit price min MarginMinimum difference to original limit price; ignored if zeroIndicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Limit price RoundingLimit price RoundingRounding of the final resultA drop down list box which indicates the rounding (if any) will apply to the final prices in this price list.
List price Surcharge AmountList price Surcharge AmtList Price Surcharge AmountThe List Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication.
List price BaseList price BasePrice used as the basis for price list calculationsThe List Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price list.
List price max MarginList price max MarginMaximum margin for a productThe List Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
List price min MarginList price min MarginMinimum margin for a productThe List Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
List price RoundingList price RoundingRounding rule for final list priceThe List Price Rounding indicates how the final list price will be rounded.
Base Price ListBase Price ListSource for Price list calculationsThe Base Price List identifies the Base Pricelist used for calculating prices (the source)
Standard price Surcharge AmountStandard price Surcharge AmtAmount added to a price as a surchargeThe Standard Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication.
Standard price BaseStandard price BaseBase price for calculating new standard priceThe Standard Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price standard.
-
Standard max MarginStandard max MarginMaximum margin allowed for a productThe Standard Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Standard price min MarginStandard price min MarginMinimum margin allowed for a productThe Standard Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Standard price RoundingStandard price RoundingRounding rule for calculated priceThe Standard Price Rounding indicates how the final Standard price will be rounded.
Current vendorCurrent vendorUse this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishmentThe Current Vendor indicates if prices are used and Product is reordered from this vendor
Limit price Discount %Limit price Discount %Discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base priceIndicates the discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price
List price Discount %List price Discount %Discount from list price as a percentageThe List Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
Standard price Discount %Standard price Discount %Discount percentage to subtract from base priceThe Standard Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
Discount PrintedDiscount PrintedPrint Discount on Invoice and OrderThe Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document.
Calculate Sum (¿)SumCalculate the Sum of numeric content or lengthCalculate the Sum (¿) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise total sum length of the field.
Order DescriptionOrder DescriptionDescription to be used on ordersThe Order Description identifies the standard description to use on orders for this Customer.
Invoice net AmountInvoice net AmtNet amount of this InvoiceIndicates the net amount for this invoice. It does not include shipping or any additional charges.
Qty to deliverQty to deliver
Qty to invoiceQty to invoice
Report ViewReport ViewView used to generate this reportThe Report View indicates the view used to generate this report.
Mail HostMail HostHostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAPThe host name of the Mail Server for this client with SMTP services to send mail, and IMAP to process incoming mail.
Cost per OrderCost per OrderFixed Cost Per OrderThe Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed.
Actual Delivery TimeActual Delivery TimeActual days between order and deliveryThe Actual Delivery Time indicates the number of days elapsed between placing an order and the delivery of the order
Promised Delivery TimePromised Delivery TimePromised days between order and deliveryThe Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised.
Quantity to OrderQty to Order
Quality RatingQuality RatingMethod for rating vendorsThe Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality)
Base PricelistBasePricelist to be used, if product not found on this pricelistThe Base Price List identifies the default price list to be used if a product is not found on the selected price list
EDI DefinitionEDI DefinitionElectronic Data Interchange
Customer NoCustomer NoEDI Identification Number
EDI StatusEDI Status
EDI TypeEDI Type
Error EMailError EMailEmail address to send error messages to
From EMailFrom EMailFull EMail address used to send requests - e.g. edi@organization.com
From EMail PasswordFrom EMail PwdPassword of the sending EMail address
From EMail User IDFrom EMail UserUser ID of the sending EMail address (on default SMTP Host) - e.g. edi
Info EMailInfo EMailEMail address to send informational messages and copiesThe Info EMail address indicates the address to use when sending informational messages or copies of other messages.
To EMailTo EMailEMail address to send requests to - e.g. edi@manufacturer.com
InfoInfoInformationThe Information displays data from the source document line.
Send InfoSend InfoSend informational messages and copies
Line Discount %Discount %Line Discount as a percentageThe Line Discount Percent indicates the discount for this line as a percentage.
Line DiscountDiscountLine Discount AmountIndicates the discount for this line as an amount.
Line Limit AmountLimit Amt
Line List AmountList Amt
Gross margin %Margin %
Gross MarginMargin
EDI TransactionEDI Trx
EDI LogEDI Log
Received Inquiry ReplyInquiry reply
Receive Order ReplyOrder reply
Reply PriceReply PriceConfirmed Price from EDI Partner
Reply Qty AvailableQty Available
Reply Qty ConfirmedQty Confirmed
Reply ReceivedReply
Reply RemarksRemarks
Reply Ship dateShip date
Request PriceRequest Price
Request QtyRequest Qty
Request Ship dateRequest Ship date
Send InquirySend InquiryQuantity Availability Inquiry
Send OrderSend Order
Transaction receivedTrx received
Transaction sentTrx sent
Transaction TypeTrx TypeType of credit card transactionThe Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company.
Transaction DateTrx DateTransaction DateThe Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.
Special FormSpecial FormSpecial FormThe Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system.
ClassnameClassnameJava ClassnameThe Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process.
Page breakPage breakStart with new pageBefore printing this item, create a new page
PostedPostedPosting statusThe Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines
Category TypeCategory TypeSource of the Journal with this categoryThe Category Type indicates the source of the journal for this category. Journals can be generated from a document, entered manually or imported.
ErrorError
Import FormatImport Format
Format FieldFormat Field
Data FormatData FormatFormat String in Java Notation, e.g. ddMMyyThe Date Format indicates how dates are defined on the record to be imported. It must be in Java Notation
Data TypeData TypeType of data
Decimal PointDecimal PointDecimal Point in the data file - if any
Divide by 100Divide by 100Divide number by 100 to get correct amount
End NoEnd No
FormatFormatFormat of the dataThe Format is a drop down list box for selecting the format type (text, tab delimited, XML, etc) of the file to be imported
SelectedSelected
Constant ValueConstantConstant value
BOM QuantityQtyBill of Materials QuantityThe BOM Quantity indicates the quantity of the product in its Unit of Measure (multiplication)
Date receivedDate receivedDate a product was receivedThe Date Received indicates the date that product was received.
Date returnedDate returnedDate a product was returnedThe Date Returned indicates the date the product was returned.
Bill of MaterialsBOMBill of MaterialsThe Bill of Materials check box indicates if this product consists of a bill of materials.
ReturnedReturned
Moved to storageMoved to storage
BOM ProductBOM ProductBill of Material Component ProductThe BOM Product identifies an element that is part of this Bill of Materials.
RegistrationRegistrationVehicle registration
RimRimStored rim
Tire StorageTire Storage
Tire QualityTire Quality
Tire size (L/R)Tire size
Tire typeTire type
VehicleVehicle
Rim BackRim B
Tire Quality BackTire Quality Back
Tire size BackTire size B
Tire type BackTire type B
Records createdRecords created
Production PlanProduction PlanPlan for how a product is producedThe Production Plan identifies the items and steps in generating a product.
Production QuantityProduction QtyQuantity of products to produceThe Production Quantity identifies the number of products to produce
VendorVendorThe Vendor of the product/service
NoticeNoticeSystem Notice
Inter-OrganisationInter-OrganisationOrganisation valid for intercompany documentsThe Inter Organisation field identifies an Organisation which can be used by this Organisation for intercompany documents.
Account CityCityCity or the Credit Card or Account HolderThe Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder
Account EMailEMailEmail AddressThe EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder.
Driver LicenseDriver LicensePayment Identification - Driver LicenseThe Driver's License being used as identification.
Social Security NoSocial Security NoPayment Identification - Social Security NoThe Social Security number being used as identification.
Account NameAccount NameName on Credit Card or Account holderThe Name of the Credit Card or Account holder.
Account StateStateState of the Credit Card or Account holderThe State of the Credit Card or Account holder
Account StreetStreetStreet address of the Credit Card or Account holderThe Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder.
Account Post CodePost CodePost Code of the Credit Card or Account HolderThe Post Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder.
Accept Direct DepositDirect DepositAccept Direct Deposit (payee initiated)Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct Deposits are initiated by the payee.
Accept AMEXAMEXAccept American Express CardIndicates if American Express Cards are accepted
Accept ATMATMAccept Bank ATM CardIndicates if Bank ATM Cards are accepted
Accept Electronic CheckECheckAccept ECheck (Electronic Checks)Indicates if EChecks are accepted
Accept CorporateCorporateAccept Corporate Purchase CardsIndicates if Corporate Purchase Cards are accepted
Accept DinersDinersAccept Diner's ClubIndicates if Diner's Club Cards are accepted
Accept MasterCardMCAccept Master CardIndicates if Master Cards are accepted
Accept VisaVisaAccept Visa CardsIndicates if Visa Cards are accepted
AmountAmtAmount in a defined currencyThe Amount indicates the amount for this document line.
Bank AssetBank AssetBank Asset AccountThe Bank Asset Account identifies the account to be used for booking changes to the balance in this bank account
Bank ExpenseBank ExpenseBank Expense AccountThe Bank Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording charges or fees incurred from this Bank.
Bank Interest ExpenseBank Interest ExpenseBank Interest Expense AccountThe Bank Interest Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest expenses.
Bank Interest RevenueBank Interest RevenueBank Interest Revenue AccountThe Bank Interest Revenue Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest revenue from this Bank.
Bank In TransitBank In TransitBank In Transit AccountThe Bank in Transit Account identifies the account to be used for funds which are in transit.
Bank Revaluation GainBank Revaluation GainBank Revaluation Gain AccountThe Bank Revaluation Gain Account identifies the account to be used for recording gains that are recognized when converting currencies.
Bank Revaluation LossBank Revaluation LossBank Revaluation Loss AccountThe Bank Revaluation Loss Account identifies the account to be used for recording losses that are recognized when converting currencies.
Bank Settlement GainBank Settlement GainBank Settlement Gain AccountThe Bank Settlement Gain account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency gain when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
Bank Settlement LossBank Settlement LossBank Settlement Loss AccountThe Bank Settlement loss account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency loss when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
Bank Unidentified ReceiptsBank UnidentifiedBank Unidentified Receipts AccountThe Bank Unidentified Receipts Account identifies the account to be used when recording receipts that can not be reconciled at the present time.
Beginning BalanceBeginning BalanceBalance prior to any transactionsThe Beginning Balance is the balance prior to making any adjustments for payments or disbursements.
AllocationAllocationPayment allocation
Bank StatementBank StatementBank Statement of accountThe Bank Statement identifies a unique Bank Statement for a defined time period. The statement defines all transactions that occurred
Bank statement lineBank statement lineLine on a statement from this BankThe Bank Statement Line identifies a unique transaction (Payment, Withdrawal, Charge) for the defined time period at this Bank.
Business Partner GroupBPartner GroupBusiness Partner GroupThe Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners.
PaymentPaymentPayment identifierThe Payment is a unique identifier of this payment.
Payment ProcessorPayment ProcessorPayment processor for electronic paymentsThe Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments
Charge ExpenseCharge ExpenseCharge Expense AccountThe Charge Expense Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid to vendors.
Charge RevenueCharge RevenueCharge Revenue AccountThe Charge Revenue Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid by customers.
Check NoCheck NoCheck NumberThe Check Number indicates the number on the check.
Verification CodeVerificationCredit Card Verification code on credit cardThe Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)
Current Cost PriceCurrent Cost PriceThe currently used cost price
Discount AmountDiscountCalculated amount of discountThe Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line.
Ending balanceEnding balanceEnding or closing balanceThe Ending Balance is the result of adjusting the Beginning Balance by any payments or disbursements.
Future Cost PriceFuture Cost price
Host AddressHost AddressHost Address URL or DNSThe Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host
Host portHost portHost Communication PortThe Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host.
Online AccessOnline AccessCan be accessed online The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web.
PaidPaidThe document is paid
Same CurrencySame Currency
MicrMicrCombination of routing no, account and check noThe Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number
Original Transaction IDOriginal Trx IDOriginal Transaction IDThe Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed.
Purchase Price VariancePurchase Price VarianceDifference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV)The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price.
Page URLPage URL
Payment Discount ExpensePay discount expensePayment Discount Expense AccountIndicates the account to be charged for payment discount expenses.
Payment Discount RevenuePay discount revenuePayment Discount Revenue AccountIndicates the account to be charged for payment discount revenues.
Work In ProgressWIP AccountAccount for Work in ProgressThe Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed
PO NumberPO NumberPurchase Order NumberThe PO Number indicates the number assigned to a purchase order
PricePricePriceThe Price indicates the Price for a product or service.
ProductProduct
Proxy addressProxy address Address of your proxy serverThe Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor.
Proxy logonProxy logonLogon of your proxy serverThe Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server.
Proxy passwordProxy passwordPassword of your proxy serverThe Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server.
Proxy portProxy portPort of your proxy serverThe Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server.
Authorisation CodeAuthorisation CodeAuthorisation Code returnedThe Authorisation Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
Address verifiedAddress verifiedThis address has been verifiedThe Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
Post verifiedPost verifiedThe Post Code has been verifiedThe Post Code Verified indicates if the post code has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
InfoInfoResponse infoThe Info indicates any response information returned from the Credit Card Company.
ReferenceReferencePayment referenceThe Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
Response MessageMessageResponse messageThe Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission
ResultResultResult of transmissionThe Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company.
ReferrerReferrerReferring web address
Remote AddrRemote AddrRemote AddressThe Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address.
Remote HostRemote HostRemote host Info
Session IDSession ID
Statement dateStatement dateDate of the statementThe Statement Date field defines the date of the statement.
Statement differenceStatement differenceDifference between statement ending balance and actual ending balanceThe Statement Difference reflects the difference between the Statement Ending Balance and the Actual Ending Balance.
Tax CreditTax CreditAccount for Tax you can reclaimThe Tax Credit Account indicates the account used to record taxes that can be reclaimed
Tax DueTax DueAccount for Tax you have to payThe Tax Due Account indicates the account used to record taxes that you are liable to pay.
Tax ExpenseTax ExpenseAccount for paid tax you cannot reclaimThe Tax Expense Account indicates the account used to record the taxes that have been paid that cannot be reclaimed.
Tax LiabilityTax LiabilityAccount for Tax declaration liabilityThe Tax Liability Account indicates the account used to record your tax liability declaration.
Tax ReceivablesTax ReceivablesAccount for Tax credit after tax declarationThe Tax Receivables Account indicates the account used to record the tax credit amount after your tax declaration.
Tender typeTender typeMethod of PaymentThe Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit)
User IDUser IDUser ID or account numberThe User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes.
Voice authorisation codeVoice authorisation codeVoice Authorisation Code from credit card companyThe Voice Authorisation Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company.
W_Basket_IDW_Basket_IDWeb BasketTemporary Web Basket
Inventory RevaluationInventory RevaluationAccount for Inventory RevaluationThe Inventory Revaluation Account identifies the account used to records changes in inventory value due to currency revaluation.
WithholdingWithholdingAccount for WithholdingsThe Withholding Account indicates the account used to record withholdings.
Write-offWrite-offAccount for Receivables write-offThe Write Off Account identifies the account to book write off transactions to.
Write-off AmountWrite-offAmount to write-offThe Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible.
FindFind
And/OrAnd/OrLogical operation: AND or OR
Find_IDFind_ID
OperationOperationCompare Operation
Value ToValue ToValue To
Interest AmountInterestInterest AmountThe Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement.
System AttributeAttribute
Bank Account TypeAccount typeBank Account TypeThe Bank Account Type field indicates the type of account (savings, checking etc) this account is defined as.
Cash JournalCash JournalCash JournalThe Cash Journal uniquely identifies a Cash Journal. The Cash Journal will record transactions for the cash bank account
Cash BookCash BookCash Book for recording petty cash transactionsThe Cash Book identifies a unique cash book. The cash book is used to record cash transactions.
Cash Journal LineCash LineCash Journal LineThe Cash Journal Line indicates a unique line in a cash journal.
Payment BatchPayment BatchPayment batch for EFTElectronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Cash TypeCash TypeSource of CashThe Cash Type indicates the source for this Cash Journal Line.
Cash Book AssetCash Book AssetCash Book Asset AccountThe Cash Book Asset Account identifies the account to be used for recording payments into and disbursements from this cash book.
Cash Book DifferencesCash Book DifferencesCash Book Differences AccountThe Cash Book Differences Account identifies the account to be used for recording any differences that affect this cash book
Cash Book ExpenseCash Book ExpenseCash Book Expense AccountThe Cash Book Expense Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized expenses.
Cash Book ReceiptCash Book ReceiptCash Book Receipts AccountThe Cash Book Receipt Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized cash book receipts.
ACHACHAutomatic Clearing HouseThe ACH checkbox indicates if this Bank Account accepts ACH transactions.
ManualManualThis is a manual processThe Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually.
ReversalReversalThis is a reversing transactionThe Reversal check box indicates if this is a reversal of a prior transaction.
Payment amountPayment AmtAmount being paidIndicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.
Payment Processor ClassPayment Processor ClassPayment Processor Java ClassPayment Processor class identifies the Java class used to process payments extending the org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor class. <br>
+
Standard max MarginStandard max MarginMaximum margin allowed for a productThe Standard Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Standard price min MarginStandard price min MarginMinimum margin allowed for a productThe Standard Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored.
Standard price RoundingStandard price RoundingRounding rule for calculated priceThe Standard Price Rounding indicates how the final Standard price will be rounded.
Current vendorCurrent vendorUse this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishmentThe Current Vendor indicates if prices are used and Product is reordered from this vendor
Limit price Discount %Limit price Discount %Discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base priceIndicates the discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price
List price Discount %List price Discount %Discount from list price as a percentageThe List Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
Standard price Discount %Standard price Discount %Discount percentage to subtract from base priceThe Standard Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price.
Discount PrintedDiscount PrintedPrint Discount on Invoice and OrderThe Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document.
Calculate Sum (?)SumCalculate the Sum of numeric content or lengthCalculate the Sum (?) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise total sum length of the field.
Order DescriptionOrder DescriptionDescription to be used on ordersThe Order Description identifies the standard description to use on orders for this Customer.
Invoice net AmountInvoice net AmtNet amount of this InvoiceIndicates the net amount for this invoice. It does not include shipping or any additional charges.
Qty to deliverQty to deliver
Qty to invoiceQty to invoice
Report ViewReport ViewView used to generate this reportThe Report View indicates the view used to generate this report.
Mail HostMail HostHostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAPThe host name of the Mail Server for this client with SMTP services to send mail, and IMAP to process incoming mail.
Cost per OrderCost per OrderFixed Cost Per OrderThe Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed.
Actual Delivery TimeActual Delivery TimeActual days between order and deliveryThe Actual Delivery Time indicates the number of days elapsed between placing an order and the delivery of the order
Promised Delivery TimePromised Delivery TimePromised days between order and deliveryThe Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised.
Quantity to OrderQty to Order
Quality RatingQuality RatingMethod for rating vendorsThe Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality)
Base PricelistBasePricelist to be used, if product not found on this pricelistThe Base Price List identifies the default price list to be used if a product is not found on the selected price list
EDI DefinitionEDI DefinitionElectronic Data Interchange
Customer NoCustomer NoEDI Identification Number
EDI StatusEDI Status
EDI TypeEDI Type
Error EMailError EMailEmail address to send error messages to
From EMailFrom EMailFull EMail address used to send requests - e.g. edi@organization.com
From EMail PasswordFrom EMail PwdPassword of the sending EMail address
From EMail User IDFrom EMail UserUser ID of the sending EMail address (on default SMTP Host) - e.g. edi
Info EMailInfo EMailEMail address to send informational messages and copiesThe Info EMail address indicates the address to use when sending informational messages or copies of other messages.
To EMailTo EMailEMail address to send requests to - e.g. edi@manufacturer.com
InfoInfoInformationThe Information displays data from the source document line.
Send InfoSend InfoSend informational messages and copies
Line Discount %Discount %Line Discount as a percentageThe Line Discount Percent indicates the discount for this line as a percentage.
Line DiscountDiscountLine Discount AmountIndicates the discount for this line as an amount.
Line Limit AmountLimit Amt
Line List AmountList Amt
Gross margin %Margin %
Gross MarginMargin
EDI TransactionEDI Trx
EDI LogEDI Log
Received Inquiry ReplyInquiry reply
Receive Order ReplyOrder reply
Reply PriceReply PriceConfirmed Price from EDI Partner
Reply Qty AvailableQty Available
Reply Qty ConfirmedQty Confirmed
Reply ReceivedReply
Reply RemarksRemarks
Reply Ship dateShip date
Request PriceRequest Price
Request QtyRequest Qty
Request Ship dateRequest Ship date
Send InquirySend InquiryQuantity Availability Inquiry
Send OrderSend Order
Transaction receivedTrx received
Transaction sentTrx sent
Transaction TypeTrx TypeType of credit card transactionThe Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company.
Transaction DateTrx DateTransaction DateThe Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.
Special FormSpecial FormSpecial FormThe Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system.
ClassnameClassnameJava ClassnameThe Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process.
Page breakPage breakStart with new pageBefore printing this item, create a new page
PostedPostedPosting statusThe Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines
Category TypeCategory TypeSource of the Journal with this categoryThe Category Type indicates the source of the journal for this category. Journals can be generated from a document, entered manually or imported.
ErrorError
Import FormatImport Format
Format FieldFormat Field
Data FormatData FormatFormat String in Java Notation, e.g. ddMMyyThe Date Format indicates how dates are defined on the record to be imported. It must be in Java Notation
Data TypeData TypeType of data
Decimal PointDecimal PointDecimal Point in the data file - if any
Divide by 100Divide by 100Divide number by 100 to get correct amount
End NoEnd No
FormatFormatFormat of the dataThe Format is a drop down list box for selecting the format type (text, tab delimited, XML, etc) of the file to be imported
SelectedSelected
Constant ValueConstantConstant value
BOM QuantityQtyBill of Materials QuantityThe BOM Quantity indicates the quantity of the product in its Unit of Measure (multiplication)
Date receivedDate receivedDate a product was receivedThe Date Received indicates the date that product was received.
Date returnedDate returnedDate a product was returnedThe Date Returned indicates the date the product was returned.
Bill of MaterialsBOMBill of MaterialsThe Bill of Materials check box indicates if this product consists of a bill of materials.
ReturnedReturned
Moved to storageMoved to storage
BOM ProductBOM ProductBill of Material Component ProductThe BOM Product identifies an element that is part of this Bill of Materials.
RegistrationRegistrationVehicle registration
RimRimStored rim
Tire StorageTire Storage
Tire QualityTire Quality
Tire size (L/R)Tire size
Tire typeTire type
VehicleVehicle
Rim BackRim B
Tire Quality BackTire Quality Back
Tire size BackTire size B
Tire type BackTire type B
Records createdRecords created
Production PlanProduction PlanPlan for how a product is producedThe Production Plan identifies the items and steps in generating a product.
Production QuantityProduction QtyQuantity of products to produceThe Production Quantity identifies the number of products to produce
VendorVendorThe Vendor of the product/service
NoticeNoticeSystem Notice
Inter-OrganisationInter-OrganisationOrganisation valid for intercompany documentsThe Inter Organisation field identifies an Organisation which can be used by this Organisation for intercompany documents.
Account CityCityCity or the Credit Card or Account HolderThe Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder
Account EMailEMailEmail AddressThe EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder.
Driver LicenseDriver LicensePayment Identification - Driver LicenseThe Driver's License being used as identification.
Social Security NoSocial Security NoPayment Identification - Social Security NoThe Social Security number being used as identification.
Account NameAccount NameName on Credit Card or Account holderThe Name of the Credit Card or Account holder.
Account StateStateState of the Credit Card or Account holderThe State of the Credit Card or Account holder
Account StreetStreetStreet address of the Credit Card or Account holderThe Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder.
Account PostalPostal CodePostal Code of the Credit Card or Account HolderThe Postal Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder.
Accept Direct DepositDirect DepositAccept Direct Deposit (payee initiated)Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct Deposits are initiated by the payee.
Accept AMEXAMEXAccept American Express CardIndicates if American Express Cards are accepted
Accept ATMATMAccept Bank ATM CardIndicates if Bank ATM Cards are accepted
Accept Electronic CheckECheckAccept ECheck (Electronic Checks)Indicates if EChecks are accepted
Accept CorporateCorporateAccept Corporate Purchase CardsIndicates if Corporate Purchase Cards are accepted
Accept DinersDinersAccept Diner's ClubIndicates if Diner's Club Cards are accepted
Accept MasterCardMCAccept Master CardIndicates if Master Cards are accepted
Accept VisaVisaAccept Visa CardsIndicates if Visa Cards are accepted
AmountAmtAmount in a defined currencyThe Amount indicates the amount for this document line.
Bank AssetBank AssetBank Asset AccountThe Bank Asset Account identifies the account to be used for booking changes to the balance in this bank account
Bank ExpenseBank ExpenseBank Expense AccountThe Bank Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording charges or fees incurred from this Bank.
Bank Interest ExpenseBank Interest ExpenseBank Interest Expense AccountThe Bank Interest Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest expenses.
Bank Interest RevenueBank Interest RevenueBank Interest Revenue AccountThe Bank Interest Revenue Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest revenue from this Bank.
Bank In TransitBank In TransitBank In Transit AccountThe Bank in Transit Account identifies the account to be used for funds which are in transit.
Bank Revaluation GainBank Revaluation GainBank Revaluation Gain AccountThe Bank Revaluation Gain Account identifies the account to be used for recording gains that are recognized when converting currencies.
Bank Revaluation LossBank Revaluation LossBank Revaluation Loss AccountThe Bank Revaluation Loss Account identifies the account to be used for recording losses that are recognized when converting currencies.
Bank Settlement GainBank Settlement GainBank Settlement Gain AccountThe Bank Settlement Gain account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency gain when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
Bank Settlement LossBank Settlement LossBank Settlement Loss AccountThe Bank Settlement loss account identifies the account to be used when recording a currency loss when the settlement and receipt currency are not the same.
Bank Unidentified ReceiptsBank UnidentifiedBank Unidentified Receipts AccountThe Bank Unidentified Receipts Account identifies the account to be used when recording receipts that can not be reconciled at the present time.
Beginning BalanceBeginning BalanceBalance prior to any transactionsThe Beginning Balance is the balance prior to making any adjustments for payments or disbursements.
AllocationAllocationPayment allocation
Bank StatementBank StatementBank Statement of accountThe Bank Statement identifies a unique Bank Statement for a defined time period. The statement defines all transactions that occurred
Bank statement lineBank statement lineLine on a statement from this BankThe Bank Statement Line identifies a unique transaction (Payment, Withdrawal, Charge) for the defined time period at this Bank.
Business Partner GroupBPartner GroupBusiness Partner GroupThe Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners.
PaymentPaymentPayment identifierThe Payment is a unique identifier of this payment.
Payment ProcessorPayment ProcessorPayment processor for electronic paymentsThe Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments
Charge ExpenseCharge ExpenseCharge Expense AccountThe Charge Expense Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid to vendors.
Charge RevenueCharge RevenueCharge Revenue AccountThe Charge Revenue Account identifies the account to use when recording charges paid by customers.
Check NoCheck NoCheck NumberThe Check Number indicates the number on the check.
Verification CodeVerificationCredit Card Verification code on credit cardThe Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)
Current Cost PriceCurrent Cost PriceThe currently used cost price
Discount AmountDiscountCalculated amount of discountThe Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line.
Ending balanceEnding balanceEnding or closing balanceThe Ending Balance is the result of adjusting the Beginning Balance by any payments or disbursements.
Future Cost PriceFuture Cost price
Host AddressHost AddressHost Address URL or DNSThe Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host
Host portHost portHost Communication PortThe Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host.
Online AccessOnline AccessCan be accessed online The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web.
PaidPaidThe document is paid
Same CurrencySame Currency
MicrMicrCombination of routing no, account and check noThe Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number
Original Transaction IDOriginal Trx IDOriginal Transaction IDThe Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed.
Purchase Price VariancePurchase Price VarianceDifference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV)The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price.
Page URLPage URL
Payment Discount ExpensePay discount expensePayment Discount Expense AccountIndicates the account to be charged for payment discount expenses.
Payment Discount RevenuePay discount revenuePayment Discount Revenue AccountIndicates the account to be charged for payment discount revenues.
Work In ProgressWIP AccountAccount for Work in ProgressThe Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed
PO NumberPO NumberPurchase Order NumberThe PO Number indicates the number assigned to a purchase order
PricePricePriceThe Price indicates the Price for a product or service.
ProductProduct
Proxy addressProxy address Address of your proxy serverThe Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor.
Proxy logonProxy logonLogon of your proxy serverThe Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server.
Proxy passwordProxy passwordPassword of your proxy serverThe Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server.
Proxy portProxy portPort of your proxy serverThe Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server.
Authorisation CodeAuthorisation CodeAuthorisation Code returnedThe Authorisation Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
Address verifiedAddress verifiedThis address has been verifiedThe Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
Post code verifiedPost code verifiedThe Post Code has been verifiedThe Post Code Verified indicates if the post code has been verified by the Credit Card Company.
InfoInfoResponse infoThe Info indicates any response information returned from the Credit Card Company.
ReferenceReferencePayment referenceThe Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
Response MessageMessageResponse messageThe Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission
ResultResultResult of transmissionThe Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company.
ReferrerReferrerReferring web address
Remote AddrRemote AddrRemote AddressThe Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address.
Remote HostRemote HostRemote host Info
Session IDSession ID
Statement dateStatement dateDate of the statementThe Statement Date field defines the date of the statement.
Statement differenceStatement differenceDifference between statement ending balance and actual ending balanceThe Statement Difference reflects the difference between the Statement Ending Balance and the Actual Ending Balance.
Tax CreditTax CreditAccount for Tax you can reclaimThe Tax Credit Account indicates the account used to record taxes that can be reclaimed
Tax DueTax DueAccount for Tax you have to payThe Tax Due Account indicates the account used to record taxes that you are liable to pay.
Tax ExpenseTax ExpenseAccount for paid tax you cannot reclaimThe Tax Expense Account indicates the account used to record the taxes that have been paid that cannot be reclaimed.
Tax LiabilityTax LiabilityAccount for Tax declaration liabilityThe Tax Liability Account indicates the account used to record your tax liability declaration.
Tax ReceivablesTax ReceivablesAccount for Tax credit after tax declarationThe Tax Receivables Account indicates the account used to record the tax credit amount after your tax declaration.
Tender typeTender typeMethod of PaymentThe Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit)
User IDUser IDUser ID or account numberThe User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes.
Voice authorisation codeVoice authorisation codeVoice Authorisation Code from credit card companyThe Voice Authorisation Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company.
W_Basket_IDW_Basket_IDWeb BasketTemporary Web Basket
Inventory RevaluationInventory RevaluationAccount for Inventory RevaluationThe Inventory Revaluation Account identifies the account used to records changes in inventory value due to currency revaluation.
WithholdingWithholdingAccount for WithholdingsThe Withholding Account indicates the account used to record withholdings.
Write-offWrite-offAccount for Receivables write-offThe Write Off Account identifies the account to book write off transactions to.
Write-off AmountWrite-offAmount to write-offThe Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible.
FindFind
And/OrAnd/OrLogical operation: AND or OR
Find_IDFind_ID
OperationOperationCompare Operation
Value ToValue ToValue To
Interest AmountInterestInterest AmountThe Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement.
System AttributeAttribute
Bank Account TypeAccount typeBank Account TypeThe Bank Account Type field indicates the type of account (savings, checking etc) this account is defined as.
Cash JournalCash JournalCash JournalThe Cash Journal uniquely identifies a Cash Journal. The Cash Journal will record transactions for the cash bank account
Cash BookCash BookCash Book for recording petty cash transactionsThe Cash Book identifies a unique cash book. The cash book is used to record cash transactions.
Cash Journal LineCash LineCash Journal LineThe Cash Journal Line indicates a unique line in a cash journal.
Payment BatchPayment BatchPayment batch for EFTElectronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Cash TypeCash TypeSource of CashThe Cash Type indicates the source for this Cash Journal Line.
Cash Book AssetCash Book AssetCash Book Asset AccountThe Cash Book Asset Account identifies the account to be used for recording payments into and disbursements from this cash book.
Cash Book DifferencesCash Book DifferencesCash Book Differences AccountThe Cash Book Differences Account identifies the account to be used for recording any differences that affect this cash book
Cash Book ExpenseCash Book ExpenseCash Book Expense AccountThe Cash Book Expense Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized expenses.
Cash Book ReceiptCash Book ReceiptCash Book Receipts AccountThe Cash Book Receipt Account identifies the account to be used for general, non itemized cash book receipts.
ACHACHAutomatic Clearing HouseThe ACH checkbox indicates if this Bank Account accepts ACH transactions.
ManualManualThis is a manual processThe Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually.
ReversalReversalThis is a reversing transactionThe Reversal check box indicates if this is a reversal of a prior transaction.
Payment amountPayment AmtAmount being paidIndicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.
Payment Processor ClassPayment Processor ClassPayment Processor Java ClassPayment Processor class identifies the Java class used to process payments extending the org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor class. <br>
Example implementations are Optimal Payments: org.compiere.model.PP_Optimal or Verisign: org.compiere.model.PP_PayFlowPro
Processing dateProcessing date
Statement amountStatement AmtStatement AmountThe Statement Amount indicates the amount of a single statement line.
V_DateV_Date
V_NumberV_Number
V_StringV_String
Effective dateEffective dateDate when money is availableThe Effective Date indicates the date that money is available from the bank.
Create lines fromCreate lines fromProcess which will generate a new document lines based on an existing documentThe Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user.
Generate ToGenerate ToGenerate To
Accept DiscoverDiscoverAccept Discover CardIndicates if Discover Cards are accepted
Commission %Comm %Commission stated as a percentageThe Commission indicates (as a percentage) the commission to be paid.
Cost per transactionCost per TrxFixed cost per transactionThe Cost per Transaction indicates the fixed cost per to be charged per transaction.
Days dueDays DueNumber of days due (negative: due in number of days)
Online ProcessingOnline ProcessingThis payment can be processed onlineThe Online Processing indicates if the payment can be processed online.
Paid AmountPaid
Require CreditCard Verification CodeRequire Verification CodeRequire 3/4 digit Credit Verification CodeThe Require CC Verification checkbox indicates if this bank accounts requires a verification number for credit card transactions.
Field GroupField GroupLogical grouping of fieldsThe Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities)
Date last actionDate last actionDate this request was last acted onThe Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on.
Date next actionDate next actionDate that this request should be acted onThe Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request.
Due typeDue typeStatus of the next action for this RequestThe Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled.
FrequencyFrequencyFrequency of eventsThe frequency is used in conjunction with the frequency type in determining an event. Example: If the Frequency Type is Week and the Frequency is 2 - it is every two weeks.
Frequency TypeFrequency typeFrequency of eventThe frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event.
AllocatedAllocatedIndicates if the payment has been allocatedThe Allocated checkbox indicates if a payment has been allocated or associated with an invoice or invoices.
EscalatedEscalatedThis request has been escalatedThe Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance.
HTMLHTMLText has HTML tags
SubjectSubjectMail Header (Subject)The subject of the mail message
Mail TextMail TextText used for Mail messageThe Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages.
Next actionNext actionNext Action to be takenThe Next Action indicates the next action to be taken on this request.
PriorityPriorityIndicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority.The Priority indicates the importance of this request.
Mail TemplateMail TemplateText templates for mailingsThe Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
-For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection.
RequestRequestRequest from a Business Partner or ProspectThe Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect.
Request HistoryRequest HistoryRequest has been changedOld values
Request ProcessorRequest ProcessorProcessor for RequestsProcessor for Requests
Request AmountRequest AmtAmount associated with this requestThe Request Amount indicates any amount that is associated with this request. For example, a warranty amount or refund amount.
SummarySummaryTextual summary of this requestThe Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request.
SupervisorSupervisorSupervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approvalThe Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals.
Allocation NoAllocation NoAllocation NumberThe Allocation number indicates which invoices were allocated on one batch
MultiplierMultiplierType Multiplier (Credit = -1)
Open AmountOpenOpen item amount
RemarkRemark
Margin %Margin %Margin for a product as a percentageThe Margin indicates the margin for this product as a percentage of the limit price and selling price.
Default Logic 2Default Logic 2Default value hierarchy, separated by ;The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
SQL Group FunctionSQL Group FunctionThis function will generate a Group By ClauseThe SQL Group Function checkbox indicates that this function will generate a Group by Clause in the resulting SQL.
Payment SelectionPayment SelectionPayment SelectionThe Payment Selection identifies a unique Payment
Payment Selection LinePayment Selection LinePayment Selection LineThe Payment Selection Line identifies a unique line in a payment
Payment datePayment dateDate Payment madeThe Payment Date indicates the date the payment was made.
Total AmountTotal AmtTotal AmountThe Total Amount indicates the total document amount.
Report view ColumnReport view Column
Function ColumnFunction ColumnOverwrite Column with Function The Function Column indicates that the column will be overridden with a function
Actual AmountActual AmtThe actual amountActual amount indicates the agreed upon amount for a document.
Actual QuantityActual QtyThe actual quantityThe Actual Quantity indicates the quantity as referenced on a document.
Multiplier AmountMultiplier AmtMultiplier Amount for generating commissionsThe Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by.
Subtract AmountSubtract AmtSubtract Amount for generating commissionsThe Subtract Amount indicates the amount to subtract from the total amount prior to multiplication.
CommissionCommissionCommissionThe Commission Rules or internal or external company agents, sales reps or vendors.
Commission AmountComm AmtGenerated Commission Amount The Commission Amount indicates the resulting amount from a Commission Run.
Commission LineComm LineCommission LineThe Commission Line is a unique instance of a Commission Run. If the commission run was done in summary mode then there will be a single line representing the selected documents totals. If the commission run was done in detail mode then each document that was included in the run will have its own commission line.
Project CycleProject CycleIdentifier for this Project Reporting CycleIdentifies a Project Cycle which can be made up of one or more cycle steps and cycle phases.
Cycle StepCycle StepThe step for this CycleIdentifies one or more steps within a Project Cycle. A cycle Step has multiple Phases
Project LineProject LineTask or step in a projectThe Project Line indicates a unique project line.
Commission AmountComm AmtCommission AmountThe Commission Amount is the total calculated commission. It is based on the parameters as defined for this Commission Run.
Converted AmountConvertedConverted AmountThe Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency.
Contract DateContract DateThe (planned) effective date of this document.The contract date is used to determine when the document becomes effective. This is usually the contract date. The contract date is used in reports and report parameters.
Finish DateFinish DateFinish or (planned) completion dateThe finish date is used to indicate when the project is expected to be completed or has been completed.
Calculation BasisCalculation BasisBasis for the calculation the commissionThe Calculation Basis indicates the basis to be used for the commission calculation.
Info ToInfo To
Positive onlyPositive onlyDo not generate negative commissionsThe Positive Only check box indicates that if the result of the subtraction is negative, it is ignored. This would mean that negative commissions would not be generated.
Planned AmountPlanned AmtPlanned amount for this projectThe Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line.
Planned Margin %Planned MarginProject's planned margin as a percentageThe Planned Margin Percentage indicates the anticipated margin percentage for this project or project line
Planned MarginPlanned MarginProject's planned margin amountThe Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line.
Planned PricePlanned PricePlanned price for this project lineThe Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line.
Planned QuantityPlanned QtyPlanned quantity for this projectThe Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line
Multiplier QuantityMultiplier QtyValue to multiply quantities by for generating commissions.The Multiplier Quantity field indicates the amount to multiply the quantities accumulated for this commission run.
Subtract QuantitySubtract QtyQuantity to subtract when generating commissionsThe Quantity Subtract identifies the quantity to be subtracted before multiplication
Relative WeightRelative WeightRelative weight of this step (0 = ignored)The relative weight allows you to adjust the project cycle report based on probabilities. For example, if you have a 1:10 chance in closing a contract when it is in the prospect stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in the contract stage, you may put a weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This allows sales funnels or measures of completion of your project.
Commission RunComm RunCommission Run or ProcessThe Commission Run is a unique system defined identifier of a specific run of commission. When a Commission is processed on the Commission Screen, the Commission Run will display.
Commission only specified OrdersComm o OrdersCommission only Orders or Invoices, where this Sales Rep is enteredSales Reps are entered in Orders and Invoices. If selected, only Orders and Invoices for this Sales Reps are included in the calculation of the commission.
List DetailsList DetailsList document detailsThe List Details checkbox indicates that the details for each document line will be displayed.
Commission DetailComm DetailSupporting information for Commission AmountsThe Commission Detail provides supporting information on a Commission Run. Each document line that was part of the Commission Run will be reflected here.
PO Payment TermPO Payment TermPayment rules for a purchase orderThe PO Payment Term indicates the payment term that will be used when this purchase order becomes an invoice.
B.Partner ColumnBPartner ColumnFully qualified Business Partner key column (C_BPartner_ID)The Business Partner Column indicates the Business Partner to use when calculating this measurement
Calculation ClassCalculation ClassJava Class for calculation, implementing Interface MeasureThe Calculation Class indicates the Java Class used for calculating measures.
Date ColumnDate ColumnFully qualified date columnThe Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement
Date FromDate FromStarting date for a rangeThe Date From indicates the starting date of a range.
Date ToDate ToEnd date of a date rangeThe Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive)
Performance GoalPerformance GoalTarget achievement from 0..1The Goal Performance indicates the target achievement from 0 to 1.
AchievedAchievedThe goal is achievedThe Achieved checkbox indicates if this goal has been achieved.
Manual ActualManual ActualManually entered actual valueThe Manual Active identifies a manually entered actual measurement value.
NoteNoteNote for manual entryThe Note allows for entry for additional information regarding a manual entry.
Measure ActualMeasure ActualActual value that has been measured.The Measure Actual indicates the actual measured value. The measured values are used in determining if a performance goal has been met
Measure TargetMeasure TargetTarget value for measureThe Measure Target indicates the target or goal for this measure. It is used as in comparing against the actual measures
Measure TypeMeasure TypeDetermines how the actual performance is derivedThe Measure Type indicates how the actual measure is determined. For example, one measure may be manual while another is calculated.
Org ColumnOrg ColumnFully qualified Organization column (AD_Org_ID)The Organization Column indicates the organization to be used in calculating this measurement.
AchievementAchievementPerformance AchievementThe Achievement identifies a unique task that is part of an overall performance goal.
GoalGoalPerformance GoalThe Performance Goal indicates what this users performance will be measured against.
MeasureMeasureConcrete Performance MeasurementThe Measure identifies a concrete, measurable indicator of performance. For example, sales dollars, prospects contacted.
Measure CalculationMeasure CalculationCalculation method for measuring performanceThe Measure Calculation indicates the method of measuring performance.
Product ColumnProduct ColumnFully qualified Product column (M_Product_ID)The Product Column indicates the product to use to use when calculating this measurement.
Sql SELECTSelect ClauseSQL SELECT clauseThe Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. Do not include the SELECT itself.
Report ColumnReport ColumnColumn in Report
Amount TypeAmt TypeType of amount to reportYou can choose between the total and period amounts as well as the balance or just the debit/credit amounts.
Revenue Recognition PlanRevenue Recognition PlanPlan for recognizing or recording revenueThe Revenue Recognition Plan identifies a unique Revenue Recognition Plan.
Revenue Recognition RunRevenue Recognition RunRevenue Recognition Run or ProcessThe Revenue Recognition Runs identifies a unique instance of processing revenue recognition.
CalculationCalculation
Column TypeColumn Type
Currency TypeCurrency Type
Adhoc ConversionAdhoc ConversionPerform conversion for all amounts to currencyIf a currency is selected, only this currency will be reported. If adhoc conversion is selected, all currencies are converted to the defined currency
Line TypeLine Type
Operand 1Operand 1First operand for calculation
Operand 2Operand 2Second operand for calculation
Financial ReportFinancial ReportFinancial Report
Report Column SetReport Column SetCollection of Columns for ReportThe Report Column Set identifies the columns used in a Report.
Report LineReport Line
Report Line SetReport Line Set
Report SourceReport SourceRestriction of what will be shown in Report Line
Recognised AmountRecognised Amt
Relative PeriodRelative PeriodPeriod offset (0 is current)
Web CounterWeb CounterIndividual Count hitWeb Counter Details
Correct tax for Discounts/ChargesCorrect tax for Discounts/ChargesCorrect the tax for payment discount and chargesPayment discounts may require to correct the tax. This primarily applicable in VAT systems. If the original invoice had tax records, the payment discount, write-off, etc. is corrected by the tax. The calculation of the tax is prorated based on the invoice.
Post Trade DiscountTrade DiscountGenerate postings for trade discountsIf the invoice is based on an item with a list price, the amount based on the list price and the discount is posted instead of the net amount.
+For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection.
RequestRequestRequest from a Business Partner or ProspectThe Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect.
Request HistoryRequest HistoryRequest has been changedOld values
Request ProcessorRequest ProcessorProcessor for RequestsProcessor for Requests
Request AmountRequest AmtAmount associated with this requestThe Request Amount indicates any amount that is associated with this request. For example, a warranty amount or refund amount.
SummarySummaryTextual summary of this requestThe Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request.
SupervisorSupervisorSupervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approvalThe Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals.
MultiplierMultiplierType Multiplier (Credit = -1)
Open AmountOpenOpen item amount
RemarkRemark
Margin %Margin %Margin for a product as a percentageThe Margin indicates the margin for this product as a percentage of the limit price and selling price.
Default Logic 2Default Logic 2Default value hierarchy, separated by ;The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Client_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Client as well as Buttons.
SQL Group FunctionSQL Group FunctionThis function will generate a Group By ClauseThe SQL Group Function checkbox indicates that this function will generate a Group by Clause in the resulting SQL.
Payment SelectionPayment SelectionPayment SelectionThe Payment Selection identifies a unique Payment
Payment Selection LinePayment Selection LinePayment Selection LineThe Payment Selection Line identifies a unique line in a payment
Payment datePayment dateDate Payment madeThe Payment Date indicates the date the payment was made.
Total AmountTotal AmtTotal AmountThe Total Amount indicates the total document amount.
Report view ColumnReport view Column
Function ColumnFunction ColumnOverwrite Column with Function The Function Column indicates that the column will be overridden with a function
Actual AmountActual AmtThe actual amountActual amount indicates the agreed upon amount for a document.
Actual QuantityActual QtyThe actual quantityThe Actual Quantity indicates the quantity as referenced on a document.
Multiplier AmountMultiplier AmtMultiplier Amount for generating commissionsThe Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by.
Subtract AmountSubtract AmtSubtract Amount for generating commissionsThe Subtract Amount indicates the amount to subtract from the total amount prior to multiplication.
CommissionCommissionCommissionThe Commission Rules or internal or external company agents, sales reps or vendors.
Commission AmountComm AmtGenerated Commission Amount The Commission Amount indicates the resulting amount from a Commission Run.
Commission LineComm LineCommission LineThe Commission Line is a unique instance of a Commission Run. If the commission run was done in summary mode then there will be a single line representing the selected documents totals. If the commission run was done in detail mode then each document that was included in the run will have its own commission line.
Project CycleProject CycleIdentifier for this Project Reporting CycleIdentifies a Project Cycle which can be made up of one or more cycle steps and cycle phases.
Cycle StepCycle StepThe step for this CycleIdentifies one or more steps within a Project Cycle. A cycle Step has multiple Phases
Project LineProject LineTask or step in a projectThe Project Line indicates a unique project line.
Commission AmountComm AmtCommission AmountThe Commission Amount is the total calculated commission. It is based on the parameters as defined for this Commission Run.
Converted AmountConvertedConverted AmountThe Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency.
Contract DateContract DateThe (planned) effective date of this document.The contract date is used to determine when the document becomes effective. This is usually the contract date. The contract date is used in reports and report parameters.
Finish DateFinish DateFinish or (planned) completion dateThe finish date is used to indicate when the project is expected to be completed or has been completed.
Calculation BasisCalculation BasisBasis for the calculation the commissionThe Calculation Basis indicates the basis to be used for the commission calculation.
Info ToInfo To
Positive onlyPositive onlyDo not generate negative commissionsThe Positive Only check box indicates that if the result of the subtraction is negative, it is ignored. This would mean that negative commissions would not be generated.
Planned AmountPlanned AmtPlanned amount for this projectThe Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line.
Planned Margin %Planned MarginProject's planned margin as a percentageThe Planned Margin Percentage indicates the anticipated margin percentage for this project or project line
Planned MarginPlanned MarginProject's planned margin amountThe Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line.
Planned PricePlanned PricePlanned price for this project lineThe Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line.
Planned QuantityPlanned QtyPlanned quantity for this projectThe Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line
Multiplier QuantityMultiplier QtyValue to multiply quantities by for generating commissions.The Multiplier Quantity field indicates the amount to multiply the quantities accumulated for this commission run.
Subtract QuantitySubtract QtyQuantity to subtract when generating commissionsThe Quantity Subtract identifies the quantity to be subtracted before multiplication
Relative WeightRelative WeightRelative weight of this step (0 = ignored)The relative weight allows you to adjust the project cycle report based on probabilities. For example, if you have a 1:10 chance in closing a contract when it is in the prospect stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in the contract stage, you may put a weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This allows sales funnels or measures of completion of your project.
Commission RunComm RunCommission Run or ProcessThe Commission Run is a unique system defined identifier of a specific run of commission. When a Commission is processed on the Commission Screen, the Commission Run will display.
Commission only specified OrdersComm o OrdersCommission only Orders or Invoices, where this Sales Rep is enteredSales Reps are entered in Orders and Invoices. If selected, only Orders and Invoices for this Sales Reps are included in the calculation of the commission.
List DetailsList DetailsList document detailsThe List Details checkbox indicates that the details for each document line will be displayed.
Commission DetailComm DetailSupporting information for Commission AmountsThe Commission Detail provides supporting information on a Commission Run. Each document line that was part of the Commission Run will be reflected here.
PO Payment TermPO Payment TermPayment rules for a purchase orderThe PO Payment Term indicates the payment term that will be used when this purchase order becomes an invoice.
B.Partner ColumnBPartner ColumnFully qualified Business Partner key column (C_BPartner_ID)The Business Partner Column indicates the Business Partner to use when calculating this measurement
Calculation ClassCalculation ClassJava Class for calculation, implementing Interface MeasureThe Calculation Class indicates the Java Class used for calculating measures.
Date ColumnDate ColumnFully qualified date columnThe Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement
Date FromDate FromStarting date for a rangeThe Date From indicates the starting date of a range.
Date ToDate ToEnd date of a date rangeThe Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive)
Performance GoalPerformance GoalTarget achievement from 0..1The Goal Performance indicates the target achievement from 0 to 1.
AchievedAchievedThe goal is achievedThe Achieved checkbox indicates if this goal has been achieved.
Manual ActualManual ActualManually entered actual valueThe Manual Active identifies a manually entered actual measurement value.
NoteNoteNote for manual entryThe Note allows for entry for additional information regarding a manual entry.
Measure ActualMeasure ActualActual value that has been measured.The Measure Actual indicates the actual measured value. The measured values are used in determining if a performance goal has been met
Measure TargetMeasure TargetTarget value for measureThe Measure Target indicates the target or goal for this measure. It is used as in comparing against the actual measures
Measure TypeMeasure TypeDetermines how the actual performance is derivedThe Measure Type indicates how the actual measure is determined. For example, one measure may be manual while another is calculated.
Org ColumnOrg ColumnFully qualified Organization column (AD_Org_ID)The Organization Column indicates the organization to be used in calculating this measurement.
AchievementAchievementPerformance AchievementThe Achievement identifies a unique task that is part of an overall performance goal.
GoalGoalPerformance GoalThe Performance Goal indicates what this users performance will be measured against.
MeasureMeasureConcrete Performance MeasurementThe Measure identifies a concrete, measurable indicator of performance. For example, sales dollars, prospects contacted.
Measure CalculationMeasure CalculationCalculation method for measuring performanceThe Measure Calculation indicates the method of measuring performance.
Product ColumnProduct ColumnFully qualified Product column (M_Product_ID)The Product Column indicates the product to use to use when calculating this measurement.
Sql SELECTSelect ClauseSQL SELECT clauseThe Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. Do not include the SELECT itself.
Report ColumnReport ColumnColumn in Report
Amount TypeAmt TypeType of amount to reportYou can choose between the total and period amounts as well as the balance or just the debit/credit amounts.
Revenue Recognition PlanRevenue Recognition PlanPlan for recognizing or recording revenueThe Revenue Recognition Plan identifies a unique Revenue Recognition Plan.
Revenue Recognition RunRevenue Recognition RunRevenue Recognition Run or ProcessThe Revenue Recognition Runs identifies a unique instance of processing revenue recognition.
CalculationCalculation
Column TypeColumn Type
Currency TypeCurrency Type
Adhoc ConversionAdhoc ConversionPerform conversion for all amounts to currencyIf a currency is selected, only this currency will be reported. If adhoc conversion is selected, all currencies are converted to the defined currency
Line TypeLine Type
Operand 1Operand 1First operand for calculation
Operand 2Operand 2Second operand for calculation
Financial ReportFinancial ReportFinancial Report
Report Column SetReport Column SetCollection of Columns for ReportThe Report Column Set identifies the columns used in a Report.
Report LineReport Line
Report Line SetReport Line Set
Report SourceReport SourceRestriction of what will be shown in Report Line
Recognised AmountRecognised Amt
Relative PeriodRelative PeriodPeriod offset (0 is current)
Web CounterWeb CounterIndividual Count hitWeb Counter Details
Correct tax for Discounts/ChargesCorrect tax for Discounts/ChargesCorrect the tax for payment discount and chargesPayment discounts may require to correct the tax. This primarily applicable in VAT systems. If the original invoice had tax records, the payment discount, write-off, etc. is corrected by the tax. The calculation of the tax is prorated based on the invoice.
Post Trade DiscountTrade DiscountGenerate postings for trade discountsIf the invoice is based on an item with a list price, the amount based on the list price and the discount is posted instead of the net amount.
Example: Quantity 10 - List Price: 20 - Actual Price: 17
If selected for a sales invoice 200 is posted to Product Revenue and 30 to Discount Granted - rather than 170 to Product Revenue.
-The same applies to vendor invoices.
Invoice Price VarianceInvoice Price VarianceDifference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV)The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price.
Trade Discount GrantedTrade Discount GrantTrade Discount Granted AccountThe Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices
Trade Discount ReceivedTrade Discount ReceivedTrade Discount Receivable AccountThe Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices
Inventory AdjustmentInventory AdjustmentAccount for Inventory value adjustments for Actual CostingIn actual costing systems, this account is used to post Inventory value adjustments. You could set it to the standard Inventory Asset account.
ViewViewThis is a viewThis is a view rather than a table. A view is always treated as read only in the system.
Print FormPrint FormForm
Bank Account DocumentBank Account DocChecks, Transfers, etc.Bank documents, you generate or track
ReceiptReceiptThis is a sales transaction (receipt)
DifferenceDifferenceDifference Amount
System ColorColorColor for backgrounds or indicators
DesktopDesktopCollection of Workbenches
Desktop WorkbenchDesktop Workbench
ImageImageSystem Image or Icon
User defined FieldUser Field
User defined TabUser Tab
User defined WindowUser Win
WorkbenchWorkbenchCollection of windows, reports
Workbench WindowWorkbench Win
AlphaAlphaColor Alpha value 0-255
2nd Alpha2nd AlphaAlpha value for second color
BlueBlueColor RGB blue value
2nd Blue2nd BlueRGB value for second color
Color TypeColor TypeColor presentation for this color
GreenGreenRGB value
2nd Green2nd GreenRGB value for second color
Selection ColumnSelectionIs this column used for finding rows in windowsIf selected, the column is listed in the first find window tab and in the selection part of the window
Line DistanceDistanceDistance between lines
Line WidthLine WidthWidth of the lines
PO DescriptionPO DescriptionDescription in PO Screens
PO HelpPO HelpHelp for PO Screens
PO NamePO NameName on PO Screens
PO Print namePO PrintPrint name on PO Screens/Reports
Read Only LogicRead Only LogicLogic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write)format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
+The same applies to vendor invoices.
Invoice Price VarianceInvoice Price VarianceDifference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV)The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price.
Trade Discount GrantedTrade Discount GrantTrade Discount Granted AccountThe Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices
Trade Discount ReceivedTrade Discount ReceivedTrade Discount Receivable AccountThe Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices
Inventory AdjustmentInventory AdjustmentAccount for Inventory value adjustments for Actual CostingIn actual costing systems, this account is used to post Inventory value adjustments. You could set it to the standard Inventory Asset account.
ViewViewThis is a viewThis is a view rather than a table. A view is always treated as read only in the system.
Print FormPrint FormForm
Bank Account DocumentBank Account DocChecks, Transfers, etc.Bank documents, you generate or track
ReceiptReceiptThis is a sales transaction (receipt)
DifferenceDifferenceDifference Amount
System ColorColorColor for backgrounds or indicators
DesktopDesktopCollection of Workbenches
Desktop WorkbenchDesktop Workbench
ImageImageImage or IconImages and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
+You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address)
User defined FieldUser Field
User defined TabUser Tab
User defined WindowUser Win
WorkbenchWorkbenchCollection of windows, reports
Workbench WindowWorkbench Win
AlphaAlphaColor Alpha value 0-255
2nd Alpha2nd AlphaAlpha value for second color
BlueBlueColor RGB blue value
2nd Blue2nd BlueRGB value for second color
Color TypeColor TypeColor presentation for this color
GreenGreenRGB value
2nd Green2nd GreenRGB value for second color
Selection ColumnSelectionIs this column used for finding rows in windowsIf selected, the column is listed in the first find window tab and in the selection part of the window
Line DistanceDistanceDistance between lines
Line WidthLine WidthWidth of the lines
PO DescriptionPO DescriptionDescription in PO Screens
PO HelpPO HelpHelp for PO Screens
PO NamePO NameName on PO Screens
PO Print namePO PrintPrint name on PO Screens/Reports
Read Only LogicRead Only LogicLogic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write)format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {|}|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
@@ -106,71 +106,68 @@ Examples: <br>
@AD_Table_ID@=14 | @Language@!GERGER <br>
@PriceLimit@>10 | @PriceList@>@PriceActual@<br>
@Name@>J<br>
-Strings may be in single quotes (optional)
RedRedRGB value
2nd Red2nd RedRGB value for second color
SimulationSimulationPerforming the function is only simulated
Delete old/existing recordsDelete old/existing recordsOtherwise records will be added
Detail InformationDetail InformationAdditional Detail Information
Maximum write-off per InvoiceMaximum write-off per InvoiceMaximum invoice amount to be written off in invoice currency
Product quantity must be in stockProduct quantity must be in stockIf not sufficient in stock in the warehouse, the BOM is not produced
Only DiscountOnly DiscountInclude only invoices where we would get payment discount
Only DueOnly DueInclude only due invoices
Product KeyProduct KeyKey of the Product
Inventory QuantityInventory Quantity
Show Actual AmountShow Actual Amount
Show Committed AmountShow Committed Amount
Show Planned AmountShow Planned Amount
Show Planned Margin AmountShow Planned Margin Amount
Show Planned QuantityShow Planned Quantity
Entity TypeEntity TypeDictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronizationThe Entity Types "Dictionary", "Compiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.
+Strings may be in single quotes (optional)
RedRedRGB value
2nd Red2nd RedRGB value for second color
SimulationSimulationPerforming the function is only simulated
Delete old/existing recordsDelete old/existing recordsOtherwise records will be added
Detail InformationDetail InformationAdditional Detail Information
Maximum write-off per InvoiceMaximum write-off per InvoiceMaximum invoice amount to be written off in invoice currency
Product quantity must be in stockProduct quantity must be in stockIf not sufficient in stock in the warehouse, the BOM is not produced
Only DiscountOnly DiscountInclude only invoices where we would get payment discount
Only DueOnly DueInclude only due invoices
Product KeyProduct KeyKey of the Product
Inventory QuantityInventory Quantity
Show Actual AmountShow Actual Amount
Show Committed AmountShow Committed Amount
Show Planned AmountShow Planned Amount
Show Planned Margin AmountShow Planned Margin Amount
Show Planned QuantityShow Planned Quantity
Entity TypeEntity TypeDictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronizationThe Entity Types "Dictionary", "Adempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.
For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"!
Import FieldsImport FieldsCreate Fields from Table Columns
Import TableImport TableImport Table Columns from Database
Synchronise DatabaseSync DBChange database table definition when changing dictionary definitionWhen selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary.
Payment SelectionPayment selectionAP Payment Selection Clearing Account
Unallocated CashUnallocated CashUnallocated Cash Clearing AccountReceipts not allocated to Invoices
Cash TransferCash TransferCash Transfer Clearing AccountAccount for Invoices paid by cash
Match InvoiceMatch InvoiceMatch Shipment/Receipt to Invoice
Match POMatch POMatch Purchase Order to Shipment/Receipt and InvoiceThe matching record is usually created automatically. If price matching is enabled on business partner group level, the matching might have to be approved.
Delete existing Accounting EntriesDelete existing Accounting EntriesThe selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!!
KeywordKeywordCase insensitive keywordCase insensitive keyword for matching. The individual keywords can be separated by space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. Do not use filler words like "a", "the". At this point, there are NO text search operators like "or" and "and".
Alert after Days DueAlert days DueSend email alert after number of days due (0=no alerts)Send an email alert after the item is Due (after Date Next Action). If set to zero, no alert is sent.
Escalate after Days DueEscalate after DaysEscalation to superior after number of due days (0 = no)The item will be escalated and assigned to the supervisor after the number of days over due. If 0, there is no escalation.
Request RoutingRequest RoutingAutomatic routing of requests
Request EMailRequest EMailEMail address to send automated mails from or receive mails for automated processing (fully qualified)EMails for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. The address must be filly qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com) and should be a valid address.
Request FolderRequest FolderEMail folder to process incoming emails; if empty INBOX is usedEmail folder used to read emails to process as requests, If left empty the default mailbox (INBOX) will be used. Requires IMAP services.
Request UserRequest UserUser Name (ID) of the email ownerEMail user name for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. Required, if your mail server requires authentification as well as for processing incoming mails.
Request User PasswordRequest User PWPassword of the user name (ID) for mail processing
Accept LanguageAccept LanguageLanguage accepted based on browser information
User AgentUser AgentBrowser Used
All NodesAll NodesAll Nodes are included (Complete Tree)If selected, all Nodes must be in the tree.
Break Discount %Break DiscountTrade Discount in Percent for the break levelTrade Discount in Percent for the break level
Break ValueBreak ValueLow Value of trade discount break levelStarting Quantity or Amount Value for break level
Accumulation LevelAccumulation LevelLevel for accumulative calculations
Discount TypeDiscount TypeType of trade discount calculationType of procedure used to calculate the trade discount percentage
Flat Discount %Flat DiscountFlat discount percentage
Quantity basedQuantity basedTrade discount break level based on Quantity (not value)The calculation of the trade discount level is based on the quantity of the order and not the value amount of the order
Discount SchemaDiscount SchemaSchema to calculate the trade discount percentageAfter calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price.Schema to calculate price listsPrice List SchemaPrice List Schema
Discount Schema BreakDiscount Schema BreakTrade Discount BreakTrade discount based on breaks (steps)
Discount PricelistDiscount PricelistLine of the pricelist trade discount schemaFor the Pricelist Discount Type, you enter how the list, standard and limit price is calculated.
PO Discount SchemaPO Discount SchemaSchema to calculate the purchase trade discount percentage
ScriptScriptDynamic Java Language Script to calculate resultUse Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation
Image Alpha Image AlphaImage Texture Composite AlphaComposite Alpha factor for taint color.
Image URLImage URLURL of imageURL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
Repeat DistanceRepeat DistanceDistance in points to repeat gradient color - or zeroThe gradient color is not repeated, if the value is zero. The distance is added to (or subtracted from) the starting point of the gradient.
Start PointStart PointStart point of the gradient colorsThe gradient starts at the start point (e.g. North). The repeat distance determines if and how often the gradient colors are repeated. If starting from southern points, the upper color is actually at the button.
Statistic CountStatistic CountInternal statistics how often the entity was usedFor internal use.
Statistic SecondsStatistic SecondsInternal statistics how many seconds a process tookFor internal use
Tab LevelTab LevelHierarchical Tab Level (0 = top)Hierarchical level of the tab. If the level is 0, it is the top entity. Level 1 entries are dependent on level 0, etc.
Standard Cost ValueStandard Cost ValueValue in Standard Costs
Valuation DateValuation DateDate of valuation
Limit price ValueLimit price ValueValue with limit price
List price ValueList price ValueValuation with List Price
PO Price ValuePO Price ValueValuation with PO Price
Std Price ValueStd Price ValueValuation with standard price
Average Cost Amount SumAverage Cost Amount SumCumulative average cost amounts (internal)Current cumulative costs for calculating the average costs
Average Cost Quantity SumAverage Cost Quantity SumCumulative average cost quantities (internal)Current cumulative quantity for calculating the average costs
Std Cost Amount SumStd Cost Amount SumStandard Cost Invoice Amount Sum (internal)Current cumulative amount for calculating the standard cost difference based on (actual) invoice price
Std Cost Quantity SumStd Cost Quantity SumStandard Cost Invoice Quantity Sum (internal)Current cumulative quantity for calculating the standard cost difference based on (actual) invoice price
Std PO Cost Amount SumStd PO Cost Amount SumStandard Cost Purchase Order Amount Sum (internal)Current cumulative amount for calculating the standard cost difference based on (planned) purchase order price
Std PO Cost Quantity SumStd PO Cost Quantity SumStandard Cost Purchase Order Quantity Sum (internal)Current cumulative quantity for calculating the standard cost difference based on (planned) purchase order price
Line IDLine IDTransaction line ID (internal)Internal link
PPV OffsetPPV OffsetPurchase Price Variance Offset AccountOffset account for standard costing purchase price variances. The counter account is Product PPV.
Last Invoice PriceLast Invoice PricePrice of the last invoice for the productThe Last Invoice Price indicates the last price paid (per the invoice) for this product.
Total Invoice AmountTotal Invoice AmountCumulative total lifetime invoice amountThe cumulative total lifetime invoice amount is used to calculate the total average price
Total Invoice QuantityTotal Invoice QuantityCumulative total lifetime invoice quantityThe cumulative total lifetime invoice quantity is used to calculate the total average price
Discount calculated from Line AmountsDiscount calculated from Line AmountsPayment Discount calculation does not include Taxes and ChargesIf the payment discount is calculated from line amounts only, the tax and charge amounts are not included. This is e.g. business practice in the US. If not selected the total invoice amount is used to calculate the payment discount.
Fixed Limit PriceFixed LimitFixed Limit Price (not calculated)
Fixed List PriceFixed ListFixes List Price (not calculated)
Fixed Standard PriceFixed StandardFixed Standard Price (not calculated)
Set Future Costs toSet Future Costs toSet the Future costs to the selection
Set Standard Cost toSet Standard Cost toSet new Standard Costs to the selection
Standard Cost Invoice DifferenceStandard Cost Invoice DiffStandard Cost Invoice DifferenceAccumulated difference of Invoice Costs to Standard Costs
Standard Cost PO DifferenceStandard Cost PO DiffStandard Cost Purchase Order DifferenceAccumulated difference of Purchase Order Costs to Standard Costs
Total Invoice CostTotal Invoice CostTotal lifetime invoice costs
MessageMessageSystem MessageInformation and Error messages
Allow UoM FractionsAllow UoM FractionsAllow Unit of Measure FractionsIf allowed, you can enter UoM Fractions
Assign FromAssign FromAssign resource fromAssignment start
Assign ToAssign ToAssign resource untilAssignment end
Expense DateExpense DateDate of expenseDate of expense
Report DateReport DateExpense/Time Report DateDate of Expense/Time Report
Slot EndSlot EndTime when timeslot endsEnding time for time slots
Slot StartSlot StartTime when timeslot startsStarting time for time slots
Expense AmountExpense AmountAmount for this expenseExpense amount in currency
AvailableAvailableResource is availableResource is available for assignments
ConfirmedConfirmedAssignment is confirmedResource assignment is confirmed
Day SlotDay SlotResource has day slot availabilityResource is only available on certain days
Time ReportTime ReportLine is a time report only (no expense)The line contains only time information
Time SlotTime SlotResource has time slot availabilityResource is only available at certain times
FridayFrAvailable on Fridays
MondayMoAvailable on Mondays
SaturdaySaAvailable on Saturday
SundaySuAvailable on Sundays
ThursdayThAvailable on Thursdays
TuesdayTuAvailable on Tuesdays
WednesdayWeAvailable on Wednesdays
Expense TypeExpense TypeExpense report type
ResourceResourceResource
Resource AssignmentAssignmentResource Assignment
Resource TypeResource Type
Resource UnavailabilityResource Unavailability
Expense ReportExpense ReportTime and Expense Report
Expense LineExpense LineTime and Expense Report Line
Single Assignment onlySingle AssignmentOnly one assignment at a time (no double-booking or overlapping)If selected, you can only have one assignment for the resource at a single point in time. It is also not possible to have overlapping assignments.
Order ColumnOrder ColumnColumn determining the orderInteger Column of the table determining the order (display, sort, ..). If defined, the Order By replaces the default Order By clause. It should be fully qualified (i.e. "tablename.columnname").
Included ColumnIncluded ColumnColumn determining if a Table Column is included in OrderingIf a Included Column is defined, it decides, if a column is active in the ordering - otherwise it is determined that the Order Column has a value of one or greater
Print ColorPrint ColorColor used for printing and displayColors used for printing and display
Print FontPrint FontMaintain Print FontFont used for printing
Print FormatPrint FormatData Print FormatThe print format determines how data is rendered for print.
Included Print FormatIncluded Print FormatPrint format that is included here.Included Print formats allow to e.g. Lines to Header records. The Column provides the parent link.
Print Format ItemPrint Format ItemItem/Column in the Print formatItem/Column in the print format maintaining layout information
Print PaperPrint PaperPrinter paper definitionPrinter Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
Field AlignmentField AlignmentField Text AlignmentAlignment of field text. The default is determined by the data/display type: Numbers are right aligned, other data is left aligned
Create CopyCreate Copy
Footer MarginFooter MarginMargin of the Footer in 1/72 of an inchDistance from the bottom of the main content to the end of the printable page in 1/72 of an inch (point)
Header MarginHeader MarginMargin of the Header in 1/72 of an inchDistance from the top of the printable page to the start of the main content in 1/72 of an inch (point)
FormFormIf Selected, a Form is printed, if not selected a columnar List reportA form has individual elements with layout information (example: invoice, check)
<br>
A columnar list report has individual columns (example: list of invoices)
Group byGroupbyAfter a group change, totals, etc. are printedGrouping allows to print sub-totals. If a group changes, the totals are printed. Group by columns need to be included in the sort order.
One Line OnlyOne LineIf selected, only one line is printedIf the column has a width restriction, the text is broken into multiple lines. If One Line is selected, only the first line is printed.
LandscapeLandscapeLandscape orientation
Next LineNext LinePrint item on next lineIf not selected, the item is printed on the same line
Order byOrder byInclude in sort orderThe records are ordered by the value of this column. If a column is used for grouping, it needs to be included in the sort order as well.
Relative PositionRelative PositionThe item is relative positioned (not absolute)The relative positioning of the item is determined by X-Z space and next line
Order TabOrder TabThe Tab determines the Order
Standard Header/FooterStandard Header/FooterThe standard Header and Footer is usedIf the standard header is not used, it must be explicitly defined.
Table BasedTable BasedTable based List ReportingTable based columnar list reporting is invoked from the Window Report button
Max HeightMax HeightMaximum Height in 1/72 if an inch - 0 = no restrictionMaximum height of the element in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no height restriction.
Max WidthMax WidthMaximum Width in 1/72 if an inch - 0 = no restrictionMaximum width of the element in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no width restriction.
X PositionX PositionAbsolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inchAbsolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch
X SpaceX SpaceRelative X (horizontal) space in 1/72 of an inchRelative X (horizontal) space in 1/72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item.
Y PositionY PositionAbsolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inchAbsolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch
Y SpaceY SpaceRelative Y (vertical) space in 1/72 of an inchRelative Y (vertical) space in 1/72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item.
Line AlignmentLine AlignmentLine AlignmentFor relative positioning, the line alignment
AreaAreaPrint AreaPrint area of this item
Format TypeFormat TypePrint Format TypeThe print format type determines what will be printed.
Invoice PriceInvoice PriceUnit price to be invoiced or 0 for default priceUnit Price in the currency of the business partner! If it is 0, the standard price of the sales price list of the business partner (customer) is used.
Over/Under PaymentOver/Under PaymentOver-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment)Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount.
Over/Under PaymentOver/Under PaymentOver-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) AmountOverpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
-Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount.
Check Print FormatCheck Print FormatPrint Format for printing ChecksYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Dunning Print FormatDunning Print FormatPrint Format for printing Dunning LettersYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Invoice Print FormatInvoice Print FormatPrint Format for printing InvoicesYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Order Print FormatOrder Print FormatPrint Format for Orders, Quotes, OffersYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Remittance Print FormatRemittance Print FormatPrint Format for separate RemittancesYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Shipment Print FormatShipment Print FormatPrint Format for Shipments, Receipts, Pick ListsYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Area CodeArea CodePhone Area CodePhone Area Code
CityCityCityCity in a country
CoordinatesCoordinatesLocation coordinateThis column contains the geographical coordinates (latitude/longitude) of the location.<p>
+Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount.
Check Print FormatCheck Print FormatPrint Format for printing ChecksYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Dunning Print FormatDunning Print FormatPrint Format for printing Dunning LettersYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Invoice Print FormatInvoice Print FormatPrint Format for printing InvoicesYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Order Print FormatOrder Print FormatPrint Format for Orders, Quotes, OffersYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Remittance Print FormatRemittance Print FormatPrint Format for separate RemittancesYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Shipment Print FormatShipment Print FormatPrint Format for Shipments, Receipts, Pick ListsYou need to define a Print Format to print the document.
Area CodeArea CodePhone Area CodePhone Area Code
CityCityCityCity in a country
CoordinatesCoordinatesLocation coordinateThis column contains the geographical coordinates (latitude/longitude) of the location.<p>
In order to avoid unnecessary use of non-standard characters and space, the following standard presentation is used:<br>
0000N 00000W 0000S 00000E <br>
-where the two last digits refer to minutes and the two or three first digits indicate the degrees
-
LocodeLocodeLocation code - UN/LOCODE UN/Locode is a combination of a 2-character country code and a 3-character location code, e.g. BEANR is known as the city of Antwerp (ANR) which is located in Belgium (BE).
-<p>See: http://www.unece.org/cefact/locode/service/main.htm
Image attachedImage attachedThe image to be printed is attached to the recordThe image to be printed is stored in the database as attachment to this record. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
Calculate Mean (¿)MeanCalculate Average of numeric content or lengthCalculate the Mean (¿) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise calculate the average length of the field.
Calculate Count (¿)CountCount number of not empty elementsCalculate the total number (¿) of not empty (NULL) elements (maximum is the number of lines).
Amt in WordsAmt in WordsAmount in wordsAmount in words will be printed.
BP Contact GreetingBP Contact GreetingGreeting for Business Partner Contact
BP GreetingBP GreetingGreeting for Business Partner
Contact NameContact NameBusiness Partner Contact Name
Document TypeDocument TypeDocument Type
Document Type NoteDocument Type NoteOptional note of a document type
Multi Lingual DocumentsMulti Lingual DocumentsDocuments are Multi LingualIf selected, you enable multi lingual documents and need to maintain translations for entities used in documents (examples: Products, Payment Terms, ...).<br>
+where the two last digits refer to minutes and the two or three first digits indicate the degrees
LocodeLocodeLocation code - UN/LOCODE UN/Locode is a combination of a 2-character country code and a 3-character location code, e.g. BEANR is known as the city of Antwerp (ANR) which is located in Belgium (BE).
+<p>See: http://www.unece.org/cefact/locode/service/main.htm
Image attachedImage attachedThe image to be printed is attached to the recordThe image to be printed is stored in the database as attachment to this record. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
Calculate Mean (?)MeanCalculate Average of numeric content or lengthCalculate the Mean (?) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise calculate the average length of the field.
Calculate Count (?)CountCount number of not empty elementsCalculate the total number (?) of not empty (NULL) elements (maximum is the number of lines).
Amt in WordsAmt in WordsAmount in wordsAmount in words will be printed.
BP Contact GreetingBP Contact GreetingGreeting for Business Partner Contact
BP GreetingBP GreetingGreeting for Business Partner
Contact NameContact NameBusiness Partner Contact Name
Document TypeDocument TypeDocument Type
Document Type NoteDocument Type NoteOptional note of a document type
Multi Lingual DocumentsMulti Lingual DocumentsDocuments are Multi LingualIf selected, you enable multi lingual documents and need to maintain translations for entities used in documents (examples: Products, Payment Terms, ...).<br>
Please note, that the base language is always English.
Set NL PositionSet NL PositionSet New Line PositionWhen enabled, the current x (horizontal) Position before printing the item is saved. The next New Line will use the saved x (horizontal) Position, enabling to print data in columns.
The setting is not restricted to an area (header, content, footer), allowing to align information also with Header and Footer with the Content.
Suppress NullSuppress NullSuppress columns or elements with NULL valueIf a Form entry is NULL and if selected, the field (including label) is not printed. <br>
-If all elements in a table column are NULL and if selected, the column is not printed.
Payment TermPayment TermPayment Term
Payment Term NotePayment Term NoteNote of a Payment Term
Resource DescriptionResource DescriptionResource Allocation Description
Credit AvailableCredit AvailableAvailable Credit based on Credit Limit (not Total Open Balance) and Credit Used
GraphGraphGraph included in ReportsPie/Line Graph to be printed in Reports
Print Table FormatTable FormatTable Format in ReportsPrint Table Format determines Fonts, Colors of the printed Table
Below ColumnBelow ColumnPrint this column below the column index enteredThis column is printed in a second line below the content of the first line identified. Please be aware, that this is depends on the actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add the info below the first column.
Data Column 2Data Column 2Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 3Data Column 3Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 4Data Column 4Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 5Data Column 5Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data ColumnData ColumnData Column for Pie and Line ChartsGraph Data Column for Pie and Line/Bar Charts
Description ColumnDescription ColumnDescription Column for Pie/Line/Bar ChartsGraph Description Column for Pie and Line/Bar Charts
Function FontFunction FontFunction row FontFont of the function row
Function BG ColorFunction BG ColorFunction Background ColorBackground color of a function row
Function ColorFunction ColorFunction Foreground ColorForeground color of a function row
Graph TypeGraph TypeType of graph to be paintedType of graph to be painted
Header Row FontHeader Row FontHeader row FontFont of the table header row
Header Line ColorHeader Line ColorTable header row line colorColor of the table header row lines
Header Row BG ColorHeader Row GB ColorBackground color of header rowTable header row background color
Header Row ColorHeader Row ColorForeground color if the table header rowTable header row foreground color
Paint Boundary LinesPaint boundary LinesPaint table boundary linesPaint lines around table
Paint Horizontal LinesPaint H LinesPaint horizontal linesPaint horizontal table lines
Paint Vertical LinesPaint V LinesPaint vertical linesPaint vertical table lines
Print Function SymbolsPrint Function SymbolsPrint Symbols for Functions (Sum, Average, Count)If selected, print symbols - otherwise print names of the function
Line ColorLine ColorTable line color
Org AddressOrg AddressOrganization Location/Address
Warehouse AddressWarehouse AddressWarehouse Location/AddressAddress of Warehouse
BP Search KeyCustomer NoBusiness Partner Key ValueSearch Key of Business Partner
Fixed WidthFixed WidthColumn has a fixed widthThe Column has a fixed width, independent from the content
Next PageNext PageThe column is printed on the next pageBefore printing this column, there will be a page break.
Dunning RunDunning RunDunning Run
Dunning Run EntryDunning Run EntryDunning Run Entry
Dunning Run LineDunning Run LineDunning Run Line
Pay Selection CheckPay Selection CheckPayment Selection Check
Dunning DateDunning DateDate of Dunning
AssetAssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Sales RepresentativeSales RepCompany AgentCompany Agent
Bottom MarginBottomBottom Space in 1/72 inchSpace on bottom of a page in 1/72 inch
Left MarginLeftLeft Space in 1/72 inchSpace on left side of a page in 1/72 inch
Right MarginRightRight Space in 1/72 inchSpace on right side of a page in 1/72 inch
Top MarginTopTop Space in 1/72 inchSpace on top of a page in 1/72 inch
BirthdayBirthdayBirthday or Anniversary dayBirthday or Anniversary day
Opt-out DateOpt-OutDate the contact opted outIf the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area
Interest AreaInterest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
Request TypeRequest TypeType of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Subscribe DateSubscribe DateDate the contact actively subscribedDate the contact subscribe the interest area
EMail User IDEMail UserUser Name (ID) in the Mail SystemThe user name in the mail system is usually the string before the @ of your email address. Required if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
EMail User PasswordEMail PasswordPassword of your email user idRequired if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
SMTP AuthentificationSMTP AuthentificationYour mail server requires AuthentificationSome email servers require authentification before sending emails. If yes, users are required to define their email user name and password. If authentification is required and no user name and password is required, delivery will fail.
Product TypeProduct TypeType of productThe type of product also determines accounting consequences.
SystemSystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition
Partner IDPartner IDPartner ID or Account for the Payment ProcessorPartner ID (Verisign) or Account ID (Optimal)
Registered EMailRegistered EMailEmail of the responsible for the SystemEmail of the responsible person for the system (registered in WebStore)
Vendor IDVendor IDVendor ID for the Payment Processor
Referenced Order LineRef Order LineReference to corresponding Sales/Purchase OrderReference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
Business Partner KeyPartner KeyThe Key of the Business Partner
Contact DescriptionContact DescriptionDescription of Contact
Default AccountDefault AccountName of the Default Account Column
Element NameElement NameName of the Element
Element KeyElement KeyKey of the element
Import Business PartnerImport B.Partner
Import AccountImport AccountImport Account Value
Import ProductImport ProductImport Item or Service
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line SetImport Report Line Set values
ManufacturerManufacturerManufacturer of the ProductThe manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor)
Product Category KeyProduct Category Key
Report Line Set NameReport Line Set NameName of the Report Line Set
Royalty AmountRoyalty Amount(Included) Amount for copyright, etc.
Description URLDescription URLURL for the description
Delete old imported recordsDelete old importedBefore processing delete old imported records in the import table
Group KeyGroup KeyBusiness Partner Group Key
Parent AccountParent AccountThe parent (summary) account
Parent KeyParent KeyKey if the Parent
Update Default AccountsUpdate Default AccountsUpdate Default Accounts
Create New CombinationCreate New CombinationCreate New Account Combination
Asset DeliveryAsset DeliveryDelivery of AssetThe availability of the asset to the business partner (customer).
Asset GroupAsset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
Asset RetirementAsset RetirementInternally used asset is not longer used.
Asset Depreciation DateAsset depreciation dateDate of last depreciationDate of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated.
Asset Disposal DateAsset disposal dateDate when the asset is/was disposed
Market value AmountMarket value amtMarket value of the assetFor reporting, the market value of the asset
In Service DateIn Service dateDate when Asset was put into serviceThe date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation.
Asset valueAsset valueBook Value of the asset
Guarantee DateGuarantee dateDate when guarantee expiresDate when the normal guarantee or availability expires
Guarantee DaysGuarantee daysNumber of days the product is guaranteed or availableIf the value is 0, there is no limit to the availability or guarantee, otherwise the guarantee date is calculated by adding the days to the delivery date.
DepreciateDepreciateThe asset will be depreciatedThe asset is used internally and will be depreciated
DisposedDisposedThe asset is disposedThe asset is no longer used and disposed
In PossessionIn PossessionThe asset is in the possession of the organizationAssets which are not in possession are e.g. at Customer site and may or may not be owned by the company.
OwnedOwnedThe asset is owned by the organizationThe asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization
Life useLife useUnits of use until the asset is not usable anymoreLife use and the actual use may be used to calculate the depreciation
Location commentLocation commentAdditional comments or remarks concerning the location
Training ClassTraining ClassThe actual training class instanceA scheduled class
TrainingTrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes
Usable Life - MonthsUsable life monthsMonths of the usable life of the asset
Usable Life - YearsUsable life yearsYears of the usable life of the asset
Use unitsUse unitsCurrently used units of the assets
Version NoVersion NoVersion Number
Delivery ConfirmationDelivery ConfirmationEMail Delivery confirmation
Fully depreciatedFully depreciatedThe asset is fully depreciatedThe asset costs are fully amortized.
Message IDMessage IDEMail Message IDSMTP Message ID for tracking purposes
EMail PDFEMail PDFEmail Document PDF files to Business Partner
Col_1Col_1
Col_2Col_2
Col_3Col_3
Col_4Col_4
Col_5Col_5
Col_6Col_6
Col_7Col_7
Col_8Col_8
Col_9Col_9
Col_10Col_10
Col_11Col_11
Col_12Col_12
Col_13Col_13
Col_14Col_14
Col_15Col_15
Col_16Col_16
Col_17Col_17
Col_18Col_18
Col_19Col_19
Col_20Col_20
Document DirectoryDocument DirDirectory for documents from the application serverDirectory to store documents by the application server. The path/directory is accessed by the application server and may not be accessible to clients.
Invoice Mail TextInvoice Mail TextEmail text used for sending invoicesStandard email template used to send invoices as attachments.
Order Mail TextOrder Mail TextEmail text used for sending order acknowledgements or quotationsStandard email template used to send acknowledgements or quotations as attachments.
Remittance Mail TextRemittance Mail TextEmail text used for sending payment remittancesStandard email template used to send remittances as attachments.
Send EMailSend EMailEnable sending Document EMailSend emails with document attached (e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)
Shipment Mail TextShipment Mail TextEmail text used for sending delivery notesStandard email template used to send delivery notes as attachments.
Expired Guarantee MailExpired Guarantee MailSend email to partners with expired guarantee
Recreate DataRecreateDelete first and recalculate
Level noLevel no
List SourcesList SourcesList Report Line SourcesList the Source Accounts for Summary Accounts selected
List TransactionsList TrxList the report transactionsList the transactions of the report source lines
Col_0Col_0
BalanceBalance
Print Label SuffixLabel SuffixThe label text to be printed on a document or correspondence after the fieldThe Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence after the field. The max length is 60 characters.
Account CountryCountryCountryAccount Country Name
Web Parameter 1WebParam1Web Site Parameter 1 (default: header image)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam1 - By default, it is positioned on the upper left side with 130 pixel width.
Web Parameter 2WebParam2Web Site Parameter 2 (default index page)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam2 - By default, it is positioned after the header on the web store index page.
Web Parameter 3WebParam3Web Site Parameter 3 (default left - menu)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is positioned at the end in the menu column with 130 pixel width.
Web Parameter 4WebParam 4Web Site Parameter 4 (default footer left)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam4 - By default, it is positioned on the left side of the footer with 130 pixel width.
Web Order EMailWeb Order EMailEMail address to receive notifications when web orders were processedWhen processig a web order, a confirmation is sent to the EMail addess of the customer from the request EMail address copying this email address when entered.
Invoice Payment ScheduleInvoice Pay ScheduleInvoice Payment ScheduleThe Invoice Payment Schedule determines when partial payments are due.
Payment SchedulePayment SchedulePayment Schedule TemplateInformation when parts of the payment are due
CounterCounterCount ValueNumber counter
Discount DateDiscount DateLast Date for payments with discountLast Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed
Amount dueAmount dueAmount of the payment dueFull amount of the payment due
Due DateDue DateDate when the payment is dueDate when the payment is due without deductions or discount
ValidValidElement is validThe element passed the validation check
Net DayNet DayDay when payment is due netWhen defined, overwrites the number of net days with the relative number of days to the the day defined.
PercentagePercentagePercent of the entire amountPercentage of an amount (up to 100)
Target URLTarget URLURL for the TargetURL of the Target Site
Basket LineBasket LineWeb Basket LineTemporary Web Basket Line
Web ClickWeb ClickIndividual Web ClickWeb Click Datails
Click CountClick CcountWeb Click ManagementWeb Click Management
Counter CountCounter CountWeb Counter Count ManagementWeb Counter Information
Multiplier APMultiplier APPayables Multiplier
Guarantee DateGuarantee DateProduct has Guarantee or Expiry DateFor individual products, you can define a guarantee or expiry date
Instance AttributeInstance AttributeThe product attribute is specific to the instance (like Serial No, Lot or Guarantee Date)If selected, the individual instance of the product has this attribute - like the individual Serial or Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product instance. If not selected, all instances of the product share the attribute (e.g. color=green).
LotLotThe product instances have a Lot NumberFor individual products, you can define Lot Numbers
Serial NoSerial NoThe product instances have Serial NumbersFor individual products, you can define Serial Numbers
AttributeAttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size
Attribute SetAttribute SetProduct Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
Attribute Set InstanceAttribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute Set InstanceThe values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level.
Attribute ValueAttribute ValueProduct Attribute ValueIndividual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
LotLotProduct Lot DefinitionThe individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlLot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlSerial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
Attribute SearchAttribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Included TabIncluded TabIncluded Tab in this Tab (Master Dateail)You can include a Tab in a Tab. If displayed in single row record, the included tab is displayed as multi-row table.
Print LabelPrint Label Label Format to printFormat for printing Labels
Print Label LineLabel LinePrint Label Line FormatFormat of the line on a Label
SessionSessionUser Session Online or WebOnline or Web Session Information
BOM TypeBOM TypeType of BOMThe type of Bills of Materials determines the state
Partner ParentPartner ParentBusiness Partner ParentThe parent (organization) of the Business Partner for reporting purposes.
Standard PhaseStd PhaseStandard Phase of the Project TypePhase of the project with standard performance information with standard work
Project TypeProject TypeType of the projectType of the project with optional phases of the project with standard performance information
RecurringRecurringRecurring DocumentRecurring Documents
Recurring RunRecurring RunRecurring Document RunHistory of Recurring Document Generation
Committed QuantityCommitted QtyThe (legal) commitment QuantityThe commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount.
Copy FromCopy FromCopy From RecordCopy From Record
Download URLDownload URLURL of the Download filesSemicolon separated list of URLs to be downloaded or distributed
Invoice PartnerInvoice PartnerBusiness Partner to be invoicedIf empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced
Invoice LocationInvoice LocationBusiness Partner Location for invoicing
Invoice ContactInvoice ContactBusiness Partner Contact for invoicing
Generate OrderGenerate OrderGenerate Order
Import InventoryImport InventoryImport Inventory Transactions
Invoiced AmountInvoiced AmountThe amount invoicedThe amount invoiced
Quantity Invoiced Quantity InvoicedThe quantity invoiced
Maintain Change LogChange LogMaintain a log of changesIf selected, a log of all changes is maintained.
CompleteCompleteIt is completeIndication that this is complete
Label Format TypeLabel Format TypeLabel Format Type
Label HeightLabel HeightHeight of the labelPhysical height of the label
Label WidthLabel WidthWidth of the LabelPhysical Width of the Label
Printer NamePrinter NameName of the PrinterInternal (Opereating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different clients. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
+If all elements in a table column are NULL and if selected, the column is not printed.
Payment TermPayment TermPayment Term
Payment Term NotePayment Term NoteNote of a Payment Term
Resource DescriptionResource DescriptionResource Allocation Description
Credit AvailableCredit AvailableAvailable Credit based on Credit Limit (not Total Open Balance) and Credit Used
GraphGraphGraph included in ReportsPie/Line Graph to be printed in Reports
Print Table FormatTable FormatTable Format in ReportsPrint Table Format determines Fonts, Colors of the printed Table
Below ColumnBelow ColumnPrint this column below the column index enteredThis column is printed in a second line below the content of the first line identified. Please be aware, that this is depends on the actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add the info below the first column.
Data Column 2Data Column 2Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 3Data Column 3Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 4Data Column 4Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data Column 5Data Column 5Data Column for Line ChartsAdditional Graph Data Column for Line/Bar Charts
Data ColumnData ColumnData Column for Pie and Line ChartsGraph Data Column for Pie and Line/Bar Charts
Description ColumnDescription ColumnDescription Column for Pie/Line/Bar ChartsGraph Description Column for Pie and Line/Bar Charts
Function FontFunction FontFunction row FontFont of the function row
Function BG ColorFunction BG ColorFunction Background ColorBackground color of a function row
Function ColorFunction ColorFunction Foreground ColorForeground color of a function row
Graph TypeGraph TypeType of graph to be paintedType of graph to be painted
Header Row FontHeader Row FontHeader row FontFont of the table header row
Header Line ColorHeader Line ColorTable header row line colorColor of the table header row lines
Header Row BG ColorHeader Row GB ColorBackground color of header rowTable header row background color
Header Row ColorHeader Row ColorForeground color if the table header rowTable header row foreground color
Paint Boundary LinesPaint boundary LinesPaint table boundary linesPaint lines around table
Paint Horizontal LinesPaint H LinesPaint horizontal linesPaint horizontal table lines
Paint Vertical LinesPaint V LinesPaint vertical linesPaint vertical table lines
Print Function SymbolsPrint Function SymbolsPrint Symbols for Functions (Sum, Average, Count)If selected, print symbols - otherwise print names of the function
Line ColorLine ColorTable line color
Org AddressOrg AddressOrganization Location/Address
Warehouse AddressWarehouse AddressWarehouse Location/AddressAddress of Warehouse
BP Search KeyCustomer NoBusiness Partner Key ValueSearch Key of Business Partner
Fixed WidthFixed WidthColumn has a fixed widthThe Column has a fixed width, independent from the content
Next PageNext PageThe column is printed on the next pageBefore printing this column, there will be a page break.
Dunning RunDunning RunDunning Run
Dunning Run EntryDunning Run EntryDunning Run Entry
Dunning Run LineDunning Run LineDunning Run Line
Pay Selection CheckPay Selection CheckPayment Selection Check
Dunning DateDunning DateDate of Dunning
AssetAssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Sales RepresentativeSales RepCompany AgentCompany Agent
Bottom MarginBottomBottom Space in 1/72 inchSpace on bottom of a page in 1/72 inch
Left MarginLeftLeft Space in 1/72 inchSpace on left side of a page in 1/72 inch
Right MarginRightRight Space in 1/72 inchSpace on right side of a page in 1/72 inch
Top MarginTopTop Space in 1/72 inchSpace on top of a page in 1/72 inch
BirthdayBirthdayBirthday or Anniversary dayBirthday or Anniversary day
Opt-out DateOpt-OutDate the contact opted outIf the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area
Interest AreaInterest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
Request TypeRequest TypeType of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Subscribe DateSubscribe DateDate the contact actively subscribedDate the contact subscribe the interest area
EMail User IDEMail UserUser Name (ID) in the Mail SystemThe user name in the mail system is usually the string before the @ of your email address. Required if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
EMail User PasswordEMail PasswordPassword of your email user idRequired if the mail server requires authentification to send emails.
SMTP AuthenticationSMTP AuthenticationYour mail server requires AuthenticationSome email servers require authentication before sending emails. If yes, users are required to define their email user name and password. If authentication is required and no user name and password is required, delivery will fail.
Product TypeProduct TypeType of productThe type of product also determines accounting consequences.
SystemSystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition
Partner IDPartner IDPartner ID or Account for the Payment ProcessorPartner ID (Verisign) or Account ID (Optimal)
Registered EMailRegistered EMailEmail of the responsible for the SystemEmail of the responsible person for the system (registered in WebStore)
Vendor IDVendor IDVendor ID for the Payment Processor
Referenced Order LineRef Order LineReference to corresponding Sales/Purchase OrderReference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
Business Partner KeyPartner KeyThe Key of the Business Partner
Contact DescriptionContact DescriptionDescription of Contact
Default AccountDefault AccountName of the Default Account Column
Element NameElement NameName of the Element
Element KeyElement KeyKey of the element
Import Business PartnerImport B.Partner
Import AccountImport AccountImport Account Value
Import ProductImport ProductImport Item or Service
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line SetImport Report Line Set values
ManufacturerManufacturerManufacturer of the ProductThe manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor)
Product Category KeyProduct Category Key
Report Line Set NameReport Line Set NameName of the Report Line Set
Royalty AmountRoyalty Amount(Included) Amount for copyright, etc.
Description URLDescription URLURL for the description
Delete old imported recordsDelete old importedBefore processing delete old imported records in the import table
Group KeyGroup KeyBusiness Partner Group Key
Parent AccountParent AccountThe parent (summary) account
Parent KeyParent KeyKey if the Parent
Update Default AccountsUpdate Default AccountsUpdate Default Accounts
Create New CombinationCreate New CombinationCreate New Account Combination
Asset DeliveryAsset DeliveryDelivery of AssetThe availability of the asset to the business partner (customer).
Asset GroupAsset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
Asset RetirementAsset RetirementInternally used asset is not longer used.
Asset Depreciation DateAsset depreciation dateDate of last depreciationDate of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated.
Asset Disposal DateAsset disposal dateDate when the asset is/was disposed
Market value AmountMarket value amtMarket value of the assetFor reporting, the market value of the asset
In Service DateIn Service dateDate when Asset was put into serviceThe date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation.
Asset valueAsset valueBook Value of the asset
Guarantee DateGuarantee dateDate when guarantee expiresDate when the normal guarantee or availability expires
Guarantee DaysGuarantee daysNumber of days the product is guaranteed or availableIf the value is 0, there is no limit to the availability or guarantee, otherwise the guarantee date is calculated by adding the days to the delivery date.
DepreciateDepreciateThe asset will be depreciatedThe asset is used internally and will be depreciated
DisposedDisposedThe asset is disposedThe asset is no longer used and disposed
In PossessionIn PossessionThe asset is in the possession of the organizationAssets which are not in possession are e.g. at Customer site and may or may not be owned by the company.
OwnedOwnedThe asset is owned by the organizationThe asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization
Life useLife useUnits of use until the asset is not usable anymoreLife use and the actual use may be used to calculate the depreciation
Location commentLocation commentAdditional comments or remarks concerning the location
Training ClassTraining ClassThe actual training class instanceA scheduled class
TrainingTrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes
Usable Life - MonthsUsable life monthsMonths of the usable life of the asset
Usable Life - YearsUsable life yearsYears of the usable life of the asset
Use unitsUse unitsCurrently used units of the assets
Version NoVersion NoVersion Number
Delivery ConfirmationDelivery ConfirmationEMail Delivery confirmation
Fully depreciatedFully depreciatedThe asset is fully depreciatedThe asset costs are fully amortized.
Message IDMessage IDEMail Message IDSMTP Message ID for tracking purposes
EMail PDFEMail PDFEmail Document PDF files to Business Partner
Col_1Col_1
Col_2Col_2
Col_3Col_3
Col_4Col_4
Col_5Col_5
Col_6Col_6
Col_7Col_7
Col_8Col_8
Col_9Col_9
Col_10Col_10
Col_11Col_11
Col_12Col_12
Col_13Col_13
Col_14Col_14
Col_15Col_15
Col_16Col_16
Col_17Col_17
Col_18Col_18
Col_19Col_19
Col_20Col_20
Document DirectoryDocument DirDirectory for documents from the application serverDirectory to store documents by the application server. The path/directory is accessed by the application server and may not be accessible to clients.
Invoice Mail TextInvoice Mail TextEmail text used for sending invoicesStandard email template used to send invoices as attachments.
Order Mail TextOrder Mail TextEmail text used for sending order acknowledgements or quotationsStandard email template used to send acknowledgements or quotations as attachments.
Remittance Mail TextRemittance Mail TextEmail text used for sending payment remittancesStandard email template used to send remittances as attachments.
Send EMailSend EMailEnable sending Document EMailSend emails with document attached (e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)
Shipment Mail TextShipment Mail TextEmail text used for sending delivery notesStandard email template used to send delivery notes as attachments.
Expired Guarantee MailExpired Guarantee MailSend email to partners with expired guarantee
Recreate DataRecreateDelete first and recalculate
Level noLevel no
List SourcesList SourcesList Report Line SourcesList the Source Accounts for Summary Accounts selected
List TransactionsList TrxList the report transactionsList the transactions of the report source lines
Col_0Col_0
BalanceBalance
Print Label SuffixLabel SuffixThe label text to be printed on a document or correspondence after the fieldThe Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence after the field. The max length is 60 characters.
Account CountryCountryCountryAccount Country Name
Web Parameter 1WebParam1Web Site Parameter 1 (default: header image)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam1 - By default, it is positioned on the upper left side with 130 pixel width.
Web Parameter 2WebParam2Web Site Parameter 2 (default index page)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam2 - By default, it is positioned after the header on the web store index page.
Web Parameter 3WebParam3Web Site Parameter 3 (default left - menu)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is positioned at the end in the menu column with 130 pixel width.
Web Parameter 4WebParam 4Web Site Parameter 4 (default footer left)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam4 - By default, it is positioned on the left side of the footer with 130 pixel width.
Web Order EMailWeb Order EMailEMail address to receive notifications when web orders were processedWhen processig a web order, a confirmation is sent to the EMail addess of the customer from the request EMail address copying this email address when entered.
Invoice Payment ScheduleInvoice Pay ScheduleInvoice Payment ScheduleThe Invoice Payment Schedule determines when partial payments are due.
Payment SchedulePayment SchedulePayment Schedule TemplateInformation when parts of the payment are due
CounterCounterCount ValueNumber counter
Discount DateDiscount DateLast Date for payments with discountLast Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed
Amount dueAmount dueAmount of the payment dueFull amount of the payment due
Due DateDue DateDate when the payment is dueDate when the payment is due without deductions or discount
ValidValidElement is validThe element passed the validation check
Net DayNet DayDay when payment is due netWhen defined, overwrites the number of net days with the relative number of days to the the day defined.
PercentagePercentagePercent of the entire amountPercentage of an amount (up to 100)
Target URLTarget URLURL for the TargetURL of the Target Site
Basket LineBasket LineWeb Basket LineTemporary Web Basket Line
Web ClickWeb ClickIndividual Web ClickWeb Click Datails
Click CountClick CcountWeb Click ManagementWeb Click Management
Counter CountCounter CountWeb Counter Count ManagementWeb Counter Information
Multiplier APMultiplier APPayables Multiplier
Guarantee DateGuarantee DateProduct has Guarantee or Expiry DateFor individual products, you can define a guarantee or expiry date
Instance AttributeInstance AttributeThe product attribute is specific to the instance (like Serial No, Lot or Guarantee Date)If selected, the individual instance of the product has this attribute - like the individual Serial or Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product instance. If not selected, all instances of the product share the attribute (e.g. color=green).
LotLotThe product instances have a Lot NumberFor individual products, you can define Lot Numbers
Serial NoSerial NoThe product instances have Serial NumbersFor individual products, you can define Serial Numbers
AttributeAttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size
Attribute SetAttribute SetProduct Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
Attribute Set InstanceAttribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute Set InstanceThe values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level.
Attribute ValueAttribute ValueProduct Attribute ValueIndividual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
LotLotProduct Lot DefinitionThe individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlLot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlSerial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
Attribute SearchAttribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Included TabIncluded TabIncluded Tab in this Tab (Master Dateail)You can include a Tab in a Tab. If displayed in single row record, the included tab is displayed as multi-row table.
Print LabelPrint Label Label Format to printFormat for printing Labels
Print Label LineLabel LinePrint Label Line FormatFormat of the line on a Label
SessionSessionUser Session Online or WebOnline or Web Session Information
BOM TypeBOM TypeType of BOMThe type of Bills of Materials determines the state
Partner ParentPartner ParentBusiness Partner ParentThe parent (organization) of the Business Partner for reporting purposes.
Standard PhaseStd PhaseStandard Phase of the Project TypePhase of the project with standard performance information with standard work
Project TypeProject TypeType of the projectType of the project with optional phases of the project with standard performance information
RecurringRecurringRecurring DocumentRecurring Documents
Recurring RunRecurring RunRecurring Document RunHistory of Recurring Document Generation
Committed QuantityCommitted QtyThe (legal) commitment QuantityThe commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount.
Copy FromCopy FromCopy From RecordCopy From Record
Download URLDownload URLURL of the Download filesSemicolon separated list of URLs to be downloaded or distributed
Invoice PartnerInvoice PartnerBusiness Partner to be invoicedIf empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced
Invoice LocationInvoice LocationBusiness Partner Location for invoicing
Invoice ContactInvoice ContactBusiness Partner Contact for invoicing
Generate OrderGenerate OrderGenerate Order
Import InventoryImport InventoryImport Inventory Transactions
Invoiced AmountInvoiced AmountThe amount invoicedThe amount invoiced
Quantity Invoiced Quantity InvoicedThe quantity invoiced
Maintain Change LogChange LogMaintain a log of changesIf selected, a log of all changes is maintained.
CompleteCompleteIt is completeIndication that this is complete
Label Format TypeLabel Format TypeLabel Format Type
Label HeightLabel HeightHeight of the labelPhysical height of the label
Label WidthLabel WidthWidth of the LabelPhysical Width of the Label
Printer NamePrinter NameName of the PrinterInternal (Opereating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different clients. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
If none is entered, the default printer is used. You specify your default printer when you log in. You can also change the default printer in Preferences.
Project Mail TextProject Mail TextStandard text for Project EMailsStandard text for Project EMails
Project Print FormatProject Print FormatStandard Project Print FormatStandard Project Print Format
Project BalanceProject BalanceTotal Project BalanceThe project balance is the sum of all invoices and payments
Recurring TypeRecurring TypeType of Recurring DocumentThe type of document to be generated
Maximum RunsMax RunsNumber of recurring runsNumber of recurring documents to be generated in total
Remaining RunsRemaining RunsNumber of recurring runs remainingNumber of recurring documents to be still generated
Standard QuantityStandard QuantityStandard Quantity
Web SessionWeb SessionWeb Session ID
Change LogChange LogLog of data changesLog of data changes
Advertisement TextAd TextText of the AdvertisementThe text of the advertisement with optional HTML tags. The HTML tags are not checked for correctness and may impact the remaining page.
Self-ServiceSelf-ServiceThis is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-ServiceSelf-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality.
LogLog
New ValueNew ValueNew field valueNew data entered in the field
Old ValueOld ValueThe old file dataOld data overwritten in the field
Process IDP ID
Process MessageP Msg
AdvertisementAdvertisementWeb AdvertisementAdvertisement on the Web
Warehouse KeyWarehouse KeyKey of the WarehouseKey to identify the Warehouse
Cost TypeCost TypeType of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future)You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
Org AssignmentOrg AssignmentAssigment to (transaction) OrganizationAssignment to the transacation organization (cost center).
Project PhaseProject PhasePhase of a Project
Project TaskProject TaskActual Project Task in a PhaseA Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
Standard TaskStandard TaskStandard Project Type TaskStandard Project Task in a Project Phase with standard effort
Chargeable QuantityChargeable Qty
Commitment is CeilingCommit ceilingThe commitment amount/quantity is the chargeable ceiling The commitment amount and quantity is the maximum amount and quantity to be charged. Ignored, if the amount or quantity is zero.
ExcludeExcludeExclude access to the data - if not selected Include access to the dataIf selected (excluded), the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected (included), the role can ONLY access the data specified. Exclude items represent a negative list (i.e. you don't have access to the listed items). Include items represent a positive list (i.e. you only have access to the listed items).
-<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway.
Time TypeTime TypeType of time recordedDifferentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
Account KeyAccount KeyKey of Account Element
Account Schema NameAcctSchema NameName of the Accounting Schema
Post ProcessingPost ProcessingProcess SQL after executing the queryCould be Update/Delete/etc. statement
Pre ProcessingPre ProcessingProcess SQL before executing the queryCould be Update/Delete/etc. statement
AlertAlertCompiere AlertCompiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
Alert RuleAlert RuleDefinition of the alert element
Alert SubjectAlert SubjectSubject of the AlertThe subject of the email message sent for the alert
Alert MessageAlert MessageMessage of the AlertThe message of the email sent for the alert
Bank Account NoBank Account NoBank Account Number
Batch DescriptionBatch DescriptionDescription of the Batch
Batch Document NoBatch Document NoDocument Number of the Batch
Business Partner KeyBusiness Partner KeyKey of the Business Partner
Category NameCategory NameName of the Category
Charge NameCharge NameName of the Charge
Client KeyClient KeyKey of the Client
Document Type NameDocType NameName of the Document Type
Enforce Client SecurityEnforce Client SecuritySend alerts to recipient only if the client security rules of the role allows
Enforce Role SecurityEnforce Role SecuritySend alerts to recipient only if the data security rules of the role allows
Sql FROMFrom ClauseSQL FROM clauseThe Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. Do not include the FROM itself.
Import Bank StatementImport Bank StatementImport of the Bank Statement
Import GL JournalImport GL JournalImport General Ledger Journal
Import OrderImport OrderImport Orders
Import PaymentImport PaymentImport Payment
Invoice Document NoInvoice Document NoDocument Number of the Invoice
Delayed CaptureDelayed CaptureCharge after ShipmentDelayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product.
Line DescriptionLine DescriptionDescription of the Line
Locator KeyLocator KeyKey of the Warehouse Locator
FreightFreightFreight RateFreight Rate for Shipper
Freight CategoryFreight CategoryCategory of the FreightFreight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
MemoMemoMemo Text
No PackagesNo PackagesNumber of packages shipped
Trx Org KeyTrx Org KeyKey of the Transaction Organization
Org KeyOrg KeyKey of the Organization
Payment Term KeyPayment Term KeyKey of the Payment Term
Pick DatePick DateDate/Time when picked for Shipment
Project KeyProject KeyKey of the Project
Authorisation Code (DC)Authorisation Code (DC)Authorisation Code Delayed Capture returnedThe Authorisation Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
CVV MatchCVV MatchCredit Card Verification Code MatchThe Credit Card Verification Code was matched
Reference (DC)Reference (DC)Payment Reference Delayed CaptureThe Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
Release NoRelease NoInternal Release Number
Ship DateShip DateShipment Date/TimeActual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up)
Internal UsersInternal UsersNumber of Internal Users for ComPiere SupportYou can purchase professioal support from ComPiere, Inc. or their partners. See http://www.compiere.com for details.
-
SwipeSwipeTrack 1 and 2 of the Credit CardSwiped information for Credit Card Presence Transactions
Tracking NoTracking NoNumber to track the shipment
Tracking URLTracking URLURL of the shipper to track shipmentsThe variable @TrackingNo@ in the URL is replaced by the actual tracking number of the shipment.
Import InvoiceImport InvoiceImport Invoice
ReplicationReplicationData Replication TargetData Replication Target Details. Maintained on the central server.
Replication LogReplication LogData Replication Log DetailsData Replication Run Log
Replication RunReplication RunData Replication RunData Replication Run information
Replication StrategyReplication StrategyData Replication StrategyThe Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated
Replication TableReplication TableData Replication Strategy Table InfoDetermines how the table is replicated
ReplicatedReplicatedThe data is successfully replicatedThe data replication was successful.
PO WindowPO WindowPurchase Order WindowWindow for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms
Replication TypeReplication TypeType of Data ReplicationThe Type of data Replication determines the directon of the data replication. <br>
+<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway.
Time TypeTime TypeType of time recordedDifferentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
Account KeyAccount KeyKey of Account Element
Account Schema NameAcctSchema NameName of the Accounting Schema
Post ProcessingPost ProcessingProcess SQL after executing the queryCould be Update/Delete/etc. statement
Pre ProcessingPre ProcessingProcess SQL before executing the queryCould be Update/Delete/etc. statement
AlertAlertAdempiere AlertAdempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
Alert RuleAlert RuleDefinition of the alert element
Alert SubjectAlert SubjectSubject of the AlertThe subject of the email message sent for the alert
Alert MessageAlert MessageMessage of the AlertThe message of the email sent for the alert
Bank Account NoBank Account NoBank Account Number
Batch DescriptionBatch DescriptionDescription of the Batch
Batch Document NoBatch Document NoDocument Number of the Batch
Business Partner KeyBusiness Partner KeyKey of the Business Partner
Category NameCategory NameName of the Category
Charge NameCharge NameName of the Charge
Client KeyClient KeyKey of the Client
Document Type NameDocType NameName of the Document Type
Enforce Client SecurityEnforce Client SecuritySend alerts to recipient only if the client security rules of the role allows
Enforce Role SecurityEnforce Role SecuritySend alerts to recipient only if the data security rules of the role allows
Sql FROMFrom ClauseSQL FROM clauseThe Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. Do not include the FROM itself.
Import Bank StatementImport Bank StatementImport of the Bank Statement
Import GL JournalImport GL JournalImport General Ledger Journal
Import OrderImport OrderImport Orders
Import PaymentImport PaymentImport Payment
Invoice Document NoInvoice Document NoDocument Number of the Invoice
Delayed CaptureDelayed CaptureCharge after ShipmentDelayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product.
Line DescriptionLine DescriptionDescription of the Line
Locator KeyLocator KeyKey of the Warehouse Locator
FreightFreightFreight RateFreight Rate for Shipper
Freight CategoryFreight CategoryCategory of the FreightFreight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
MemoMemoMemo Text
No PackagesNo PackagesNumber of packages shipped
Trx Org KeyTrx Org KeyKey of the Transaction Organization
Org KeyOrg KeyKey of the Organization
Payment Term KeyPayment Term KeyKey of the Payment Term
Pick DatePick DateDate/Time when picked for Shipment
Project KeyProject KeyKey of the Project
Authorisation Code (DC)Authorisation Code (DC)Authorisation Code Delayed Capture returnedThe Authorisation Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission.
CVV MatchCVV MatchCredit Card Verification Code MatchThe Credit Card Verification Code was matched
Reference (DC)Reference (DC)Payment Reference Delayed CaptureThe Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment
Release NoRelease NoInternal Release Number
Ship DateShip DateShipment Date/TimeActual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up)
Internal UsersInternal UsersNumber of Internal Users for Adempiere SupportYou can purchase professioal support from Adempiere, Inc. or their partners. See http://www.adempiere.com for details.
+
SwipeSwipeTrack 1 and 2 of the Credit CardSwiped information for Credit Card Presence Transactions
Tracking NoTracking NoNumber to track the shipment
Tracking URLTracking URLURL of the shipper to track shipmentsThe variable @TrackingNo@ in the URL is replaced by the actual tracking number of the shipment.
Import InvoiceImport InvoiceImport Invoice
ReplicationReplicationData Replication TargetData Replication Target Details. Maintained on the central server.
Replication LogReplication LogData Replication Log DetailsData Replication Run Log
Replication RunReplication RunData Replication RunData Replication Run information
Replication StrategyReplication StrategyData Replication StrategyThe Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated
Replication TableReplication TableData Replication Strategy Table InfoDetermines how the table is replicated
ReplicatedReplicatedThe data is successfully replicatedThe data replication was successful.
PO WindowPO WindowPurchase Order WindowWindow for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms
Replication TypeReplication TypeType of Data ReplicationThe Type of data Replication determines the directon of the data replication. <br>
Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
-Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br>
-
PublicPublicPublic can read entryIf selected, public users can read/view the entry. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
Public WritePublic WritePublic can write entriesIf selected, public users can write/create entries. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
Knowledge CategoryCategoryKnowledge CategorySet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Category ValueValueThe value of the categoryThe value of the category is a keyword
Entry CommentCommentKnowledge Entry CommentComment regarding a knowledge entry
EntryEntryKnowledge EntryThe searchable Knowledge Entry
Related EntryRelated EntryRelated Entry for this EnntryRelated Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
Knowledge SourceKnowledge SourceSource of a Knowledge EntryThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Knowledge TopicTopicKnowledge TopicTopic or Discussion Thead
Knowldge TypeTypeKnowledge TypeArea of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
KeywordsKeywordsList of Keywords - separated by space, comma or semicolonList if individual keywords for search relevancy. The keywords are separated by space, comma or semicolon.
Synonym NameSynonym NameThe synonym for the nameThe synonym broadens the search
Tunnel via HTTPTunnel via HTTPConnect to Server via HTTP TunnelIf selected, the connection to the server is via a HTTP tunnel, otherwise it uses an RMI/JNP connection
TestTestExecute in Test Mode
ID Range EndID EndEnd if the ID Range usedThe ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
ID Range StartID StartStart of the ID Range usedThe ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. The standard rages are 0-899,999 for the Application Dictionary 900,000-999,999 for Application Dictionary customizations/extensions and > 1,000,000 for client data. The standard system limit is 9,999,999,999 but can easily be extended. The ID range is on a per table basis.
-Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
Remote ClientRemote ClientRemote Client to be used to replicate / synchronize data with.The remote client used for data replication.
Remote OrganisationRemote OrgRemote Organisation to be used to replicate / synchronise data with.The remote organsation used for data replication. If not selected, all organisations are replicated/synchronised.
Language IDLanguage ID
ProjectProjectName of the Project
Project PhaseProject PhaseName of the Project Phase
Project TypeProject TypeName of the Project Type
Cycle NameCycleName of the Project Cycle
Cycle Step NameCycle StepName of the Prohect Cycle Step
SO/PO TypeSO/PO TypeSales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situationsSales Tax: charged when selling - examples: Sales Tax, Output VAT (payable)
+Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br>
PublicPublicPublic can read entryIf selected, public users can read/view the entry. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
Public WritePublic WritePublic can write entriesIf selected, public users can write/create entries. Public are users without a Role in the system. Use security rules for more specic access control.
Knowledge CategoryCategoryKnowledge CategorySet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Category ValueValueThe value of the categoryThe value of the category is a keyword
Entry CommentCommentKnowledge Entry CommentComment regarding a knowledge entry
EntryEntryKnowledge EntryThe searchable Knowledge Entry
Related EntryRelated EntryRelated Entry for this EnntryRelated Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
Knowledge SourceKnowledge SourceSource of a Knowledge EntryThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Knowledge TopicTopicKnowledge TopicTopic or Discussion Thead
Knowldge TypeTypeKnowledge TypeArea of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
KeywordsKeywordsList of Keywords - separated by space, comma or semicolonList if individual keywords for search relevancy. The keywords are separated by space, comma or semicolon.
Synonym NameSynonym NameThe synonym for the nameThe synonym broadens the search
Tunnel via HTTPTunnel via HTTPConnect to Server via HTTP TunnelIf selected, the connection to the server is via a HTTP tunnel, otherwise it uses an RMI/JNP connection
TestTestExecute in Test Mode
ID Range EndID EndEnd if the ID Range usedThe ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
ID Range StartID StartStart of the ID Range usedThe ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. The standard rages are 0-899,999 for the Application Dictionary 900,000-999,999 for Application Dictionary customizations/extensions and > 1,000,000 for client data. The standard system limit is 9,999,999,999 but can easily be extended. The ID range is on a per table basis.
+Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced.
Remote ClientRemote ClientRemote Client to be used to replicate / synchronize data with.The remote client used for data replication.
Remote OrganisationRemote OrgRemote Organisation to be used to replicate / synchronise data with.The remote organisation used for data replication. If not selected, all organisations are replicated/synchronised.
Language IDLanguage ID
ProjectProjectName of the Project
Project PhaseProject PhaseName of the Project Phase
Project TypeProject TypeName of the Project Type
Cycle NameCycleName of the Project Cycle
Cycle Step NameCycle StepName of the Prohect Cycle Step
SO/PO TypeSO/PO TypeSales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situationsSales Tax: charged when selling - examples: Sales Tax, Output VAT (payable)
Purchase Tax: tax charged when purchasing - examples: Use Tax, Input VAT (receivable)
Only Validate DataValidate OnlyValidate the date and do not process
Import only if No ErrorsImport No ErrorsOnly start the import, if there are no validation Errors
Document OrgDocument OrgDocument Organization (independent from account organization)
Journal Document NoJournal Doc NoDocument number of the Journal
Attach AssetAttach AssetAttach Asset to be delivered per email
Delivery CountDelivery CountNumber of Deliveries
Web Store InfoWeb InfoWeb Store Header InformationDisplay HTML Info in the Web Store - by default in the header.
-
Web Parameter 5Web Param 5Web Site Parameter 5 (default footer center)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam5 - By default, it is positioned in the center of the footer.
Web Parameter 6Web Parm 6Web Site Parameter 6 (default footer right)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam6 - By default, it is positioned on the right side of the footer.
Minimum AmtMinimum AmtMinumum Amout in Document Currency
Project IssueProject IssueProject Issues (Material, Labor)Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
Project CategoryProject CategoryProject CategoryThe Project Category determines the behavior of the project:
+
Web Parameter 5Web Param 5Web Site Parameter 5 (default footer center)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam5 - By default, it is positioned in the center of the footer.
Web Parameter 6Web Parm 6Web Site Parameter 6 (default footer right)The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam6 - By default, it is positioned on the right side of the footer.
Minimum AmtMinimum AmtMinumum Amout in Document Currency
Project IssueProject IssueProject Issues (Material, Labor)Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
Project CategoryProject CategoryProject CategoryThe Project Category determines the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting, e.g. for Presales or general tracking
Service - no special accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge projects
Work Order - creates Project/Job WIP transactions - ability to issue material
-Asset - create Project Asset transactions - ability to issue material
-
Purchase OrderPurchase OrderPurchase Order
Credit StatusCredit StatusBusiness Partner Credit StatusCredit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
-If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise.
Consolidate to one DocumentConsolidateConsolidate Lines into one Document
Description OnlyDescriptionif true, the line is just description and no transactionIf a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptional detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.
PricingPricing
Close DocumentCloseClose Document (process)
Label printerLabel printerLabel Printer Definition
Label printer FunctionLabel printer FunctionFunction of Label Printer
System RegistrationRegistrationSystem RegistrationThe System Registration helps Compiere to help the installed base
Verification InfoVerify InfoVerification information of EMail AddressThe field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified
Encryption ClassEncryption ClassEncryption Class used for securing data contentThe class needs to implement the interface org.compiere.util.SecureInterface.
-You enable it by setting the COMPIERE_SECURE parameter of your Client and Server start scripts to the custom class.
Footer CenterFooter CenterContent of the center portion of the footer.
Footer LeftFooter LeftContent of the left portion of the footer.
Footer RightFooter RightContent of the right portion of the footer.
Function PrefixFunction PrefixData sent before the function
Function SuffixFunction SuffixData sent after the function
Min Guarantee DaysMin GuaranteeMinumum number of guarantee daysWhen selecting batch/products with a guarantee date, the minimum left guarantee days for automatic picking. You can pick any batch/product manually.
Header CenterHeader CenterContent of the center portion of the header.
Header LeftHeader LeftContent of the left portion of the header.
Header RightHeader RightContent of the right portion of the header.
Industry InfoIndustry InfoInformation of the industry (e.g. professional service, distribution of furnitures, ..)Description if the industry ad precise as possible.
Inventory TypeInventory TypeType of inventory differenceThe type of inventory difference determines which account is used. The default is the Inventory Difference account defined for the warehouse. Alternatively, you could select any charge. This allows you to account for Internal Use or extraordinary inventory losses.
Allowed to be PublishedAllow PublishYou allow to publish the information, not just statistical summary info
Can ExportCan ExportUsers with this role can export dataYou can restrict the ability to export data from Compiere.
Can ReportCan ReportUsers with this role can create reportsYou can restrict the ability to report on data.
In ProductionIn ProductionThe system is in production
Calculate Maximim (¿)Calc MaxCalculate the maximim amountCalculate the Maximum (¿) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise maximum length of the field.
Calculate Minimum (¿)Calc MinCalculate the minimum amountCalculate the Minimum (¿) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise minimum length of the field.
Personal AccessPersonal AccessAllow access to all personal recordsUsers of this role have access to all records locked as personal.
Personal LockPersonal LockAllow users with role to lock access to personal recordsIf enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record.
RegisteredRegisteredThe application is registered.
Running TotalRunning TotalCreate a running total (sum)A running total creates a sum at the end of a page and on the top of the next page for all colums, which have a Sum function. You should define running total only once per format.
Show AccountingShow AccountingUsers with this role can see accounting informationThis allows to prevent access to any accounting information.
XY PositionXY PositionThe Function is XY positionThis function positions for the next print operation
Line TotalLine TotalTotal line amount incl. TaxTotal line amount
ObscureObscureType of obscuring the data (limiting the display)
Platform InfoPlatformInformation about Server and Client PlatformInclude information on Server, Network [Operating System, RAM, Disk, CPUs] and (number of) Clients.
Running Total LinesRT LinesCreate Running Total Lines (page break) every x linesWhen you want to print running totals, enter the number of lines per page after you want to create a running total line and page break. You should define running total only once per format.
XY SeparatorXY SeparatorThe separator between the X and Y function.
Issue DescriptionIssue DescriptionDescription of the Issue line
Issue LineIssue LineLine number of the issue
Line MarginLine MarginMargin of the line - Planned Amount minus Costs
Access TypeAccess TypeThe type of access for this ruleIf you restrict Access to the entity, you also cannot Report or Export it (i.e. to have access is a requirement that you can report or export the data). The Report and Export rules are further restrictions if you have access.
Dependent EntitiesDependent EntitiesAlso check access in dependent entitiesAlso dependent entities are included. Please be aware, that enabling this rule has severe consequences and that this is only wanted in some circumstances.
+Asset - create Project Asset transactions - ability to issue material
Purchase OrderPurchase OrderPurchase Order
Credit StatusCredit StatusBusiness Partner Credit StatusCredit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
+If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise.
Consolidate to one DocumentConsolidateConsolidate Lines into one Document
Description OnlyDescriptionif true, the line is just description and no transactionIf a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptional detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.
PricingPricing
Close DocumentCloseClose Document (process)
Label printerLabel printerLabel Printer Definition
Label printer FunctionLabel printer FunctionFunction of Label Printer
System RegistrationRegistrationSystem RegistrationThe System Registration helps Adempiere to help the installed base
Verification InfoVerify InfoVerification information of EMail AddressThe field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified
Encryption ClassEncryption ClassEncryption Class used for securing data contentThe class needs to implement the interface org.compiere.util.SecureInterface.
+You enable it by setting the COMPIERE_SECURE parameter of your Client and Server start scripts to the custom class.
Footer CenterFooter CenterContent of the center portion of the footer.
Footer LeftFooter LeftContent of the left portion of the footer.
Footer RightFooter RightContent of the right portion of the footer.
Function PrefixFunction PrefixData sent before the function
Function SuffixFunction SuffixData sent after the function
Min Guarantee DaysMin GuaranteeMinumum number of guarantee daysWhen selecting batch/products with a guarantee date, the minimum left guarantee days for automatic picking. You can pick any batch/product manually.
Header CenterHeader CenterContent of the center portion of the header.
Header LeftHeader LeftContent of the left portion of the header.
Header RightHeader RightContent of the right portion of the header.
Industry InfoIndustry InfoInformation of the industry (e.g. professional service, distribution of furnitures, ..)Description if the industry ad precise as possible.
Inventory TypeInventory TypeType of inventory differenceThe type of inventory difference determines which account is used. The default is the Inventory Difference account defined for the warehouse. Alternatively, you could select any charge. This allows you to account for Internal Use or extraordinary inventory losses.
Allowed to be PublishedAllow PublishYou allow to publish the information, not just statistical summary info
Can ExportCan ExportUsers with this role can export dataYou can restrict the ability to export data from Adempiere.
Can ReportCan ReportUsers with this role can create reportsYou can restrict the ability to report on data.
In ProductionIn ProductionThe system is in production
Calculate Maximim (?)Calc MaxCalculate the maximim amountCalculate the Maximum (?) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise maximum length of the field.
Calculate Minimum (?)Calc MinCalculate the minimum amountCalculate the Minimum (?) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise minimum length of the field.
Personal AccessPersonal AccessAllow access to all personal recordsUsers of this role have access to all records locked as personal.
Personal LockPersonal LockAllow users with role to lock access to personal recordsIf enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record.
RegisteredRegisteredThe application is registered.
Running TotalRunning TotalCreate a running total (sum)A running total creates a sum at the end of a page and on the top of the next page for all colums, which have a Sum function. You should define running total only once per format.
Show AccountingShow AccountingUsers with this role can see accounting informationThis allows to prevent access to any accounting information.
XY PositionXY PositionThe Function is XY positionThis function positions for the next print operation
Line TotalLine TotalTotal line amount incl. TaxTotal line amount
ObscureObscureType of obscuring the data (limiting the display)
Platform InfoPlatformInformation about Server and Client PlatformInclude information on Server, Network [Operating System, RAM, Disk, CPUs] and (number of) Clients.
Running Total LinesRT LinesCreate Running Total Lines (page break) every x linesWhen you want to print running totals, enter the number of lines per page after you want to create a running total line and page break. You should define running total only once per format.
XY SeparatorXY SeparatorThe separator between the X and Y function.
Issue DescriptionIssue DescriptionDescription of the Issue line
Issue LineIssue LineLine number of the issue
Line MarginLine MarginMargin of the line - Planned Amount minus Costs
Access TypeAccess TypeThe type of access for this ruleIf you restrict Access to the entity, you also cannot Report or Export it (i.e. to have access is a requirement that you can report or export the data). The Report and Export rules are further restrictions if you have access.
Dependent EntitiesDependent EntitiesAlso check access in dependent entitiesAlso dependent entities are included. Please be aware, that enabling this rule has severe consequences and that this is only wanted in some circumstances.
<p>Example Rule: "Include Payment Term Immediate with Dependent Entities"
<br>Primary effect: users with this role can only select the payment term Immediate
-<br>Secondary effect (dependent entities): users with this role can see only invoices/orders with the payment term immediate.
Character DataCharacter DataLong Character Field
Create PaymentCreate Payment
EFT MemoEFT MemoElectronic Funds Transfer MemoInformation from EFT media
EFT PayeeEFT PayeeElectronic Funds Transfer Payee informationInformation from EFT media
EFT Payee AccountEFT Payee AccountElectronic Funds Transfer Payyee Account InformationInformation from EFT media
EFT ReferenceEFT ReferenceElectronic Funds Transfer ReferenceInformation from EFT media
EFT Trx IDEFT Trx IDElectronic Funds Transfer Transaction IDInformation from EFT media
EFT Trx TypeEFT Trx TypeElectronic Funds Transfer Transaction TypeInformation from EFT media
Good for DaysGood DaysShelf Life Days remaning to Guarantee Date (minus minimum guarantee days)Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today minus the minimum guaranteed days.
-(Guarantee Date-Today) ¿ Min Guarantee Days
Available QuantityQty AvailableAvailable Quantity (On Hand - Reserved)Quantity available to promise = On Hand minus Reserved Quantity
Remaining Shelf Life %Rem Shelf Life %Remaining shelf life in percent based on Guarantee Date(Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days
Min Shelf Life %Min Shelf Life %Minimum Shelf Life in percent based on Product Instance Guarantee DateMiminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life ((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days) less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
Due TodayDue Today
Due Today-30Due Today-30
Due Today-7Due Today-7
Due 1-7Due 1-7
Due 31-60Due 31-60
Due > 31Due > 31
Due 61-90Due 61-90
Due > 61Due > 61
Due 8-30Due 8-30
Due > 91Due > 91
Past Due 1-30Past Due 1-30
Past Due 1-7Past Due 1-7
Past Due 31-60Past Due 31-60
Past Due > 31Past Due > 31
Past Due 61-90Past Due 61-90
Past Due > 61Past Due > 61
Past Due 8-30Past Due 8-30
Past Due > 91Past Due > 91
Past DuePast Due
List InvoicesList InvoicesInclude List of Invoices
Mandatory Guarantee DateMandatory Guarantee DateThe entry of a Guarantee Date is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Mandatory LotMandatory LotThe entry of Lot info is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Mandatory Serial NoMandatory Serial NoThe entry of a Serial No is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Min Shelf Life DaysMin Shelf Life DaysMinimum Shelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee DateMiminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
Shelf Life DaysShelf Life DaysShelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee DateShelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today.
Partner Tax IDBP Tax TDTax ID of the Business Partner
BackorderedBackorderedBackordered QuantityCalculated: ordered - delivered quantity
Allocation StrategyAllocationAllocation StrategyAllocation from incoming to outgoing transactions
Out Shipment LineOut Shipment LineOutgoing Shipment/Receipt
Out Inventory LineOut Inventory LineOutgoing Inventory Line
Out Production LineOut Production LineOutgoing Production Line
Out TransactionOut TransactionOutgoing Transaction
Calculate Deviation (¿)DeviationCalculate Standard DeviationThe Standard Deviation (¿) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (¿)
Calculate Variance (¿²)VarianceCalculate VarianceThe Variance (¿²) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (¿)
Featured in Web StoreFeaturedIf selected, the product is displayed in the inital or any empy searchIn the display of products in the Web Store, the product is displayed in the inital view or if no search criteria are entered. To be displayed, the product must be in the price list used.
Currency TypeCurrency TypeCurrency Conversion Rate TypeThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Currency Type KeyCurrency Conversion TypeKey value for the Currency Conversion Rate TypeThe date type key for the conversion of foreign currency transactions
WarehouseWarehouseWarehouse Name
Pay Schedule validPay Schedule validIs the Payment Schedule is validPayment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates.
Branch IDBranch IDBank Branch IDDependent on the loader, you may have to provide a bank branch ID
Bank Statement LoaderBank Statement LoaderDefinition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX
Date FormatDate FormatDate format used in the imput formatThe date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined.
EFT AmountEFT AmountElectronic Funds Transfer Amount
EFT Check NoEFT Check NoElectronic Funds Transfer Check NoInformation from EFT media
EFT CurrencyEFT CurrencyElectronic Funds Transfer CurrencyInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement DateEFT Statement DateElectronic Funds Transfer Statement DateInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement Line DateEFT Statement Line DateElectronic Funds Transfer Statement Line DateInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement ReferenceEFT Statement ReferenceElectronic Funds Transfer Statement ReferenceInformation from EFT media
EFT Effective DateEFT Effective DateElectronic Funds Transfer Valuta (effective) DateInformation from EFT media
File NameFile NameName of the local file or URLName of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)
Financial Institution IDFinancial Institution IDThe ID of the Financial Institution / BankDepending on the loader, it might require a ID of the financial institution
Payment Document NoPayment Document NoDocument number of the Payment
PINPINPersonal Identification Number
Statement Line DateStatement Line DateDate of the Statement Line
Statement Loader ClassStatement Loader ClassClass name of the bank statement loaderThe name of the actual bank statement loader implementing the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementLoaderInterface
Create Reciprocal RateCreate ReciprocalCreate Reciprocal Rate from current informationIf selected, the imported USD->EUR rate is used to create/calculate the reciprocal rate EUR->USD.
Import Conversion RateImport Conversion RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
ISO Currency To CodeISO Currency ToThree letter ISO 4217 Code of the To CurrencyFor details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm
User SubstituteUser SubstituteSubstitute of the userA user who can act for another user.
Parent OrganisationParent OrgParent (superior) Organisation Parent Organisation - the next level in the organisational hierarchy.
Workflow ActivityWf ActivityWorkflow ActivityThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
Workflow Activity ResultWf Activity ResultResult of the Workflow Process ActivityActivity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
Workflow BlockWf BlockWorkflow Transaction Execution BlockA workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
Workflow Event AuditWf Event AuditWorkflow Process Activity Event Audit InformationHistory of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
Workflow Node ParameterWf Node ParameterWorkflow Node Execution ParameterParameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
Workflow ProcessWf ProcessActual Workflow Process InstanceInstance of a workflow execution
Workflow Process DataWf Process DataWorkflow Process ContextContext information of the workflow process and activity
Workflow ResponsibleWf ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Attribute NameAttribute NameName of the AttributeIdentifier of the attribute
Attribute ValueAttribute ValueValue of the AttributeCompiere converts the (string) field values to the attribute data type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have the values "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-MM-DD
AuthorAuthorAuthor/Creator of the Entity
CostCostCost information
DurationDurationNormal Duration in Duration UnitExpected (normal) Length of time for the execution
Duration UnitDuration UnitUnit of DurationUnit to define the length of time for the execution
Finish ModeFinish ModeWorkflow Activity Finish ModeHow the system operated at the end of an activity. Automatic implies return when the invoked applications finished control - Manual the user has to explicitly terminate the activity.
Duration LimitLimitMaximum Duration in Duration UnitMaximum (critical) Duration for time management purposes (e.g. starting an escalation procedure, etc.) in Duration Units.
Responsible TypeResponsible TypeType of the Responsibility for a workflowType how the responsible user for the execution of a workflow is determined
Start ModeStart ModeWorkflow Activity Start Mode How is the execution of an activity triggered. Automatic are triggered implicitly by the system, Manual explicitly by the User.
Subflow ExecutionSubflow ExecutionMode how the sub-workflow is executed
Transition CodeTransition CodeCode resulting in TRUE of FALSEThe transition is executed, if the code results in TRUE (or is empty)
Waiting TimeWaiting TimeWorkflow Simulation Waiting timeAmount of time needed to prepare the performance of the task on Duration Units
Workflow StateWf StateState of the execution of the workflow
Working TimeWorking TimeWorkflow Simulation Execution TimeAmount of time the performer of the activity needs to perform the task in Duration Unit
Event TypeEvent TypeType of Event
Join ElementJoin ElementSemantics for multiple incoming TransitionsSemantics for multiple incoming Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND joins all concurrent threads - XOR requires one thread (no synchronization).
Split ElementSplit ElementSemantics for multiple outgoing TransitionsSemantics for multiple outgoing Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND represents multiple concurrent threads - XOR represents the first transition with a true Transaition condition.
Publication StatusPublication StatusStatus of PublicationUsed for internal documentation
RegistrationRegistrationUser Asset RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
Registration AttributeRegistration AttributeAsset Registration AttributeDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
Tax Line TotalLine TotalTax Line Total Amount
Accounted AmountAccountedAmount Balance in Currency of Accounting Schema
Source AmountSourceAmount Balance in Source Currency
Update BalancesUpdateBalancesUpdate Accounting Balances first (not required for subsequent runs)
Maintenance ModeMaintenance ModeLanguage Maintenance Mode
Accept Direct DebitDirect DebitAccept Direct Debits (vendor initiated)Accept Direct Debit transactions. Direct Debits are initiated by the vendor who has permission to deduct amounts from the payee's account.
Bank Statement MatcherBank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class needs to implement org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
Match StatementMatch Statement
Header StrokeHdr StrokeWidth of the Header Line StrokeThe width of the header line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
Header Stroke TypeHdr Stroke TypeType of the Header Line StrokeType of the line printed
Paint Header LinesHeader LinesPaint Lines over/under the Header Line If selected, a line is painted above and below the header line using the stroke information
Line StrokeLine StrokeWidth of the Line StrokeThe width of the line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
Line Stroke TypeLine Stroke TypeType of the Line StrokeType of the line printed
Linked OrganisationLinked OrgThe Business Partner is another Organisation for explicit Inter-Org transactionsThe business partner is another organisation in the system. So when performing transactions, the counter-document is created automatically. Example: You have BPartnerA linked to OrgA and BPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you create a sales order for BPartnerB in OrgA a purchase order is created for BPartnerA in OrgB. This allows to have explicit documents for Inter-Org transactions.
Organisation TypeOrg TypeOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organizationsOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisations for reporting purposes
SchedulerSchedulerSchedule ProcessesSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Scheduler LogScheduler LogResult of the execution of the SchedulerResult of the execution of the Scheduler
Workflow ProcessorWorkflow ProcessorWorkflow Processor ServerWorkflow Processor Server
Workflow Processorl LogWorkflow Processor LogResult of the execution of the Workflow ProcessorResult of the execution of the Workflow Processor
BidBidBid for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
Bid CommentBid CommentMake a comment to a Bid TopicEveryone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
Buyer FundsBuyer FundsBuyer Funds for Bids on TopicsAvailable Funds (from Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
OfferOfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
Seller FundsSeller FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsAvailable Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
TopicTopicAuction TopicDescription of the item to sell or create.
Topic CategoryTopic CategoryAuction Topic CategoryFor an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
Topic TypeTopic TypeAuction Topic TypeThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Accounting ProcessorAccounting ProcessorAccounting Processor/Server ParametersAccounting Processor/Server Parameters
Accounting Processor LogAcct Processor LogResult of the execution of the Accounting ProcessorResult of the execution of the Accounting Processor
Alert ProcessorAlert ProcessorAlert Processor/Server ParameterAlert Processor/Server Parameter
Alert Processor LogAlert Processor LogResult of the execution of the Alert ProcessorResult of the execution of the Alert Processor
Partner RelationPartner RelationBusiness Partner RelationBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
Related PartnerRelated PartnerRelated Business PartnerThe related Business Partner Acts on behalf of the Business Partner - example the Related Partner pays invoices of the Business Partner - or we pay to the Related Partner for invoices received from the Business Partner
Related Partner LocationRelated Partner LocationLocation of the related Business Partner
RfQRfQRequest for QuotationRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
RfQ TopicRfQ TopicTopic for Request for QuotationsA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
RfQ SubscriberRfQ SubscriberRequest for Quotation Topic SubscriberSubcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
RfQ LineRfQ LineRequest for Quotation LineRequest for Quotation Line
RfQ Line QuantityRfQ Line QtyRequest for Quotation Line QuantityYou may request a quotation for different quantities
RfQ Response LineRfQ Response LineRequest for Quotation Response LineRequest for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
RfQ Response Line QtyRfQ Response Line QtyRequest for Quotation Response Line QuantityRequest for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
Subscription DeliverySubscription DeliveryOptional Delivery Record for a SubscriptionRecord of deliveries for a subscription
SubscriptionSubscriptionSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renewSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
Subscription TypeSubscription TypeType of subscriptionSubscription type and renewal frequency
Confirmed QuantityConfirmed QtyConfirmation of a received quantityConfirmation of a received quantity
Create POCreate POCreate Purchase Order
Create SOCreate SO
Response DateResponse DateDate of the ResponseDate of the Response
Work CompleteWork CompleteDate when work is (planned to be) complete
Work StartWork StartDate when work is (planned to be) started
Delivery DaysDelivery DaysNumber of Days (planned) until Delivery
DueDueSubscription Renewal is Due
ErrorErrorAn Error occured in the execution
InternalInternalInternal Organization
In TransitIn TransitMovement is in transitMaterial Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
+<br>Secondary effect (dependent entities): users with this role can see only invoices/orders with the payment term immediate.
Character DataCharacter DataLong Character Field
Create PaymentCreate Payment
EFT MemoEFT MemoElectronic Funds Transfer MemoInformation from EFT media
EFT PayeeEFT PayeeElectronic Funds Transfer Payee informationInformation from EFT media
EFT Payee AccountEFT Payee AccountElectronic Funds Transfer Payyee Account InformationInformation from EFT media
EFT ReferenceEFT ReferenceElectronic Funds Transfer ReferenceInformation from EFT media
EFT Trx IDEFT Trx IDElectronic Funds Transfer Transaction IDInformation from EFT media
EFT Trx TypeEFT Trx TypeElectronic Funds Transfer Transaction TypeInformation from EFT media
Good for DaysGood DaysShelf Life Days remaning to Guarantee Date (minus minimum guarantee days)Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today minus the minimum guaranteed days.
+(Guarantee Date-Today) – Min Guarantee Days
Available QuantityQty AvailableAvailable Quantity (On Hand - Reserved)Quantity available to promise = On Hand minus Reserved Quantity
Remaining Shelf Life %Rem Shelf Life %Remaining shelf life in percent based on Guarantee Date(Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days
Min Shelf Life %Min Shelf Life %Minimum Shelf Life in percent based on Product Instance Guarantee DateMiminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life ((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days) less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
Due TodayDue Today
Due Today-30Due Today-30
Due Today-7Due Today-7
Due 1-7Due 1-7
Due 31-60Due 31-60
Due > 31Due > 31
Due 61-90Due 61-90
Due > 61Due > 61
Due 8-30Due 8-30
Due > 91Due > 91
Past Due 1-30Past Due 1-30
Past Due 1-7Past Due 1-7
Past Due 31-60Past Due 31-60
Past Due > 31Past Due > 31
Past Due 61-90Past Due 61-90
Past Due > 61Past Due > 61
Past Due 8-30Past Due 8-30
Past Due > 91Past Due > 91
Past DuePast Due
List InvoicesList InvoicesInclude List of Invoices
Mandatory Guarantee DateMandatory Guarantee DateThe entry of a Guarantee Date is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Mandatory LotMandatory LotThe entry of Lot info is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Mandatory Serial NoMandatory Serial NoThe entry of a Serial No is mandatory when creating a Product Instance
Min Shelf Life DaysMin Shelf Life DaysMinimum Shelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee DateMiminum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life less than the minum shelf life, unless you select "Show All"
Shelf Life DaysShelf Life DaysShelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee DateShelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance compared to today.
Partner Tax IDBP Tax TDTax ID of the Business Partner
BackorderedBackorderedBackordered QuantityCalculated: ordered - delivered quantity
Allocation StrategyAllocationAllocation StrategyAllocation from incoming to outgoing transactions
Out Shipment LineOut Shipment LineOutgoing Shipment/Receipt
Out Inventory LineOut Inventory LineOutgoing Inventory Line
Out Production LineOut Production LineOutgoing Production Line
Out TransactionOut TransactionOutgoing Transaction
Calculate Deviation (?)DeviationCalculate Standard DeviationThe Standard Deviation (?) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (?)
Calculate Variance (?�)VarianceCalculate VarianceThe Variance (?�) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (?)
Featured in Web StoreFeaturedIf selected, the product is displayed in the inital or any empy searchIn the display of products in the Web Store, the product is displayed in the inital view or if no search criteria are entered. To be displayed, the product must be in the price list used.
Currency TypeCurrency TypeCurrency Conversion Rate TypeThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Currency Type KeyCurrency Conversion TypeKey value for the Currency Conversion Rate TypeThe date type key for the conversion of foreign currency transactions
WarehouseWarehouseWarehouse Name
Pay Schedule validPay Schedule validIs the Payment Schedule is validPayment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates.
Branch IDBranch IDBank Branch IDDependent on the loader, you may have to provide a bank branch ID
Bank Statement LoaderBank Statement LoaderDefinition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX
Date FormatDate FormatDate format used in the imput formatThe date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined.
EFT AmountEFT AmountElectronic Funds Transfer Amount
EFT Check NoEFT Check NoElectronic Funds Transfer Check NoInformation from EFT media
EFT CurrencyEFT CurrencyElectronic Funds Transfer CurrencyInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement DateEFT Statement DateElectronic Funds Transfer Statement DateInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement Line DateEFT Statement Line DateElectronic Funds Transfer Statement Line DateInformation from EFT media
EFT Statement ReferenceEFT Statement ReferenceElectronic Funds Transfer Statement ReferenceInformation from EFT media
EFT Effective DateEFT Effective DateElectronic Funds Transfer Valuta (effective) DateInformation from EFT media
File NameFile NameName of the local file or URLName of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)
Financial Institution IDFinancial Institution IDThe ID of the Financial Institution / BankDepending on the loader, it might require a ID of the financial institution
Payment Document NoPayment Document NoDocument number of the Payment
PINPINPersonal Identification Number
Statement Line DateStatement Line DateDate of the Statement Line
Statement Loader ClassStatement Loader ClassClass name of the bank statement loaderThe name of the actual bank statement loader implementing the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementLoaderInterface
Create Reciprocal RateCreate ReciprocalCreate Reciprocal Rate from current informationIf selected, the imported USD->EUR rate is used to create/calculate the reciprocal rate EUR->USD.
Import Conversion RateImport Conversion RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
ISO Currency To CodeISO Currency ToThree letter ISO 4217 Code of the To CurrencyFor details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm
User SubstituteUser SubstituteSubstitute of the userA user who can act for another user.
Parent OrganisationParent OrgParent (superior) Organisation Parent Organisation - the next level in the organisational hierarchy.
Workflow ActivityWf ActivityWorkflow ActivityThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
Workflow Activity ResultWf Activity ResultResult of the Workflow Process ActivityActivity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
Workflow BlockWf BlockWorkflow Transaction Execution BlockA workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
Workflow Event AuditWf Event AuditWorkflow Process Activity Event Audit InformationHistory of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
Workflow Node ParameterWf Node ParameterWorkflow Node Execution ParameterParameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
Workflow ProcessWf ProcessActual Workflow Process InstanceInstance of a workflow execution
Workflow Process DataWf Process DataWorkflow Process ContextContext information of the workflow process and activity
Workflow ResponsibleWf ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Attribute NameAttribute NameName of the AttributeIdentifier of the attribute
Attribute ValueAttribute ValueValue of the AttributeAdempiere converts the (string) field values to the attribute data type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have the values "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-MM-DD
AuthorAuthorAuthor/Creator of the Entity
CostCostCost information
DurationDurationNormal Duration in Duration UnitExpected (normal) Length of time for the execution
Duration UnitDuration UnitUnit of DurationUnit to define the length of time for the execution
Finish ModeFinish ModeWorkflow Activity Finish ModeHow the system operated at the end of an activity. Automatic implies return when the invoked applications finished control - Manual the user has to explicitly terminate the activity.
Duration LimitLimitMaximum Duration in Duration UnitMaximum (critical) Duration for time management purposes (e.g. starting an escalation procedure, etc.) in Duration Units.
Responsible TypeResponsible TypeType of the Responsibility for a workflowType how the responsible user for the execution of a workflow is determined
Start ModeStart ModeWorkflow Activity Start Mode How is the execution of an activity triggered. Automatic are triggered implicitly by the system, Manual explicitly by the User.
Subflow ExecutionSubflow ExecutionMode how the sub-workflow is executed
Transition CodeTransition CodeCode resulting in TRUE of FALSEThe transition is executed, if the code results in TRUE (or is empty)
Waiting TimeWaiting TimeWorkflow Simulation Waiting timeAmount of time needed to prepare the performance of the task on Duration Units
Workflow StateWf StateState of the execution of the workflow
Working TimeWorking TimeWorkflow Simulation Execution TimeAmount of time the performer of the activity needs to perform the task in Duration Unit
Event TypeEvent TypeType of Event
Join ElementJoin ElementSemantics for multiple incoming TransitionsSemantics for multiple incoming Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND joins all concurrent threads - XOR requires one thread (no synchronization).
Split ElementSplit ElementSemantics for multiple outgoing TransitionsSemantics for multiple outgoing Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND represents multiple concurrent threads - XOR represents the first transition with a true Transaition condition.
Publication StatusPublication StatusStatus of PublicationUsed for internal documentation
RegistrationRegistrationUser Asset RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
Registration AttributeRegistration AttributeAsset Registration AttributeDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
Tax Line TotalLine TotalTax Line Total Amount
Accounted AmountAccountedAmount Balance in Currency of Accounting Schema
Source AmountSourceAmount Balance in Source Currency
Update BalancesUpdateBalancesUpdate Accounting Balances first (not required for subsequent runs)
Maintenance ModeMaintenance ModeLanguage Maintenance Mode
Accept Direct DebitDirect DebitAccept Direct Debits (vendor initiated)Accept Direct Debit transactions. Direct Debits are initiated by the vendor who has permission to deduct amounts from the payee's account.
Bank Statement MatcherBank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class needs to implement org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
Match StatementMatch Statement
Header StrokeHdr StrokeWidth of the Header Line StrokeThe width of the header line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
Header Stroke TypeHdr Stroke TypeType of the Header Line StrokeType of the line printed
Paint Header LinesHeader LinesPaint Lines over/under the Header Line If selected, a line is painted above and below the header line using the stroke information
Line StrokeLine StrokeWidth of the Line StrokeThe width of the line stroke (line thickness) in Points.
Line Stroke TypeLine Stroke TypeType of the Line StrokeType of the line printed
Linked OrganisationLinked OrgThe Business Partner is another Organisation for explicit Inter-Org transactionsThe business partner is another organisation in the system. So when performing transactions, the counter-document is created automatically. Example: You have BPartnerA linked to OrgA and BPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you create a sales order for BPartnerB in OrgA a purchase order is created for BPartnerA in OrgB. This allows to have explicit documents for Inter-Org transactions.
Organisation TypeOrg TypeOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisationsOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisations for reporting purposes
SchedulerSchedulerSchedule ProcessesSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Scheduler LogScheduler LogResult of the execution of the SchedulerResult of the execution of the Scheduler
Workflow ProcessorWorkflow ProcessorWorkflow Processor ServerWorkflow Processor Server
Workflow Processorl LogWorkflow Processor LogResult of the execution of the Workflow ProcessorResult of the execution of the Workflow Processor
BidBidBid for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
Bid CommentBid CommentMake a comment to a Bid TopicEveryone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
Buyer FundsBuyer FundsBuyer Funds for Bids on TopicsAvailable Funds (from Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
OfferOfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
Seller FundsSeller FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsAvailable Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
TopicTopicAuction TopicDescription of the item to sell or create.
Topic CategoryTopic CategoryAuction Topic CategoryFor an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
Topic TypeTopic TypeAuction Topic TypeThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Accounting ProcessorAccounting ProcessorAccounting Processor/Server ParametersAccounting Processor/Server Parameters
Accounting Processor LogAcct Processor LogResult of the execution of the Accounting ProcessorResult of the execution of the Accounting Processor
Alert ProcessorAlert ProcessorAlert Processor/Server ParameterAlert Processor/Server Parameter
Alert Processor LogAlert Processor LogResult of the execution of the Alert ProcessorResult of the execution of the Alert Processor
Partner RelationPartner RelationBusiness Partner RelationBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
Related PartnerRelated PartnerRelated Business PartnerThe related Business Partner Acts on behalf of the Business Partner - example the Related Partner pays invoices of the Business Partner - or we pay to the Related Partner for invoices received from the Business Partner
Related Partner LocationRelated Partner LocationLocation of the related Business Partner
RfQRfQRequest for QuotationRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
RfQ TopicRfQ TopicTopic for Request for QuotationsA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
RfQ SubscriberRfQ SubscriberRequest for Quotation Topic SubscriberSubcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
RfQ LineRfQ LineRequest for Quotation LineRequest for Quotation Line
RfQ Line QuantityRfQ Line QtyRequest for Quotation Line QuantityYou may request a quotation for different quantities
RfQ Response LineRfQ Response LineRequest for Quotation Response LineRequest for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
RfQ Response Line QtyRfQ Response Line QtyRequest for Quotation Response Line QuantityRequest for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
Subscription DeliverySubscription DeliveryOptional Delivery Record for a SubscriptionRecord of deliveries for a subscription
SubscriptionSubscriptionSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renewSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
Subscription TypeSubscription TypeType of subscriptionSubscription type and renewal frequency
Confirmed QuantityConfirmed QtyConfirmation of a received quantityConfirmation of a received quantity
Create POCreate POCreate Purchase Order
Create SOCreate SO
Response DateResponse DateDate of the ResponseDate of the Response
Work CompleteWork CompleteDate when work is (planned to be) complete
Work StartWork StartDate when work is (planned to be) started
Delivery DaysDelivery DaysNumber of Days (planned) until Delivery
DueDueSubscription Renewal is Due
ErrorErrorAn Error occured in the execution
InternalInternalInternal Organization
In TransitIn TransitMovement is in transitMaterial Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed.
Invited Vendors OnlyInvited VendorsOnly invited vendors can respond to an RfQThe Request for Quotation is only visible to the invited vendors
Offer QuantityOffer QtyThis quantity is used in the Offer to the CustomerWhen multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the offer. If none selected the lowest number is used.
PublishedPublishedThe Topic is published and can be viewedIf not selected, the Topic is not visible to the general public.
Purchase QuantityPurchase QtyThis quantity is used in the Purchase Order to the SupplierWhen multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the purchase order. If none selected the lowest number is used.
Quote All QuantitiesQuote All QtySuppliers are requested to provide responses for all quantitiesIf selected, the response to the Request for Quotation needs to have a price for all Quantities
Quote Total AmtQuote Total AmtThe respnse can have just the total amount for the RfQIf not selected, the resonse must be provided per line
Responses AcceptedResponses AcceptedAre Resonses to the Request for Quotation acceptedIf selected, responses for the RfQ are accepted
Selected WinnerSelected WinnerThe resonse is the selected winnerThe resonse is the selected winner. If selected on Response level, the line selections are ignored.
Willing to commitWilling to commit
Days to keep LogDays keep LogNumber of days to keep the log entriesOlder Log entries may be deleted
Distribution ListDistribution ListDistribution Lists allow to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
Distribution List LineDistribution List LineDistribution List Line with Business Partner and Quantity/PercentageThe distribution can be based on Ratio, fixed quantity or both.
-If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
PackagePackageShipment PackageA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked.
Package LinePackage LineThe detail content of the PackageLink to the shipment line
RMARMAReturn Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
RMA LineRMA LineReturn Material Authorization LineDetail information about the returned goods
Minimum QuantityMin QtyMinimum quantity for the business partnerIf a minimum quantity is defined, and the quantity is based on the percentage is lower, the minimum quantity is used.
MembershipMembershipProduct used to deternine the price of the membership for the topic typeA topic can require to pay a membership fee.
Not Committed AountNot Committed AmtAmount not committed yet
Offer AmountOffer AmtAmount of the Offer
Paid UntilPaid UntilSubscription is paid/valid until this date
Default ParameterDefault ParameterDefault value of the parameterThe default value can be a variable like @#Date@
Payment BPartnerPayment BPartnerBusiness Partner responsible for the payment
Payment LocationPayment LocationLocation of the Business Partner responsible for the payment
Picked QuantityPicked Quantity
Private NotePrivate NotePrivate Note - not visible to the other parties
Publish RfQPublish RfQ
RfQ TypeRfQ TypeRequest for Quotation Type
Request Processor LogRequest Processor LogResult of the execution of the Request ProcessorResult of the execution of the Request Processor
Info ReceivedInfo ReceivedInformation of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement)
Referenced ShipmentRef Ship
Referenced InvoiceRef Invoice
Referenced Invoice LineRef Invoice Line
Referenced OrderRef OrderReference to corresponding Sales/Purchase OrderReference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
Related ProductRelated ProductRelated Product
Related Product TypeRelated Product Type
Renewal DateRenewal Date
Scrapped QuantityScrapped QtyThe Quantity scrapped due to QA issues
Target QuantityTarget QtyTarget Movement QuantityThe Quantity which should have been received
DetailsDetails
Text MessageMessageText Message
Topic ActionTopic Action
Topic StatusTopic Status
Tracking InfoTracking Info
Auction TypeAuction Type
Decision dateDecision date
Referenced Shipment LineRef Ship Line
RfQ ResponseRfQ ResponseRequest for Quotation Response from a potential VendorRequest for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
Create Single OrderCreate Single OrderFor all shipments create one Order
Alert RecipientAlert RecipientRecipient of the Alert NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Scheduler RecipientScheduler RecipientRecipient of the Scheduler NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
VAT Post CodeVAT Post CodeVAT Post CodeFor local tax/GST/VAT, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs
Date RequiredDate RequiredDate when required
RequisitionRequisitionMaterial Requisition
Requisition LineRequisition LineMaterial Requisition Line
Day of the MonthMonth DayDay of the month 1 to 28/29/30/31
Postal code toPostal code toPostal code toConecutive range to
RankingRankingRelative Rank NumberOne is the highest Rank
Schedule TypeSchedule TypeType of scheduleDefine the method how the next occurance is calculated
Day of the WeekWeek DayDay of the Week
Copy LinesCopy Lines
Attachment NoteAttachment NotePersonal Attachment Note
Transition ConditionConditionWorkflow Node Transition ConditionOptional restriction of transition of one node to the next
Node TransitionTransitionWorkflow Node TransitionThe Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
Validate WorkflowValidateworkflow
Wait TimeWait TimeTime in minutes to wait (sleep)Time in minutes to be suspended (sleep)
Workflow KeyWorkflowKey of the Workflow to start
Drop ShipmentDrop ShipDrop Shipments are sent from the Vendor directly to the CustomerDrop Shipments do not cause any Inventory reservations or movements as the Shipment is from the Vendor's inventory. The Shipment of the Vendor to the Customer must be confirmed.
Approve own DocumentsApprove ownUsers with this role can approve their own documentsIf a user cannot approve their own documents (orders, etc.), it needs to be approved by someone else.
Always UpdateableAlways UpdateableThe column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processedIf selected and if the winow / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc.
GL DistributionGL DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used.
GL Distribution LineGL Distribution LineGeneral Ledger Distribution LineIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines.
RatioRatioRelative Ratio for DistributionsThe relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
Total RatioTotal RatioTotal of relative weight in a distributionThe total relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
Elapsed Time msElapsed TimeElapsed Time in mili secondsElapsed Time in mili seconds
InvitedInvitedDate when (last) invitation was sent
Send RfQ Invitation to VendorsSend RfQ to VendorSend the RfQ Invitation to the Vendors
Line Work CompleteLine Work CompleteDate when line work is (planned to be) complete
Line Work StartLine Work StartDate when line work is (planned to be) started
Line Delivery DaysLine Delivery Days
Line Help/CommentLine Comment
Quantity PriceQty Price
Quantity RankingQty Ranking
Rank RfQRank RfQ
End WaitEnd WaitEnd of sleep timeEnd of suspension (sleep)
Distribution RunDistribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
Distribution Run LineDistribution Run LineDistribution Run Lines define Distribution List, the Product and QuantiriesThe order amount is based on the greater of the minimums of the product or distribution list and the quantity based on the ratio.
Total QuantityTotal QtyTotal Quantity
Start Implementation/ProductionStart Implementation/ProductionThe day you started the implementation (if implementing) - or production (went life) with Compiere
Maintain StatisticsMaintain StatisticsMaintain general statisticsMainatan and allow to transfer general statistics (number of clients, orgs, business partners, users, products, invoices) to get a better feeling for the application use. This information is not published.
Access LogAccess LogLog of Access to the System
ReplyReplyReply or Answer
Counter DocumentCounter DocumentCounter Document RelationshipWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
+If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
PackagePackageShipment PackageA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked.
Package LinePackage LineThe detail content of the PackageLink to the shipment line
RMARMAReturn Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
RMA LineRMA LineReturn Material Authorization LineDetail information about the returned goods
Minimum QuantityMin QtyMinimum quantity for the business partnerIf a minimum quantity is defined, and the quantity is based on the percentage is lower, the minimum quantity is used.
MembershipMembershipProduct used to deternine the price of the membership for the topic typeA topic can require to pay a membership fee.
Not Committed AountNot Committed AmtAmount not committed yet
Offer AmountOffer AmtAmount of the Offer
Paid UntilPaid UntilSubscription is paid/valid until this date
Default ParameterDefault ParameterDefault value of the parameterThe default value can be a variable like @#Date@
Payment BPartnerPayment BPartnerBusiness Partner responsible for the payment
Payment LocationPayment LocationLocation of the Business Partner responsible for the payment
Picked QuantityPicked Quantity
Private NotePrivate NotePrivate Note - not visible to the other parties
Publish RfQPublish RfQ
RfQ TypeRfQ TypeRequest for Quotation Type
Request Processor LogRequest Processor LogResult of the execution of the Request ProcessorResult of the execution of the Request Processor
Info ReceivedInfo ReceivedInformation of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement)
Referenced ShipmentRef Ship
Referenced InvoiceRef Invoice
Referenced Invoice LineRef Invoice Line
Referenced OrderRef OrderReference to corresponding Sales/Purchase OrderReference of the Sales Order Line to the corresponding Purchase Order Line or vice versa.
Related ProductRelated ProductRelated Product
Related Product TypeRelated Product Type
Renewal DateRenewal Date
Scrapped QuantityScrapped QtyThe Quantity scrapped due to QA issues
Target QuantityTarget QtyTarget Movement QuantityThe Quantity which should have been received
DetailsDetails
Text MessageMessageText Message
Topic ActionTopic Action
Topic StatusTopic Status
Tracking InfoTracking Info
Auction TypeAuction Type
Decision dateDecision date
Referenced Shipment LineRef Ship Line
RfQ ResponseRfQ ResponseRequest for Quotation Response from a potential VendorRequest for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
Create Single OrderCreate Single OrderFor all shipments create one Order
Alert RecipientAlert RecipientRecipient of the Alert NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Scheduler RecipientScheduler RecipientRecipient of the Scheduler NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Tax Postal CodeTax Postal CodeTax Postal CodeFor local tax, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes
Date RequiredDate RequiredDate when required
RequisitionRequisitionMaterial Requisition
Requisition LineRequisition LineMaterial Requisition Line
Day of the MonthMonth DayDay of the month 1 to 28/29/30/31
Postal code toPostal code toPostal code toConsecutive range to
RankingRankingRelative Rank NumberOne is the highest Rank
Schedule TypeSchedule TypeType of scheduleDefine the method how the next occurance is calculated
Day of the WeekWeek DayDay of the Week
Copy LinesCopy Lines
Attachment NoteAttachment NotePersonal Attachment Note
Transition ConditionConditionWorkflow Node Transition ConditionOptional restriction of transition of one node to the next
Node TransitionTransitionWorkflow Node TransitionThe Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
Validate WorkflowValidateworkflow
Wait TimeWait TimeTime in minutes to wait (sleep)Time in minutes to be suspended (sleep)
Workflow KeyWorkflowKey of the Workflow to start
Drop ShipmentDrop ShipDrop Shipments are sent from the Vendor directly to the CustomerDrop Shipments do not cause any Inventory reservations or movements as the Shipment is from the Vendor's inventory. The Shipment of the Vendor to the Customer must be confirmed.
Approve own DocumentsApprove ownUsers with this role can approve their own documentsIf a user cannot approve their own documents (orders, etc.), it needs to be approved by someone else.
Always UpdateableAlways UpdateableThe column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processedIf selected and if the winow / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc.
GL DistributionGL DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used.
GL Distribution LineGL Distribution LineGeneral Ledger Distribution LineIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines.
RatioRatioRelative Ratio for DistributionsThe relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
Total RatioTotal RatioTotal of relative weight in a distributionThe total relative weight of an distribution. If the total of all ratios is 100, it is the same as percent.
Elapsed Time msElapsed TimeElapsed Time in mili secondsElapsed Time in mili seconds
InvitedInvitedDate when (last) invitation was sent
Send RfQ Invitation to VendorsSend RfQ to VendorSend the RfQ Invitation to the Vendors
Line Work CompleteLine Work CompleteDate when line work is (planned to be) complete
Line Work StartLine Work StartDate when line work is (planned to be) started
Line Delivery DaysLine Delivery Days
Line Help/CommentLine Comment
Quantity PriceQty Price
Quantity RankingQty Ranking
Rank RfQRank RfQ
End WaitEnd WaitEnd of sleep timeEnd of suspension (sleep)
Distribution RunDistribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
Distribution Run LineDistribution Run LineDistribution Run Lines define Distribution List, the Product and QuantiriesThe order amount is based on the greater of the minimums of the product or distribution list and the quantity based on the ratio.
Total QuantityTotal QtyTotal Quantity
Start Implementation/ProductionStart Implementation/ProductionThe day you started the implementation (if implementing) - or production (went life) with Adempiere
Maintain StatisticsMaintain StatisticsMaintain general statisticsMainatan and allow to transfer general statistics (number of clients, orgs, business partners, users, products, invoices) to get a better feeling for the application use. This information is not published.
Access LogAccess LogLog of Access to the System
ReplyReplyReply or Answer
Counter DocumentCounter DocumentCounter Document RelationshipWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
Counter Document TypeCounter Doc TypeGenerated Counter Document Type (To)The Document Type of the generated counter document
DemandDemandMaterial DemandMaterial Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
Demand DetailDemand DetailMaterial Demand Line Source DetailSource Link for Material Demand Lines
Demand LineDemand LineMaterial Demand LineDemand for a product in a period
ForecastForecastMaterial ForecastMaterial Forecast
Forecast LineForecast LineForecast LineForecast of Product Qyantity by Period
Calculated QuantityCalculated QtyCalculated Quantity
Std User WorkflowStd User WorkflowStandard Manual User Approval WorkflowIf selected, only documents with an open status (drafted, in progress, approved, rejected, invalid) and standard user actions (prepare, complete, approve, reject) are allowed to continue. Use this to prevent having to define details on how automatic processes (unlock, invalidate, post, re-activate) and when the document is closed for normal user action (completed, waiting, closed, voided, reversed).
Invoice Tax IDInvoice Tax ID
Invoice Partner KeyInvoice Partner Key
Invoice AddressInvoice AddressAddress Used for Invoicing
Invoice Contact NameInvoice Contact Name
Invoice NameInvoice Name
Invoice Name2Invoice Name2
Invoice PhoneInvoice Phone
Invoice TitleInvoice Title
BP NameBP Name
BP Name2BP Name2
Best Response AmountBest ResponseBest Response AmountFilled by Rank Response Process
Check CompleteCheck Complete
Activity TreeActivity TreeTree to determine activity hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Campaign TreeCampaign TreeTree to determine marketing campaign hierarchyTrees are used for (finanial) reporting
Use Beta FunctionsUse BetaEnable the use of Beta FunctionalityThe exact scope of Beta Functionality is listed in the release note. It is usually not recommended to enable Beta functionality in production environments.
Default Counter DocumentDefault Counter DocThe document type is the default counter document typeWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: when generating a Sales Order, use this Sales Order document type.
-This default can be overwritten by defining explicit counter document relationships.
Abort ProcessAbort ProcessAborts the current process
Confirmation TypeConfirm TypeType of confirmation
Create ConfirmCreate Confirm
Pick/QA ConfirmationPick/QA ConfirmRequire Pick or QA Confirmation before processingThe processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Pick (QA) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Ship/Receipt ConfirmationShip/Receipt ConfirmRequire Ship or Receipt Confirmation before processingThe processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Ship (Receipt) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Ship/Receipt ConfirmationShip/Receipt ConfirmMaterial Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationConfirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Ship/Receipt Confirmation LineShip/Receipt Confirm LineMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation LineConfirmation details
Create PackageCreate Package
DifferenceDifferenceDifference Quantity
Window HeightWin Height
Window WidthWin Width
RMA TypeRMA TypeReturn Material Authorization TypeTypes of RMA
CancelledCancelledThe transaction was cancelled
Ship DescriptionShip DescriptionReceipt DecriptionReceipt Description
Approval AmountApproval AmtDocument Approval AmountApproval Amount for Workflow
Allocation LineAllocation LineAllocation LineAllocation of Cash/Payment to Invoice
Mandatory TypeMandatory TypeThe specification of a Product Attribute Instance is mandatory
Price InvoicedPrice InvoicedThe priced invoiced to the customer (in the currency of the customer's AR price list) - 0 for default priceThe invoiced price is derived from the Invoice Price entered and can be overwritten. If the price is 0, the default price on the customer's invoice is used.
Price ReimbursedPrice ReimbursedThe reimbursed price (in currency of the employee's AP price list)The reimbursed price is derived from the converted price and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
Quantity ReimbursedQty ReimbursedThe reimbursed quantityThe reimbursed quantity is derived from the entered quantity and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
Difference DocumentDifference DocDocument type for generating in dispute ShipmentsIf the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
In DisputeIn DisputeDocument is in disputeThe document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details.
B.Partner Flat DiscountPartner Flat DiscountUse flat discount defined on Business Partner LevelFor calculation of the discount, use the discount defined on Business Partner Level
Create Counter DocumentCreate CounterCreate Counter DocumentIf selected, create specified counter document. If not selected, no counter document is created for the document type.
LDAP User NameLDAP UserUser Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) servicesOptional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke.
Split when DifferenceSplit DifferenceSplit document when there is a differenceIf the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
LDAP DomainLDAP DomainDirectory service domain name - e.g. compiere.orgIf LDAP Host and Domain is specified, the user is authenticated via LDAP. The password in the User table is not used for connecting to Compiere.
LDAP URLLDAP URLConnection String to LDAP server starting with ldap://LDAP connection string, e.g. ldap://dc.compiere.org
Move ConfirmMove ConfirmInventory Move ConfirmationThe document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
Move Line ConfirmMove Line ConfirmInventory Move Line Confirmation
Beta FunctionalityBeta FunctionalityThis functionality is considered BetaBeta functionality is not fully tested or completed.
Address 3Address 3Address Line 3 for the locationThe Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
Address 4Address 4Address Line 4 for the locationThe Address 4 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
Default Print ColorDefault Print Color
Default Print FontDefault Print Font
Print Item NameItem Name
Confirmation NoConfirmation NoConfirmation Number
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import LineShip/Receipt Confirm Import LineMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Import LineImport Confirmation Line Details
Open BalanceOpen BalanceTotal Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting CurrencyThe Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amout is used for Credit Management.
+This default can be overwritten by defining explicit counter document relationships.
Abort ProcessAbort ProcessAborts the current process
Confirmation TypeConfirm TypeType of confirmation
Create ConfirmCreate Confirm
Pick/QA ConfirmationPick/QA ConfirmRequire Pick or QA Confirmation before processingThe processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Pick (QA) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Ship/Receipt ConfirmationShip/Receipt ConfirmRequire Ship or Receipt Confirmation before processingThe processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Ship (Receipt) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Ship/Receipt ConfirmationShip/Receipt ConfirmMaterial Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationConfirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Ship/Receipt Confirmation LineShip/Receipt Confirm LineMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation LineConfirmation details
Create PackageCreate Package
DifferenceDifferenceDifference Quantity
Window HeightWin Height
Window WidthWin Width
RMA TypeRMA TypeReturn Material Authorization TypeTypes of RMA
CancelledCancelledThe transaction was cancelled
Ship DescriptionShip DescriptionReceipt DecriptionReceipt Description
Approval AmountApproval AmtDocument Approval AmountApproval Amount for Workflow
Allocation LineAllocation LineAllocation LineAllocation of Cash/Payment to Invoice
Mandatory TypeMandatory TypeThe specification of a Product Attribute Instance is mandatory
Price InvoicedPrice InvoicedThe priced invoiced to the customer (in the currency of the customer's AR price list) - 0 for default priceThe invoiced price is derived from the Invoice Price entered and can be overwritten. If the price is 0, the default price on the customer's invoice is used.
Price ReimbursedPrice ReimbursedThe reimbursed price (in currency of the employee's AP price list)The reimbursed price is derived from the converted price and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
Quantity ReimbursedQty ReimbursedThe reimbursed quantityThe reimbursed quantity is derived from the entered quantity and can be overwritten when approving the expense report.
Difference DocumentDifference DocDocument type for generating in dispute ShipmentsIf the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
In DisputeIn DisputeDocument is in disputeThe document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details.
B.Partner Flat DiscountPartner Flat DiscountUse flat discount defined on Business Partner LevelFor calculation of the discount, use the discount defined on Business Partner Level
Create Counter DocumentCreate CounterCreate Counter DocumentIf selected, create specified counter document. If not selected, no counter document is created for the document type.
LDAP User NameLDAP UserUser Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) servicesOptional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke.
Split when DifferenceSplit DifferenceSplit document when there is a differenceIf the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated.
LDAP DomainLDAP DomainDirectory service domain name - e.g. adempiere.orgIf LDAP Host and Domain is specified, the user is authenticated via LDAP. The password in the User table is not used for connecting to Adempiere.
LDAP URLLDAP URLConnection String to LDAP server starting with ldap://LDAP connection string, e.g. ldap://dc.adempiere.org
Move ConfirmMove ConfirmInventory Move ConfirmationThe document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
Move Line ConfirmMove Line ConfirmInventory Move Line Confirmation
Beta FunctionalityBeta FunctionalityThis functionality is considered BetaBeta functionality is not fully tested or completed.
Address 3Address 3Address Line 3 for the locationThe Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
Address 4Address 4Address Line 4 for the locationThe Address 4 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information.
Default Print ColorDefault Print Color
Default Print FontDefault Print Font
Print Item NameItem Name
Confirmation NoConfirmation NoConfirmation Number
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import LineShip/Receipt Confirm Import LineMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Import LineImport Confirmation Line Details
Open BalanceOpen BalanceTotal Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting CurrencyThe Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amout is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments).
Benchmark PriceBenchmark PricePrice to compare responses to
SendSend
Times Dunned# DunnedNumber of times dunned previously
Benchmark DifferenceBenchmark DifferenceDifference between Response Price and Benchmark Price
New EMail AddressNew EMail AddressEnter new EMail Address - not changed if empty
New EMail User IDNew EMail User IDEnter new User ID of your internal EMail System - not changed if empty
New EMail User PWNew EMail User PWEnter new User Password of your internal EMail System - not changed if empty
New PasswordNew PasswordEnter the new password - not changed if empty
Old PasswordOld PasswordOld Password is required if you are not a System Administrator
Include DisputedInclude DisputedInclude disputed Invoices
Only Sales InvoicesOnly Sales InvoicesOtherwise also Payments and AP Invoices
Attribute Value TypeAttribute Value TypeType of Attribute ValueThe Attribute Value type deternines the data/validation type
RfQ QuantityRfQ QuantityThe quantity is used when generating RfQ ResponsesWhen generating the RfQ Responses, this quantity is included
SLA CriteriaSLA CriteriaService Level Agreement CriteriaCriteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..)
SLA GoalSLA GoalService Level Agreement GoalGoal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
SLA MeasureSLA MeasureService Level Agreement MeasureView/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
ValueValueNumeric Value
RfQ Topic Subscriber RestrictionRfQ Topic Subscriber OnlyInclude Subscriber only for certain products or product categoriesProducts and/or Product Categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ
POS TerminalPOSPoint of Sales TerminalThe POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
POS KeyPOS KeyPOS Function KeyDefine a POS Function Key
POS Key LayoutPOS Key LayoutPOS Function Key LayoutPOS Function Key Layout
Modify PriceModify PriceAllow modifying the priceAllow modifying the price for products with a non zero price
CountryCountryCountry Name
Access all OrgsAccess all OrgsAccess all Organizations (no org access control) of the clientWhen selected, the role has access to all organizations of the client automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations.
PricePricePrice Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoMThe price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion
QuantityQuantityThe Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoMThe Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity
List PriveList PriceEntered List PricePrice List converted to entered UOM
Any AccountAny AcctMatch any value of the Account segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any ActivityAny ActivityMatch any value of the Activity segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any Bus.PartnerAny BPartnerMatch any value of the Business Partner segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any CampaignAny CampaignMatch any value of the Campaign segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any Location FromAny Loc FromMatch any value of the Location From segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any Location ToAny Loc ToMatch any value of the Location To segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any OrganisationAny OrgMatch any value of the Organisation segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any Trx OrganisationAny Trx OrgMatch any value of the Transaction Organisation segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any ProductAny ProductMatch any value of the Product segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any ProjectAny ProjectMatch any value of the Project segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any Sales RegionAny Sales RegionMatch any value of the Sales Region segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any User 1Any User 1Match any value of the User 1 segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Any User 2Any User 2Match any value of the User 2 segmentIf selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined).
Custom PrefixCustom PrefixPrefix for Custom entitiesThe prefix listed are ignored as customization for database or entity migration
Overwrite AccountOverwrite AccountOverwrite the account segment Account with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite ActivityOverwrite ActivityOverwrite the account segment Activity with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite Bus.PartnerOverwrite BPartnerOverwrite the account segment Business Partner with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite CampaignOverwrite CampaignOverwrite the account segment Campaign with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite Location FromOverwrite Loc FromOverwrite the account segment Location From with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite Location ToOverwrite Loc ToOverwrite the account segment Location From with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite OrganisationOverwrite OrgOverwrite the account segment Organisation with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite Trx OrganisationOverwrite Trx OrgOverwrite the account segment Transaction Organisation with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite ProductOverwrite ProductOverwrite the account segment Product with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite ProjectOverwrite ProjectOverwrite the account segment Project with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite Sales RegionOverwrite SalesRegionOverwrite the account segment Sales Region with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite User1Overwrite User1Overwrite the account segment User 1 with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Overwrite User2Overwrite User2Overwrite the account segment User 2 with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Total PercentTotal PercentSum of the Percent details
Local Address FormatLocal Address FormatFormat for printing this Address locallyThe optional Local Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints for the Country. If defined, this format is used for printing the address for the country rather then the standard address format.
- The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
Bank Account No FormatBank Account No FormatFormat of the Bank Account
Bank Routing No FormatBank Routing No FormatFormat of the Bank Routing Number
Reverse Local Address LinesReverse Local AddressPrint Local Address in reverse OrderIf NOT selected the local sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
+ The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region
Bank Account No FormatBank Account No FormatFormat of the Bank Account
Bank Routing No FormatBank Routing No FormatFormat of the Bank Routing Number
Reverse Local Address LinesReverse Local AddressPrint Local Address in reverse OrderIf NOT selected the local sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
If selected the local sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
-The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the local address format.
-
Reverse Address LinesReverse AddressPrint Address in reverse OrderIf NOT selected the sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
+The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the local address format.
Reverse Address LinesReverse AddressPrint Address in reverse OrderIf NOT selected the sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
If selected the sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the address format.
Document Value LogicDoc Value LogicLogic to determine Workflow Start - If true, a workflow process is started for the documentYou can enter simple logic using variables like @Created@=@Updated@, which fires, when a record is created. If you need to evaluate also values of other records, you need to use SQL logic and need to prefix this logic with "SQL=". Example: start a Order verify workflow, when a business partner ordered something and is over the credit limit "SQL=EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_BPartner bp WHERE C_Order. C_BPartner_ID=bp. C_BPartner_ID AND SO_CreditUsed > SO_CreditLimit)".
Note that the SQL based logic checks for duplicate workflows (i.e. a workflow is started only once per record).
Just MigratedJust MigratedValue set by Migration for post-Migation tasks.
Workflow TypeWorkflow TypeType of WorflowThe type of workflow determines how the workflow is started.
CreateCreateCreate from Replenishment
Details/Source FirstDetails/Source FirstDetails and Sources are printed before the Line
Last AlertLast AlertDate when last alert were sentThe last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent
Due Date ToleranceDue Date ToleranceTolerance in days between the Date Next Action and the date the request is regarded as overdueWhen the Date Next Action is passed, the Request becomes Due. After the Due Date Tolerance, the Request becomes Overdue.
Reminder DaysReminder DaysDays between sending Reminder Emails for a due or inactive DocumentWhen a document is due ot too long without activity, a reminder is sent. 0 means no reminders.
-The Remind Days are the days when the next email reminder is sent.
EMail when DueEMail when DueSend EMail when Request becomes dueSend EMail when Request becomes due
EMail when OverdueEMail when OverdueSend EMail when Request becomes overdueSend EMail when Request becomes overdue
Inactivity Alert DaysInactivity Alert DaysSend Alert when there is no activity after days (0= no alert)An email alert is sent when the request shows no activity for the number of days defined.
Alert over PriorityAlert over PrioritySend alert email when over prioritySend alert email when a suspended activity is over the priority defined
Dynamic Priority ChangeDyn Priority ChangeChange of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for userStarting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
Dyn Priority StartDyn Priority StartStarting priority before changed dynamically
Dynamic Priority UnitDyn Priority UnitChange of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for userStarting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
DB AddressDB AddressJDBC URL of the database server
Database NameDB NameDatabase Name
ProcessorsProcessorsNumber of Database Processors
Other ClauseOther ClauseOther SQL ClauseAny other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause.
CustomisationCustomisationThe change is a customisation of the data dictionary and can be applied after MigrationThe migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected you can save the customization and re-apply it. Please note that you need to check, if your customisation has no negative side effect in the new release.
RedoRedo
UndoUndo
Validate current (new) ValueValidate current (new) ValueEnsure that the new value of the change is the current value in the system (i.e. no change since then)
Validate current (old) ValueValidate current (old) ValueEnsure that the old value of the change is the current value in the system (i.e. original situation)
Only Set CustomisationOnly Set CustomisationSet Customisation for change records records with Dictionary Entity Type
Accounted BalanceBalanceAccounted Balance AmountThe Account Balance Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Source BalanceSource BalanceSource Balance AmountThe Source Balance Amount indicates the balance amount for this line in the source currency.
Product DescriptionProd DescriptionProduct DescriptionDescription of the product
jsp URLjsp URLWeb URL of the jsp functionFor the Web UI, define the URL to perform the function (usually a jsp). The URL also can be external to the system.
Internal Use QtyInternal UseInternal Use Quantity removed from InventoryQuantity of product inventory used internally (positive if taken out - negative if returned)
TransactionTrx NameName of the transactionInternal name of the transcation
Preference LevelPreference LevelDetermines what preferences the user can setPreferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Client, you can see the Record Info Change Log.
Overwrite Price LimitOverwrite Price LimitOverwrite Price Limit if the Price List enforces the Price LimitThe Price List allows to enforce the Price Limit. If set, a user with this role can overwrite the price limit (i.e. enter any price).
To ProductTo ProductProduct to be converted to (must have UOM Conversion defined to From Product)
Product NameProduct NameName of the Product
Organisation NameOrg NameName of the Organisation
AP - ARAP - ARInclude Receivables and/or Payables transactions
Allocate Oldest FirstAllocate Oldest FirstAllocate payments to the oldest invoiceAllocate payments to the oldest invoice. There might be an unallocated amount remaining.
PrepaymentPrepaymentThe Payment/Receipt is a PrepaymentPayments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account.
IBANIBANInternational Bank Account NumberIf your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
-Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in Compiere.
Price PrecisionPrice PrecisionPrecision (number of decimals) for the PriceThe prices of the price list are rounded to the precision entered. This allows to have prices with below currency precision, e.g. $0.005. Enter the number of decimals or -1 for no rounding.
Orders with unconfirmed ShipmentsOrders with unconfirmed ShipmentsGenerate shipments for Orders with open delivery confirmations?You can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available).
Arc DiameterArc DiameterArc Diameter for rounded RectanglesWidth of the horizontal/vertical diameter of the arc at the four corners
Fill ShapeFill ShapeFill the shape with the color selected
Shape TypeShape TypeType of the shape to be painted
Model Validation ClassesModel Validation ClassesList of data model validation classes separated by ;List of classes implementing the interface org.compiere.model.ModelValidator, separaed by semicolon.
-The class is called for the client and alows to validate documents in the prepare stage and monitor model changes.
ArchiveArchiveDocument and Report ArchiveDepending on the Client Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view.
Auto ArchiveAuto ArchiveEnable and level of automatic Archive of documentsCompiere allows to automatically create archives of Documents (e.g. Invoices) or Reports. You view the archived material with the Archive Viewer
Date PatternDate PatternJava Date PatternOption Date pattern in Java notation. Examples: dd.MM.yyyy - dd/MM/yyyy
-If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Compiere support request with the correct information
Decimal PointDecimal PointThe number notation has a decimal point (no decimal comma)If selected, Numbers are printed with a decimal point "." - otherwise with a decimal comma ",". The thousand separator is the opposite.
-If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Compiere support request with the correct information
Media SizeMedia SizeJava Media SizeThe Java Media Size. Example: "MediaSize.ISO.A4" (the package javax.print.attribute.standard is assumed). If you define your own media size, use the fully qualified name.
-If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Compiere support request with the correct information
Time PatternTime PatternJava Time PatternOption Time pattern in Java notation. Examples: "hh:mm:ss aaa z" - "HH:mm:ss"
-If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Compiere support request with the correct information
Allocated AmounttAllocated AmtAmount allocated to this document
Available AmountAvailable AmtAmount available for allocation for this document
Product AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute Instance Description
Commissioned B.PartnerComm B.PartnerBusiness Partner receiving the Commission
Commission Converted AmountComm Conv AmtCommission calculation basis Converted Amount
Commission QtyComm QtyCommission calculation basis Quantity
Image FieldImage FieldThe image is retrieved from the data columnThe Image URL is retrieved from the data column
BBANBBANBasic Bank Account NumberThe Basic (or Domestic) Bank Account Number is used in Bank transfers (see also IBAN). For details see ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org/
Material PolicyMat PolicyMaterial Movement PolicyThe Material Movement Policy determines how the stock is flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a specific Product Instance was not selected. The policy can not contradict the costing method (e.g. FiFo movement policy and LiFo costing method).
Landed CostLanded CostLanded cost to be allocated to material receiptsLanded costs allow you to allocate costs to previously received material receipts. Examples are freight, excise tax, insurance, etc.
Search InvoiceSearch InvoiceSearch Invoice IdentifierThe Invoice Document.
Search OrderSearch OrderOrder IdentifierOrder is a control document.
Search Shipment/ReceiptSearch Shipment/ReceiptMaterial Shipment DocumentThe Material Shipment / Receipt
Invoice BatchInvoice BatchExpense Invoice Batch Header
Invoice Batch LineInvoice Batch LineExpense Invoice Batch Line
Document AmtDocument AmtDocument Amount
Multi Row OnlyMulti Row OnlyThis applies to Multi-Row view only
Use User Org AccessUse User Org AccessUse Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org AccessYou can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations.
Check all DB TablesCheck all DB TablesCheck not just this table
Column SQLColumn SQLVirtual Column (r/o)You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
+The Remind Days are the days when the next email reminder is sent.
EMail when DueEMail when DueSend EMail when Request becomes dueSend EMail when Request becomes due
EMail when OverdueEMail when OverdueSend EMail when Request becomes overdueSend EMail when Request becomes overdue
Inactivity Alert DaysInactivity Alert DaysSend Alert when there is no activity after days (0= no alert)An email alert is sent when the request shows no activity for the number of days defined.
Alert over PriorityAlert over PrioritySend alert email when over prioritySend alert email when a suspended activity is over the priority defined
Dynamic Priority ChangeDyn Priority ChangeChange of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for userStarting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
Dyn Priority StartDyn Priority StartStarting priority before changed dynamically
Dynamic Priority UnitDyn Priority UnitChange of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for userStarting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes
DB AddressDB AddressJDBC URL of the database server
Database NameDB NameDatabase Name
ProcessorsProcessorsNumber of Database Processors
Other SQL ClauseOther ClauseOther SQL ClauseAny other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause.
CustomisationCustomisationThe change is a customisation of the data dictionary and can be applied after MigrationThe migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected you can save the customisation and re-apply it. Please note that you need to check, if your customisation has no negative side effect in the new release.
RedoRedo
UndoUndo
Validate current (new) ValueValidate current (new) ValueEnsure that the new value of the change is the current value in the system (i.e. no change since then)
Validate current (old) ValueValidate current (old) ValueEnsure that the old value of the change is the current value in the system (i.e. original situation)
Only Set CustomisationOnly Set CustomisationSet Customisation for change records records with Dictionary Entity Type
Accounted BalanceBalanceAccounted Balance AmountThe Account Balance Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency
Source BalanceSource BalanceSource Balance AmountThe Source Balance Amount indicates the balance amount for this line in the source currency.
Product DescriptionProd DescriptionProduct DescriptionDescription of the product
jsp URLjsp URLWeb URL of the jsp functionFor the Web UI, define the URL to perform the function (usually a jsp). The URL also can be external to the system.
Internal Use QtyInternal UseInternal Use Quantity removed from InventoryQuantity of product inventory used internally (positive if taken out - negative if returned)
TransactionTrx NameName of the transactionInternal name of the transcation
Preference LevelPreference LevelDetermines what preferences the user can setPreferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Client, you can see the Record Info Change Log.
Overwrite Price LimitOverwrite Price LimitOverwrite Price Limit if the Price List enforces the Price LimitThe Price List allows to enforce the Price Limit. If set, a user with this role can overwrite the price limit (i.e. enter any price).
To ProductTo ProductProduct to be converted to (must have UOM Conversion defined to From Product)
Product NameProduct NameName of the Product
Organisation NameOrg NameName of the Organisation
AP - ARAP - ARInclude Receivables and/or Payables transactions
Allocate Oldest FirstAllocate Oldest FirstAllocate payments to the oldest invoiceAllocate payments to the oldest invoice. There might be an unallocated amount remaining.
PrepaymentPrepaymentThe Payment/Receipt is a PrepaymentPayments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account.
IBANIBANInternational Bank Account NumberIf your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
+Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in Adempiere.
Price PrecisionPrice PrecisionPrecision (number of decimals) for the PriceThe prices of the price list are rounded to the precision entered. This allows to have prices with below currency precision, e.g. $0.005. Enter the number of decimals or -1 for no rounding.
Orders with unconfirmed ShipmentsOrders with unconfirmed ShipmentsGenerate shipments for Orders with open delivery confirmations?You can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available).
Arc DiameterArc DiameterArc Diameter for rounded RectanglesWidth of the horizontal/vertical diameter of the arc at the four corners
Fill ShapeFill ShapeFill the shape with the color selected
Shape TypeShape TypeType of the shape to be painted
Model Validation ClassesModel Validation ClassesList of data model validation classes separated by ;List of classes implementing the interface org.compiere.model.ModelValidator, separaed by semicolon.
+The class is called for the client and alows to validate documents in the prepare stage and monitor model changes.
ArchiveArchiveDocument and Report ArchiveDepending on the Client Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view.
Auto ArchiveAuto ArchiveEnable and level of automatic Archive of documentsAdempiere allows to automatically create archives of Documents (e.g. Invoices) or Reports. You view the archived material with the Archive Viewer
Date PatternDate PatternJava Date PatternOption Date pattern in Java notation. Examples: dd.MM.yyyy - dd/MM/yyyy
+If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Adempiere support request with the correct information
Decimal PointDecimal PointThe number notation has a decimal point (no decimal comma)If selected, Numbers are printed with a decimal point "." - otherwise with a decimal comma ",". The thousand separator is the opposite.
+If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Adempiere support request with the correct information
Media SizeMedia SizeJava Media SizeThe Java Media Size. Example: "MediaSize.ISO.A4" (the package javax.print.attribute.standard is assumed). If you define your own media size, use the fully qualified name.
+If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Adempiere support request with the correct information
Time PatternTime PatternJava Time PatternOption Time pattern in Java notation. Examples: "hh:mm:ss aaa z" - "HH:mm:ss"
+If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a Adempiere support request with the correct information
Allocated AmounttAllocated AmtAmount allocated to this document
Available AmountAvailable AmtAmount available for allocation for this document
Product AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute Instance Description
Commissioned B.PartnerComm B.PartnerBusiness Partner receiving the Commission
Commission Converted AmountComm Conv AmtCommission calculation basis Converted Amount
Commission QtyComm QtyCommission calculation basis Quantity
Image FieldImage FieldThe image is retrieved from the data columnThe Image URL is retrieved from the data column
BBANBBANBasic Bank Account NumberThe Basic (or Domestic) Bank Account Number is used in Bank transfers (see also IBAN). For details see ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org/
Material PolicyMat PolicyMaterial Movement PolicyThe Material Movement Policy determines how the stock is flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a specific Product Instance was not selected. The policy can not contradict the costing method (e.g. FiFo movement policy and LiFo costing method).
Landed CostLanded CostLanded cost to be allocated to material receiptsLanded costs allow you to allocate costs to previously received material receipts. Examples are freight, excise tax, insurance, etc.
Search InvoiceSearch InvoiceSearch Invoice IdentifierThe Invoice Document.
Search OrderSearch OrderOrder IdentifierOrder is a control document.
Search Shipment/ReceiptSearch Shipment/ReceiptMaterial Shipment DocumentThe Material Shipment / Receipt
Invoice BatchInvoice BatchExpense Invoice Batch Header
Invoice Batch LineInvoice Batch LineExpense Invoice Batch Line
Document AmtDocument AmtDocument Amount
Multi Row OnlyMulti Row OnlyThis applies to Multi-Row view only
Use User Org AccessUse User Org AccessUse Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org AccessYou can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations.
Check all DB TablesCheck all DB TablesCheck not just this table
Column SQLColumn SQLVirtual Column (r/o)You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
Example: "Updated-Created" would list the age of the entry in days
Cost ElementCost ElementProduct Cost Element
Cost Element TypeCost Element TypeType of Cost Element
CalculatedCalculatedThe value is calculated by the systemYou cannot change values maintained by the system.
Cost DistributionCost DistributionLanded Cost DistributionHow landed costs are distributed to material receipts
GroupGroupRequest GroupGroup of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...)
CategoryCategoryRequest CategoryCategory or Topic of the Request
StatusStatusRequest StatusStatus if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..)
ResolutionResolutionRequest ResolutionResolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..)
User ImportanceUser ImportancePriority of the issue for the User
ConfidentialityConfidentialityType of Confidentiality
Related RequestRelated RequestRelated Request (Master Issue, ..)Request related to this request
Entry ConfidentialityEntry ConfidentialityConfidentiality of the individual entry
Standard ResponseStd ResponseRequest Standard Response Text blocks to be copied into request response text
Start TimeStart TimeTime started
End TimeEnd TimeEnd of the time span
Quantity UsedQty UsedQuantity used for this event
Product UsedProduct UsedProduct/Resource/Service used in RequestInvoicing uses the Product used.
Request InvoiceRequest InvoiceThe generated invoice for this requestThe optionally generated invoice for the request
Response TextResponse TextRequest Response TextText block to be copied into request response text
Close DateClose DateClose DateThe Start Date indicates the last or final date
Open StatusOpenThe status is closedThis allows to have the three generat situations of "not open" - "open" - "closed"
Closed StatusClosedThe status is closedThis allows to mave multiple closed status
Auto Due Date DaysAuto Due Date DaysAutomatic Due Date DaysIf a due date is not defined and the Auto Due Days ins greater then zero, a due date in the number of days is automatically created.
Product DownloadProduct DownloadProduct downloadsDefine download for a product. If the product is an asset, the user can download the data.
EMail VerifyEMail VerifyDate Email was verified
One Asset Per UOMOne Asset Per UOMCreate one asset per UOMIf selected, one asset per UOM is created, otherwise one asset with the quantity received/shipped. If you have multiple lines, one asset is created per line.
Mail Text 2Mail Text 2Optional second text part used for Mail messageThe Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages.
Mail Text 3Mail Text 3Optional third text part used for Mail messageThe Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages.
Web StoreWeb StoreA Web Store of the Client
Web Store EMailWeb Store EMailEMail address used as the sender (From)The EMail address is used to send mails to useres of the web store
WebStore UserWeb Store UserUser ID of the Web Store EMail addressUser ID to connect to the Mail Server
WebStore PasswordWebStore PasswordPassword of the Web Store EMail addressPassword to connect to the Mail Server
Menu AssetsAssetsShow Menu Assets
Menu OrdersOrdersShow Menu Orders
Menu InvoicesInvoicesShow Menu Invoices
Menu ShipmentsShipmentsShow Menu Shipments
Menu PaymentsPaymentsShow Menu Payments
Menu RfQsRfQsShow Menu RfQs
Menu RequestsRequestsShow Menu Requests
Menu InterestsInterestsShow Menu Interests
Menu RegistrationsRegistrationsShow Menu Registrations
Menu ContactContactShow Menu Contact
EMail HeaderEMail HeaderHeader added to EMailsThe header is added to every email.
EMail FooterEMail FooterFooter added to EMailsThe footer is added to every email.
Mail MessageMail MessageWeb Store Mail Message Template
Message TypeMessage TypeMail Message Type
SubjectSubjectEmail Message SubjectSubject of the EMail
MessageMessageEMail MessageMessage of the EMail
Message 2Message 2Optional second part of the EMail MessageMessage of the EMail
Message 3Message 3Optional third part of the EMail MessageMessage of the EMail
User MailUser MailMail sent to the userArchive of mails sent to users
Referenced PaymentRef Payment
Create As ActiveCreate ActiveCreate Asset and activate itYou may want to consider not to automatically make the asset active if you need to get some additional information
Notification TypeNotification TypeType of NotificationsEmails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc.
Next StatusNext StatusMove to next status automatically after timeoutAfter the timeout, change the status automatically
Update StatusUpdate StatusAutomatically change the status after entry from webChange the status automatically after the entry was changed via the Web
Timeout in DaysTimeout DaysTimeout in Days to change Status automaticallyAfter the number of days of inactivity, the status is changed automatically to the Next Status. If no Next Status is defined, the status is not changed.
Web Can UpdateWeb Can UpdateEntry can be updated from the Web
Final CloseFinal CloseEntries with Final Close cannot be re-opened
PositionPositionJob Position
Position CategoryPosition CategoryJob Position CategoryClassification of Job Positions
Position AssignmentPosition AssignmentAssignemt of Employee (User) to Job Position
RemunerationRemunerationWage or Salary
Remuneration TypeRemuneration TypeType of Remuneration
Standard HoursStandard HoursStandard Work Hours based on Remuneration TypeNumber of hours per Remuneration Type (e.g. Daily 8 hours, Weekly 40 hours, etc.) to determine when overtime starts
Gross AmountGrossGross Remuneration AmountGross Salary or Wage Amount (without Overtime, Benefits and Employer overhead)
Gross CostGross CostGross Remuneration CostsGross Salary or Wage Costs (without Overtime, with Benefits and Employer overhead)
Overtime AmountOvertime AmountHourly Overtime RateHourly Amount without Benefits and Employer overhead
Overtime CostOvertime CostHourly Overtime CostHourly Amount with Benefits and Employer overhead
Position RemunerationPosition RemunerationRemuneration for the Position
Employee RemunerationEmployee RemunerationEmployee Wage or Salary OverwriteOverwrite the standard Remuneration
Alternative GroupAlternative GroupProduct BOM Alternative GroupAlternative groups allow you to group Bill of Material components, which are exclusive (i.e. only one is valid). Examples different engine sizes.
Product OperationProduct OperationProduct Manufacturing OperationThe Operations to create the product. Note that the actual used operation and sequence is determined by the BOM Product.
Setup TimeSetup TimeSetup time before starting ProductionOnce per operation
Runtime per UnitUnit RuntineTime to produce one unit
Teardown TimeTeardown TimeTime at the end of the operationOnec per operation
Operation ResourceOperation ResourceProduct Operation ResourceResources for the Operation. You can have multiple resources (e.g. tool, labor) per operation.
BOMBOMBill of MaterialThe composition of the Product
Change NoticeChange NoticeBill of Materials (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)
BOM UseBOM UseThe use of the Bill of MaterialBy default the Master BOM is used, if the alternatives are not defined
Change RequestChange RequestBOM (Engineering) Change RequestChange requests for a Bill of Materials. They can be automatically created from Requests, if enabled in the Request Type and the Request Group referres to a Bill of Materials
BOM ComponentBOM ComponentBill of Material Component (Product)The Bill of Material Compoment determines what products, services and outside processing is included in producing the Product. It references the operation and determines it's sequence.
Component TypeComponent TypeBOM Product Type
PhantomPhantomPhantom ComponentPhantom Component are not stored and produced with the product. This is an option to avild maintaining an Engineering and Manufacturing Bill of Materials.
Lead Time OffsetLead Time OffsetOptional Lead Time offest before starting production
Create Change RequestCreate Change RequestAutomatically create BOM (Engineering) Change RequestCreate automatically a Product Bill of Material (Engineering) Change Request when the Request Group references a Product BOM
Request UpdateRequest UpdateRequest Updates
Insert RecordInsert RecordThe user can insert a new RecordIf not selected, the user cannot create a new Record. This is automatically disabled, if the Tab is Read Only.
Advanced TabAdvanced TabThis Tab contains advanced FunctionalityThe tab with advanced functionality is only displayed, if enabled in Tools>Preference.
Confidential InfoConfidential InfoCan enter confidential informationWhen entering/updating Requests over the web, the user can mark his info as confidential
Priority BasePriority BaseBase of PriorityWhen deriving the Priority from Importance, the Base is "added" to the User Importance.
Null ColumnsNull ColumnsColumns with NULL valueNull values are used for showing "no change"
Fixed inFixed inFixed in Change Notice
Only If BP has BalanceOnly If BP has BalanceInclude only if Business Partner has outstanding Balance
Attribute Set Instance ToAttribute Set Instance ToTarget Product Attribute Set Instance
Revaluated Amount CrRevaluated Amt CrRevaluated Cr Amount
Revaluated Difference CrDifference CrRevaluated Cr Amount Difference
Revaluated Amount DrRevaluated Amt DrRevaluated Dr Amount
Revaluated Difference DrDifference DrRevaluated Dr Amount Difference
Revaluation Conversion TypeReval Conversion TypeRevaluation Currency Conversion Type
Revaluation DateReval DateDate of Revaluation
EMail TestEMail TestTest EMail
Server ProcessServer ProcessRun this Process on Server onlyEnabling this flag disables to run the process on the client. This potentially decreases the availability.
Server EMailServer EMailSend EMail from ServerWhen selected, mail is sent from the server rather then the client. This decreases availability. You would select this when you do not want to enable email relay for the client addresses in your mail server.
Web ContextWeb ContextWeb Server Context - e.g. /wstoreUnique Web Server Context for this Web Store - will set context-root in application.xml.
-The web context usually starts with / and needs to be a valid context name (not checked).
BPartner (Agent)BPartner (Agent)Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep)
Change the current SettingChange SettingConfirm that you want to change the current setting
Maximum LengthMaximum LengthMaximum Length of Data
Test ValueTest ValueValue to test
Source WarehouseSource WarehouseOptional Warehouse to replenish fromIf defined, the warehouse selected is used to replenish the product(s)
Replenishment ClassReplenishment ClassCustom class to calculate Quantity to OrderIf you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
Costing LevelCosting LevelThe lowest level to accumulate Costing InformationIf you want to maintain different costs per organization (warehouse) or per Batch/Lot, you need to make sure that you define the costs for each of the organizations or batch/lot. The Costing Level is defined per Accounting Schema and can be overwritten by Product Category and Accounting Schema.
Cost DetailCost DetailCost Detail Information
BaseBaseCalculation Base
Landed Cost AllocationLanded Cost AllocationAllocation for Land Costs
Adjust COGSAdjust COGSAdjust Cost of Good SoldFor Invoice costing methods, you can adjust the cost of goods sold. At the time of shipment, you may not have received the invoice for the receipt or cost adjustments like freight, customs, etc.
Cost PriceCost PricePrice per Unit of Measure including all indirect costs (Freight, etc.)Optional Purchase Order Line cost price.
Accumulated AmtAccumulated AmtTotal AmountSum of all amounts
Accumulated QtyAccumulated QtyTotal QuantitySum of the quantities
Copy OverwriteCopy OverwriteCopy and Overwrite Default Accounts (DANGEROUS!!)
Only OrganisationOnly OrgCreate posting entries only for this organizationWhen you have multiple accounting schema, you may want to restrict the generation of postings entries for the additional accounting schema (i.e. not for the primary). Example: You have a US and a FR organization. The primary accounting schema is in USD, the second in EUR. If for the EUR accounting schema, you select the FR organisations, you would not create accounting entries for the transactions of the US organisation in EUR.
Lost Sales QtyLost Sales QtyQuantity of potential salesWhen an order is closed and there is a difference between the ordered quantity and the delivered (invoiced) quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity. Note that the Lost Sales Quantity is 0 if you void an order, so close the order if you want to track lost opportunities. [Void = data entry error - Close = the order is finished]
Lost Sales AmtLost Sales AmtAmount of lost sales in Invoice Currency
Margin AmountMargin AmtDifference between actual and limit price multiplied by the quantityThe margin amount is calculated as the difference between actual and limit price multiplied by the quantity
Exclude Attribute SetExclude Attribute SetExclude the ability to enter Attribute Sets
Exclude LotExclude LotExclude the ability to create Lots in Attribute Sets
Exclude SerNoExclude SerNoExclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Attribute Sets
Allocate PaymentAllocate PaymentAllocate Payment to InvoicesYou can directly allocate payments to invoices when creating the Payment.
-Note that you can over- or under-allocate the payment. When processing the payment, the allocation is created.
Invoice AmtInvoice Amt
Remaining AmtRemaining AmtRemaining Amount
Full BP AccessFull BP AccessThe user/concat has full access to Business Partner information and resourcesIf selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselet it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access"
User BP AccessUser BP AccessUser/concat access to Business Partner information and resourcesIf on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, you need to give access explicitly here.
Access TypeAccess TypeType of Access of the user/contact to Business Partner information and resourcesIf on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, give access explicitly
User QueryUser QuerySaved User Query
Delta AmountDelta AmtDifference Amount
Delta QuantityDelta QtyQuantity Difference
Current QuantityCurrent QtyCurrent Quantity
Post ImmediatelyPost ImmediatePost the accounting immediately for testingIf selected, the accouning consequences are immediately generated when completing a doecument. Otherwise the document is posted by a batch process. You should select this only if you are testing,
Cost ImmediatelyCost ImmediateUpdate Costs immediately for testingIf selected, costs are updated immediately when a Cost Detail record is created (by matching or shipping). Otherwise the costs are updated by batch or when the costs are needed for posting. You should select this only if you are testing,
Cost QueueCost QueueFiFo/LiFo Cost QueueNote thet the cost queue may not be the same as the physical movement cost queue due to differences in costing level and warehouse priority.
Receivable ServicesAR ServicesCustomer Accounts Receivables Services AccountAccount to post services related Accounts Receivables if you want to differentiate between Services and Product related revenue. This account is only used, if posting to service accounts is enabled in the accounting schema.
Inventory ClearingInventory ClearingProduct Inventory Clearing AccountAccount used for posting matched product (item) expenses (e.g. AP Invoice, Invoice Match). You would use a different account then Product Expense, if you want to differentate service related costs from item related costs. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between invoice receipt and matching.
-
Cost AdjustmentCost AdjustmentProduct Cost Adjustment AccountAccount used for posting product cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs)
Post Services SeparatelyPost ServicesDifferentiate between Services and Product Receivable/PayablesIf selcted, you will post service related revenue to a different receiveables account and service related cost to a different payables account.
Explicit Cost AdjustmentExplicit Cost AdjustmentPost the cost adjustment explicitlyIf selected, landed costs are posted to the account in the line and then this posting is reversed by the postings to the cost adjustment accounts. If not selected, it is directly posted to the cost adjustment accounts.
Create New BatchNew BatchIf selected a new batch is createdNote that the balance check does not check that individual batches are balanced.
Create New JournalNew JournalIf selected a new journal within the batch is createdNote that the balance check does not check that individual journals are balanced.
Confirm Query RecordsConfirm Query RecordsRequire Confirmation if more records will be returned by the query (If not defined 500)Enter the numer of records the query wil return without confirmation to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, the system default of 500 is used.
Max Query RecordsMax Query RecordsIf defined, you cannot query more records as defined - the query criteria needs to be changed to query less recordsEnter the numer of records a user will be able to query to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, no restrictions are imposed.
SerNo Char Start OverwriteSerNo Char StartSerial Number Start Indicator overwrite - default #If not defined, the default character # is used
SerNo Char End OverwriteSerNo Char EndSerial Number End Indicator overwrite - default emptyIf not defined, no character is used
Lot Char Start OverwriteLot Char StartLot/Batch Start Indicator overwrite - default «If not defined, the default character « is used
Lot Char End OverwriteLot Char EndLot/Batch End Indicator overwrite - default »If not defined, the default character » is used
Commitment TypeCommitment TypeCreate Commitment and/or Reservations for Budget ControlThe Posting Type Commitments is created when posting Purchase Orders; The Posting Type Revervation is created when posting Requisitions. This is used for bugetary control.
Commitment OffsetCommitment OffsetBudgetary Commitment Offset AccountThe Commitment Offset Account is used for posting Commitments and Reservations. It is usually an off-balance sheet and gain-and-loss account.
Tax DeclarationTax DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authoritiesThe tax declaration allows you to create supporting information and reconcile the documents with the accounting
Tax Declaration LineTax Declaration LineTax Declaration Document InformationThe lines are created by the create process. You can delete them if you do not want to include them in a particular declaration.
Tax Declaration AccountingTax Declaration AcctTax Accounting Reconciliation Accounting related information for reconcilation with documents. It includes all revenue/expense and tax entries as a base for detail reporting
Match RequirementMatchMatching Requirement for Invoice
Exclude Auto DeliveryExclude DeliveryExclude from automatic DeliveryThe product is excluded from generating Shipments. This allows manual creation of shipments for high demand items. If selected, you need to create the shipment manually.
+The web context usually starts with / and needs to be a valid context name (not checked).
BPartner (Agent)BPartner (Agent)Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep)
Change the current SettingChange SettingConfirm that you want to change the current setting
Maximum LengthMaximum LengthMaximum Length of Data
Test ValueTest ValueValue to test
Source WarehouseSource WarehouseOptional Warehouse to replenish fromIf defined, the warehouse selected is used to replenish the product(s)
Replenishment ClassReplenishment ClassCustom class to calculate Quantity to OrderIf you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
Costing LevelCosting LevelThe lowest level to accumulate Costing InformationIf you want to maintain different costs per organization (warehouse) or per Batch/Lot, you need to make sure that you define the costs for each of the organizations or batch/lot. The Costing Level is defined per Accounting Schema and can be overwritten by Product Category and Accounting Schema.
Cost DetailCost DetailCost Detail Information
BaseBaseCalculation Base
Landed Cost AllocationLanded Cost AllocationAllocation for Land Costs
Adjust COGSAdjust COGSAdjust Cost of Good SoldFor Invoice costing methods, you can adjust the cost of goods sold. At the time of shipment, you may not have received the invoice for the receipt or cost adjustments like freight, customs, etc.
Cost PriceCost PricePrice per Unit of Measure including all indirect costs (Freight, etc.)Optional Purchase Order Line cost price.
Accumulated AmtAccumulated AmtTotal AmountSum of all amounts
Accumulated QtyAccumulated QtyTotal QuantitySum of the quantities
Copy OverwriteCopy OverwriteCopy and Overwrite Default Accounts (DANGEROUS!!)
Only OrganisationOnly OrgCreate posting entries only for this organisationWhen you have multiple accounting schema, you may want to restrict the generation of postings entries for the additional accounting schema (i.e. not for the primary). Example: You have a US and a FR organisation. The primary accounting schema is in USD, the second in EUR. If for the EUR accounting schema, you select the FR organisations, you would not create accounting entries for the transactions of the US organisation in EUR.
Lost Sales QtyLost Sales QtyQuantity of potential salesWhen an order is closed and there is a difference between the ordered quantity and the delivered (invoiced) quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity. Note that the Lost Sales Quantity is 0 if you void an order, so close the order if you want to track lost opportunities. [Void = data entry error - Close = the order is finished]
Lost Sales AmtLost Sales AmtAmount of lost sales in Invoice Currency
Margin AmountMargin AmtDifference between actual and limit price multiplied by the quantityThe margin amount is calculated as the difference between actual and limit price multiplied by the quantity
Exclude Attribute SetExclude Attribute SetExclude the ability to enter Attribute Sets
Exclude LotExclude LotExclude the ability to create Lots in Attribute Sets
Exclude SerNoExclude SerNoExclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Attribute Sets
Allocate PaymentAllocate PaymentAllocate Payment to InvoicesYou can directly allocate payments to invoices when creating the Payment.
+Note that you can over- or under-allocate the payment. When processing the payment, the allocation is created.
Invoice AmtInvoice Amt
Remaining AmtRemaining AmtRemaining Amount
Full BP AccessFull BP AccessThe user/concat has full access to Business Partner information and resourcesIf selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselet it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access"
User BP AccessUser BP AccessUser/concat access to Business Partner information and resourcesIf on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, you need to give access explicitly here.
Access TypeAccess TypeType of Access of the user/contact to Business Partner information and resourcesIf on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, give access explicitly
User QueryUser QuerySaved User Query
Delta AmountDelta AmtDifference Amount
Delta QuantityDelta QtyQuantity Difference
Current QuantityCurrent QtyCurrent Quantity
Post ImmediatelyPost ImmediatePost the accounting immediately for testingIf selected, the accouning consequences are immediately generated when completing a doecument. Otherwise the document is posted by a batch process. You should select this only if you are testing,
Cost ImmediatelyCost ImmediateUpdate Costs immediately for testingIf selected, costs are updated immediately when a Cost Detail record is created (by matching or shipping). Otherwise the costs are updated by batch or when the costs are needed for posting. You should select this only if you are testing,
Cost QueueCost QueueFiFo/LiFo Cost QueueNote thet the cost queue may not be the same as the physical movement cost queue due to differences in costing level and warehouse priority.
Receivable ServicesAR ServicesCustomer Accounts Receivables Services AccountAccount to post services related Accounts Receivables if you want to differentiate between Services and Product related revenue. This account is only used, if posting to service accounts is enabled in the accounting schema.
Inventory ClearingInventory ClearingProduct Inventory Clearing AccountAccount used for posting matched product (item) expenses (e.g. AP Invoice, Invoice Match). You would use a different account then Product Expense, if you want to differentate service related costs from item related costs. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between invoice receipt and matching.
Cost AdjustmentCost AdjustmentProduct Cost Adjustment AccountAccount used for posting product cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs)
Post Services SeparatelyPost ServicesDifferentiate between Services and Product Receivable/PayablesIf selcted, you will post service related revenue to a different receiveables account and service related cost to a different payables account.
Explicit Cost AdjustmentExplicit Cost AdjustmentPost the cost adjustment explicitlyIf selected, landed costs are posted to the account in the line and then this posting is reversed by the postings to the cost adjustment accounts. If not selected, it is directly posted to the cost adjustment accounts.
Create New BatchNew BatchIf selected a new batch is createdNote that the balance check does not check that individual batches are balanced.
Create New JournalNew JournalIf selected a new journal within the batch is createdNote that the balance check does not check that individual journals are balanced.
Confirm Query RecordsConfirm Query RecordsRequire Confirmation if more records will be returned by the query (If not defined 500)Enter the numer of records the query wil return without confirmation to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, the system default of 500 is used.
Max Query RecordsMax Query RecordsIf defined, you cannot query more records as defined - the query criteria needs to be changed to query less recordsEnter the numer of records a user will be able to query to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, no restrictions are imposed.
SerNo Char Start OverwriteSerNo Char StartSerial Number Start Indicator overwrite - default #If not defined, the default character # is used
SerNo Char End OverwriteSerNo Char EndSerial Number End Indicator overwrite - default emptyIf not defined, no character is used
Lot Char Start OverwriteLot Char StartLot/Batch Start Indicator overwrite - default «If not defined, the default character « is used
Lot Char End OverwriteLot Char EndLot/Batch End Indicator overwrite - default »If not defined, the default character » is used
Commitment TypeCommitment TypeCreate Commitment and/or Reservations for Budget ControlThe Posting Type Commitments is created when posting Purchase Orders; The Posting Type Revervation is created when posting Requisitions. This is used for bugetary control.
Commitment OffsetCommitment OffsetBudgetary Commitment Offset AccountThe Commitment Offset Account is used for posting Commitments and Reservations. It is usually an off-balance sheet and gain-and-loss account.
Tax DeclarationTax DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authoritiesThe tax declaration allows you to create supporting information and reconcile the documents with the accounting
Tax Declaration LineTax Declaration LineTax Declaration Document InformationThe lines are created by the create process. You can delete them if you do not want to include them in a particular declaration.
Tax Declaration AccountingTax Declaration AcctTax Accounting Reconciliation Accounting related information for reconcilation with documents. It includes all revenue/expense and tax entries as a base for detail reporting
Match RequirementMatchMatching Requirement for Invoice
Exclude Auto DeliveryExclude DeliveryExclude from automatic DeliveryThe product is excluded from generating Shipments. This allows manual creation of shipments for high demand items. If selected, you need to create the shipment manually.
But, the item is always included, when the delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g. for POS).
This allows finer granularity of the Delivery Rule Manual.
Reporting HierarchyHierarchyOptional Reporting Hierarchy - If not selected the default hierarchy trees are used.Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
-Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business.
Account TreeAccount TreeTree for Natural Account Tree
Sales TaxSales TaxThis is a sales tax (i.e. not a value added tax)If selected AP tax is handled as expense, otherwise it is handeled as a VAT credit.
Budget ControlBudget ControlBudget ControlBudget Control allows you to restrict the use of expenditures, commitments (Purchase Orders) and reservations (Requisitions). If defined, you mey not be able to approve Requisitions, Purchse Orders, or AP Invoices.
Before ApprovalBefore ApprovalThe Check is before the (manual) approvalIf selected, the Budget Approval is before manual approvals - i.e. is only approved if budget is available. This may cause that the use of the budget is delayed (after the approval)
Control ScopeControl ScopeScope of the Budget Control
GL FundGL FundGeneral Ledger Funds ControlGeneral Ledger Funds Control allows you to restrict the use of funds. This is independent from budget control.
Fund RestrictionFund RestrictionRestriction of FundsIf defined, you can use the fund only for the accounts selected.
Sub AccountSub AcctSub account for Element ValueThe Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension.
User Element 1User Element 1User defined accounting ElementA user defined accounting element referres to a Compiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested)
User Element 2User Element 2User defined accounting ElementA user defined accounting element referres to a Compiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested)
EMail RecipientEMail RecipientRecipient of the EMail
Connection ProfileConnection ProfileHow a Java Client connects to the server(s)Depending on the connection profile, different protocols are used and tasks are performed on the server rather then the client. Usually the user can select different profiles, unless it is enforced by the User or Role definition. The User level profile overwrites the Role based profile.
Client ShareClient ShareForce (not) sharing of client/org entitiesFor entities with data access level of Client+Organization either force to share the entries or not. Example: Product and Business Partner can be either defined on Client level (shared) or on Org level (not shared). You can define here of Products are always shared (i.e. always created under Organization "*") or if they are not shared (i.e. you cannot enter them with Organization "*")
Share TypeShare TypeType of sharingDefines if a table is shared within a client or not.
Credit Watch %Credit Watch %Credit Watch - Percent of Credit Limit when OK switches to WatchIf Compiere maintains credit status, the status "Credit OK" is moved to "Credit Watch" if the credit available reaches the percent entered. If not defined, 90% is used.
Price Match TolerancePrice Match TolerancePO-Invoice Match Price Tolerance in percent of the purchase priceTolerance in Percent of matching the purchase order price to the invoice price. The difference is posted as Invoice Price Tolerance for Standard Costing. If defined, the PO-Invoice match must be explicitly approved, if the matching difference is greater then the tolerance.<br>
-Example: if the purchase price is $100 and the tolerance is 1 (percent), the invoice price must be between $99 and 101 to be automatically approved.
Price Match DifferencePrice Match DifferenceDifference between Purchase and Invoice Price per matched lineThe difference between purchase and invoice price may be used for requiring explicit approval if a Price Match Tolerance is defined on Business Partner Group level.
Error ReportingError ReportingAutomatically report ErrorsTo automate error reporting, submit errors to Compiere. Only error (stack trace) information is submitted (no data or confidential information). It helps us to react faster and proactively. If you have a support contract, we will you inform about corrective measures. This functionality is experimental at this point.
System IssueSystem IssueAutomatically created or manually entered System IssueSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Compiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Local HostLocal HostLocal Host Info
Error TraceError TraceSystem Error TraceJava Trace Info
Stack TraceStack TraceSystem Log Trace
Request Document NoRequest Document NoCompiere Request Document No
Operating SystemOperating SystemOperating System Info
DatabaseDatabaseDatabase Information
Vanilla SystemVanilla SystemThe system was NOT compiled from Source - i.e. standard distributionYou may have customizations, like additional columns, tables, etc - but no code modifications which require compiling from source.
ReproducibleReproducibleProblem can re reproduced in GardenworldThe problem occurs also in the standard distribution in the demo client Gardenworld.
Revaluation Document TypeDoc Type RevalDocument Type for Revaluation Journal
Include All CurrenciesAll CurrenciesReport not just foreign currency Invoices
Task StatusTask StatusStatus of the TaskCompletion Rate and Status of the Task
Complete PlanComplete PlanPlanned Completion DateDate when the task is planned to be complete
Quantity PlanQuantity PlanPlanned QuantityPlanned Quantity
Start PlanStart PlanPlanned Start DateDate when you plan to start
Color SchemaColor SchemaPerformance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Compiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
Mark 1 PercentMark 1 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 50 - i.e. below 50% this color is used
Color 1Color 1First color used
Mark 2 PercentMark 2 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 80 - e.g., if Mark 1 is 50 - this color is used between 50% and 80%
Color 2Color 2Second color used
Mark 3 PercentMark 3 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 100 - e.g., if Mark 2 is 80 - this color is used between 80% and 100%
Color 3Color 3Third color used
Mark 4 PercentMark 4 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 9999 - e.g., if Mark 3 is 100 - this color is used above 100%
Color 4Color 4Forth color used
Parent GoalParent GoalParent GoalYou can create a hierarchy of goals by linking the sub-goals to the summary goal.
+Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business.
Account TreeAccount TreeTree for Natural Account Tree
Sales TaxSales TaxThis is a sales tax (i.e. not a value added tax)If selected AP tax is handled as expense, otherwise it is handeled as a VAT credit.
Budget ControlBudget ControlBudget ControlBudget Control allows you to restrict the use of expenditures, commitments (Purchase Orders) and reservations (Requisitions). If defined, you mey not be able to approve Requisitions, Purchse Orders, or AP Invoices.
Before ApprovalBefore ApprovalThe Check is before the (manual) approvalIf selected, the Budget Approval is before manual approvals - i.e. is only approved if budget is available. This may cause that the use of the budget is delayed (after the approval)
Control ScopeControl ScopeScope of the Budget Control
GL FundGL FundGeneral Ledger Funds ControlGeneral Ledger Funds Control allows you to restrict the use of funds. This is independent from budget control.
Fund RestrictionFund RestrictionRestriction of FundsIf defined, you can use the fund only for the accounts selected.
Sub AccountSub AcctSub account for Element ValueThe Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension.
User Element 1User Element 1User defined accounting ElementA user defined accounting element referres to a Adempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested)
User Element 2User Element 2User defined accounting ElementA user defined accounting element referres to a Adempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested)
EMail RecipientEMail RecipientRecipient of the EMail
Connection ProfileConnection ProfileHow a Java Client connects to the server(s)Depending on the connection profile, different protocols are used and tasks are performed on the server rather then the client. Usually the user can select different profiles, unless it is enforced by the User or Role definition. The User level profile overwrites the Role based profile.
Client ShareClient ShareForce (not) sharing of client/org entitiesFor entities with data access level of Client+Organization either force to share the entries or not. Example: Product and Business Partner can be either defined on Client level (shared) or on Org level (not shared). You can define here of Products are always shared (i.e. always created under Organization "*") or if they are not shared (i.e. you cannot enter them with Organization "*")
Share TypeShare TypeType of sharingDefines if a table is shared within a client or not.
Credit Watch %Credit Watch %Credit Watch - Percent of Credit Limit when OK switches to WatchIf Adempiere maintains credit status, the status "Credit OK" is moved to "Credit Watch" if the credit available reaches the percent entered. If not defined, 90% is used.
Price Match TolerancePrice Match TolerancePO-Invoice Match Price Tolerance in percent of the purchase priceTolerance in Percent of matching the purchase order price to the invoice price. The difference is posted as Invoice Price Tolerance for Standard Costing. If defined, the PO-Invoice match must be explicitly approved, if the matching difference is greater then the tolerance.<br>
+Example: if the purchase price is $100 and the tolerance is 1 (percent), the invoice price must be between $99 and 101 to be automatically approved.
Price Match DifferencePrice Match DifferenceDifference between Purchase and Invoice Price per matched lineThe difference between purchase and invoice price may be used for requiring explicit approval if a Price Match Tolerance is defined on Business Partner Group level.
Error ReportingError ReportingAutomatically report ErrorsTo automate error reporting, submit errors to Adempiere. Only error (stack trace) information is submitted (no data or confidential information). It helps us to react faster and proactively. If you have a support contract, we will you inform about corrective measures. This functionality is experimental at this point.
System IssueSystem IssueAutomatically created or manually entered System IssueSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Adempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Local HostLocal HostLocal Host Info
Error TraceError TraceSystem Error TraceJava Trace Info
Stack TraceStack TraceSystem Log Trace
Request Document NoRequest Document NoAdempiere Request Document No
Operating SystemOperating SystemOperating System Info
DatabaseDatabaseDatabase Information
Vanilla SystemVanilla SystemThe system was NOT compiled from Source - i.e. standard distributionYou may have customizations, like additional columns, tables, etc - but no code modifications which require compiling from source.
ReproducibleReproducibleProblem can re reproduced in GardenworldThe problem occurs also in the standard distribution in the demo client Gardenworld.
Revaluation Document TypeDoc Type RevalDocument Type for Revaluation Journal
Include All CurrenciesAll CurrenciesReport not just foreign currency Invoices
Task StatusTask StatusStatus of the TaskCompletion Rate and Status of the Task
Complete PlanComplete PlanPlanned Completion DateDate when the task is planned to be complete
Quantity PlanQuantity PlanPlanned QuantityPlanned Quantity
Start PlanStart PlanPlanned Start DateDate when you plan to start
Color SchemaColor SchemaPerformance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Adempiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
Mark 1 PercentMark 1 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 50 - i.e. below 50% this color is used
Color 1Color 1First color used
Mark 2 PercentMark 2 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 80 - e.g., if Mark 1 is 50 - this color is used between 50% and 80%
Color 2Color 2Second color used
Mark 3 PercentMark 3 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 100 - e.g., if Mark 2 is 80 - this color is used between 80% and 100%
Color 3Color 3Third color used
Mark 4 PercentMark 4 PercentPercentage up to this color is usedExample 9999 - e.g., if Mark 3 is 100 - this color is used above 100%
Color 4Color 4Forth color used
Parent GoalParent GoalParent GoalYou can create a hierarchy of goals by linking the sub-goals to the summary goal.
The measures are automatically rolled up
Measure ScopeMeasure ScopePerformance Measure ScopeThe scope of the goal can be broken down for initial display.
Example: Scope is Year, Display is Month - the goal is entered as a yearly number, the display divides the goal by 12
Measure DisplayMeasure DisplayMeasure Scope initially displayed
Goal RestrictionGoal RestrictionPerformance Goal RestrictionRestriction of the performance measure to the Organization, Business Partner or Product defined.
Example: The performance is only measured for HQ
The measure must support the data, otherwise it is ignored.
Restriction TypeRestriction TypeGoal Restriction TypeEnter one or more records per Goal Restriction Type (e.g. Org o1, o2)
Key ColumnKey ColumnKey Column for Table
BenchmarkBenchmarkPerformance BenchmarkData Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
RatioRatioPerformace RatioCalculation instruction set for a perfomance ratio
Measure Data TypeData TypeType of data - Status or in TimeStatus represents values valid at a certain time (e.g. Open Invoices) - No history is maintained.<br>
-Time represents a values at a given time (e.g. Invoice Amount on 1/1) - History is maintained
Accumulation TypeAccumulation TypeHow to accumulate data on time axisSum adds the data points (e.g. stock volume) - Average is appropriate for e.g. Stock Price
Benchmark DataBenchmark DataPerformance Benchmark Data PointData Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
DateDateBenchmark DateDate of the Benchmark Data Point
ValueValueBenchmark ValueValue of the Benchmark Data Point
Ratio ElementRatio ElementPerformance Ratio ElementIndividual calculation instruction for a ratio
OperandOperandRatio OperandOperand how data is calculated. If it is the first in the series, 'minus' will create a negative value, otherwise ignored.
Element TypeElement TypeRatio Element TypeType of data used for the calculation
Ratio UsedRatio UsedPerformace Ratio UsedExisting Performance Ratio to be used in the calculation. Make sure that the Ratio is not self-referencing (loop).
Last MaintenanceLast MaintenanceLast Maintenance Date
Next MaintenenceNext MaintenenceNext Maintenence Date
Last UnitLast UnitLast Maintenance Unit
Next UnitNext UnitNext Maintenence Unit
Lease TerminationLease TerminationLease Termination DateLast Date of Lease
LessorLessorThe Business Partner who rents or leases
Last NoteLast NoteLast Maintenance Note
Support ExpiresSupport ExpiresDate when the Compiere support expiresCheck http://www.compiere.org for support options
Release TagRelease TagRelease Tag
Support EMailSupport EMailEMail address to send support information and updates toIf not entered the registered email is used.
Issue SummaryIssue SummaryIssue Summary
Source ClassSource ClassSource Class Name
Source MethodSource MethodSource Method Name
LoggerLoggerLogger Name
LineLineLine No
Known IssueKnown IssueKnown Issue
Issue RecommendationIssue RecommendationRecommendations how to fix an IssueRecommendations how to fix an Issue
Issue StatusIssue StatusStatus of an IssueStatus of an Issue
Issue StatusIssue StatusCurrent Status of the IssueDescription of the current status of the issue
Java InfoJava InfoJava Version Info
StatisticsStatisticsInformation to help profiling the system for solving support issuesProfile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics as well as general anonymous statistics
ProfileProfileInformation to help profiling the system for solving support issuesProfile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics
Old NameOld Name
System StatusSystem StatusStatus of the system - Support priority depends on system statusSystem status helps to prioritize support resources
Track IssuesTrack IssuesEnable tracking issues for this assetIssues created by automatic Error Reporting
Issue SystemIssue SystemSystem creating the issue
Issue ProjectIssue ProjectImplementation Projects
IssueUserIssue UserUser who reported issues
Cost ValueCost ValueValue with Cost
SourceSourceIssue SourceSource of the Issue
Status CategoryStatus CategoryRequest Status CategoryCategory of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories
Size XSize XX (horizontal) dimension sizeSize of X (horizontal) dimension in Units
Size YSize YY (vertical) dimension sizeSize of Y (vertical) dimension in Units
Dimension UnitsUnitsUnits of Dimension
Set Inventory Count toSet Inventory Count toSet the value of the inventory count to Zero or On Hand Quantity
Interest AreaInterest AreaName of the Interest AreaName of the Interest Area of the user
\ No newline at end of file
+Time represents a values at a given time (e.g. Invoice Amount on 1/1) - History is maintained
Accumulation TypeAccumulation TypeHow to accumulate data on time axisSum adds the data points (e.g. stock volume) - Average is appropriate for e.g. Stock Price
Benchmark DataBenchmark DataPerformance Benchmark Data PointData Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
DateDateBenchmark DateDate of the Benchmark Data Point
ValueValueBenchmark ValueValue of the Benchmark Data Point
Ratio ElementRatio ElementPerformance Ratio ElementIndividual calculation instruction for a ratio
OperandOperandRatio OperandOperand how data is calculated. If it is the first in the series, 'minus' will create a negative value, otherwise ignored.
Element TypeElement TypeRatio Element TypeType of data used for the calculation
Ratio UsedRatio UsedPerformace Ratio UsedExisting Performance Ratio to be used in the calculation. Make sure that the Ratio is not self-referencing (loop).
Last MaintenanceLast MaintenanceLast Maintenance Date
Next MaintenenceNext MaintenenceNext Maintenence Date
Last UnitLast UnitLast Maintenance Unit
Next UnitNext UnitNext Maintenence Unit
Lease TerminationLease TerminationLease Termination DateLast Date of Lease
LessorLessorThe Business Partner who rents or leases
Last NoteLast NoteLast Maintenance Note
Support ExpiresSupport ExpiresDate when the Adempiere support expiresCheck http://www.adempiere.org for support options
Release TagRelease TagRelease Tag
Support EMailSupport EMailEMail address to send support information and updates toIf not entered the registered email is used.
Issue SummaryIssue SummaryIssue Summary
Source ClassSource ClassSource Class Name
Source MethodSource MethodSource Method Name
LoggerLoggerLogger Name
LineLineLine No
Known IssueKnown IssueKnown Issue
Issue RecommendationIssue RecommendationRecommendations how to fix an IssueRecommendations how to fix an Issue
Issue StatusIssue StatusStatus of an IssueStatus of an Issue
Issue StatusIssue StatusCurrent Status of the IssueDescription of the current status of the issue
Java InfoJava InfoJava Version Info
StatisticsStatisticsInformation to help profiling the system for solving support issuesProfile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics as well as general anonymous statistics
ProfileProfileInformation to help profiling the system for solving support issuesProfile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics
Old NameOld Name
System StatusSystem StatusStatus of the system - Support priority depends on system statusSystem status helps to prioritize support resources
Track IssuesTrack IssuesEnable tracking issues for this assetIssues created by automatic Error Reporting
Issue SystemIssue SystemSystem creating the issue
Issue ProjectIssue ProjectImplementation Projects
IssueUserIssue UserUser who reported issues
Cost ValueCost ValueValue with Cost
SourceSourceIssue SourceSource of the Issue
Status CategoryStatus CategoryRequest Status CategoryCategory of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories
Size XSize XX (horizontal) dimension sizeSize of X (horizontal) dimension in Units
Size YSize YY (vertical) dimension sizeSize of Y (vertical) dimension in Units
Dimension UnitsUnitsUnits of Dimension
Set Inventory Count toSet Inventory Count toSet the value of the inventory count to Zero or On Hand Quantity
Interest AreaInterest AreaName of the Interest AreaName of the Interest Area of the user
Barcode TypeBarcodeType of barcode
Web ProjectWeb ProjectA web project is the main data container for Containers, URLs, Ads, Media etc.A web project is the meta definition which will contain later on all data within the Web Content Management Project.
Meta CopyrightMeta CopyrightContains Copyright information for the contentThis Tag contains detailed information about the content's copyright situation, how holds it for which timeframe etc.
Meta PublisherMeta PublisherMeta Publisher defines the publisher of the contentAs author and publisher must not be the same person this tag saves the responsible publisher for the content
Meta RobotsTagMeta RobotsTagRobotsTag defines how search robots should handle this contentThe Meta Robots Tag define on how a search engines robot should handle this page and the following ones. It defines two keywords: (NO)INDEX which defines whether or not to index this content and (NO)FOLLOW which defines whether or not to folow links. The most common combination is INDEX,FOLLOW which will force a search robot to index the content and follow links and images.
Meta AuthorMeta AuthorAuthor of the contentAuthor of the content for the Containers Meta Data
Meta Content TypeMeta Content TypeDefines the type of content i.e. "text/html; charset=UTF-8"With this tag you can overwrite the type of content and how search engines will interpret it. You should keep in mind that this will not influence how the Server and Client interpret the content.
TemplateTemplateTemplate defines how content is displayedA template describes how content should get displayed, it contains layout and maybe also scripts on how to handle the content
IncludedIncludedDefines whether this content / template is included into another oneTemplates can be independent or included. Included Templates are also called subtemplates
Use AdUse AdWhether or not this templates uses Ad'sThis describe whether or not this Template will use Ad's
Uses NewsUses NewsTemplate or container uses news channelsThis content (container or template) uses news channels
ElementsElementsContains list of elements seperated by CRContains a list of elements this template uses seperated by a Carriage Return. Last line should be empty
TemplateXSTTemplateXSTContains the template code itselfHere we include the template code itself
Web ContainerContainerWeb Container contains content like images, text etc.A Container defines the abstract level around the content, it defines how the content get's displayed, indexed and stored.
NoticeNoticeContains last write noticeContains info on what changed with the last write
Web Container TypeContainer TypeWeb Container TypeThis parameter defines the type of content for this container.
External Link (URL)External LinkExternal Link (IRL) for the ContainerExternal URL for the Container
+
Relative URLRelative URLContains the relative URL for the containerThe relative URL is used together with the webproject domain to display the content
IndexedIndexedIndex the document for the internal search engineFor cross document search, the document can be indexed for faster search (Container, Document Type, Request Type)
Secure contentSecure contentDefines whether content needs to get encryptedIf you select this parameter this container will only get delivered over a secure connection i.e. SSL etc. if no encryption can be found no content will be delivered
Meta DescriptionMeta DescriptionMeta info describing the contents of the pageThe Meta Description tag should contain a short description on the page content
Meta KeywordsMeta KeywordsContains the keywords for the contentContains keyword info on the main search words this content is relevant to
StructureXMLStructureXMLAutogenerated Containerdefinition as XML CodeAutogenerated Containerdefinition as XML Code
ContainerXMLContainerXMLAutogenerated Containerdefinition as XML CodeAutogenerated Containerdefinition as XML Code
Advertisement CategoryAdvertisement CategoryAdvertisement Category like Banner Homepage The advertisement category defines a container for ad's like for example all banners used on the homepage in rotation are stored in a category "Banner Homepage" etc.
Media ItemMedia ItemContains media content like images, flash movies etc.This table contains all the media content like images, flas movies etc.
Media TypeMedia TypeDefines the media type for the browserThe browser and the media server need info on the type of content
AdvertisementAdvertisementAn Advertisement is something like a bannerYou could use banner, partner infos, sponsored links etc. as an advertisement
Target FrameTarget FrameWhich target should be used if user clicks?Do we want the content to stay in same window, to open up a new one or to place it in a special frame?
Actual Click CountActual Click CountHow many clicks have been countedContains info on the actual click count until now
Max Click CountMax Click CountMaximum Click Count until banner is deactivatedA banner has a maximum number of clicks after which it will get deactivated
Actual Impression CountActual Impression CountHow many impressions have been countedContains info on the actual impression count until now
Max Impression CountMax Impression CountMaximum Impression Count until banner is deactivatedA banner has a maximum number of impressions after which it will get deactivated
Start Count ImpressionStart Count ImpressionFor rotation we need a start countIf we run banners in rotation we always show the one with the min of impressions, so if a new banner is added to impressions we don't want it to show up so often we set a startimpressions value. StartImpression+ActualImpression=CurrentImpression
Content HTMLContent HTMLContains the content itselfContains the content itself as HTML code. Should normally only use basic tags, no real layouting
Special AD FlagSpecial AD FlagDo we need to specially mention this ad?If we have a block in content where anounce content and also sponsored links we should mention the sponsored ones
LoggingLoggingDo we need to log the banner impressions and clicks? (needs much performance)As of performance we should only log banners if really necessary, as this takes a lot of performance
Media ServerMedia ServerMedia Server list to which content should get transferedFor performance optimization we save media content on static servers
Transfer passiveTransfer passiveFTP passive transferShould the transfer be run in passive mode?
IP AddressIP AddressDefines the IP address to transfer data toContains info on the IP address to which we will transfer data
FolderFolderA folder on a local or remote system to store data intoWe store files in folders, especially media files.
Container ElementContainer ElementContainer element i.e. Headline, Content, Footer etc.A container element defines the smalles definition of content, i.e. the headline, the content etc.
Container URLContainer URLContains info on used URLsWe save the info on all used URLs for checking them on availability etc.
Last CheckedLast CheckedInfo when we did the last checkInfo on the last check date
StatusStatusStatus of the currently running checkStatus of the currently running check
Last ResultLast ResultContains data on the last check resultIf we ran into errors etc. you will find the details in here
Web Container StageContainer StageWeb Container Stage contains the staging content like images, text etc.A Container defines the abstract level around the content, it defines how the content get's displayed, indexed and stored.
+The ID is related 1 to 1 to the container ID
Container Stage ElementContainer Stage ElementContainer element i.e. Headline, Content, Footer etc.A container element defines the smalles definition of content, i.e. the headline, the content etc.
News ChannelNews ChannelNews channel for rss feedA news channel defines the content base for the RSS feed
LinkLinkContains URL to a targetA Link should contain info on how to get to more information
News Item / ArticleNews Item / ArticleNews item or article defines base contentA news item / article is kind of a teaser for more information on an article
LinkURLLinkURLContains URL to a targetA Link should contain info on how to get to more information
Publication DatePublication DateDate on which this article will / should get publishedDate on which this article will / should get published
WebProject DomainWebProject DomainDefinition of DomainhandlingThis data describes how the different Domains should get handled and how data is forwarded.
Fully Qualified Domain NameFully Qualified Domain NameFully Qualified Domain Name i.e. www.comdivision.comThis field contains the so called fully qualified domain name including host and domain, but not anything protocol specific like http or the document path.
Invoice RuleInvoice RuleInvoice Rule for the projectThe Invoice Rule for the project determines how orders (and consequently invoices) are created. The selection on project level can be overwritten on Phase or Task
Revenue Recognition StartRR StartRevenue Recognition Start DateThe date the revenue reconition starts.
Revenue Recognition AmtRR AmtRevenue Recognition AmountThe amount for revenue recognition calculation. If empty, the complete invoice amount is used. The difference between Revenue Recognition Amount and Invoice Line Net Amount is immediately recognized as revenue.
Line LevelLine LevelProject Line LevelLevel on which Project Lines are maintained
StylesheetStylesheetCSS (Stylesheet) usedBase Stylesheet (.css file) to use - if empty, the default (standard.css) is used. The Style sheet can be a URL.
Container LinkContainer LinkLink to another Container in the Web ProjectInternal Link
Container LinkContainer LinkStage Link to another Container in the Web ProjectInternal Link
ModifiedModifiedThe record is modifiedIndication that the record is modified
Container TreeContainer TreeContainer TreeContainer Tree
Stage TreeStage TreeStage TreeStage Tree
Media TreeMedia TreeMedia TreeMedia Tree
Template TreeTemplate TreeTemplate TreeTemplate Tree
Chat TypeChat TypeType of discussion / chatChat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table.
ChatChatChat or discussion threadThread of discussion
Chat EntryChat EntryIndividual Chat / Discussion EntryThe entry can not be changed - just the confidentiality
Meta LanguageMeta LanguageLanguage HTML Meta Tag
Template TableTemplate TableCM Template Table LinkLink a Template with a Table
Container T.TableContainer T.TableContainer Template TableLink to individual Record
Stage T.TableStage T.TableContainet Stage Template TableLink to individual Record
Re-ValidateRe-ValidateRe-Validate entries
Entity TypeEntity TypeSystem Entity TypeThe entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "Adempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by Adempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition).
ModelPackageModelPackageJava Package of the model classesBy default, the Java model classes for extensions are in the compiere.model package. If you provide a jar file in the classpath, you can define here your specific model package. The model classes are used to save/modify/delete entries and as well as in Workflow. Refer to the Compiere naming convention to make sure that your class is used rather then the base classes.
ClasspathClasspathExtension ClasspathIf your appplication requires additional jar files, enter them here. The jar files must be located in the $ADEMPIERE_HOME/lib directory.
ModificationModificationSystem Modification or ExtensionDescription of the System modification or extension
Web Access ProfileAccess ProfileWeb Access ProfileDefine access to collaboration management content. You can assign the profile to a internal role or for external access to business partner group.
Media DeployMedia DeployMedia Deployment LogLog of Media Deployments
DeployedDeployedEntity is deployed
Last SynchronisedLast SynchronisedDate when last synchronised
Broadcast ServerBroadcast ServerWeb Broadcast Server
Web Access LogWeb Access LogWeb Access Log Information
Log TypeLog TypeWeb Log Type
Request TypeRequest Type
HyphenHyphen
ProtocolProtocolProtocol
Status CodeStatus Code
File SizeFile SizeSize of the File in bytes
Info WindowInfo WindowInfo and search/select WindowThe Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection.
Info ColumnInfo ColumnInfo Window ColumnColumn in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition
Query CriteriaQuery CriteriaThe column is also used as a query criteriaThe column is used to enter queries - the SQL cannot be an expression
Index LogLogText search log
Index QueryQueryText Search Query Text search query entered
Query ResultResultResult of the text query
Query SourceSourceSource of the Query
IndexIndexText Search IndexText search index keyword and excerpt across documents
ExcerptExcerptSurrounding text of the keywordA passage or segment taken from a document,
Source UpdatedSource UpdatedDate the source document was updated
Index StopIndex StopKeyword not to be indexedKeyword not to be indexed, optional restriced to specific Document Type, Container or Request Type
Tax CorrectionTax CorrectionType of Tax CorrectionDetermines if/when tax is corrected. Discount could be agreed or granted underpayments; Write-off may be partial or complete write-off.
ContentContent
Direct DeployDirect Deploy
YearYearThe Fiscal YearThe Year identifies the accounting year for a calendar.
Acct Open DrAcct Open DrOpen Debit in document curreny & rate
Acct Open CrAcct Open CrOpen Credit in document curreny & rate
Acct Open BalanceAcct Open BalanceOpen Balance in document curreny & rate
Account UsageAccount UsageBusiness Partner Bank Account usageDetermines how the bank account is used.
Create levels sequentiallySequentialCreate Dunning Letter by level sequentiallyIf selected, the dunning letters are created in the sequence of the dunning levels. Otherwise, the dunning level is based on the days (over)due.
Show All DueShow All DueShow/print all due invoicesThe dunning letter with this level incudes all due invoices.
Show Not DueShow Not DueShow/print all invoices which are not due (yet).The dunning letter with this level incudes all not due invoices.
Credit StopCredit StopSet the business partner to credit stopIf a dunning letter of this level is created, the business partner is set to Credit Stop (needs to be manually changed).
Set Payment TermSet Payment TermSet the payment term of the Business PartnerIf a dunning letter of this level is created, the payment term of this business partner is overwritten.
Collection StatusCollection StatusInvoice Collection StatusStatus of the invoice collection process
Ldap ProcessorLdap ProcessorLDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on AdempiereThe LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is only one server per Adempiere system. The "o" is the Client key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key.
Ldap PortLdap PortThe port the server is listeningThe default LDAP port is 389
Ldap Processor LogLdap LogLDAP Server Log
Ldap AccessLdap AccessLdap Access LogAccess via LDAP
Moderation TypeModeration TypeType of moderation
Chat Entry ParentChat Entry ParentLink to direct Parent
Chat Entry GrandparentChat Entry GrandparentLink to Grand Parent (root level)
Chat Entry TypeChat Entry TypeType of Chat/Forum Entry
Moderation StatusModeration StatusStatus of Moderation
Wiki TokenWiki TokenWiki Token
TokenTypeToken TypeWiki Token Type
MacroMacroMacro
AD_PACKAGE_IMP_INST_IDAD_PACKAGE_IMP_INST_ID
CreatedDateCreatedDate
PK_VersionPK_Version
UpdatedDateUpdatedDate
UninstallUninstall
PK_StatusPK_Status
CreatorCreator
CreatorContactCreatorContact
AD_Package_Imp_Backup_IDAD_Package_Imp_Backup_ID
AD_Package_Imp_Detail_IDAD_Package_Imp_Detail_ID
AD_Package_Imp_Org_DirAD_Package_Imp_Org_Dir
ColValueColValue
AD_Package_Imp_IDAD_Package_Imp_ID
AD_Package_Imp_Bck_DirAD_Package_Imp_Bck_Dir
AD_Original_IDAD_Original_ID
Ad_Backup_IDAd_Backup_ID
SuccessSuccess
AD_Package_Exp_IDAD_Package_Exp_ID
AD_Package_TypeAD_Package_Type
InstructionsInstructions
PK_NamePK_Name
File_DirectoryFile_Directory
AD_Package_Exp_Detail_IDAD_Package_Exp_Detail_ID
Destination_FileNameDestination_FileName
Destination_DirectoryDestination_Directory
DBTypeDBType
Target_DirectoryTarget_Directory
SQLStatementSQLStatement
AD_Package_Code_NewAD_Package_Code_New
AD_Package_Code_OldAD_Package_Code_Old
AD_Package_Exp_Common_IDAD_Package_Exp_Common_ID
AD_Override_DictAD_Override_Dict
AD_Package_DirAD_Package_Dir
AD_Package_Imp_Proc_IDAD_Package_Imp_Proc_ID
AD_Package_SourceAD_Package_Source
AD_Package_Source_TypeAD_Package_Source_Type
Show HelpShow Help
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_en_GB.xml
index cdc31e1171..015b6d9b42 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_FieldGroup_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Status
Quantities
Amounts
Reference
History
Product
Business Partner
Warehouse
Bank
Cash Book
Tax
Project
General
Action
Standard Cost
Actual Costs
Statistics
Defaults
Request Management
Web Store
Internal
External
Common
Shipment
Document
Line
Simulation
Calculations
Proxy
Delivery
Invoicing
Only ..
Selection
Workflow
Access
\ No newline at end of file
+Status
Quantities
Amounts
Reference
History
Product
Business Partner
Warehouse
Bank
Cash Book
Tax
Project
General
Action
Standard Cost
Actual Costs
Statistics
Defaults
Request Management
Web Store
Internal
External
Common
Shipment
Document
Line
Simulation
Calculations
Proxy
Delivery
Invoicing
Only ..
Selection
Workflow
Access
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Field_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Field_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 93bd40d20f..cf616d4a56 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Field_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Field_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
-Link ColumnLink Column for Multi-Parent tablesThe Link Column indicates which column is the primary key for those situations where there is more than one parent. Only define it, if the table has more than one parent column (e.g. AD_User_Roles).
LanguageLanguage for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabledThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Client level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language.
Start NodeWorkflow Node, step or processThe Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
Tax AmountTax Amount for Credit Card transactionThe Tax Amount displays the total tax amount. The tax amount is only used for credit card processing.
Only CurrencyRestrict accepting only this currencyThe Only Currency field indicates that this bank account accepts only the currency identified here.
Business Partner / Sales RepIdentifies a Business Partner (Sales Rep) receiving the CommissionThe Business Partner should be a vendor and may be a Sales Representative
AcknowledgeSystem Notice acknowledgedThe Acknowledged checkbox indicates if this notice does not need to be retained.
Driving ColumnColumn which controls all tabs in the workbench
System NameName your Compiere System installation, e.g. Joe Block, Inc.The name if the system to differentiate support contracts
Attribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute ValuesThe values of the actual Product Attributes. Product Instance attributes are defined in the actual transactions.
Document NoDocument sequence number of the documentThe document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
+Link ColumnLink Column for Multi-Parent tablesThe Link Column indicates which column is the primary key for those situations where there is more than one parent. Only define it, if the table has more than one parent column (e.g. AD_User_Roles).
LanguageLanguage for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabledThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Client level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language.
Start NodeWorkflow Node, step or processThe Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow.
Tax AmountTax Amount for Credit Card transactionThe Tax Amount displays the total tax amount. The tax amount is only used for credit card processing.
Only CurrencyRestrict accepting only this currencyThe Only Currency field indicates that this bank account accepts only the currency identified here.
Business Partner / Sales RepIdentifies a Business Partner (Sales Rep) receiving the CommissionThe Business Partner should be a vendor and may be a Sales Representative
AcknowledgeSystem Notice acknowledgedThe Acknowledged checkbox indicates if this notice does not need to be retained.
Driving ColumnColumn which controls all tabs in the workbench
System NameName your Adempiere System installation, e.g. Joe Block, Inc.The name if the system to differentiate support contracts
Attribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute ValuesThe values of the actual Product Attributes. Product Instance attributes are defined in the actual transactions.
Document NoDocument sequence number of the documentThe document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".
-If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
ValueCondition Value
Overwrite ProjectOverwrite the account segment Project with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Attribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute ValuesThe values of the actual Product Attributes. Product Instance attributes are defined in the actual transactions.
LanguageLanguage for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabledThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Client level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language.
\ No newline at end of file
+If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
ValueCondition Value
Overwrite ProjectOverwrite the account segment Project with the value specifiedIf not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null.
Attribute Set InstanceProduct Attribute ValuesThe values of the actual Product Attributes. Product Instance attributes are defined in the actual transactions.
LanguageLanguage for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabledThe Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Client level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language.
UserNameUserName / Login to use for loginUserName / Login to use for the login
+Email of the responsible person for the system (registered in WebStore)
Mandatory OverwriteOverwrite Field Mandatory statusThe field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database.
Reference OverwriteSystem Reference - optional OverwriteYou can overwrite the Display Type, but only use this if you aware of the consequences.
Search KeySearch key for the record in the format required7 bit lower case alpha numeric - max length 8 - can be used for operating system names.
AD_Package_Exp_ID
Processed
IsActive
Client
Organization
Name of PackageName of Package
Creation Directory
Created ByUser who created the package
Create DateDate when Package was created
Processed ByUser who Processed the package
Processed DateDate when the package was processed
Description of Package
Export Package
AD_Package_Exp_Detail_ID
Item Name
Processing
IsActive
Processed
Package Build ID
Client
Organization
Package Name
Type
Menu
Source File DirectoryCurrent location of source file
Table
Form
Process
Workflow
Workbench
Notes
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Form_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Form_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 18d3c3ca86..0f4a22a0cf 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Form_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Form_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,9 +1,8 @@
-Generate Invoices (manual)Select and generate invoicesGenerate Invoices from Orders.
+Generate Invoices (manual)Select and generate invoicesGenerate Invoices from Orders.
Select the orders to generate the invoice for.
Import File LoaderLoad flat Files into import tablesThe Import File Loader parses the content of a flat file and loads it into import tables. Comments start with a '[' and end with a ']' and are ignored; example: [Some Heading].
Initial Client SetupInitial new Client/Tenant SetupSet up a new Client/Tenant of the system
Material TransactionsMaterial Transactions
Payment AllocationAllocate invoices and payments
Generate ChargesGenerate Charges from natural accountsUse the upper portion to create new charges using the general charge accounts. Use the lower portion to create charges based on the natural account.
Payment Print/ExportPrint or export your payments
Payment Selection (manual)Manual Payment SelectionSelect vendor invoices for payment. If you don't see an invoice, make sure that it is not included in a different (nprocessed) Payment Selection.
Matching PO-Receipt-InvoiceMatch Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor InvoicesMake sure that the Receipts and Invoices are processed. If you want to match partial shipment, make sure that "Same Quantity" is not selected.
Translation Import/ExportImport or Export Language TranslationExport/Import Translation info to/from xml for translation in external tool. Please note that the Language MUST be an enabled and verified System Langage.
Generate Shipments (manual)Select and generate shipmentsGenerate Shipments from Orders.
-Select the orders to generate the shipments for.
SQL ProcessProcess SQL StatementsProcess SQL DDL Statements
Merge EntitiesMerge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From<i>Dangerous - Please are aware of what you are doing!</i>
+Select the orders to generate the shipments for.
SQL ProcessProcess SQL StatementsProcess SQL DDL Statements
Merge EntitiesMerge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From<i>Dangerous - Please are aware of what you are doing!</i>
All instances of the From entity (e.g. Customer A) are changed to the To entity (e.g. Customer B).
The From entity (e.g. Customer A) is deleted.
<p><b>There is NO undo nor trace ! Please do a backup first</b> Please be aware that you may be changing history records (e.g. invoices, etc.) ! </p>
<p><b>Side effects:</b> Merging Products are likely to distort product costs; Merging Business Partners may result in incorrect open item balance. Check with support on remedies.
-<p><b>Restrictions:</b> Accounting and Inventory conflicts are not resolved in this version.
-
POSPoint Of Sales TerminalEnter Transactions via a POS Terminal. Automatically, scans or credit card swipes are recongized.
BOM DropDrop (expand) Bill of MaterialsDrop the extended Bill of Materials into an Order, Invoice, etc. The documents need to be in a Drafted stage. Make sure that the items included in the BOM are on the price list of the Order, Invoice, etc. as otherwise the price will be zero!
Tree MaintenanceMaintain TreesView and change trees. Maintain the entries in their specific Windows.
Workflow EditorEdit WorkflowsEdit the graphical layout of workflows
Workflow ActivitiesMy active workflow activitiesView active worflow activities
Archive ViewerView automatically archived DocumentsDepending on the Client Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view. In the Report Viewer you can manually archive Documents or Reports. You can only view archives, if you have access to the original document.
Performance IndicatorsView Performance IndicatorsView all Performance Indicators and Goals
\ No newline at end of file
+<p><b>Restrictions:</b> Accounting and Inventory conflicts are not resolved in this version.
POSPoint Of Sales TerminalEnter Transactions via a POS Terminal. Automatically, scans or credit card swipes are recongized.
BOM DropDrop (expand) Bill of MaterialsDrop the extended Bill of Materials into an Order, Invoice, etc. The documents need to be in a Drafted stage. Make sure that the items included in the BOM are on the price list of the Order, Invoice, etc. as otherwise the price will be zero!
Tree MaintenanceMaintain TreesView and change trees. Maintain the entries in their specific Windows.
Workflow EditorEdit WorkflowsEdit the graphical layout of workflows
Workflow ActivitiesMy active workflow activitiesView active worflow activities
Archive ViewerView automatically archived DocumentsDepending on the Client Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view. In the Report Viewer you can manually archive Documents or Reports. You can only view archives, if you have access to the original document.
Performance IndicatorsView Performance IndicatorsView all Performance Indicators and Goals
Product Attribute GridMaintain Products with Attributes in a Table GridSelect one or two attributes if a Product Attribute and display/maintain products in a row or table grid.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_InfoColumn_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_InfoColumn_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b8631c1f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_InfoColumn_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_InfoWindow_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_InfoWindow_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c9249e78e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_InfoWindow_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Menu_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Menu_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 81d5a83bd8..b9e39760ee 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Menu_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Menu_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Invoice Inquiry
TaskMaintain Tasks
CurrencyMaintain Currencies
Currency RateMaintain Currency Conversion Rates
Calendar Year and PeriodMaintain Calendars Years Periods
Account ElementMaintain Account Elements
Account CombinationMaintain Valid Account Combinations
Unit of MeasureMaintain Unit of Measure
LocationMaintain Location Address
Country Region and CityMaintain Countries Regions and Cities
Business PartnerMaintain Business Partners
Accounting SchemaMaintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login
TestTest Screen
AttachmentMaintain Attachments
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User Preferences
Project (Service)Maintain Service Projects
GL CategoryMaintain General Ledger Categories
GL JournalEnter and change Manual Journal Entries
Activity (ABC)Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing
Document TypeMaintain Document Types
VAT RateMaintain VAT/Taxes and their Rates
VAT CategoryMaintain VAT Categories
Warehouse & LocatorsMaintain Warehouses and Locators
ProductMaintain Products
Payment TermMaintain Payment Terms
ShipperMaintain Shippers
Sales OrderEnter and change sales orders
Product CategoryMaintain Product Categories
Price ListMaintain Product Price Lists
Invoice ScheduleMaintain Invoicing Schedule
Marketing CampaignMaintain Marketing Campaigns
GL BudgetMaintain General Ledger Budgets
Marketing ChannelMaintain Marketing Channels
Sales RegionMaintain Sales Regions
ElementMaintain System Elements
Table and ColumnMaintain Tables and Columns
ReferenceMaintain System References
Window, Tab & FieldMaintain Windows, Tabs & Fields
Validation RulesMaintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields
MessageMaintain Information and Error Messages
MenuMaintain Menu
LanguageMaintain Languages
UserMaintain Users of the system
ClientMaintain Clients/Tenants
OrganisationMaintain Organisations
RoleMaintain User Responsibilities
Document SequenceMaintain System and Document Sequences
WorkflowMaintain Workflow
Application DictionaryMaintain Application Dictionary
General Rules
Client RulesMaintain Client Rules
DataMaintain Data
Performance Measurement
Utility
Project Management
System RulesGeneral System Rules
Data Import
Accounting Rules
Business Partner Rules
Quote-to-Invoice
Material Management Rules
Accounting Fact DetailsQuery Accounting Facts
TreeMaintain Tree definition
BankMaintain Bank
DunningMaintain Dunning Levels
Withholding (1099)Maintain Withholding Certificates
ChargeMaintain Charges
Organisation Rules
Report & ProcessMaintain Reports & Processes
Invoice (Customer)Customer Invoice Entry
Physical InventoryEnter Physical Inventory
Shipment (Customer)Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns
Inventory MoveInventory Move
Material Management
Import Business PartnerImport Business Partner
Revenue RecognitionRevenue Recognition Rules
Perpetual InventoryMaintain Perpetual Inventory Rules
Vendor DetailsMaintain Vendor Details
GreetingMaintain Greetings
Generate InvoicesGenerate and print Invoices from open Orders
Generate ShipmentsGenerate and print Shipments from open Orders
Order TransactionsSales Order Transaction Report
Open OrdersOpen Order Report
Replenish ReportInventory Replenish Report
Product Transaction SummaryProduct Transaction Summary
Request ProcessorDefine Request Processors
Report ViewMaintain Report Views
Invoice Transactions (Acct)Invoice Transactions by Accounting Date
Requisition-to-Invoice
Material ReceiptVendor Shipments (Receipts)
Purchase OrderManage Purchase Orders
Invoice (Vendor)Vendor Invoice Entry
Daily InvoiceImvoice Report per Day
Monthly InvoiceImvoice Report per Month
Monthly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per Month
Weekly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per Week
Monthly Invoice VendorImvoice Report by Product Vendor per Month
Weekly InvoiceImvoice Report per Week
FormSpecial Forms
Generate Invoices (manual)Select and generate invoices
System Admin
Project Setup and UseSetup of projects and project reporting
Java VersionDisplays the version of the default Java VM
Error MessageDisplay Error Messages
Import Loader FormatMaintain Import Loader Formats
Import File LoaderLoad flat Files into import tables
Language SetupSetup a new Language of the system and translate elements
Initial Client SetupInitial new Client/Tenant Setup
Tire StorageMaintain storage of tires
Vendor SelectionProducts with more than one vendor
ProductionProduction based on Bill of Materials
Material TransactionsMaterial Transactions
Quarterly Invoice Customer by ProductInvoice Report by Customer and Product Category per Quarter
Quarterly Invoice Customer by VendorInvoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per Quarter
Business Partner GroupMaintain Business Partner Groups
NoticeView System Notices
Bank StatementProcess Bank Statements
PaymentProcess Payments and Receipts
Open Items
RequestWork on your requests
Mail TemplateMaintain Mail Template
Custom AttributeMaintain custom entity attributes
CashbookMaintain Cashbook
Cash JournalCash transactions
Open ItemsOpen Item (Invoice) List
UnReconciled PaymentsPayments not reconciled with Bank Statement
Payment AllocationAllocate invoices and payments
AllocationPayment - Invoice - Allocation
Field GroupDefine Field Group
View AllocationView and Reverse Allocations
Invoice Transactions (Doc)Invoice Transactions by Invoice Date
Invoice Detail & MarginInvoice (Line) Detail and Margin Report
Generate ChargesGenerate Charges from natural accounts
Payment SelectionSelect Invoices for Payment
Product Transaction ValueProduct Transaction Value
CommissionMaintain Commissions and Royalties
Project ReportingMaintain Project Reporting Cycles
Project Status SummaryProject Status of Project Cycle
Initial Client Setup ReviewReview of system level setup of a new Client
Partner RelationsCustomer Relations and Partner Management
Commission RunCheck and modify Commissions
Accounting SetupReview and change Accounting Setup
Business Partner SetupSetup Business Partner Rules
Price List SetupDefine your Price Lists and Discounts
Product SetupSet up Products
Sales SetupSetup Sales
VAT SetupSetup VAT/tax calculation
ServiceService Management
Sales and Marketing
Performance GoalDefine Performance Goals
Performance Measure CalculationDefine how you calculate your performance measures
Performance Measurement SetupSetup your Performance Measurement
Performance Analysis
Performance MeasureDefine your Performance Measures
Financial Reporting
Financial ReportMaintain Financial Reports
Report Column SetMaintain Financial Report Column Sets
Report Line SetMaintain Financial Report Line Sets
Service LevelMaintain Service Levels
Payment Selection (manual)Manual Payment Selection
Payment Print/ExportPrint or export your payments
Cash Journal DetailDetail Cash Journal Information
Database exportExport (save) the database
Find (indirect use)Find Dialog (indirect use)
Material Transactions (indirect use)Material Transactions (indirect use)
Print FormMaintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) used
System ColorMaintain System Colors
DesktopMaintain Desktop
System ImageMaintain Images and Icons
WorkbenchMaintain Workbench
Sales
Database transferTransfer the database
Synchronize TerminologySynchronize the terminology within the system.
Receivables Write-OffWrite off open receivables
Resubmit PostingResubmit posting of documents with posting errors
Reset AccountingReset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **
Request (all)View and work on all requests
Request SetupSet up the client to process requests
Discount SchemaMaintain Trade Discount Schema
Inventory Valuation ReportInventory Valuation Report
Matching PO-Receipt-InvoiceMatch Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices
Standard Cost UpdateSet standard and future cost price
Product Costing Report (old)Product Cost Report
Matched InvoicesView Matched Invoices
Matched Purchase OrdersView Matched Purchase Orders
Expense TypeMaintain Expense Report Types
Expense ReportTime and Expense Report
ResourceMaintain Resources
Resource TypeMaintain Resource Types
Recompile DB ObjectsRecompile Database Objects
Print FormatMaintain Print Format
Print FontMaintain Print Font
Print ColorMaintain Print Color
Print PaperMaintain Print Paper
PrintingPrint Definition
Expenses (to be invoiced)View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers
Create Sales Orders from ExpenseCreate Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports
Create AP Expense InvoicesCreate AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees
Print Table FormatDefine Report Table Format
Request TypeMaintain Request Types
Interest AreaInterest Area or Topic
SystemSystem Definition
Generate PO from Sales OrderCreate Purchase Order from Sales Orders
Translation Import/ExportImport or Export Language Translation
Reopen RequestReopen closed requests
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line Sets
Import AccountImport Natural Account Values
Import ProductImport Products
System Translation CheckCheck System Language Translations
AssetAsset used internally or by customers
Asset GroupGroup of Assets
TrainingRepeated Training
Assets
Generate Shipments (manual)Select and generate shipments
Print InvoicesPrint Invoices to paper or send PDF
Deliver AssetsDeliver Customer Assets electronically
Expenses (not reimbursed)View expenses and charges not reimbursed
Statement of AccountsReport Account Statement Beginning Balance and Transactions
SQL ProcessProcess SQL Statements
Accounting Fact BalancesQuery Accounting Daily Balances
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute Set
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number Control
Lot ControlProduct Lot Control
LotProduct Lot Definition
Product Attributes
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute
AttributeProduct Attribute
Expense Invoice (Alpha)Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha Functionality
RecurringRecurring Document
Role Data AccessMaintain Data Access Rules
Import InventoryImport Inventory Transactions
Project TypeMaintain Project Type and Phase
Print LabelPrint Label Format
Session AuditAudit of User Sessions
Security
Change AuditAudit of data changes
Time TypeMaintain Time Recording Type
Cost TypeMaintain Cost Types
AdvertisementWeb Advertisement
Web
Import Bank StatementImport Bank Statements
Import PaymentImport Payments
ClickMaintain Web Click
Import OrderImport Orders
Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Invoice Payment Schedule
Import GL JournalImport General Ledger Journals
AlertCompiere Alert
CounterWeb Counter
Freight CategoryMaintain Freight Categories
Import InvoiceImport Invoices
Cache ResetReset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **
Accounting DimensionsMaintain Non-Account Dimension Trees
ReplicationMaintain Data Replication Targets
Replication StrategyMaintain Data Replication Strategy
Project (Order)Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders
Knowledge BaseMaintain Knowledge Base
Knowledge CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and Values
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword Synonym
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge Entries
Knowledge
Update Accounting BalanceUpdate Daily Accounting Balances
Business Partner InfoDocument Information of Business Partners
Replication SetupSetup of data replication
Send Mail TextSend EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected User
Merge EntitiesMerge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From
Project Cycle ReportReport Projects based on Project Cycle
Customer AssetsReport Customer Assets with Delivery Count
Asset Delivery DetailsReport Asset Deliveries Details
Issue to ProjectIssue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location
Generate PO from ProjectGenerate PO from Project Line(s)
Project Detail Accounting ReportAccounting Fact Details of Project
Project Lines not IssuedLists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Project POs not IssuedLists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
RePrice Order/InvoiceRecalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
Quote convertConvert open Proposal or Quotation to Order
Label PrinterMaintain Label Printer Definition
Verify Document TypesVerify Document Types
Project Margin (Work Order)Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)
Storage DetailStorage Detail Report
Transaction DetailTransaction Detail Report
AgingAging Report
Sales Rep InfoCompany Agent (Sales Rep) Information
Clicks MonthyClicks per Month
Clicks UnprocessedUnprocessed Clicks
UnPosted DocumentsUnposted Documents
Currency TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate Types
POSPoint Of Sales Terminal
Business Partner OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners
Product OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Products
Warehouse OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse
Load Bank StatementLoad Bank Statement
Delete ImportDelete all data in Import Table
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion Rates
BOM DropDrop (expand) Bill of Materials
Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow Execution
Workflow ProcessMonitor workflow processes
Workflow Activities (all)Monitor all Workflow activities
Registration AttributesAsset Registration Attributes
RegistrationUser Asset Registration
Invoice TaxInvoice Tax Reconciliation
Accounting Fact DetailsAccounting Fact Details Report
Accounting Fact DailyAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date
Accounting Fact PeriodAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period
Reopen OrderOpen previously closed Order
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Payment BatchProcess Payment Patches for EFT
Workflow ProcessorMaintain Workflow Processor and Logs
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor and Logs
Organisation TypeMaintain Organisation Types
Auction BuyerMaintain Auction Buyer Information
Auction SellerMaintain Auction Seller Information
PackageManage Shipment Packages
Distribution ListMaintain Distribution Lists
Alert ProcessorMaintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs
Bid TopicTopic with Bids and Offers
Subscription TypeMaintain Subscription Types
SubscriptionMaintain Subscriptions and Deliveries
SchedulerMaintain Schedule Processes and Logs
Partner RelationMaintain Business Partner Relations
RfQ TopicMaintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers
Auction Topic TypeMaintain Auction Topic Type and Categories
RfQManage Request for Quotations
RMAManage Return Material Authorization
ServerCompiere Server Maintenance
Sales Orders
Sales Invoices
Shipments
Market Place
Sequence CheckCheck System and Document Sequences
Dunning RunManage Dunning Runs
RequisitionMaterial Requisition
GL DistributionGeneral Ledger Distribution
Tree MaintenanceMaintain Trees
RfQ ResponseManage RfQ Responses
RfQ ResponseDetail RfQ Responses
RfQ UnansweredOutstanding RfQ Responses
Workflow EditorEdit Workflows
Workflow ActivitiesMy active workflow activities
Open RequisitionsDetail Open Requisition Information
Distribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
UnLink Business Partner OrgUnLink Business Partner from an Organization
Asset Delivery MonthReport Asset Deliveries Summary per month
Access AuditAudit of Access to data or resources
Counter DocumentMaintain Counter Document Types
DemandMaintain Material Demand
ForecastMaintain Material Forecast
Ship/Receipt ConfirmMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
RMA TypeReturn Material Authorization Type
Open Confirmation DetailsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details
Open ConfirmationsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmations
Process AuditAudit process use
Move ConfirmationConfirm Inventory Moves
Print Format DetailPrint Format Detail Report
Import ConfirmationsImport Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
Reset PasswordReset Passwords for User
SLA CriteriaService Level Agreement Criteria
SLA by PartnerService Level Agreement
Price List SchemaMaintain Price List Schema
POS TerminalMaintain your Point of Sales Terminal
POS Key LayoutPOS Function Key Layout
Material Receipt DetailsMaterial Receipt Detail Information
Shipment DetailsShipment Detail Information
Role Access UpdateUpdate the access rights of a role or roles of a client
Reset AllocationReset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments
Auto AllocationAutomatic allocation of invoices to payments
System RegistrationRegister your System
Reapply CustomizationsIf you identified customizations in the Change Log, you can reapply them
Workflow to ClientMove custom workflow elements to the current client
WorkflowCompiere Workflow
Trial BalanceTrial Balance for a period or date range
Internal Use InventoryEnter Internal Use of Inventory
Product UOM ConvertBrack-up or repackage same Products with different UOM
Print Dunning LettersPrint Dunning letters to paper or send PDF
Validate Business PartnerCheck data consistency of Business Partner
Order Batch ProcessProcess Orders in Batch
Archive ViewerView automatically archived Documents
UnAllocated InvoicesInvoices not allocated to Payments
UnAllocated PaymentsPayments not allocated to Invoices
Payment DetailsPayment Detail Report
Business Partner OpenBusiness Partner Open Amount
Commission Run DetailCommission Run Detail Report
Synchronize Doc TranslationSynchronize Document Translation
Material ReferenceMaterial Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)
Invoice BatchExpense Invoice Batch
Window CustomizationDefine Window Customization for Role/User
EDI DefinitionMaintain EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
Product CostsMaintain Product Costs
Cost ElementMaintain Product Cost Element
Costing
Request StatusMaintain Request Status
Request Standard ResponseMaintain Request Standard Response
Request ResolutionMaintain Request Resolutions
Request GroupMaintain Request Group
Request CategoryMaintain Request Category
Request
Web StoreDefine Web Store
PositionMaintain Job Positions
Position CategoryMaintain Job Position Categories
RemunerationMaintain Remuneration
BOM Change NoticeMaintain Bill of Materials (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)
Product BOMMaintain Product Bill of Materials
Invoice RequestsCreate Invoice for Requests
Change NoticeMaintain (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)
Storage CleanupInventory Storage Cleanup
Invoice Not Realized Gain/LossInvoice Not Realized Gain & Loss Report
Product CostProduct Cost Report
Product Cost SummaryProduct Cost Summary Report
Product Cost DetailProduct Invoice Cost Detail Report
Order DetailOrder Detail Report
Business Partner DetailBusiness Partner Detail Report
Attribute Set InstanceView Attribute Set Instance detail and use
Create Costing RecordsCreate Costing Records
VAT Return/DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authorities/HMRC
Reporting HierarchyDefine Reporting Hierarchy
Create PO from RequisitionCreate Purchase Orders from Requisitions
Budget ControlMaintain Budget Controls
GL Fund (Alpha)Maintain Fund Controls
System Issue ReportAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue Reports
Quarter Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per Quarter
Monthly Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per Month
Performance IndicatorsView Performance Indicators
Performance Color SchemaMaintain Performance Color Schema
Performance BenchmarkPerformance Benchmark
Performance RatioMaintain Performance Ratios
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue Recommendation
Issue StatusMaintain Issue Status
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue ProjectMaintain Issue Projects
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue SystemMaintain Systems
\ No newline at end of file
+Invoice Inquiry
TaskMaintain Tasks
CurrencyMaintain Currencies
Currency RateMaintain Currency Conversion Rates
Calendar Year and PeriodMaintain Calendars Years Periods
Account ElementMaintain Account Elements
Account CombinationMaintain Valid Account Combinations
Unit of MeasureMaintain Unit of Measure
LocationMaintain Location Address
Country Region and CityMaintain Countries Regions and Cities
Business PartnerMaintain Business Partners
Accounting SchemaMaintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login
TestTest Screen
AttachmentMaintain Attachments
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User Preferences
ProjectMaintain Projects
GL CategoryMaintain General Ledger Categories
GL JournalEnter and change Manual Journal Entries
Activity (ABC)Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing
Document TypeMaintain Document Types
Tax RateMaintain Taxes and their Rates
Tax CategoryMaintain Tax Categories
Warehouse & LocatorsMaintain Warehouses and Locators
ProductMaintain Products
Payment TermMaintain Payment Terms
ShipperMaintain Shippers
Sales OrderEnter and change sales orders
Product CategoryMaintain Product Categories
Price ListMaintain Product Price Lists
Invoice ScheduleMaintain Invoicing Schedule
Marketing CampaignMaintain Marketing Campaigns
GL BudgetMaintain General Ledger Budgets
Marketing ChannelMaintain Marketing Channels
Sales RegionMaintain Sales Regions
ElementMaintain System Elements
Table and ColumnMaintain Tables and Columns
ReferenceMaintain System References
Window, Tab & FieldMaintain Windows, Tabs & Fields
Validation RulesMaintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields
MessageMaintain Information and Error Messages
MenuMaintain Menu
LanguageMaintain Languages
UserMaintain Users of the system
ClientMaintain Clients/Tenants
OrganisationMaintain Organisations
RoleMaintain User Responsibilities
Document SequenceMaintain System and Document Sequences
WorkflowMaintain Workflow
Application DictionaryMaintain Application Dictionary
General Rules
Client RulesMaintain Client Rules
DataMaintain Data
Performance Measurement
Utility
Project Management
System RulesGeneral System Rules
Data Import
Accounting Rules
Business Partner Rules
Quote-to-Invoice
Material Management Rules
Accounting Fact DetailsQuery Accounting Facts
TreeMaintain Tree definition
BankMaintain Bank
Credit ControlMaintain Credit Levels
Withholding (1099)Maintain Withholding Certificates
ChargeMaintain Charges
Organisation Rules
Report & ProcessMaintain Reports & Processes
Invoice (Customer)Customer Invoice Entry
Physical InventoryEnter Physical Inventory
Shipment (Customer)Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns
Inventory MoveInventory Move
Material Management
Import Business PartnerImport Business Partner
Revenue RecognitionRevenue Recognition Rules
Perpetual InventoryMaintain Perpetual Inventory Rules
Vendor DetailsMaintain Vendor Details
GreetingMaintain Greetings
Generate InvoicesGenerate and print Invoices from open Orders
Generate ShipmentsGenerate and print Shipments from open Orders
Order TransactionsSales Order Transaction Report
Open OrdersOpen Order Report
Replenish ReportInventory Replenish Report
Product Transaction SummaryProduct Transaction Summary
Request ProcessorDefine Request Processors
Report ViewMaintain Report Views
Invoice Transactions (Acct)Invoice Transactions by Accounting Date
Requisition-to-Invoice
Material ReceiptVendor Shipments (Receipts)
Purchase OrderManage Purchase Orders
Invoice (Vendor)Vendor Invoice Entry
Daily InvoiceImvoice Report per Day
Monthly InvoiceImvoice Report per Month
Monthly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per Month
Weekly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per Week
Monthly Invoice VendorImvoice Report by Product Vendor per Month
Weekly InvoiceImvoice Report per Week
FormSpecial Forms
Generate Invoices (manual)Select and generate invoices
System Admin
Project Setup and UseSetup of projects and project reporting
Java VersionDisplays the version of the default Java VM
Error MessageDisplay Error Messages
Import Loader FormatMaintain Import Loader Formats
Import File LoaderLoad flat Files into import tables
Language SetupSetup a new Language of the system and translate elements
Initial Client SetupInitial new Client/Tenant Setup
Tire StorageMaintain storage of tires
Vendor SelectionProducts with more than one vendor
ProductionProduction based on Bill of Materials
Material TransactionsMaterial Transactions
Quarterly Invoice Customer by ProductInvoice Report by Customer and Product Category per Quarter
Quarterly Invoice Customer by VendorInvoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per Quarter
Business Partner GroupMaintain Business Partner Groups
NoticeView System Notices
Bank StatementProcess Bank Statements
PaymentProcess Payments and Receipts
Open Items
RequestWork on your requests
Mail TemplateMaintain Mail Template
Custom AttributeMaintain custom entity attributes
CashbookMaintain Cashbook
Cash JournalCash transactions
Open ItemsOpen Item (Invoice) List
UnReconciled PaymentsPayments not reconciled with Bank Statement
Payment AllocationAllocate invoices and payments
AllocationPayment - Invoice - Allocation
Field GroupDefine Field Group
View AllocationView and Reverse Allocations
Invoice Transactions (Doc)Invoice Transactions by Invoice Date
Invoice Detail & MarginInvoice (Line) Detail and Margin Report
Generate ChargesGenerate Charges from natural accounts
Payment SelectionSelect Invoices for Payment
Product Transaction ValueProduct Transaction Value
CommissionMaintain Commissions and Royalties
Project ReportingMaintain Project Reporting Cycles
Project Status SummaryProject Status of Project Cycle
Initial Client Setup ReviewReview of system level setup of a new Client
Partner RelationsCustomer Relations and Partner Management
Commission RunCheck and modify Commissions
Accounting SetupReview and change Accounting Setup
Business Partner SetupSetup Business Partner Rules
Price List SetupDefine your Price Lists and Discounts
Product SetupSet up Products
Sales SetupSetup Sales
Tax SetupSetup tax calculation
ServiceService Management
Sales and Marketing
Performance GoalDefine Performance Goals
Performance Measure CalculationDefine how you calculate your performance measures
Performance Measurement SetupSetup your Performance Measurement
Performance Analysis
Performance MeasureDefine your Performance Measures
Financial Reporting
Financial ReportMaintain Financial Reports
Report Column SetMaintain Financial Report Column Sets
Report Line SetMaintain Financial Report Line Sets
Service LevelMaintain Service Levels
Payment Selection (manual)Manual Payment Selection
Payment Print/ExportPrint or export your payments
Cash Journal DetailDetail Cash Journal Information
Database exportExport (save) the database
Find (indirect use)Find Dialog (indirect use)
Material Transactions (indirect use)Material Transactions (indirect use)
Print FormMaintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) used
System ColorMaintain System Colors
DesktopMaintain Desktop
System ImageMaintain Images and Icons
WorkbenchMaintain Workbench
Sales
Database transferTransfer the database
Synchronise TerminologySynchronise the terminology within the system.
Receivables Write-OffWrite off open receivables
Resubmit PostingResubmit posting of documents with posting errors or locked documents
Reset AccountingReset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **
Request (all)View and work on all requests
Request SetupSet up the client to process requests
Discount SchemaMaintain Trade Discount Schema
Inventory Valuation ReportInventory Valuation Report
Matching PO-Receipt-InvoiceMatch Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices
Standard Cost UpdateSet standard and future cost price
Product Costing Report (old)Product Cost Report
Matched InvoicesView Matched Invoices
Matched Purchase OrdersView Matched Purchase Orders
Expense TypeMaintain Expense Report Types
Expense ReportTime and Expense Report
ResourceMaintain Resources
Resource TypeMaintain Resource Types
Recompile DB ObjectsRecompile Database Objects
Print FormatMaintain Print Format
Print FontMaintain Print Font
Print ColorMaintain Print Color
Print PaperMaintain Print Paper
PrintingPrint Definition
Expenses (to be invoiced)View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers
Create Sales Orders from ExpenseCreate Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports
Create AP Expense InvoicesCreate AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees
Print Table FormatDefine Report Table Format
Request TypeMaintain Request Types
Interest AreaInterest Area or Topic
SystemSystem Definition
Generate PO from Sales OrderCreate Purchase Order from Sales Orders
Translation Import/ExportImport or Export Language Translation
Reopen RequestReopen closed requests
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line Sets
Import AccountImport Natural Account Values
Import ProductImport Products
System Translation CheckCheck System Language Translations
AssetAsset used internally or by customers
Asset GroupGroup of Assets
TrainingRepeated Training
Assets
Generate Shipments (manual)Select and generate shipments
Print InvoicesPrint Invoices to paper or send PDF
Deliver AssetsDeliver Customer Assets electronically
Expenses (not reimbursed)View expenses and charges not reimbursed
Statement of AccountsReport Account Statement Beginning Balance and Transactions
SQL ProcessProcess SQL Statements
Accounting Fact BalancesQuery Accounting Daily Balances
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute Set
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number Control
Lot ControlProduct Lot Control
LotProduct Lot Definition
Product Attributes
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute
AttributeProduct Attribute
Expense Invoice (Alpha)Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha Functionality
RecurringRecurring Document
Role Data AccessMaintain Data Access Rules
Import InventoryImport Inventory Transactions
Project TypeMaintain Project Type and Phase
Print LabelPrint Label Format
Session AuditAudit of User Sessions
Security
Change AuditAudit of data changes
Time TypeMaintain Time Recording Type
Cost TypeMaintain Cost Types
AdvertisementWeb Advertisement
Web
Import Bank StatementImport Bank Statements
Import PaymentImport Payments
ClickMaintain Web Click
Import OrderImport Orders
Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Invoice Payment Schedule
Import GL JournalImport General Ledger Journals
AlertAdempiere Alert
CounterWeb Counter
Freight CategoryMaintain Freight Categories
Import InvoiceImport Invoices
Cache ResetReset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **
Accounting DimensionsMaintain Non-Account Dimension Trees
ReplicationMaintain Data Replication Targets
Replication StrategyMaintain Data Replication Strategy
Project (Lines/Issues)Maintain Sales Order and Work Order Details
Knowledge BaseMaintain Knowledge Base
Knowledge CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and Values
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword Synonym
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge Entries
Knowledge Base
Update Accounting BalanceUpdate Daily Accounting Balances
Business Partner InfoDocument Information of Business Partners
Replication SetupSetup of data replication
Send Mail TextSend EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected User
Merge EntitiesMerge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From
Project Cycle ReportReport Projects based on Project Cycle
Customer AssetsReport Customer Assets with Delivery Count
Asset Delivery DetailsReport Asset Deliveries Details
Issue to ProjectIssue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location
Generate PO from ProjectGenerate PO from Project Line(s)
Project Detail Accounting ReportAccounting Fact Details of Project
Project Lines not IssuedLists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Project POs not IssuedLists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
RePrice Order/InvoiceRecalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
Quote convertConvert open Proposal or Quotation to Order
Label PrinterMaintain Label Printer Definition
Verify Document TypesVerify Document Types and Period Controls
Project Margin (Work Order)Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)
Storage DetailStorage Detail Report
Transaction DetailTransaction Detail Report
AgingAging Report
Sales Rep InfoCompany Agent (Sales Rep) Information
Clicks MonthyClicks per Month
Clicks UnprocessedUnprocessed Clicks
UnPosted DocumentsUnposted Documents
Currency TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate Types
POSPoint Of Sales Terminal
Business Partner OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners
Product OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Products
Warehouse OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse
Load Bank StatementLoad Bank Statement
Delete ImportDelete all data in Import Table
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion Rates
BOM DropDrop (expand) Bill of Materials
Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow Execution
Workflow ProcessMonitor workflow processes
Workflow Activities (all)Monitor all Workflow activities
Registration AttributesAsset Registration Attributes
RegistrationUser Asset Registration
Invoice TaxInvoice Tax Reconciliation
Accounting Fact DetailsAccounting Fact Details Report
Accounting Fact DailyAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date
Accounting Fact PeriodAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period
Reopen OrderOpen previously closed Order
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Payment BatchProcess Payment Patches for EFT
Workflow ProcessorMaintain Workflow Processor and Logs
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor and Logs
Organisation TypeMaintain Organisation Types
Auction BuyerMaintain Auction Buyer Information
Auction SellerMaintain Auction Seller Information
PackageManage Shipment Packages
Distribution ListMaintain Distribution Lists
Alert ProcessorMaintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs
Bid TopicTopic with Bids and Offers
Subscription TypeMaintain Subscription Types
SubscriptionMaintain Subscriptions and Deliveries
SchedulerMaintain Schedule Processes and Logs
Partner RelationMaintain Business Partner Relations
RfQ TopicMaintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers
Auction Topic TypeMaintain Auction Topic Type and Categories
RfQManage Request for Quotations
RMAManage Return Material Authorization
ServerAdempiere Server Maintenance
Sales Orders
Sales Invoices
Shipments
Market Place
Sequence CheckCheck System and Document Sequences
Credit Control RunManage Crdit Control Runs
RequisitionMaterial Requisition
GL DistributionGeneral Ledger Distribution
Tree MaintenanceMaintain Trees
RfQ ResponseManage RfQ Responses
RfQ ResponseDetail RfQ Responses
RfQ UnansweredOutstanding RfQ Responses
Workflow EditorEdit Workflows
Workflow ActivitiesMy active workflow activities
Open RequisitionsDetail Open Requisition Information
Distribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partners
UnLink Business Partner OrgUnLink Business Partner from an Organization
Asset Delivery MonthReport Asset Deliveries Summary per month
Access AuditAudit of Access to data or resources
Counter DocumentMaintain Counter Document Types
DemandMaintain Material Demand
ForecastMaintain Material Forecast
Ship/Receipt ConfirmMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
RMA TypeReturn Material Authorization Type
Open Confirmation DetailsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details
Open ConfirmationsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmations
Process AuditAudit process use
Move ConfirmationConfirm Inventory Moves
Print Format DetailPrint Format Detail Report
Import ConfirmationsImport Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
Reset PasswordReset Passwords for User
SLA CriteriaService Level Agreement Criteria
SLA by PartnerService Level Agreement
Price List SchemaMaintain Price List Schema
POS TerminalMaintain your Point of Sales Terminal
POS Key LayoutPOS Function Key Layout
Material Receipt DetailsMaterial Receipt Detail Information
Shipment DetailsShipment Detail Information
Role Access UpdateUpdate the access rights of a role or roles of a client
Reset AllocationReset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments
Auto AllocationAutomatic allocation of invoices to payments
System RegistrationRegister your System
Reapply CustomizationsIf you identified customizations in the Change Log, you can reapply them
Workflow to ClientMove custom workflow elements to the current client
WorkflowAdempiere Workflow
Trial BalanceTrial Balance for a period or date range
Internal Use InventoryEnter Internal Use of Inventory
Product UOM ConvertBrack-up or repackage same Products with different UOM
Print Dunning LettersPrint Dunning letters to paper or send PDF
Validate Business PartnerCheck data consistency of Business Partner
Order Batch ProcessProcess Orders in Batch
Archive ViewerView automatically archived Documents
UnAllocated InvoicesInvoices not allocated to Payments
UnAllocated PaymentsPayments not allocated to Invoices
Payment DetailsPayment Detail Report
Business Partner OpenBusiness Partner Open Amount
Commission Run DetailCommission Run Detail Report
Synchronise Doc TranslationSynchronise Document Translation
Material ReferenceMaterial Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)
Invoice BatchExpense Invoice Batch
Window CustomizationDefine Window Customization for Role/User
EDI DefinitionMaintain EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
Product CostsMaintain Product Costs
Cost ElementMaintain Product Cost Element
Costing
Request StatusMaintain Request Status
Request Standard ResponseMaintain Request Standard Response
Request ResolutionMaintain Request Resolutions
Request GroupMaintain Request Group
Request CategoryMaintain Request Category
Request
Web StoreDefine Web Store
PositionMaintain Job Positions
Position CategoryMaintain Job Position Categories
RemunerationMaintain Remuneration
BOM Change NoticeMaintain Bill of Materials (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)
Product BOMMaintain Product Bill of Materials
Invoice RequestsCreate Invoice for Requests
Change NoticeMaintain (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)
Storage CleanupInventory Storage Cleanup
Invoice Not Realized Gain/LossInvoice Not Realized Gain & Loss Report
Product CostProduct Cost Report
Product Cost SummaryProduct Cost Summary Report
Product Cost DetailProduct Invoice Cost Detail Report
Order DetailOrder Detail Report
Business Partner DetailBusiness Partner Detail Report
Attribute Set InstanceView Attribute Set Instance detail and use
Create Costing RecordsCreate Costing Records
Tax DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authorities
Reporting HierarchyDefine Reporting Hierarchy
Create PO from RequisitionCreate Purchase Orders from Requisitions
Budget ControlMaintain Budget Controls
GL Fund (Alpha)Maintain Fund Controls
System Issue ReportAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue Reports
Quarter Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per Quarter
Monthly Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per Month
Performance IndicatorsView Performance Indicators
Performance Color SchemaMaintain Performance Color Schema
Performance BenchmarkPerformance Benchmark
Performance RatioMaintain Performance Ratios
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue Recommendation
Issue StatusMaintain Issue Status
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue ProjectMaintain Issue Management Project Links
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue SystemMaintain Systems
Product Attribute GridMaintain Products with Attributes in a Table Grid
CollaborationCollaboration and Content Management
Template
Media ItemMaintain Web Media
News ChannelDefine News Channels, write and publish articles
Web Ad ManagementContent Management Ad Management defines the needed categories and items
View ChatView discussions / chats
Web ProjectMaintain Web Project (Content Management)
Chat TypeMaintain Chat Types
Deploy Web ProjectDeploy Web Project
Verify BOMsVerify BOM Structures
Entity TypeMaintain System Entity Type
Web AccessMaintain Web Access
Web Broadcast ServerMaintain Web Broadcast Server
Info WindowDefine Info and search/select Window
Text IndexMaintain Text Search Index
Text Index StopMaintain keywords not to be indexed
Text Search LogView Text Search Log
Rebuild Index
LDAP ServerLDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on Adempiere
Application PackagingImport and export packaging
Installed PackagesInstalled Packages
Package MaintenancePackage installation history and maintenance
PackOut - Create a packagePackage build Application
Common Package ElementsMaintain Common Package Elements
PackIn - Import a packageImport a package
Copy RoleCopies one role to another role
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Message_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Message_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 3e8a234fda..ed9bfe1c64 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Message_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Message_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-zero
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
About
Access
You cannot change the recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot delete this recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot insert a recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot update this recordYou don't have the privileges
Client & Organization Data
You cannot delete records of this file for audit reasonsIf not a transaction, you can deactivate the recorrd with deselecting the 'Active' flag
Organization Data
Shared Data
System Data
System & Client Data
With your current role, you cannot update this informationYou don't have the privileges
With your current role and settings, you cannot view this informationYou don't have the privileges (your Role does not allow to access the information) - or - set profile (e.g. if you want to see accounting records, Show Accounting must be set)
© Jorg Janke - ComPiere, Inc. 1999-2002http://www.compiere.org
40 Old Tannery Rd Monroe CT 06460 USAPhone (203) 445-8182
Compiere Online
Account Combination
Create new Account or update Alias
Account not updated
Account Viewer
This action is not allowed in this context
This action is not supported
Address
&Advanced
Alias
All records
Prefer selecting a matching invoice and payment pair and process each at a time.
Record cannot be changed
Amount
Amount Due
Payment Amount
From Amount
Amount To
Application
Applied
At first record
At last record
Attachment
Do you want to delete this (complete) Attachment?
Select a file to attach to this entity
Attachment not found
Cannot add Attachment to this entityAttachments require a single key and this entity is probably an Association (with two keys) or an entity without an unique numeric key.
Automatic Write-OffAutomatic calculation of write-off amount to close the open item
Automatic CommitAutomatic saving of data
Automatic LoginLog in with current user ID automatically
Available Choices
Business Partner not found
Business Partner not saved
Add to Bar
Bar Chart
Remove from Bar
Business Partner
Calculator
Calendar
&Cancel
&Cancel Query
Cannot change Document Type
You cannot delete this record (you might be able to e-activate it)
Cannot delete completed/processed transactions
Change of the default Cashbook ignored.
+zero
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
About
Access
You cannot change the recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot delete this recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot insert a recordYou don't have the privileges
You cannot update this recordYou don't have the privileges
Client & Organization Data
You cannot delete records of this file for audit reasonsIf not a transaction, you can deactivate the recorrd with deselecting the 'Active' flag
Organization Data
Shared Data
System Data
System & Client Data
With your current role, you cannot update this informationYou don't have the privileges
With your current role and settings, you cannot view this informationYou don't have the privileges (your Role does not allow to access the information) - or - set profile (e.g. if you want to see accounting records, Show Accounting must be set)
Adempierehttp://www.adempiere.org
40 Old Tannery Rd Monroe CT 06460 USAPhone (203) 445-8182
Adempiere Online
Account Combination
Create new Account or update Alias
Account not updated
Account Viewer
This action is not allowed in this context
This action is not supported
Address
&Advanced
Alias
All records
Prefer selecting a matching invoice and payment pair and process each at a time.
Record cannot be changed
Amount
Amount Due
Payment Amount
From Amount
Amount To
Application
Applied
At first record
At last record
Attachment
Do you want to delete this (complete) Attachment?
Select a file to attach to this entity
Attachment not found
Cannot add Attachment to this entityAttachments require a single key and this entity is probably an Association (with two keys) or an entity without an unique numeric key.
Automatic Write-OffAutomatic calculation of write-off amount to close the open item
Automatic CommitAutomatic saving of data
Automatic LoginLog in with current user ID automatically
Available Choices
Business Partner not found
Business Partner not saved
Add to Bar
Bar Chart
Remove from Bar
Business Partner
Calculator
Calendar
&Cancel
&Cancel Query
Cannot change Document Type
You cannot delete this record (you might be able to e-activate it)
Cannot delete completed/processed transactions
Change of the default Cashbook ignored.
Please change Cashbook only after completion of transaction
Charge created
Create Charge from Account
Generate Charges
Create Account and Charge
Charge NOT created
City
Client
Shared Services
Close Window
Combination
Connection
Contact
Control Amount differs from Balance
Error while executing currency conversion routine
Converted
Copied
&Copy Record
Update copied record and save or ignore
Could not copy:
Country
Create
Create New Record
Created
Credit Card Expiration Date Format must be "MMYY"
Credit Card Expiration Date Month invalid
Credit Card Expiration Date Year invalid
Credit Card is expired
Credit Card Number not valid
There seems to be a Credit Card Number problem.
Continue?
Credit Card Validation Code not correct.You find the four digit validation number printed on AMEX right above the credit card number. On other cards it is a three digit number printed on the signature field after the credit card number.
Note: Over Credit Limit
Currency Conversion
Current Settings
Customize
Database Error.
Data requeried from database
Database
Date
Date from
Date to
Trace Level
Default Error
&Delete record
Could not delete record:
Record not deleted - dependent record found
Do you want to delete the record?
Deleted
Description
Detail record
Difference
Trade Discount
Discount Date
Category Discount invalid (above or below 100)
Display Document Info
Display Quantity
Display Source Info
Document is being processed
Copy
Drill
EFT
EMail
EMail to Support
&Edit
Editor
e&Xit Window
Enter &Query
Enter text to search for in tree
Environment
Error:
Execute Query
Exit Application
Are you sure you want to exit the application?
Expand all
&Expand Tree
Expense
Expires (MMYY)
Export
Export to Excel
Export Records
Process failed:
Field
&File
csv - Excel Comma Separated Values file
Cannot create file
html - HTML file
Import File Loader
<Select File to Load>
Select the file to load matching the Import Format
Select a Import Format
Rows in file / loaded and ready to import:
Invalid File Extension
pdf - Acrobat PDF file
ps - Postscript file
rtf - Rich Text Format file
txt - Tab delimited file
Error writing file
xml - XML file
Fill mandatory fields:
&Lookup Record
Available Columns
Select columns and order them
Selected Columns
Customize Find
Select a row or enter search criteria
Enter Query criteria with optional % wildcard (case insensitive)
No Records found
First record
First Page
From
Callout Function not found
Callout Function Error
Generate
&Go
Go To Page
Column for Name (X-Axis)
Greeting
Summarize
Group by
Heading
&Help
Histor&Y records
&Menu
Host
&Undo changes
Could not ignore changes:
Changes ignored
Info
Account Info
Business Partner Info
Shipment Info
Invoice Info
Order Info
Payment Info
Product &Info
Inserted
Generate Invoices (manual)
Generating invoices
Invoices are generated depending on the "Invoicing Rule" selection in the Order
Select shipments to generate invoices
One or more Product is more than once in the count list. Lines deactivated.
Invoice
Receipt (Shipment) already exists for this invoice
Document must be completed first
Insert Item here
Move Item
Last record
Last Page
Length
Level
Load
Loading ....
Location/Address
Enter new Location/Address
Update Location/Address
Login
Login (success)
Margin
Match From
Search Mode
Match To
Matched
Matching
&Menu
Go to Menu
Menu cannot load:
Message not sent.
@@ -12,20 +12,20 @@ Details:
|
The record is referenced by other records.
-Details:
Same Business Partner
Same Product
Same Quantity
&Save changes
Do you want to save changes?
Save Info in Cookie
Could not save changes:
Could not save changes - data was changed after query.System will re-query record.
Could not save record - Require unique data: Please change information.
Record not saved. Row not found!
Not saved
Could not post record:
Record saved
Schema
Script
Script Editor
Script Error
Script Help
Result
Result Variable
Available Variables
Search records
Search Criteria
Could not locate record:
All / Any
Search for using All criteria (AND) - or Any criteria (OR)
Nothing to search on here
Select Record & Return
Query Error - probably wrong criteria entered
Rows found - Enter query criteria (optionally with %)
Select
Available Choices
Select Document
Select File
Search and select an entry
Select Menu Item
Select Program
Select Columns for Select Window
Move columns wanted into the Selected box and sequence their order
Selected Choices
Selected
Send EMail
Send Mail
Sequence
Could not find document sequence:Check Document Definition and Document Sequence Rules
Could not find next Table ID sequenceCheck with your System Administrator
Could not find Sequence for:
Create Objects on ServerCreate complex objects on Application Server (slow communication lines)
Document must be completed first
Show Accounting TabsShow accounting information
Show Translation TabsShow translation information
Single-Record Display
Sort by
Sorted
Standard
Start
Do you want to start the Process?
Start selected Report
Start Reports
Start Search ...
Subject
Process completed successfully
Sum
System
Tab
Cannot execute task:
Tasks
Criteria for Tax not found
Could not find tax
Test
Timeout - Try to check results later
To
Today
&Tools
Totals
Trx
User Interface ThemeWindow - Metal - Compiere
Under Limit Price
Update
Update data for copied record and save or ignore
Updated
User
User Interface
User defined message
User and Password inconsistent
Payment print/export
For some payments, there were not enough room for all remittance lines.
+Details:
Same Business Partner
Same Product
Same Quantity
&Save changes
Do you want to save changes?
Save Info in Cookie
Could not save changes:
Could not save changes - data was changed after query.System will re-query record.
Could not save record - Require unique data: Please change information.
Record not saved. Row not found!
Not saved
Could not post record:
Record saved
Schema
Script
Script Editor
Script Error
Script Help
Result
Result Variable
Available Variables
Search records
Search Criteria
Could not locate record:
All / Any
Search for using All criteria (AND) - or Any criteria (OR)
Nothing to search on here
Select Record & Return
Query Error - probably wrong criteria entered
Rows found - Enter query criteria (optionally with %)
Select
Available Choices
Select Document
Select File
Search and select an entry
Select Menu Item
Select Program
Select Columns for Select Window
Move columns wanted into the Selected box and sequence their order
Selected Choices
Selected
Send EMail
Send Mail
Sequence
Could not find document sequence:Check Document Definition and Document Sequence Rules
Could not find next Table ID sequenceCheck with your System Administrator
Could not find Sequence for:
Create Objects on ServerCreate complex objects on Application Server (slow communication lines)
Document must be completed first
Show Accounting TabsShow accounting information
Show Translation TabsShow translation information
Single-Record Display
Sort by
Sorted
Standard
Start
Do you want to start the Process?
Start selected Report
Start Reports
Start Search ...
Subject
Process completed successfully
Sum
System
Tab
Cannot execute task:
Tasks
Criteria for Tax not found
Could not find tax
Test
Timeout - Try to check results later
To
Today
&Tools
Totals
Trx
User Interface ThemeWindow - Metal - Adempiere
Under Limit Price
Update
Update data for copied record and save or ignore
Updated
User
User Interface
User defined message
User and Password inconsistent
Payment print/export
For some payments, there were not enough room for all remittance lines.
Do you want to print separate Remittance advice ?
No Bank Account Documents (Checks) for this Bank Account and Payment Rule.
No Payments available for Print/Export
Do you want to print Remittance Advice ?
Generate EFT Payments
Is the payment print correct ?
Payment selection (manual)
Generate Payments from Payment Selection?
No Bank Account with Document (e.g. Check)
Print/export generated Payments?
Initial Client Setup
Material Transaction Info
&Key
Value Preference
Preference Value deleted
Preference Value set
Preference Value NOT found
Preference Value NOT set
For level
&View
Graph
Enter Selection and Display criteria and start Query
&Enter Query
View Result
Cannot start Workflow - Definition not correct
Exit Workflow
Next workflow step
Previous workflow step
Back to start of workflow
Please upgrade your Browser, if dependent field selections remain empty after change of Role.
Database currently not available
Waiting for Payment (if required you can close the order)
&Warehouse
Record Info
Window
Write-off
Yes
Yes
&Zoom
Document Zoom
of
Print only most recent Shipment ?
(No: print all shipments of order)
Resource Assignment
{0} Line(s) - Total: {1,number,#,##0.00} {2}
Week
Day
Month
Resource Info
Resource is not available or not active
Resource is unavailable
Not a business day
Time not available
Day not available
Schedule Info
Landscape
Portrait
No Currency Conversion Rate between currencies found
Operator
Query Value
To Query Value
Validation Error
Data Rows
Data Columns
No Document Print Format defined
Translate Print FormatIf you do not have Multi-Lingual Document enabled, you can translate a Report here.
Translate
New Report
Average
Count
Screen Shot
Database Version ErrorThe program assumes Database version {0}, but Database has Version {1}.
This is likely to cause hard to fix errors.
Please stop and migrate the database immediately.
Always Preview PrintDon't print direct - even Documents
All
Year
How long back in History?View history records back in time.
To be matched
Store PasswordStore Password for fast Login (security risk)
Cash Journal Info
Resource Info
Absolute Amount
Import
Errors
Purchase
No Application Server found
Optional
Load Accounting ValuesFormat: Accounting__.csv
No Tax Exempt Rate found (define a tax exempt tax rate)
No Database Connection
Generating shipments
Select orders to generate shipments
Shipments are generated depending on the "Delivery Rule" selection in the Order
Shipment
Sent
You need to restrict the selection.
Beginning Balance
Invalid Arguments - Check Parameters
Charge cannot be selected, if there is an existing Product selection (either-or). A charge needs to have it's own line.
Payment Document Type and Invoice type (AP/AR) inconsistent.
(Re) Select Invoice
Online Payment Failed
Load Error
Merge From (deleted)
Merge To (surviving)
Merge From entity to To entity ?
-** NO Undo nor Trace -- You need to have a Backup **
Merge Success
Merge Error - Please review:
Language Setup ErrorCheck Language Setup
No Product Attribute Set defined
No Product Attribute Information
No Products with Attributes to select
Context
Asset Info
Reset
Product Attributes
Product Attribute Instance
SQL Statement
Private Record Lock
Product Attribute Info
You cannot create Reports for this Information.You don't have the privileges
You cannot export this Information.You don't have the privileges
Client Data
Record Access Dialog
Role Info
Include
Exclude
Dictionary MaintenanceOnly for internal Compiere Dictionary Maintenence - DO NOT SELECT
No Translation
Select existing Record
New Record
Edit Record
Show All
Document has Lines without MANDATORY Product Attribute Set Instance - complete first
Select existing record
Size
Bold
Italic
Underline
Font Family
Font Style
Left
Center
Right
Align
Font
System Not Setup for Replication (see log)
Mean
Minimum
Maximum
Variance
Std.Deviation
Running Total
Select Product
Total VM Memory {0,number,integer} kB - Free {1,number,integer} kB
ssv - Semicolon Separated Values file
Save Attachment to Disk
Do you want to delete this Attachment entry?
jpg - JPEG Graphic file
Download {0} for {1}
+** NO Undo nor Trace -- You need to have a Backup **
Merge Success
Merge Error - Please review:
Language Setup ErrorCheck Language Setup
No Product Attribute Set defined
No Product Attribute Information
No Products with Attributes to select
Context
Asset Info
Reset
Product Attributes
Product Attribute Instance
SQL Statement
Private Record Lock
Product Attribute Info
You cannot create Reports for this Information.You don't have the privileges
You cannot export this Information.You don't have the privileges
Client Data
Record Access Dialog
Role Info
Include
Exclude
Dictionary MaintenanceOnly for internal Adempiere Dictionary Maintenence - DO NOT SELECT
No Translation
Select existing Record
New Record
Edit Record
Show All
Document has Lines without MANDATORY Product Attribute Set Instance - complete first
Select existing record
Size
Bold
Italic
Underline
Font Family
Font Style
Left
Center
Right
Align
Font
System Not Setup for Replication (see log)
Mean
Minimum
Maximum
Variance
Std.Deviation
Running Total
Select Product
Total VM Memory {0,number,integer} kB - Free {1,number,integer} kB
ssv - Semicolon Separated Values file
Save Attachment to Disk
Do you want to delete this Attachment entry?
jpg - JPEG Graphic file
Download {0} for {1}
Version = {2} - Lot = {3} - SerNo = {4}
Guarantee Date = {5,date,short}
-Thank you for using Compiere Customer Asset Management
+Thank you for using Adempiere Customer Asset Management
You are writing off a significant percentage of the open amount.Deselect Automatic Write-off to manually enter the write-off amount
Answer
Forward
You have no Activities
Your Workflow Activities
Workflow Result
Cannot Forward
Active Workflow for this Record exists (complete first):
Period Closed
Active &Workflows
No Zoom Target for this Record
&Zoom Across (where used)
Order
Counter Document
Set Window Size
Set Window Size for all users
(Cancel to reset to default)
Account used is Document Controlled - Do not use for manual Journals.
Warehouse Organization is not Document Organization
Business Partner is on Credit Stop
Business Partner is on Credit Hold
Business Partner with this Order over Credit Hold
Business Partner with open Shipments over Credit Hold
Not Invoiced Amount
Old Password is Mandatory
Old Password does not match
No POS Terminal defined for User
Select POS Terminal
Register
Summary
&Product
&Business Partner
Checkout
Cash Given
Return
Cash
Exp MM/YY
Current Line
Log Out
Plus (add)
Minus (subtract)
Product Attribute Set has no Instance attributes (e.g. Serial No)
No Inventory Available:
The Product UoM needs to be the smallest UoMDivide Rate must be >= 1 and always result in a valid UoM unit.
Example: To convert Each to Pair, the Multiply Rate is 0.5
Select the Product UoM as the From Unit of Measure:
Unconfirmed Qty
Inventory Replenishment
Request {0} - Due
Inactivity Alert: Request {0}
Workflow Not Valid
Inactivity Alert: Workflow Activity {0}
Alert Workflow Activity: Max Wait Time Ended {0}
Alert Workflow Activity Over Priority {0}
Failed
** Voided
Unbalanced Journal and Suspense Balancing not enabled
Selection
Display
Product is not on PriceList
Added
Error while creating the Accounting Setup.
-Check the error log and the format of the Accounting*.cvs file - No duplicate Accounts and all all defaut accounts must be included (even if you will not use them).
For Internal Use of Inventory you need to define a Charge
Save to File
Errors Only
Trace LevelDetail of Trace Information - INFO is usually sufficient
Trace Information
Trace FileCreate Trace file in Compiere directory or in user home directory
Run Processes on ServerRun Processes on Application Server (slow communication lines)
Create New Request
Show all Requests
Show active Requests
Documents
Reports
No Archives for this Record
&Check Requests
&Archived Documents/Reports
Document Archived
Archive Error
All Reports
Organization * (0) not allowed
Credit Memo
{0} Line(s) {1,number,#,##0.00} - Total: {2,number,#,##0.00}
Press OK to start 'After Migration' process ... may take a few minutes
Invalid:
Resource Assignment could Not be deleted. It may be used in an Order or Invoice.
+Check the error log and the format of the Accounting*.cvs file - No duplicate Accounts and all all defaut accounts must be included (even if you will not use them).
For Internal Use of Inventory you need to define a Charge
Save to File
Errors Only
Trace LevelDetail of Trace Information - INFO is usually sufficient
Trace Information
Trace FileCreate Trace file in Adempiere directory or in user home directory
Run Processes on ServerRun Processes on Application Server (slow communication lines)
Create New Request
Show all Requests
Show active Requests
Documents
Reports
No Archives for this Record
&Check Requests
&Archived Documents/Reports
Document Archived
Archive Error
All Reports
Organization * (0) not allowed
Credit Memo
{0} Line(s) {1,number,#,##0.00} - Total: {2,number,#,##0.00}
Press OK to start 'After Migration' process ... may take a few minutes
Invalid:
Resource Assignment could Not be deleted. It may be used in an Order or Invoice.
Delete Order/Invoice line with the Assignment.
Yes
No
Request Update
Show Advanced TabsShow Tabs with advanced functionality like Matching, Allocation, etc.
Request Status Timeout
Document Status changed - Requery Record
Will retrieve high number of records -
-Do you want to continue?
Create new node
Delete Node
Add Line
Delete Line
Not Approved
Available to Promise
Insufficient Qty on Hand
Payment is allocated (Charge, Invoice, Order)
Costing Level defined on Client Level - You cannot specify Organization nor Attribute
You cannot delete this record (it is used)
A record already exists
You subscribed to this Interest Area. To unsubscribe, log in, go to Interest Area and click Un-subscribe.
Force
Query returned more records then allowed in role - requery
Automatic New RecordWhen no record exists, automatically create a New Record
Force Posting - Overwrite Locking
Alternative
Unconfirmed Move
Connection Profile changed - You need to re-login to be effective.
Workflow &Activities
&Workflow
&Lookup
Please select the parent tab first:
Please select the parent tab before selecting a dependent tab
&OK
&Document No
Cache WindowsCache Window Definitions on Client
&Performance
System NameName your Compiere System installation, e.g. Joe Block, Inc.
Existing Support ContractSign up for Compiere Support - also supports the product development
Supported UsersMax Users of Support Contract Purchased
Insufficient Inventory Available:
Document Processed
Not reserved
\ No newline at end of file
+Do you want to continue?
Create new node
Delete Node
Add Line
Delete Line
Not Approved
Available to Promise
Insufficient Qty on Hand
Payment is allocated (Charge, Invoice, Order)
Costing Level defined on Client Level - You cannot specify Organization nor Attribute
You cannot delete this record (it is used)
A record already exists
You subscribed to this Interest Area. To unsubscribe, log in, go to Interest Area and click Un-subscribe.
Force
Query returned more records then allowed in role - requery
Automatic New RecordWhen no record exists, automatically create a New Record
Force Posting - Overwrite Locking
Alternative
Unconfirmed Move
Connection Profile changed - You need to re-login to be effective.
Workflow &Activities
&Workflow
&Lookup
Please select the parent tab first:
Please select the parent tab before selecting a dependent tab
&OK
&Document No
Cache WindowsCache Window Definitions on Client
&Performance
System NameName your Adempiere System installation, e.g. Joe Block, Inc.
Existing Support ContractSign up for Adempiere Support - also supports the product development
Supported UsersMax Users of Support Contract Purchased
Insufficient Inventory Available:
Document Processed
Not reserved
Process started ... still running (requery later)
Start as Background Process
Attribute Grid
Mode
View
Create PO
Price update
URL not valid or cannot be displayed.
No Document Lines found
Chat
Not Valid
Scheduler Result
Bank account for business partner not found
User EMail address was not verified - Please verify EMail
User Subscription not found
Select &All
Close All Windows
Close Other Windows
Validate Connection on Startup
Single Instance per Window
Open Window Maximized
Delete Selected Items
Save Parent Tab First
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 9b172830f5..36fe30bb5e 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-|
|
\ No newline at end of file
+|
|
|
|
|
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_en_GB.xml
index a0f2469dd5..aaaebb519b 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Para_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Para_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 38164f806b..385695418f 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Para_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Para_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Delete existing Accounting EntriesThe selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!!
Pricelist VersionOnly used if Price List is used to set future/standard cost price
Target Payment RuleHow you pay the invoiceThe Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment.
From UserSend EMail from userThe email is sent from the user selected - otherwise it is sent from the request email address of the client
Maintenance ModeLanguage Maintenance Mode
Existing OrganizationOrganizational entity within client - set to empty if you want to create a new organizationAn organization is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations.
Limit Access to RoleIf no Role is selected, grant access to all (non-manual) roles of the ClientThe Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Default Sales RepIf not defined on Business Partner Level
Dunning CurrencyCurrency to create Dunning Letters
\ No newline at end of file
+Delete existing Accounting EntriesThe selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!!
Pricelist VersionOnly used if Price List is used to set future/standard cost price
Overwrite Payment RuleOverwrite how to pay the invoiceThe Payment Rule indicates how the incoice will be settled - you can overwrite the value from the invoice.
From UserSend EMail from userThe email is sent from the user selected - otherwise it is sent from the request email address of the client
Maintenance ModeLanguage Maintenance Mode
Existing OrganizationOrganizational entity within client - set to empty if you want to create a new organizationAn organization is a unit of your client or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations.
Limit Access to RoleIf no Role is selected, grant access to all (non-manual) roles of the ClientThe Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
New User/ContactUser within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
New Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Default Sales RepIf not defined on Business Partner Level
Dunning CurrencyCurrency to create Dunning Letters
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Trl_en_GB.xml
index af3a0a9773..42837e416b 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Process_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,24 +1,23 @@
-Create Periods Create 12 standard calendar periods (Jan-Dec)
RenumberRenumber Discount entries
Create Price List Create Prices based on parameters of this versionCreate Prices for this pricelist version in the sequence of the Discount Schema Price List.
+Create Periods Create 12 standard calendar periods (Jan-Dec)
RenumberRenumber Discount entries
Create Price List Create Prices based on parameters of this versionCreate Prices for this pricelist version in the sequence of the Discount Schema Price List.
Lines with a higher sequence overwrite existing prices. The sequence should be from generic to specific.
Process Order
Create Inventory Count List Create Inventory Count ListThe inventory count lines are generated. You can add new lines or delete lines manually.
Update QuantityThe Book Quantity is updated with current book quantityThe Update Quantity Process will update the book quantity with the current book quantity.
Process Inventory Count Process Inventory count and update Inventory
Add or Copy AccountsAdd missing Accounts - or Copy&Overwrite Accounts (DANGEROUS!!)Either add missing accounts - or copy and overwrite all default accounts. If you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the bank account asset accounts, ...)
Process Shipment Process Shipment/Receipt (Update Inventory)Process Shipment/Receipt will move products out of/into inventory and mark line items as shipped/received.
Order Print** Special ** Do not change **
Process Invoice
Copy AccountsCopy and overwrite Accounts to Business Partners of this groupIf you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the receivebles account, ...)
Copy Window TabsCopy all Tabs and Fields from other Window
Copy Tab FieldsCopy Fields from other Tab
Vendor SelectionProducts with more than one vendorVendor Selection is initiated when there is a product that is supplied by more than one vendor. It allows the selection of a specific vendor for a Purchase Order.
Invoice Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Delivery Note / Shipment Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Generate ShipmentsGenerate and print Shipments from open OrdersShipments for open Orders are created based on the delivery rule of the Order and the relative order priority. If a Promise Date is selected only orders up to (including) the date are selected.<br>
If several Orders of a business partner have the same location, the orders can be consolidated into one Shipment.<br>
You can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available).
Generate InvoicesGenerate and print Invoices from open OrdersInvoices for open Orders are created based on the invoice rule of the Order.
If several Orders of a business partner have the same bill location, the orders can be consolidated into one Invoice.
Order TransactionsSales Order Transaction Report
Open OrdersOpen Order ReportOrders with quantities to deliver (Backordered) or quantities to invoice
Process MovementsProcess Inventory MovementsProcess Inventory Movements will update inventory quantities based on the defined movements between warehouses or locations.
Generate CommissionGenerate Commission
Product Transaction SummaryProduct Transaction SummaryThe report shows transaction summary for stored products
Replenish ReportInventory Replenish ReportReport lists products to be replenished. Note that a product can have only one current vendor. If there are more then vendor per product, both records are reset. You need to select a current vendor manually.<br>
-Movements are only created, if a sourcing warehouse is defined for the warehouse to be replenished.
Order Drilldown
Invoice Transactions (Acct)Invoice Transactions by Accounting DateThe report lists the invoice transactions by accounting date
Daily InvoiceImvoice Report per DayInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Monthly InvoiceImvoice Report per MonthInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Weekly InvoiceImvoice Report per WeekInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Weekly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per WeekInvoiced Amount by Product Category
Monthly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per MonthInvoiced Amount by Product Category
Monthly Invoice VendorImvoice Report by Product Vendor per MonthInvoiced Amount by Vendor and Product Category
Generate Invoices (manual) Generate and print Invoices manually
Copy LinesCopy Lines from other Import Format
Verify BOMVerify BOM StructureThe Verify BOM Structure checks the elements and steps which comprise a Bill of Materials.
Create/Post ProductionCreate production lines, if not created - otherwise process the productionCreate/Post Production will generate the production lines and process the production. If the production lines already exists, the production will be processed
Quarterly Invoice Customer by ProductInvoice Report by Customer and Product Category per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Customer and Product Category
Quarterly Invoice Customer by VendorInvoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Customer and Vendor (what customer bought from which vendor)
Copy AccountsCopy and overwrite Accounts to Products of this categoryIf you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the revenue account, ...)
Generate Receipt from InvoiceCreate and process delivery Receipt from this invoice.The invoice should be correct and completed.
Process Cash
Open ItemsOpen Item (Invoice) ListDisplays all unpaid invoices for a given Business Partner and date range. Please note that Invoices paid in Cash will appear in Open Items until the Cash Journal is processed.
UnReconciled PaymentsPayments not reconciled with Bank StatementThe report lists payments which are not reconciled with a bank statement. Payments with a zero payment amount are not listed.
Process Statement
AllocationPayment - Invoice - AllocationThe report displays invoice allocations to payments and cash journals. Previous allocations are displayed as reversed.
Process Payment
Process Allocation
Invoice Transactions (Doc)Invoice Transactions by Invoice DateThe report lists the invoice transactiobs by invoice date
Invoice Detail & MarginInvoice (Line) Detail and Margin ReportThe Report lists Customer and Vendor Invoice Details with Margines.
Online Process
Generate Invoice from ReceiptCreate and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed.Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually.
Prepare PaymentCreate Prepared Payments (Checks) to be paidYou create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export
Create From ...
Dunning Letter** Special ** Do not change **
Tire Letter
Product Transaction ValueProduct Transaction ValueThe report shows product transactions with current vendor prices
Project Status SummaryProject Status of Project Cycle
Generate OrderGenerate Order from ProjectThe Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase. A price list and warehouse/service point must be defined on the project.
Copy LinesCopy Commission Lines from other Commission
Create InvoiceCreate Invoice from Commission Calculation
Open/Close AllChange Period Status for all Period Controls of this Period
Open/CloseChange Period Status
Process Journal
Cash Journal DetailDetail Cash Journal Information
Receivables Write-OffWrite off open receivablesWrite-off receivables causes the invoices selected by the criteria to be marked as paid and the open invoice amount to be written off. Alternatively you can create payments.
Synchronize TerminologySynchronize the terminology within the system.Based on the entries in Window Element, the fields in windows, parameters, etc. are synchronized, if they are centrally maintained. Also synchronizes Language Translation.
Create Columns from DBCreate Dictionary Columns of Table not existing as a Column but in the DatabaseIf you have added columns in the database to this table, this procedure creates the Column records in the Dictionary. Please be aware, that they may deleted, if the entity type is not set to User.
Create FieldsCreate Field from Table Column, which do not exist in the Tab yetBased on the table columns of this Tab, this procedure creates the missing Fields
Resubmit PostingResubmit posting of documents with posting errorsDocuments with posting errors are reset to be posted by the next run of the accounting engine - after fixing the cause (e.g. opening period).
Reset AccountingReset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **Delete accounting records of documents to be re-created by the next run of the accounting engine. This is a dramatic step and you want to do this ONLY after changes of the accounting structure (e.g. different default accounts, etc.) and if fixing via manual Journal entries is not sensible.
Language MaintenanceMaintain language translation in systemYou can Add Missing Translation entries (required after activating an additional System Language) - Delete Translation Records - or Re-Create the translation Records (first delete and add missing entries).
-Note that Adding the Missing Translation records creates them by copying the System Language (English). You would apply the Language Pack after that process. Run Syncronize Terminology after importing the translation.
Inventory Valuation ReportInventory Valuation ReportReport lists products with their on-hand quantity and values at the valuation date. In addition to several prices, standard costs and an optional other cost element is used to calculate the inventory of the particular warehouse.
Synchronize ColumnChange database table definition from application dictionaryWhen selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary. Note that not all changes are supported by the database and may result in an error.
Standard Cost UpdateSet standard and future cost priceFor Standard Costs you can set/recalculate the current or future cost price (for the cost type of the accounting schema). If the Costing Level of the Accounting Schema is set to Client, missing cost records are created. The historical costs are calculated based on the accumulated amount/quantity of the costing method.
Product Costing Report (old)Product Cost Report
Process Expenses
Recompile DB ObjectsRecompile Database ObjectsRecompile Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Views, etc.
Create Sales Orders from ExpenseCreate Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports
Create AP Expense InvoicesCreate AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees
Process Batch
Copy ColumnsCopy Report Columns from other Column SetCopy columns at the end of this Column Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands.
Copy LinesCopy Report Lines from other Line SetCopy lines at the end of this Line Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands.
Set Print FormatSet for all Print Formats with same Landscape/Portrait
Copy/CreateCopy existing OR create Print Format from TableSelect either a table to create a print format [creates initial rough layout]
-OR a print format to copy into the current print format [copies layout].
Generate PO from Sales OrderCreate Purchase Order from Sales OrdersAfter completing sales orders, you can create one or more purchase orders for each sales order. A purchase order references always only one sales order (i.e. no consolidation of sales orders).
+Movements are only created, if a sourcing warehouse is defined for the warehouse to be replenished.
Order Drilldown
Invoice Transactions (Acct)Invoice Transactions by Accounting DateThe report lists the invoice transactions by accounting date
Daily InvoiceImvoice Report per DayInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Monthly InvoiceImvoice Report per MonthInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Weekly InvoiceImvoice Report per WeekInvoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
Weekly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per WeekInvoiced Amount by Product Category
Monthly Invoice Prod CatImvoice Report by Product Category per MonthInvoiced Amount by Product Category
Monthly Invoice VendorImvoice Report by Product Vendor per MonthInvoiced Amount by Vendor and Product Category
Generate Invoices (manual) Generate and print Invoices manually
Copy LinesCopy Lines from other Import Format
Verify BOMVerify BOM StructureThe Verify BOM Structure checks the elements and steps which comprise a Bill of Materials.
Create/Post ProductionCreate production lines, if not created - otherwise process the productionCreate/Post Production will generate the production lines and process the production. If the production lines already exists, the production will be processed
Quarterly Invoice Customer by ProductInvoice Report by Customer and Product Category per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Customer and Product Category
Quarterly Invoice Customer by VendorInvoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Customer and Vendor (what customer bought from which vendor)
Copy AccountsCopy and overwrite Accounts to Products of this categoryIf you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the revenue account, ...)
Generate Receipt from InvoiceCreate and process delivery Receipt from this invoice.The invoice should be correct and completed.
Process Cash
Open ItemsOpen Item (Invoice) ListDisplays all unpaid invoices for a given Business Partner and date range. Please note that Invoices paid in Cash will appear in Open Items until the Cash Journal is processed.
UnReconciled PaymentsPayments not reconciled with Bank StatementThe report lists payments which are not reconciled with a bank statement. Payments with a zero payment amount are not listed.
Process Statement
AllocationPayment - Invoice - AllocationThe report displays invoice allocations to payments and cash journals. Previous allocations are displayed as reversed.
Process Payment
Process Allocation
Invoice Transactions (Doc)Invoice Transactions by Invoice DateThe report lists the invoice transactiobs by invoice date
Invoice Detail & MarginInvoice (Line) Detail and Margin ReportThe Report lists Customer and Vendor Invoice Details with Margines.
Online Process
Generate Invoice from ReceiptCreate and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed.Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually.
Prepare PaymentCreate Prepared Payments (Checks) to be paidYou create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export
Create From ...
Dunning Letter** Special ** Do not change **
Tire Letter
Product Transaction ValueProduct Transaction ValueThe report shows product transactions with current vendor prices
Project Status SummaryProject Status of Project Cycle
Generate OrderGenerate Order from ProjectThe Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase. A price list and warehouse/service point must be defined on the project.
Copy LinesCopy Commission Lines from other Commission
Create InvoiceCreate Invoice from Commission Calculation
Open/Close AllChange Period Status for all Period Controls of this Period
Open/CloseChange Period Status
Process Journal
Cash Journal DetailDetail Cash Journal Information
Receivables Write-OffWrite off open receivablesWrite-off receivables causes the invoices selected by the criteria to be marked as paid and the open invoice amount to be written off. Alternatively you can create payments.
Synchronise TerminologySynchronise the terminology within the system.Based on the entries in Window Element, the fields in windows, parameters, etc. are synchronised, if they are centrally maintained. Also synchronises Language Translation.
Create Columns from DBCreate Dictionary Columns of Table not existing as a Column but in the DatabaseIf you have added columns in the database to this table, this procedure creates the Column records in the Dictionary. Please be aware, that they may deleted, if the entity type is not set to User.
Create FieldsCreate Field from Table Column, which do not exist in the Tab yetBased on the table columns of this Tab, this procedure creates the missing Fields
Resubmit PostingResubmit posting of documents with posting errors or locked documentsAfter resubmitting, the accounting engine will try to post the document again. You resubmit documents, if they are locked or when the document had posting errors - after fixing the cause (e.g. opening period).
Reset AccountingReset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **Delete accounting records of documents to be re-created by the next run of the accounting engine. This is a dramatic step and you want to do this ONLY after changes of the accounting structure (e.g. different default accounts, etc.) and if fixing via manual Journal entries is not sensible.
Language MaintenanceMaintain language translation in systemYou can Add Missing Translation entries (required after activating an additional System Language) - Delete Translation Records - or Re-Create the translation Records (first delete and add missing entries).
+Note that Adding the Missing Translation records creates them by copying the System Language (English). You would apply the Language Pack after that process. Run Syncronize Terminology after importing the translation.
Inventory Valuation ReportInventory Valuation ReportReport lists products with their on-hand quantity and values at the valuation date. In addition to several prices, standard costs and an optional other cost element is used to calculate the inventory of the particular warehouse.
Synchronise ColumnChange database table definition from application dictionaryWhen selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary. Note that not all changes are supported by the database and may result in an error.
Standard Cost UpdateSet standard and future cost priceFor Standard Costs you can set/recalculate the current or future cost price (for the cost type of the accounting schema). If the Costing Level of the Accounting Schema is set to Client, missing cost records are created. The historical costs are calculated based on the accumulated amount/quantity of the costing method.
Product Costing Report (old)Product Cost Report
Process Expenses
Recompile DB ObjectsRecompile Database ObjectsRecompile Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Views, etc.
Create Sales Orders from ExpenseCreate Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports
Create AP Expense InvoicesCreate AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees
Process Batch
Copy ColumnsCopy Report Columns from other Column SetCopy columns at the end of this Column Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands.
Copy LinesCopy Report Lines from other Line SetCopy lines at the end of this Line Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands.
Set Print FormatSet for all Print Formats with same Landscape/Portrait
Copy/CreateCopy existing OR create Print Format from TableSelect either a table to create a print format [creates initial rough layout]
+OR a print format to copy into the current print format [copies layout].
Generate PO from Sales OrderCreate Purchase Order from Sales OrdersAfter completing sales orders, you can create one or more purchase orders for each sales order. A purchase order references always only one sales order (i.e. no consolidation of sales orders).
The Organization of the Sales Order is used to create the Purchase Order. If a (default) PO document type is defined on Organization level, that is used instead of the document types defined on Client level.
POs are created for all sales order lines where the product has a current vendor, the vendor has a Vendor Price List with all Products on the most current Price List Version. The Unit of Measure is copied; PO and SO can have different currencies.
-Once the process is run, you need to synchronize the SO/PO manually (e.g. in case of additional lines and changed lines (product & quantity).
-
Import Business PartnersImport Business PartnersThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Reopen RequestReopen closed requests
Import Products Imports products from a file into the applicationImport Products will bring a file of products, in a predefined format into the application.<p>
+Once the process is run, you need to synchronize the SO/PO manually (e.g. in case of additional lines and changed lines (product & quantity).
Import Business PartnersImport Business PartnersThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Reopen RequestReopen closed requests
Import Products Imports products from a file into the applicationImport Products will bring a file of products, in a predefined format into the application.<p>
The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.<p>
If you select an existing price list and you have List, Standard, and Limit Price defined, they are directly created/updated.
Import AccountsImport Natural AccountsImport accounts and their hierarchies and optional update the default accounts.
Updating the Default Accounts changes the natural account segment of the used account, e.g. account 01-240 becomes 01-300). If you create a new combination, the old account (e.g. 01-240) will remain, otherwise replaced.
If you select this, make sure that you not multiple default accounts using one natural account and HAVE A BACKUP !!
<p>The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line Set informationThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Generate Shipments (manual)Generate and print Shipments
Print InvoicesPrint Invoices to paper or send PDF(Re)Print Invoices or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail addres.
<br>
-Remark: If you only enter a Document No FROM value, all invoices greater or equal that document number are printed; you can alternatively use the % character as a widcard.
Deliver AssetsDeliver Customer Assets electronicallySend Mail to customers and attach new delivery (optional).
Create ReportCreate Financial ReportThe default period is the current period. You can optionally enter other restrictions. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Update Accounting BalanceUpdate Daily Accounting BalancesThis process is run automatically
Statement of AccountsReport Account Statement Beginning Balance and TransactionsSelect a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Cache ResetReset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **To increase performance, Compiere caches repeatedly used data. This process clears the local cache.
Import OrdersImport OrdersThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
+Remark: If you only enter a Document No FROM value, all invoices greater or equal that document number are printed; you can alternatively use the % character as a widcard.
Deliver AssetsDeliver Customer Assets electronicallySend Mail to customers and attach new delivery (optional).
Create ReportCreate Financial ReportThe default period is the current period. You can optionally enter other restrictions. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Update Accounting BalanceUpdate Daily Accounting BalancesThis process is run automatically
Statement of AccountsReport Account Statement Beginning Balance and TransactionsSelect a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Cache ResetReset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **To increase performance, Adempiere caches repeatedly used data. This process clears the local cache.
Import OrdersImport OrdersThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Note that only Prepare and Complete are valid document actions.
Import InvoiceImport InvoiceThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Note that only Prepare and Complete are valid document actions.
Start Replication RunStart Replication with Remote Host
Send Mail TextSend EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected UserSelect the Interest Area to which subscribers you send the Mail Text from the User selected. Additionally, you can send mails to the Contacts of a Business Partner Group.<br>
The User to send emails from needs to have valid EMail information. If you don't select a user, the Mail is sent from the Client's Request Mail User.
Copy LinesCopy Lines from other Invoice
Copy LinesCopy Lines from other Order
Copy DetailsCopy Lines/Phases/Tasks from other Project
Start ProcessStart Recurring Run
Copy DetailsCopy Journal/Lines from other Journal Batch
Set Project TypeSet Project Type and for Service Projects copy Phases and Tasks of Project Type into Project
@@ -29,27 +28,25 @@ The Projects must have a Project Type, Phase and Currency defined. The Phase mus
<br<- Inventory Location and Project Line not issued yet
<br>- Inventory Location, Product and Quantity
The default Movement Date is today's date.
Generate PO from ProjectGenerate PO from Project Line(s)
-
Project Detail Accounting ReportAccounting Fact Details of Project
Close Project
Project Lines not IssuedLists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Project POs not IssuedLists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Get PriceGet Price for Project Line based on Project Price List
Quote convertConvert open Proposal or Quotation to OrderYou can convert a Proposal or Quotation to any other Order document type. You would use this process, if you want to maintain/keep the Proposal or Quotation. The document status needs to be In Process.
RePrice Order/InvoiceRecalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
Verify Document TypesVerify Document TypesMakes sure that there is a DocumentType for all Document Base Types<br>
+
Project Detail Accounting ReportAccounting Fact Details of Project
Close Project
Project Lines not IssuedLists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Project POs not IssuedLists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
Get PriceGet Price for Project Line based on Project Price List
Quote convertConvert open Proposal or Quotation to OrderYou can convert a Proposal or Quotation to any other Order document type. You would use this process, if you want to maintain/keep the Proposal or Quotation. The document status needs to be In Process.
RePrice Order/InvoiceRecalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
Verify Document TypesVerify Document Types and Period ControlsMakes sure that there is a DocumentType for all Document Base Types<br>
Creates missing Period Controls for Document Type (You may have to open them)
Project Margin (Work Order)Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)The Project Margin Report for Work Orders compares the Project lines (planned revenue) against the Project issues (actual effort and costs). The margin amount is calculated by subtracting the costs (issue) from the revenue (line).
-The costs are in the currency of the Accounting Schema - the lines are in the currency of the price list of the project.
Verify TreeVerify completeness and correctness of Tree
Storage DetailStorage Detail ReportThe report shows storage details including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
Transaction DetailTransaction Detail ReportThe report shows transaction details (receipts, shipments, inventory, movements, ...) including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
AgingAging ReportThe aging report allows you to report on Open Items (Invoices). Select the aging buckets, you want to have in your report. If you select a currency, you get only invoices of that currency, otherwise the amounts are converted to your primary accounting currency. If you do not select a Due Date, the system date is used to calculate the buckets.
Clicks MonthyClicks per MonthThe report shows the advertisement Click Count per Month
Clicks UnprocessedUnprocessed ClicksThe Report shows Clicks, which could not be processed (URL not matched to Click Count)
Delete NoticesDelete all Notices
ValidateValidate Payment Schedule
ValidateValidate Payment Terms and Schedule
Warehouse OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of WarehouseThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of a warehouse and its dependent entities (Location, Storage).
Product OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of ProductsThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Products and its dependent entities (BOM, Substitute, Replenish, Purchasing, Business Partner Info, Costing). <br>
-Select either a Product Category ar a specific Product.
Business Partner OrganizationSet and verify Organization ownership of Business PartnersThe process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Business Partners and its dependent entities (Location, Contact/User, Bank Account, Withholding). <br>
-Select either a Business Partner Group ar a specific Business Partner
Load Bank StatementLoad Bank StatementLoad the bank statement into the import table. The parameters used depend on the actual loader.
Delete ImportDelete all data in Import TableYou would delete all data in an import table, if there was a problem with data loading. The delete does not distinguish between imported and not imported data.
Import Conversion RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
Register Now!Registrations help us to better serve the Compiere User Base.We will NOT make the data available to any third party or use the information for other than statistical purposes.
-It will help us, if you would allow to publish your use of Compiere. We will contact you directly before we publish any information.
-
Invoice TaxInvoice Tax ReconciliationThe Report lists Invoice Tax lines with Business Partner Tax information.
Accounting Fact DetailsAccounting Fact Details ReportReport with detail accounting details.
Accounting Fact DailyAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting DateThe report lists the daily summary of accounting transactions
Accounting Fact PeriodAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting PeriodThe Period is based on the the Calendar defined on Client level.
Reopen OrderOpen previously closed Order
Match Bank StatementMatch Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Create PaymentCreate Payment from Bank Statement Info
Sequence CheckCheck System and Document SequencesCheck that System and Document sequences are correct. Run this process, if you get Duplicate Key error messages.
Create OrdersCreate orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
Link OrganizationLink Business Partner to an OrganizationIf the Business Partner is another Organization, select the Organization or set to empty to create a new Organization. You link a Business Partner to an Organization to create explicit Documents for Inter-Org transaction.
-If you create a new Organization, you may supply a Organization Type. If you select a Role, the access to the new Organization is limited to that role, otherwise all (non manual) roles of the Client will have access to the new Organization.
Create & InviteCreate RfQ and Invite VendorsCreate (missing) RfQ Responses and optionally send EMail Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ
Invite & RemindEMail Invite or Remind Vendor to answer RfQSend Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ per email
RfQ UnansweredOutstanding RfQ ResponsesLists Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is not marked as complete.
RfQ ResponseDetail RfQ ResponsesLists detail Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is marked as complete.
Rank ResponsesRank Completed RfQ ResponsesInvalid responses are ranked with 999 per Quantity. The Quantity Responses are ranked among each other and the RfQ Best Response updated. The response Lines is maked as Selected winner, where the line quantity purchase quantity is selected. A total winner is only selected, if the RfQ type is "Quote All Lines" or "Quote Total only".
+The costs are in the currency of the Accounting Schema - the lines are in the currency of the price list of the project.
Verify TreeVerify completeness and correctness of Tree
Storage DetailStorage Detail ReportThe report shows storage details including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
Transaction DetailTransaction Detail ReportThe report shows transaction details (receipts, shipments, inventory, movements, ...) including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
AgingAging ReportThe aging report allows you to report on Open Items (Invoices). Select the aging buckets, you want to have in your report. If you select a currency, you get only invoices of that currency, otherwise the amounts are converted to your primary accounting currency. If you do not select a Statement Date, the system date is used to calculate the buckets. If you do not list the individual invoices, the Due Date is the earliest due date for the business partner and the Due Days are the average due days of all invoices.
Clicks MonthyClicks per MonthThe report shows active advertisement Click Count per Month.
Clicks UnprocessedUnprocessed ClicksThe Report shows Clicks, which could not be processed (URL not matched to Click Count)
Delete NoticesDelete all Notices
ValidateValidate Payment Schedule
ValidateValidate Payment Terms and Schedule
Warehouse OrganisationSet and verify Organisation ownership of WarehouseThe process allows you to change or verify the organisation ownership of a warehouse and its dependent entities (Location, Storage).
Product OrganisationSet and verify Organisation ownership of ProductsThe process allows you to change or verify the organisation ownership of Products and its dependent entities (BOM, Substitute, Replenish, Purchasing, Business Partner Info, Costing). <br>
+Select either a Product Category ar a specific Product.
Business Partner OrganisationSet and verify Organisation ownership of Business PartnersThe process allows you to change or verify the organisation ownership of Business Partners and its dependent entities (Location, Contact/User, Bank Account, Withholding). <br>
+Select either a Business Partner Group ar a specific Business Partner
Load Bank StatementLoad Bank StatementLoad the bank statement into the import table. The parameters used depend on the actual loader.
Delete ImportDelete all data in Import TableYou would delete all data in an import table, if there was a problem with data loading. The delete does not distinguish between imported and not imported data.
Import Conversion RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
Register Now!Registrations help us to better serve the Adempiere User Base.We will NOT make the data available to any third party or use the information for other than statistical purposes.
+It will help us, if you would allow to publish your use of Adempiere. We will contact you directly before we publish any information.
+
Invoice TaxInvoice Tax ReconciliationThe Report lists Invoice Tax lines with Business Partner Tax information.
Accounting Fact DetailsAccounting Fact Details ReportReport with detail accounting details.
Accounting Fact DailyAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting DateThe report lists the daily summary of accounting transactions
Accounting Fact PeriodAccounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting PeriodThe Period is based on the the Calendar defined on Client level.
Reopen OrderOpen previously closed Order
Match Bank StatementMatch Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Create PaymentCreate Payment from Bank Statement Info
Sequence CheckCheck System and Document SequencesCheck that System and Document sequences are correct. Run this process, if you get Duplicate Key error messages.
Create OrdersCreate orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
Link OrganisationLink Business Partner to an OrganizationIf the Business Partner is another Organisation, select the Organisation or set to empty to create a new Organization. You link a Business Partner to an Organisation to create explicit Documents for Inter-Org transaction.
+If you create a new Organisation, you may supply a Organisation Type. If you select a Role, the access to the new Organisation is limited to that role, otherwise all (non manual) roles of the Client will have access to the new Organisation.
Create & InviteCreate RfQ and Invite VendorsCreate (missing) RfQ Responses and optionally send EMail Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ
Invite & RemindEMail Invite or Remind Vendor to answer RfQSend Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ per email
RfQ UnansweredOutstanding RfQ ResponsesLists Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is not marked as complete.
RfQ ResponseDetail RfQ ResponsesLists detail Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is marked as complete.
Rank ResponsesRank Completed RfQ ResponsesInvalid responses are ranked with 999 per Quantity. The Quantity Responses are ranked among each other and the RfQ Best Response updated. The response Lines is maked as Selected winner, where the line quantity purchase quantity is selected. A total winner is only selected, if the RfQ type is "Quote All Lines" or "Quote Total only".
-Then the rankings of all Quantity Responses are added for the total ranking of the response. The response with the lowest total ranking is marked as Selected Winner.
-
Create Purchase OrderCreate Purchase Order(s) for RfQ Winner(s)Create purchase order(s) for the resonse(s) and lines marked as Selected Winner using the selected Purchase Quantity (in RfQ Line Quantity) . If a Response is marked as Selected Winner, all lines are created (and Selected Winner of other responses ignored). If there is no response marked as Selected Winner, the lines are used.
Create Sales OrderCreate Sales OrderA Sales Order is created for the entered Business Partner. A sales order line is created for each RfQ line quantity, where "Offer Quantity" is selected. If on the RfQ Line Quantity, an offer amount is entered (not 0), that price is used.
-If a magin is entered on RfQ Line Quantity, it overwrites the general margin. The margin is the percentage added to the Best Response Amount.
Copy LinesCopy Lines from another RfQ
Close RfQClose RfQ and ResponsesClose the RfQ and all it's Responses
Open RequisitionsDetail Open Requisition Information
Create OrdersCreate orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
UnLink Business Partner OrgUnLink Business Partner from an OrganizationUnLink a Business Partner Linked to an Organization (for explicit inter-org documents)
Process Requisition
Asset Delivery MonthReport Asset Deliveries Summary per monthThe report lists the Asset and the deliveries per month for the records selected.
Validate Document Type
RfQ Response Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Check CompleteCheck if Response is Complete based on RfQ settings
Manage ActivityManage Workflow ActivityUpdate or stop Workflow Activity
Manage ProcessManage Workflow ProcessUpdate or stop Workflow Process
Process Confirmation
Create ConfirmationCreate Confirmations for the DocumentThe confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document
Create PackageCreate Package for Shipmet
Process RMA
Open Confirmation DetailsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmation DetailsThe Report lists the open confirmation lines
Open ConfirmationsOpen Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationsThe report lists the open confirmations
Process ConfirmationProcess Inventory Movement Confirmation
Print Format DetailPrint Format Detail ReportPrint Format with Item details
Reset PasswordReset Passwords for UserYou can change User Passwords and EMail settings. You do not need to know/enter the password, if you are an Administrator.
Create Dunning RunCreate Dunning Run Entries based on the Dunning Level criteria
Inventory Move Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Physical Inventory Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Shipment Confirmation** Special ** Do not change **
Material Receipt DetailsMaterial Receipt Detail InformationThe report provides Material Repecipt Header and Line with locator information.
Shipment DetailsShipment Detail InformationThe report provides Material Shipment Header and Line with locator information. You can use the report to create a Consolidated Picking List.
Role Access UpdateUpdate the access rights of a role or roles of a clientUpdate the access rights of a role or all roles of a client to windows, forms, processes and workflows.
-If run for System, all roles of all clients are updated.
-Note that a role is only updated if it is not marked as manual.
Import ConfirmationsImport ConfirmationsThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Capture + Calculate MeasuresCapture and Calculate MeasuresIf automatic, capture measures - and calculate/update the actual measure.
Calculate MeasuresCalculate the MeasureCalculate/update the actual measure.
VerifyVerify GL Distribution
DeleteDelete Invoice Matching Record
DeleteDelete PO Matching Record
Auto AllocationAutomatic allocation of invoices to paymentsTry to allocate invoices to payments for a business partner or group. You may want to reset existing allocations first.<br>
+Then the rankings of all Quantity Responses are added for the total ranking of the response. The response with the lowest total ranking is marked as Selected Winner.
Create Purchase OrderCreate Purchase Order(s) for RfQ Winner(s)Create purchase order(s) for the resonse(s) and lines marked as Selected Winner using the selected Purchase Quantity (in RfQ Line Quantity) . If a Response is marked as Selected Winner, all lines are created (and Selected Winner of other responses ignored). If there is no response marked as Selected Winner, the lines are used.
Create Sales OrderCreate Sales OrderA Sales Order is created for the entered Business Partner. A sales order line is created for each RfQ line quantity, where "Offer Quantity" is selected. If on the RfQ Line Quantity, an offer amount is entered (not 0), that price is used.
+If a magin is entered on RfQ Line Quantity, it overwrites the general margin. The margin is the percentage added to the Best Response Amount.
Copy LinesCopy Lines from another RfQ
Close RfQClose RfQ and ResponsesClose the RfQ and all it's Responses
Open RequisitionsDetail Open Requisition Information
Create OrdersCreate orders based on Distribution List line itemsPlease note that due to rounding, the total quantity of the order(s) is likely to be higher then the quantity entered.
UnLink Business Partner OrgUnLink Business Partner from an OrganizationUnLink a Business Partner Linked to an Organization (for explicit inter-org documents)
Process Requisition
Asset Delivery MonthReport Asset Deliveries Summary per monthThe report lists the Asset and the deliveries per month for the records selected.
Validate Document Type
RfQ Response Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Check CompleteCheck if Response is Complete based on RfQ settings
Manage ActivityManage Workflow ActivityUpdate or stop Workflow Activity
Manage ProcessManage Workflow ProcessUpdate or stop Workflow Process
Process Confirmation
Create ConfirmationCreate Confirmations for the DocumentThe confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document
Create PackageCreate Package for Shipmet
Process RMA
Open Confirmation DetailsOpen Shipment or Receipt Confirmation DetailsThe Report lists the open confirmation lines
Open ConfirmationsOpen Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationsThe report lists the open confirmations
Process ConfirmationProcess Inventory Movement Confirmation
Print Format DetailPrint Format Detail ReportPrint Format with Item details
Reset PasswordReset Passwords for UserYou can change User Passwords and EMail settings. You do not need to know/enter the password, if you are an Administrator.
Create Dunning RunCreate Dunning Run Entries based on the Dunning Level criteria
Inventory Move Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Physical Inventory Print** Special ** Do not change **Create/Copy your own Format and Process
Shipment Confirmation** Special ** Do not change **
Material Receipt DetailsMaterial Receipt Detail InformationThe report provides Material Repecipt Header and Line with locator information.
Shipment DetailsShipment Detail InformationThe report provides Material Shipment Header and Line with locator information. You can use the report to create a Consolidated Picking List.
Role Access UpdateUpdate the access rights of a role or roles of a clientUpdate the access rights of a role or all roles of a client to windows, forms, processes and workflows. If run for System, all roles of all clients are updated. Note that a role is only updated if it is not marked as manual.
Import ConfirmationsImport ConfirmationsThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Capture + Calculate MeasuresCapture and Calculate MeasuresIf automatic, capture measures - and calculate/update the actual measure.
Calculate MeasuresCalculate the MeasureCalculate/update the actual measure.
VerifyVerify GL Distribution
DeleteDelete Invoice Matching Record
DeleteDelete PO Matching Record
Auto AllocationAutomatic allocation of invoices to paymentsTry to allocate invoices to payments for a business partner or group. You may want to reset existing allocations first.<br>
The allocation is based on (1) payments entered with reference to invoices (2) payment selections (3) business partner balance (4) matching amount of invoice & payment. Allocation is based on exact amount and includes AP/AR imvoices/payments.<br>
-Optionally as (5), you can enable to allocate payments to the oldest invoice. In this case, there might be an unallocated amount remaining.
Reset AllocationReset (delete) allocation of invoices to paymentsDelete Allocations for a business partner or business partner group, accounting date range or individual allocation. In contrast to "Void" in "View Allocation", the allocation is deleted (no trace), if the period is open.
Validate WorkflowValidate thet the workflos is correct(limited checking)
Document Value based Workflows*** DO NOT MODIFY ***
Un-Do ChangesUndo changesYou can undo certain changes.
Re-Do ChangesReapply changesYou can reapply certain changes.
Reapply CustomizationsIf you identified customizations in the Change Log, you can reapply themThe migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected in the Change Log, you can save the customization and re-apply them. Please note that you need to check, if your customization has no negative side effect in the new release.
Workflow to ClientMove custom workflow elements to the current clientThe security architecture prevents you from adding client specific modifications/customizations to existing standard workflows. This process moves your customization made on system level to this client to add client specific details.
Trial BalanceTrial Balance for a period or date rangeSelect a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. If an account is selected, the balance is calculated based on the account type and the primary calendar of the client (i.e. for revenue/expense accounts from the beginning of the year). If no account is selected, the balance is the sum of all transactions before the selected account range or first day of the period selected. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Product UOM ConvertBrack-up or repackage same Products with different UOMExample: "Product EA" has a defined UOM Conversion to "Product 6Pack" and vice versa.
+Optionally as (5), you can enable to allocate payments to the oldest invoice. In this case, there might be an unallocated amount remaining.
Reset AllocationReset (delete) allocation of invoices to paymentsDelete Allocations for a business partner or business partner group, accounting date range or individual allocation. In contrast to "Void" in "View Allocation", the allocation is deleted (no trace), if the period is open.
Validate WorkflowValidate thet the workflos is correct(limited checking)
Document Value based Workflows*** DO NOT MODIFY ***
Un-Do ChangesUndo changesYou can undo certain changes.
Re-Do ChangesReapply changesYou can reapply certain changes.
Reapply CustomisationsIf you identified customisations in the Change Log, you can reapply themThe migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected in the Change Log, you can save the customisation and re-apply them. Please note that you need to check, if your customisation has no negative side effect in the new release. <br>
+Shut down the Application Server before running this process and set the Trace level (in Preference) higher or equals WARNING.
Workflow to ClientMove custom workflow elements to the current clientThe security architecture prevents you from adding client specific modifications/customizations to existing standard workflows. This process moves your customization made on system level to this client to add client specific details.
Trial BalanceTrial Balance for a period or date rangeSelect a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. If an account is selected, the balance is calculated based on the account type and the primary calendar of the client (i.e. for revenue/expense accounts from the beginning of the year). If no account is selected, the balance is the sum of all transactions before the selected account range or first day of the period selected. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
Product UOM ConvertBrack-up or repackage same Products with different UOMExample: "Product EA" has a defined UOM Conversion to "Product 6Pack" and vice versa.
This is a one-step replacement for defining BOM and creating/processes a Production.
Print Dunning LettersPrint Dunning letters to paper or send PDF(Re)Print Dunning Letters or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail addres.
-
Payment Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Validate Business PartnerCheck data consistency of Business PartnerCheck the payments and invoices of a business partner and checks the balances.
Order Batch ProcessProcess Orders in BatchBased on the selection criteria, the orders are processed using the document action selected. Make sure that the document action is valid for the documents.
UnAllocated InvoicesInvoices not allocated to PaymentsReport of not allocated Invoices (for partially paid/allocated invoices see Open Item)
UnAllocated PaymentsPayments not allocated to InvoicesReport of not allocated Payments (for partially allocated payments, use Payment Detail)
Payment DetailsPayment Detail ReportType adjusted payments (receipts positive, payments negative) with allocated and available amounts
Business Partner OpenBusiness Partner Open AmountThe report lists open invoices and payments
Commission Run DetailCommission Run Detail ReportCommission Run, Amount Details with Order/Invoice details
Synchronize Doc TranslationSynchronize Document TranslationIf the current client has not multi-lingual documents enabled, the translations for documents are synchronized with the main record (i.e. it copies the content of the main record to the translation records). This process is necessary when swiching to a mono-lingual environment as there the terminoligy is maintained not in the translation records.<br>
-This applies to the client defined document translations, e.g. for UoM, Payment Terms, Product Info, etc.
Material ReferenceMaterial Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)The report displays, e.g. where Material Receipts are used or Customer Shipments are resourced from
Create Invoices
Invoice RequestsCreate Invoice for RequestsCreate invoice for Request Type with optional Request Group, Category for Business Partner. If the used product for invoicing is not defined, the product defined in the parameter is used.
Storage CleanupInventory Storage CleanupCreate Inventory Movements for unbalanced Inventory Location Storage (i.e. within a warehouse move inventory to locations with negative on hand quantity).
Invoice Not Realized Gain/LossInvoice Not Realized Gain & Loss ReportThe Report lists not fully paid invoices with open amount, the GL amounts and the revalued amounts. If an invoice is partially paid, the percentage of the open amount is used to calculate the revaluation amount.<br>
+
Payment Print ** Special ** Do not change **
Validate Business PartnerCheck data consistency of Business PartnerCheck the payments and invoices of a business partner and checks the balances.
Order Batch ProcessProcess Orders in BatchBased on the selection criteria, the orders are processed using the document action selected. Make sure that the document action is valid for the documents.
UnAllocated InvoicesInvoices not allocated to PaymentsReport of not allocated Invoices (for partially paid/allocated invoices see Open Item)
UnAllocated PaymentsPayments not allocated to InvoicesReport of not allocated Payments (for partially allocated payments, use Payment Detail)
Payment DetailsPayment Detail ReportType adjusted payments (receipts positive, payments negative) with allocated and available amounts
Business Partner OpenBusiness Partner Open AmountThe report lists open invoices and payments
Commission Run DetailCommission Run Detail ReportCommission Run, Amount Details with Order/Invoice details
Synchronise Doc TranslationSynchronise Document TranslationIf the current client has not multi-lingual documents enabled, the translations for documents are synchronised with the main record (i.e. it copies the content of the main record to the translation records). This process is necessary when swiching to a mono-lingual environment as there the terminoligy is maintained not in the translation records.<br>
+This applies to the client defined document translations, e.g. for UoM, Payment Terms, Product Info, etc.
Material ReferenceMaterial Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)The report displays, e.g. where Material Receipts are used or Customer Shipments are resourced from
Create Invoices
Invoice RequestsCreate Invoice for RequestsCreate invoice for Request Type with optional Request Group, Category for Business Partner. If the used product for invoicing is not defined, the product defined in the parameter is used.
Storage CleanupInventory Storage CleanupCreate Inventory Movements for unbalanced Inventory Location Storage (i.e. within a warehouse move inventory to locations with negative on hand quantity).
Invoice Not Realised Gain/LossInvoice Not Realised Gain & Loss ReportThe Report lists not fully paid invoices with open amount, the GL amounts and the revalued amounts. If an invoice is partially paid, the percentage of the open amount is used to calculate the revaluation amount.<br>
If you select a currency, only invoices of that currency are included; if you select Include All Currencies, all invoices are included and you can use the report to reconcile your AP/AR accounts.<br>
If you select a GL Document Type, a GL Journal is created.
Note that the report only includes posted invoices.
Test EMailTest EMail ConnectionTest EMail Connection based on info defined. An EMail is sent from the request user to the request user. Also, the web store mail settings are tested.
Column EncryptionTest and enable Column EncryptionTo enable storage encryption or remove encryption is dangerous as you may loose data. You need to verify that the column is big enough to hold the encrypted value. You can provide your own encryption method, but cannot change it once enabled. <br>
The default implementation supports US ASCII String conversion (not Unicode, Numbers, Dates)<br>
-Note that support is restricted to setup and test, but not data recovery.
Product CostProduct Cost ReportThe Product Cost report lists the product costs for the product, cost type and cost element
Product Cost SummaryProduct Cost Summary ReportThe Product Cost report lists the summarized product costs for the product
Product Cost DetailProduct Invoice Cost Detail ReportThe Product Invoice Cost Detail Report lists the products with the individual invoice cost allocation
Distribute CostsDistribute costs to ProductsDistribute costs to Products based on selections - Distribution Base (Quantity, Current Costs, Line, Weight, ..) and Receipt/Line or directly to the product.
Order DetailOrder Detail ReportThe report includes order detail information including lost sales. The report can be used for Sales and Purchasing.
Business Partner DetailBusiness Partner Detail ReportThe report list details of Business Partner, Addresses and Contacts for any active Business Partner with an Address and Contact
Create Costing RecordsCreate Costing RecordsThe costing records are created when needed or by batch processes. You can force the creation of the costing information here.
Create Tax DeclarationCreate Tax Declaration from Documents
Create PO from RequisitionCreate Purchase Orders from RequisitionsCreate Purchase orders from Purchase Requisitions.
Create GL/DefaultCopy matching account element values from existing Accounting SchemaCreate the GL and Default accounts for this accounting schema and copy matching account element values.
Report or Update IssueReport Issue to Compiere
Monthly Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per MonthInvoiced Amount by Product and Month
Quarter Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Product and Quarter
Validate SupportValidate Support ContractThe process connects to the Compiere Support Services server and validates the support contract. To sign up for support, please go to http://www.compiere.org
\ No newline at end of file
+Note that support is restricted to setup and test, but not data recovery.
Product CostProduct Cost ReportThe Product Cost report lists the product costs for the product, cost type and cost element
Product Cost SummaryProduct Cost Summary ReportThe Product Cost report lists the summarized product costs for the product
Product Cost DetailProduct Invoice Cost Detail ReportThe Product Invoice Cost Detail Report lists the products with the individual invoice cost allocation
Distribute CostsDistribute costs to ProductsDistribute costs to Products based on selections - Distribution Base (Quantity, Current Costs, Line, Weight, ..) and Receipt/Line or directly to the product.
Order DetailOrder Detail ReportThe report includes order detail information including lost sales. The report can be used for Sales and Purchasing.
Business Partner DetailBusiness Partner Detail ReportThe report list details of Business Partner, Addresses and Contacts for any active Business Partner with an Address and Contact
Create Costing RecordsCreate Costing RecordsThe costing records are created when needed or by batch processes. You can force the creation of the costing information here.
Create Tax DeclarationCreate Tax Declaration from Documents
Create PO from RequisitionCreate Purchase Orders from RequisitionsCreate Purchase orders from Purchase Requisitions.
Create GL/DefaultCopy matching account element values from existing Accounting SchemaCreate the GL and Default accounts for this accounting schema and copy matching account element values.
Report or Update IssueReport Issue to Adempiere
Monthly Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per MonthInvoiced Amount by Product and Month
Quarter Invoice ProductImvoice Report by Product per QuarterInvoiced Amount by Product and Quarter
Validate SupportValidate Support ContractThe process connects to the Adempiere Support Services server and validates the support contract. To sign up for support, please go to http://www.adempiere.org
Import PaymentsImport PaymentsThe Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
ValidateValidate Staging Area
Deploy Web ProjectDeploy Web ProjectThe process deploys the media to the media server(s) and then copies the stage to the container.
Verify BOMsVerify BOM StructuresThe Verify BOM Structures checks the elements and steps which comprise a Bill of Materials.
ValidateValidate Template
Register ExtensionRegister your extension with AdempiereYou can register the four character extension with Adempiere. This makes sure that your extension can be automatically distributed and implemented. You will also be able to certify extensions. Contact Adempiere for details.
ValidateValidate Info Window SQLValidate generated Info Window SQL
Rebuild IndexBe carefull, this process will reindex all tables and records which are marked to get indexed. Depending on the number of documents this could take a long time. This should only be run if you have removed stop words, if this is mentioned to be run after migration.
Media Direct Deploy
PackRoll
PackOutProcess to create package export
File_SelectSelect a file
PackInImport PackageImport a package
CopyRoleCopy Role
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Ref_List_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Ref_List_Trl_en_GB.xml
index a580008329..579b903c3a 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Ref_List_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Ref_List_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Organization
Client+Organization
System only
All
List ValidationList Validation
DataTypeDataType
Table ValidationTable Validation
SQLSQL
Java LanguageJava Language
Java ScriptECMA Script
Window
Task
WorkFlow
Process
Error
Information
Menu
Single Record
Maintain
Transaction
Query Only
SpotSpot Conversation Rate Type
Period EndPeriod Conversion Type
Standard Calendar PeriodPeriods with non overlapping calendar days
Adjustment PeriodPeriod without calendar days
AccountAccount Element
User definedUser defined element
AssetAsset (Balance Sheet) Account
LiabilityLiability (Balance Sheet) Account
RevenueRevenue (P&L) Account
ExpenseExpense (P&L) Account
Owner's EquityOwner's Equity (Balance Sheet) Account
MemoMemo (Non Balance Sheet nor P&L) Account
NaturalNatural sign of the Account Type
DebitDebit Balance Account
CreditCredit Balance Account
Menu
Element ValueAccount, etc.
Product
BPartnerBusiness Partner
Regional Office
Accounts Payable Office
Plant
Small Business
Minority-Owned Small Business
Minority-Owned Business
Woman-Owned Small Business
Woman-Owned Business
Subcontractor
Individual
Partnership
Corporation
Drop-off Location
Standard CostingStandard Purchase Order Price Costing
Average POWeighted Average Purchase Order Price Costing
LifoLast In First Out Costing
FifoFirst In First Out Costing
International GAAPInternational GAAP
US GAAPUnited States GAAP
German HGBGerman HGB
ActualActual Postings
BudgetBudget Postings
CommitmentExternal Encumbrance or Commitment Postings
StatisticalStatistical Postings
LocalLocal <-
MergeMerge <-->
ReferenceReference ->
Drafted
Completed
Approved
Not Approved
Voided
Invalid
Reversed
Closed
CompleteGenerate documents and complete transaction
ApproveApprove this transaction
RejectReject the approval of the document.
PostPost transaction
VoidSet all quantities to zero and complete transaction
CloseFinally close this transaction. It cannot be re-activated.
Reverse - CorrectReverse Transaction (correction) by reversing sign with same date
Reverse - AccrualReverse by switching Dr/Cr with current date
InvalidateInvalidate Document
Re-activateReopen Document and Reverse automaticly generated documents; You need to Complete the transaction after the change.
<None>No action
Unknown
System+Client
NoneNo Conversion Rate
FixedEuro Fixed Currency
AverageAverage Rates
CompanyCompany Rate
User TypeUser Rate Type
Manual RateManual Rate
On Credit Order
POS Order
Warehouse Order
Standard Order
Proposal
Quotation
Amex
MasterCard
Visa
ATM
After Order deliveredInvoice for every order
After DeliveryInvoice per Delivery
Customer Schedule after DeliveryInvoice per Customer Invoice Schedule
After ReceiptAfter receipt of cash
AvailabilityAs soon as an item becomes available
Complete LineAs soon as all items of a line become available
Complete OrderAs soon as all items of an order are available
ImmediateImmediate Invoice
Pickup
Delivery
Shipper
Freight includedFreight cost included
Fix priceFixed freight price
CalculatedCalculated based on Product Freight Rule
LineEntered at Line level
HighHigh priority
MediumMedium Priority
LowLow priority
Whole Number .00Number w/o decimals
No Rounding
Quarter .25 .50 .75
Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
Ten 10.00, 20.00, ..
Last PO Price
Maintain Maximum Level
Manual
Reorder below Minimum Level
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Twice Monthly
Open Period
Close PeriodSoft close - can be re-opened
Permanently Close Period
Open
Closed
Permanently closed
Never opened
Draft
Approved
Error
Warning
Information
<No Action>
OrganizationOwning Organization
AccountNatural Account
ProductProduct
BPartnerBusiness Partner
Org TrxTransaction Organization
Location FromLocation From
Location ToLocation To
Sales RegionSales Region
ProjectProject
CampaignMarketing Campaign
User List 1User 1
User List 2User 2
Organization
BoMBill of Materials
Project
Sales Region
Product Category
Campaign
GL Journal
GL Document
AP Invoice
AP Payment
AR Invoice
AR Receipt
Sales Order
Customer Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Receipts
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Inventory In
ActivityBusiness Activity
Activity
Return Material
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Delivery
Material Receipt
List Price
Standard Price
Limit (PO) Price
Material Movement
Purchase Order
Purchase Requisition
Prepay Order
Cash
Credit Card
Direct Deposit
Check
On Credit
Month
Quarter
Year
In Progress
Blind list (w/o book quantity)
Count list (with book quantity)
Control list
PrepareCheck Document conistency and check Inventory
Waiting Payment
UnlockUnlock Transaction (process error)
Material Physical Inventory
Movement From
Movement To
Report
ASC X12
EDIFACT
Email EDI
Draft
Sent
Acknowledged
Answered (complete)
Inquiry
Purchase Order
AP Credit Memo
AR Credit Memo
FormSpecial Forms
And
Or
=
>=
>
<
~
<=
|<x>|
sql
Manual
Import
Document
Product
Business Partner
Accounts
GL Balances
Exchange Rates
Inventory Count
Fixed Position
Comma Separated
Tab Separated
XML
String
Number
Date
Constant
Production +
Production -
> 0
= 0
< 0
not 0
Match
No Match
Unavailable
Credit Card
Check
Direct DepositACH Automatic Clearing House
Sales
Delayed Capture
Credit (Payment)
Voice Authorization
Authorization
Void
Checking
Savings
Bank Account Transfer
Invoice
General Expense
General Receipts
Charge
Difference
Diners
Discover
Purchase CardCorporate Purchase Card
None
Follow up
Information
Service
Charge
Account
Help
Alert
Warranty
Other
Minute
Hour
Day
Overdue
Due
Scheduled
Order
Invoice
Receipt
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
System
Client
Organization
Client+Organization
ManualManual Entry
Calculated
Achievements
Not Posted
Posted
Not Balanced
Not Convertible (no rate)
Period Closed
Post Prepared
Invalid Account
Bank Statement
Cash Journal
Payment Allocation
Total Debit Only
Total Credit Only
Total Balance
Add (Op1+Op2)
Subtract (Op1-Op2)
Percentage (Op1 of Op2)
Add Range (Op1 to Op2)
Relative Period
Calculation
Segment Value
Source Currency
Accounting Currency
Segment Value
Calculation
Normal (Flat)
Gradient
Line
Texture (Picture)
Workbench
DictionaryApplication Dictionary (synchronized)
CompiereCompiere Application (synchronized)
User maintainedUser maintained Entity (not synchronized)
ApplicationsOther Applications (not synchronized)
Material Production
Match Invoice
Match PO
Line
Flat Percent
Formula
Breaks
Pricelist
North
North East
East
South East
South
South West
West
North West
Standard Cost
Average PO
Last PO Price
Last Invoice Price
Price List (Limit)
Average PO History
Average Invoice History
Fixed Price
Default
Leading (left)
Trailing (right)
Block
Leading (left)
Center
Trailing (right)
Center
Field
Text
Print Format
Content
Header
Footer
None
Image
Pie Chart
Line Chart
Bar Chart
Period Balance
Period Credit Only
Period Debit Only
Item
Service
Resource
Expense type
Online
Currency Precision
Period Quantity
Total Quantity
Year Balance
Year Credit Only
Year Debit Only
Year Quantity
Standard Part
Optional Part
In alternative Group 1
In alternative Group 2
In alternaltve Group 3
In alternative Group 4
Field
Text
Invoice
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
Order
GL Journal
Project
Both
Sales Tax
Purchase Tax
General
Asset Project
Work Order (Job)
Service (Charge) Project
French Accounting Standard
Custom Accounting Rules
Credit Stop
Credit Hold
Credit Watch
No Credit Check
Credit OK
Work Order +
Work Order -
Project Issue
Obscure Digits but last 4
Obscure Digits but first/last 4
Obscure AlphaNumeric but first/last 4
Obscure AlphaNumeric but last 4
Inventory Difference
Charge Account
AccessingGeneral Access
Reporting
Exporting
Client only
LiFoLast In First Out
FiFoFirst In First Out
Yearly
Year
Month
Day
hour
minute
second
Regular
Loop Begin
Loop End
AND
XOR
Wait (Sleep)
User Choice
Sub Workflow
Set Variable
Automatic
Manual
User Window
Organization
Human
Role
System Resource
Not Started
Running
Suspended
Completed
Aborted
Terminated
Process Created
State Changed
AsynchronouslyFork
SynchronouslySerial
While Loop
Repeat Until Loop
User Form
Apps Task
Apps Report
Apps Process
User Workbench
In alternative Group 5
In alternative Group 6
In alternative Group 7
In alternative Group 8
In alternative Group 9
Released
Test
Under Revision
Void
Re-Create Translation
Add Missing Translations
Delete Translation
Direct Debit
Direct Debit
Solid Line
Dashed Line
Dotted Line
Dash-Dotted Line
Web Promotion
Quote Total only
Quote Selected Lines
Quote All Lines
Funding - All Bidders help funding a Topic
Auction - The highest Bidder wins the Topic
Frequency
Week Day
Month Day
CustomizationDistributed Extensions should have 4 characters
Yes
No
Document Action
Waiting Confirmation
Process Completed
!=
Vendor Confirmation
Customer Confirmation
Drop Ship Confirm
Ship/Receipt Confirm
Pick/QA Confirm
Force
Alternative
Supplemental
Not Mandatary
Always Mandatory
When Shipping
Posting Error
String (max 40)
Number
List
GeneralGeneral Workflow
Document Process
Document Value
Wait CompleteWait Condition ok, Complete Docuement
Purchase Order
Requisition
Client
Organization
User
None
Receivables & Payables
Receivables only
Payables only
Rectangle
Line
3D Rectangle
Oval
Round Rectangle
Normal Rectangle
None
All (Reports, Documents)
Documents
External Documents
LiFo
FiFo
Material
Overhead
Burden (M.Overhead)Material Overhead
Outside Processing
ResourceLabor
Quantity
Line
Volume
Weight
Costs
Public Information
Private Information
Customer Confidential
Order Acknowledgement
Payment Acknowledgement
Payment Error
User Validation
User Password
EMail
Notice
None
EMail+Notice
Hourly
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Twice Monthly
Bi-Weekly
Current Active
Make-To-Order
Previous
Previous, Spare
Future
Maintenance
Repair
Master
Engineering
Manufacturing
Planning
Standard Product
Optional Product
Alternative
Alternative (Default)
Outside Processing
Internal
Urgent
Minor
Same
Lower
Higher
Subscribe
UnSubscribe
User Account
Request
Encrypted
Not Encrypted
Inventory Move
Custom
Client
Organization
Batch/Lot
Average InvoiceWeighted Average Purchase Invoice Price Costing
Last Invoice
User Defined
Business Documents
Requests
Assets, Download
_
ReservationInternal Commitment
Commitment only
Commitment & Reservation
None
None
Receipt
Purchase Order
Purchase Order and Receipt
Manual
Period only
Year To Date
Total
Sub AccountSub Account for Element Value
User Element 1
User Element 2
EMail
Document Owner
Document Business Partner
WF Responsible
LAN
Terminal Server
VPN
WAN
Client (all shared)
Org (not shared)
Client or Org
FiFo
LiFo
Average Invoice
Old Standard Cost
Future Standard Cost
System generated
0% Not Started
100% Complete
20% Started
80% Nearly Done
40% Busy
60% Good Progress
90% Finishing
95% Almost Done
99% Cleaning up
Year
Quarter
Month
Total
Week
Day
Organization
Business Partner
Product
Bus.Partner Group
Product Category
User defined
Qty/Amount in Time
Status Qty/Amount
Ratio
Average
Sum
Ratio
Constant
Plus
Minus
Multiply
Divide
Calculation
Account Value
Evaluation
Implementation
Production
Request
Project
MM
Inch
On Hand Qty
Zero
\ No newline at end of file
+Organisation
Client+Organisation
System only
All
List ValidationList Validation
DataTypeDataType
Table ValidationTable Validation
SQLSQL
Java LanguageJava Language
Java ScriptECMA Script
Window
Task
WorkFlow
Process
Error
Information
Menu
Single Record
Maintain
Transaction
Query Only
SpotSpot Conversation Rate Type
Period EndPeriod Conversion Type
Standard Calendar PeriodPeriods with non overlapping calendar days
Adjustment PeriodPeriod without calendar days
AccountAccount Element
User definedUser defined element
AssetAsset (Balance Sheet) Account
LiabilityLiability (Balance Sheet) Account
RevenueRevenue (P&L) Account
ExpenseExpense (P&L) Account
Owner's EquityOwner's Equity (Balance Sheet) Account
MemoMemo (Non Balance Sheet nor P&L) Account
NaturalNatural sign of the Account Type
DebitDebit Balance Account
CreditCredit Balance Account
Menu
Element ValueAccount, etc.
Product
BPartnerBusiness Partner
Regional Office
Accounts Payable Office
Plant
Small Business
Minority-Owned Small Business
Minority-Owned Business
Woman-Owned Small Business
Woman-Owned Business
Subcontractor
Individual
Partnership
Corporation
Drop-off Location
Standard CostingStandard Purchase Order Price Costing
Average POWeighted Average Purchase Order Price Costing
LifoLast In First Out Costing
FifoFirst In First Out Costing
International GAAPInternational GAAP
US GAAPUnited States GAAP
German HGBGerman HGB
ActualActual Postings
BudgetBudget Postings
CommitmentExternal Encumbrance or Commitment Postings
StatisticalStatistical Postings
LocalLocal <-
MergeMerge <-->
ReferenceReference ->
Drafted
Completed
Approved
Not Approved
Voided
Invalid
Reversed
Closed
CompleteGenerate documents and complete transaction
ApproveApprove this transaction
RejectReject the approval of the document.
PostPost transaction
VoidSet all quantities to zero and complete transaction
CloseFinally close this transaction. It cannot be re-activated.
Reverse - CorrectReverse Transaction (correction) by reversing sign with same date
Reverse - AccrualReverse by switching Dr/Cr with current date
InvalidateInvalidate Document
Re-activateReopen Document and Reverse automaticly generated documents; You need to Complete the transaction after the change.
<None>No action
Unknown
System+Client
NoneNo Conversion Rate
FixedEuro Fixed Currency
AverageAverage Rates
CompanyCompany Rate
User TypeUser Rate Type
Manual RateManual Rate
On Credit Order
POS Order
Warehouse Order
Standard Order
Proposal
Quotation
Amex
MasterCard
Visa
ATM
After Order deliveredInvoice for every order
After DeliveryInvoice per Delivery
Customer Schedule after DeliveryInvoice per Customer Invoice Schedule
After ReceiptAfter receipt of cash
AvailabilityAs soon as an item becomes available
Complete LineAs soon as all items of a line become available
Complete OrderAs soon as all items of an order are available
ImmediateImmediate Invoice
Pickup
Delivery
Shipper
Freight includedFreight cost included
Fix priceFixed freight price
CalculatedCalculated based on Product Freight Rule
LineEntered at Line level
HighHigh priority
MediumMedium Priority
LowLow priority
Whole Number .00Number w/o decimals
No Rounding
Quarter .25 .50 .75
Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
Ten 10.00, 20.00, ..
Last PO Price
Maintain Maximum Level
Manual
Reorder below Minimum Level
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Twice Monthly
Open Period
Close PeriodSoft close - can be re-opened
Permanently Close Period
Open
Closed
Permanently closed
Never opened
Draft
Approved
Error
Warning
Information
<No Action>
OrganisationOwning Organisation
AccountNatural Account
ProductProduct
BPartnerBusiness Partner
Org TrxTransaction Organization
Location FromLocation From
Location ToLocation To
Sales RegionSales Region
ProjectProject
CampaignMarketing Campaign
User List 1User 1
User List 2User 2
Organisation
BoMBill of Materials
Project
Sales Region
Product Category
Campaign
GL Journal
GL Document
AP Invoice
AP Payment
AR Invoice
AR Receipt
Sales Order
Customer Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Receipts
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Inventory In
ActivityBusiness Activity
Activity
Return Material
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Delivery
Material Receipt
List Price
Standard Price
Limit (PO) Price
Material Movement
Purchase Order
Purchase Requisition
Prepay Order
Cash
Credit Card
Direct Deposit
Cheque
On Credit
Month
Quarter
Year
In Progress
Blind list (w/o book quantity)
Count list (with book quantity)
Control list
PrepareCheck Document conistency and check Inventory
Waiting Payment
UnlockUnlock Transaction (process error)
Material Physical Inventory
Movement From
Movement To
Report
ASC X12
EDIFACT
Email EDI
Draft
Sent
Acknowledged
Answered (complete)
Inquiry
Purchase Order
AP Credit Memo
AR Credit Memo
FormSpecial Forms
And
Or
=
>=
>
<
~
<=
|<x>|
sql
Manual
Import
Document
Product
Business Partner
Accounts
GL Balances
Exchange Rates
Inventory Count
Fixed Position
Comma Separated
Tab Separated
XML
String
Number
Date
Constant
Production +
Production -
> 0
= 0
< 0
not 0
Match
No Match
Unavailable
Credit Card
Cheque
Direct DepositACH Automatic Clearing House
Sales
Delayed Capture
Credit (Payment)
Voice Authorisation
Authorisation
Void
Cheque
Savings
Bank Account Transfer
Invoice
General Expense
General Receipts
Charge
Difference
Diners
Discover
Purchase CardCorporate Purchase Card
None
Follow up
Information
Service
Charge
Account
Help
Alert
Warranty
Other
Minute
Hour
Day
Overdue
Due
Scheduled
Order
Invoice
Receipt
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
System
Client
Organisation
Client+Organisation
ManualManual Entry
Calculated
Achievements
Not Posted
Posted
Not Balanced
Not Convertible (no rate)
Period Closed
Post Prepared
Invalid Account
Bank Statement
Cash Journal
Payment Allocation
Total Debit Only
Total Credit Only
Total Balance
Add (Op1+Op2)
Subtract (Op1-Op2)
Percentage (Op1 of Op2)
Add Range (Op1 to Op2)
Relative Period
Calculation
Segment Value
Source Currency
Accounting Currency
Segment Value
Calculation
Normal (Flat)
Gradient
Line
Texture (Picture)
Workbench
DictionaryApplication Dictionary (synchronized)
AdempiereAdempiere Application (synchronized)
User maintainedUser maintained Entity (not synchronized)
ApplicationsOther Applications (not synchronized)
Material Production
Match Invoice
Match PO
Line
Flat Percent
Formula
Breaks
Pricelist
North
North East
East
South East
South
South West
West
North West
Standard Cost
Average PO
Last PO Price
Last Invoice Price
Price List (Limit)
Average PO History
Average Invoice History
Fixed Price
Default
Leading (left)
Trailing (right)
Block
Leading (left)
Center
Trailing (right)
Center
Field
Text
Print Format
Content
Header
Footer
None
Image
Pie Chart
Line Chart
Bar Chart
Period Balance
Period Credit Only
Period Debit Only
Item
Service
Resource
Expense type
Online
Currency Precision
Period Quantity
Total Quantity
Year Balance
Year Credit Only
Year Debit Only
Year Quantity
Standard Part
Optional Part
In alternative Group 1
In alternative Group 2
In alternaltve Group 3
In alternative Group 4
Field
Text
Invoice
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
Order
GL Journal
Project
Both
Sales Tax
Purchase Tax
General
Asset Project
Work Order (Job)
Service (Charge) Project
French Accounting Standard
Custom Accounting Rules
Credit Stop
Credit Hold
Credit Watch
No Credit Check
Credit OK
Work Order +
Work Order -
Project Issue
Obscure Digits but last 4
Obscure Digits but first/last 4
Obscure AlphaNumeric but first/last 4
Obscure AlphaNumeric but last 4
Inventory Difference
Charge Account
AccessingGeneral Access
Reporting
Exporting
Client only
LiFoLast In First Out
FiFoFirst In First Out
Yearly
Year
Month
Day
hour
minute
second
Regular
Loop Begin
Loop End
AND
XOR
Wait (Sleep)
User Choice
Sub Workflow
Set Variable
Automatic
Manual
User Window
Organisation
Human
Role
System Resource
Not Started
Running
Suspended
Completed
Aborted
Terminated
Process Created
State Changed
AsynchronouslyFork
SynchronouslySerial
While Loop
Repeat Until Loop
User Form
Apps Task
Apps Report
Apps Process
User Workbench
In alternative Group 5
In alternative Group 6
In alternative Group 7
In alternative Group 8
In alternative Group 9
Released
Test
Under Revision
Void
Re-Create Translation
Add Missing Translations
Delete Translation
Direct Debit
Direct Debit
Solid Line
Dashed Line
Dotted Line
Dash-Dotted Line
Web Promotion
Quote Total only
Quote Selected Lines
Quote All Lines
Funding - All Bidders help funding a Topic
Auction - The highest Bidder wins the Topic
Frequency
Week Day
Month Day
CustomisationDistributed Extensions should have 4 characters
Yes
No
Document Action
Waiting Confirmation
Process Completed
!=
Vendor Confirmation
Customer Confirmation
Drop Ship Confirm
Ship/Receipt Confirm
Pick/QA Confirm
Force
Alternative
Supplemental
Not Mandatary
Always Mandatory
When Shipping
Posting Error
String (max 40)
Number
List
GeneralGeneral Workflow
Document Process
Document Value
Wait CompleteWait Condition ok, Complete Docuement
Purchase Order
Requisition
Client
Organisation
User
None
Receivables & Payables
Receivables only
Payables only
Rectangle
Line
3D Rectangle
Oval
Round Rectangle
Normal Rectangle
None
All (Reports, Documents)
Documents
External Documents
LiFo
FiFo
Material
Overhead
Burden (M.Overhead)Material Overhead
Outside Processing
ResourceLabor
Quantity
Line
Volume
Weight
Costs
Public Information
Partner Confidential
Order Acknowledgement
Payment Acknowledgement
Payment Error
User Verification
User Password
EMail
Notice
None
EMail+Notice
Hourly
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Twice Monthly
Bi-Weekly
Current Active
Make-To-Order
Previous
Previous, Spare
Future
Maintenance
Repair
Master
Engineering
Manufacturing
Planning
Standard Product
Optional Product
Alternative
Alternative (Default)
Outside Processing
Internal
Urgent
Minor
Same
Lower
Higher
Subscribe
UnSubscribe
User Account
Request
Encrypted
Not Encrypted
Inventory Move
Custom
Client
Organisation
Batch/Lot
Average InvoiceWeighted Average Purchase Invoice Price Costing
Last Invoice
User Defined
Business Documents
Requests
Assets, Download
_
ReservationInternal Commitment
Commitment only
Commitment & Reservation
None
None
Receipt
Purchase Order
Purchase Order and Receipt
Manual
Period only
Year To Date
Total
Sub AccountSub Account for Element Value
User Element 1
User Element 2
EMail
Document Owner
Document Business Partner
WF Responsible
LAN
Terminal Server
VPN
WAN
Client (all shared)
Org (not shared)
Client or Org
FiFo
LiFo
Average Invoice
Old Standard Cost
Future Standard Cost
System generated
0% Not Started
100% Complete
20% Started
80% Nearly Done
40% Busy
60% Good Progress
90% Finishing
95% Almost Done
99% Cleaning up
Year
Quarter
Month
Total
Week
Day
Organisation
Business Partner
Product
Bus.Partner Group
Product Category
User defined
Qty/Amount in Time
Status Qty/Amount
Ratio
Average
Sum
Ratio
Constant
Plus
Minus
Multiply
Divide
Calculation
Account Value
Evaluation
Implementation
Production
Request
Project
MM
Inch
On Hand Qty
Zero
Codabar 2 of 7 linear
Code 39 3 of 9 linear w/o Checksum
Codeabar linear
Code 128 dynamically switchingBarcode that dynamically switches between character sets to give the smallest possible encoding
Code 128 A character set
Code 128 B character set
Code 128 C character set
Code 39 linear with Checksum
EAN 128
Global Trade Item No GTIN UCC/EAN 128Global Trade Name
Codabar Monarch linear
Codabar NW-7 linear
PDF417 two dimensional
SCC-14 shipping code UCC/EAN 128
Shipment ID number UCC/EAN 128
UCC 128
Code 39 USD3 with Checksum
Codabar USD-4 linear
US Postal Service UCC/EAN 128
SSCC-18 number UCC/EAN 128
Code 39 USD3 w/o Checksum
Code 39 3 of 9 linear with Checksum
Code 39 linear w/o Checksum
Private Information
User 1
User 2
User 3
User 4
CM Container
CM Container Stage
CM Template
CM Media
None
Committed Amount
Time&Material max Comitted
Time&Material
Product Quantity
Project
Phase
Task
Document
Internal Link
External URL
image/gif
image/jpeg
image/png
application/pdf
text/css
Web Access
Ad display
Redirect
Collaboration Management
Java Client
HTML Client
Self Service
None
Write-off only
Discount only
Write-off and Discount
text/js
None
Both
Direct Debit
Direct Deposit
Dunning
Collection Agency
Legal Procedure
Uncollectable
Not moderated
Before Publishing
After Publishing
Not Displayed
Published
To be reviewed
Suspicious
SQL Command
Internal Link
External Link
Style
Wiki
Note (flat)
Forum (threaded)
Local TransferThis type of transfer will transfer objects to the same Adempiere instance
Remote TransferThis type of transfer will transfer objects to another Adempiere installation accessible by network.
XML FileThis type of transfer will create a XML file
Release 2.5.2aRelease 2.5.2a
Release 2.5.2bRelease 2.5.2b
Release 2.5.2cRelease 2.5.2c
Release 2.5.2dRelease 2.5.2d
Release 2.5.2eRelease 2.5.2e
Release 2.5.3aRelease 2.5.3a
Release 2.5.3bRelease 2.5.3b
No specific releaseNo specific release
All Database TypesUse this when a SQL command syntax is the same between database types
DB2DB2 Database
FirebirdFirebird Database
MySQLMySQL Database
OracleOracle Database
PostgresPostgres Database
SQL ServerSQL Server Database
SybaseSybase Database
Workbench
File - Code or other
Data
Workflow
Import FormatExports Import Format
Application or Module
Process/Report
ReportView
Role
Code SnipitReplace a code snipit with in a file
SQL Statement
Table
Window
Form
FilePackage is file based
WebServicePackage is available via WebService
Ask user (for future use)
Don't show help
Show Help
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Reference_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Reference_Trl_en_GB.xml
index ab779859c4..887b0df780 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Reference_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Reference_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-AD_Reference Data TypesData Type selection
AD_Reference Validation TypesReference Validation Type liste.g. I - Independent
AD_Column ColumNameColumn selection
AD_Reference ValuesReference (List and Table) selection(not DataType and Independent)
AD_Table Access LevelsTable Access and Sharing Level list
StringCharacter String
Integer10 Digit numeric
AmountNumber with 4 decimals
ID10 Digit Identifier
TextCharacter String up to 2000 characters
DateDate mm/dd/yyyy
Date+TimeDate with time
ListReference List
TableTable List
Table DirectDirect Table Access
Yes-NoCheckBox
Location (Address)Location/Address
NumberFloat Number
BinaryBinary Data
TimeTime
AccountAccount Element
RowIDRow ID Data Type
ColorColor element
ButtonCommand Button - starts a process
QuantityQuantity data type
SearchSearch Field
Locator (WH)Warehouse Locator Data type
ImageBinary Image Data
AssignmentResource Assignment
MemoLarge Text Editor - Character String up to 2000 characters
Product AttributeProduct Attribute
Text LongText (Long) - Text > 2000 characters
Costs+PricesCosts + Prices (minimum currency precision, but if exists more)
AD_Validation Rules ParentValidation rule Parent selection
AD_Validation Rule TypesValidation Rule Type liste.g. S - SQL
AD_MessageMessage selection
AD_Message TypeMessage Type list
AD_Menu ActionMenu Action list
AD_Menu ParentMenu Parent selection
AD_LanguageLanguage selection
AD_Window TypesWindow Type liste.g. M = Multi/Single (one uppercase character)
AD_WF_Next NodesNext workflow node selection
AD_UserUser selection
C_Conversion_Rate TypesConversion Rate Type list
C_CurrenciesCurrencies with dynamic exchange rate selection
AD_Org ParentOrganization Parent selection
C_UOMUnit of Measure selection
C_Period TypePeriod Type list
C_Element TypeAccount Element Types
C_ElementValue AccountTypeAccount Type list
C_ElementValue Account SignAccount Sign list
AD_TreeType TypeTree Type listDetermines which element to use as the base for the information
X12DE98 Entity Identifier CodeX12DE98 Entity Identifier Code listIdentify organizational entity physical location property or individual list
C_AcctSchema Costing MethodCosting Method list
C_AcctSchema GAAPGeneral Accepted Accounting Principle list
C_BPartner ParentBusiness Partner Parent selection
_Posting TypePosting Type (Actual Budget etc.) list
AD_Table Replication TypeReplication Type
AD_Sequence for DocumentsSequence for Document selection
AD_ClientClient selection
AD_Org (Trx)Organization selection, no summary, no 0
_Document StatusDocument Status list
Account_ID (Trx)Account selection based on Client
C_LocationLocation selection
Account_ID - User1User1 selection based on Client
_Document ActionDocument action list
C_AcctSchemaAccounting Schema selection
Account_ID - User2User2 selection based on Client
C_BPartner (Trx)Business Partner selection (no Summary)
C_Project (No summary)Project selection
C_Activity (No summary)Activity selection
C_Campaign (No summary)Campaign selection
C_Sales Region (No summary)Sales Region selection (No summary)
C_ElementElement selection
C_DocType SubTypeSOOrder Types list
C_Payment CreditCard TypeC_Payment Credit Card Type list
C_Order InvoiceRuleInvoicing Rules list
C_Order DeliveryRuleDelivery Rules list
C_Order DeliveryViaRuleDelivery via Rule list
C_Order FreightCostRuleFreight cost Rule list
_PriorityRulePriority scale list
M_DiscountPriceList RoundingRulePrice Rounding Rule list
C_CountryCountry selection
C_RegionRegion selection
C_TaxTax selection
C_BPartner LocationLocations of a Business Partner
M_Product Parent
M_Product (no summary)Product selection, no summary
M_Product Category
M_Replenish Type
M_PriceList
WeekdaysList of days
C_InvoiceSchedule InvoiceFrequency
C_Project Parent
C_DocType
M_Product (stocked)
C_DocType SO
C_BPartner CustomersCustomer selection
AD_WorkflowWorkflows
C_ValidCombinationValid Account combinations
C_PeriodControl Action
C_PeriodControl Status
GL_Budget Status
C_SalesRegion Parent
_ErrorTypeList of type of errors
C_AcctSchema ElementTypeElement Types for Accounting ElementsHardcoded Element Types
C_ElementValue (all)Element Values
C_DocType DocBaseTypeBase Document Types
AD_TreeTree selection
M_PriceList Version
M_Transaction Movement Type
AD_User - SalesRepSales Representative
M_LocatorWarehouse Locator
C_BPartner VendorsVendor selection
C_BankAccount for Credit Card
M_DiscountPriceList Base
_Payment RuleIn & Out Payment Options
C_RevenueRecognition FrequencyFrequency of Revenue Recognition
M_Warehouse of Client
M_Inventory ReportType
M_PriceList_Version for Client
C_Charge
C_BP_EDI EDI Type
M_EDI Status
M_EDI Trx Type
AD_Find AndOr
AD_Find Operation
AD_Table PostingPosting Tables
GL Category Type
AD_ImpFormat Type
AD_ImpFormat FormatType
AD_ImpFormat_Row Type
M_Product BOM (stocked)Products that are BOMs and stocked
M_InventoryCount QtyRange
C_Payment AVS
C_Payment Tender TypeDirect Debit/Deposit - Check - CC
C_Payment Trx TypeCC Trx Type
C_Bank Account Type
C_Cash Trx Type
R_Request Request Type
R_Request Next Action
_Frequency TypeProcessor Frequency Type
R_Request Due Type
C_BPartner Vendors AvtiveVendor selection
C_Commission DocBasis
C_Commission Frequency
AD_Role User Level
C_PaymentTerm
PA_Goal
PA_Achievement Parent
PA_Goal Parent
PA_Measure Type
C_BPartner Vendor or SalesRepVendor or SalesRep selection
C_Period (Open)Periods Sorted by Date
_Posted Status
PA_Report AmountType
PA_Report CalculationType
PA_Report ColumnType
PA_Report CurrencyType
PA_ReportColumn
PA_ReportLine
PA_Report LineType
PA_ReportLine Parent
AD_Color Type
AD_Column Key ColumnNames
_Entity TypeEntity Type (Dictionary, ..)
M_Discount CumulativeLevel
M_Discount Type
AD_Color StartPointNord-West-..
M_DiscountSchema
CostUpdate Source
AD_Column NameColumn selection
C_BPartner EmployeeBusiness Partners who are Employee
AD_Print Field Alignment
AD_Print Line Alignment
AD_Print Format Type
AD_Print Area
AD_Column IntegerInteger Type only (Name)
AD_Column YesNoColuns YesNo (Name)
AD_PrintFormat
AD_PrintFormat Invoice
AD_PrintFormat Order
AD_PrintFormat Shipment
AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_Print Graph Type
AD_PrintColor
AD_PrintFont
AD_PrintFormat Check
AD_PrintFormat Not TableBased
M_Product_ProductType
C_OrderLineOrder Line
I_ElementValue Column
R_MailTextMail Text
C_Period (all)Periods Sorted by Date
AD_Org (all)Organization selection
C_BPartner Employee w AddressBusiness Partners who are Employee and have addresses
AD_Tab
M_Product BOM Product TypeXOld
AD_Print Label Line Type
C_Recurring Type
C_Recurring Frequency
AD_Window
K_Entry Related
AD_User - InternalEmployee or SalesRep
C_Tax SPPOType
C_ProjectType Category
C_BPartner SOCreditStatusSales Credit Status
C_OrderOrder
AD_Field ObscureType
M_Inventory TypeInventory Type (Difference - Charge)
AD_Table_Access RuleTypeAccessRuleType
M_TransactionAllocation Type
M_InOutLine
M_InventoryLine
M_ProductionLine
M_Transaction
WF_DurationUnit
WF_Transition Type
WF_Join_Split
WF_ActionSuperset of Menu Action
WF_Start-Finish Mode
WF_Participant Type
WF_Instance State
WF_EventType
WF_SubFlow Execution
WF_LoopType
_PublishStatusPublication Status
AD_Language Maintenance
AD_PrintTableFormat StrokeStroke Type
M_RelatedProduct Type
C_RfQ QuoteType
B_TopicType AuctionType
AD_User - SupervisorEmployee or SalesRep - or System
AD_Scheduler Type
_YesNo
M_InOutConfirm Type
C_DocType RMA
AD_Org (all but 0)Organization selection
C_Allocation
M_AttributeSet MandatoryType
M_DiscountSchema not PLNot Price List Discount Schema
M_Attribute Value Type
AD_Language SystemLanguage selection
AD_Workflow TypeWorkflow Type
M_Replenishment Create
AD_Role PreferenceTypePreference Type
Account_IDAccount selection based on Client
APARAP and/or AR
AD_PrintFormatItem ShapeType
AD_Client AutoArchive
_MMPolicyMaterial Movement Policy
C_Invoice
M_InOut
M_CostElement Type
C_LandedCost Distribution
R_Request Confidential
R_Request
W_MailMsg Type
C_Payment
AD_User NotificationType
R_Status
C_Remuneration Type
M_BOM Type
M_BOM Use
M_BOMProduct Type
C_BP_Group PriorityBase
M_ChangeNotice
C_ConversionType
C_BPartner SalesRepBP SalesRep selection
AD_Column Encrypted
C_AcctSchema CostingLevel
C_Greeting
AD_User BP AccessType
C_AcctSchema CommitmentType
C_Invoice MatchRequirement
GL_BudgetControl Scope
C_ElementValue (trx)Element Values
AD_WF_Node EMailRecipient
AD_User ConnectionProfile
AD_Client ShareType
R_Request TaskStatus
PA_Goal Scope
PA_Goal Restriction Type
PA_Measure DataType
PA_Benschmark Accumulation Type
PA_Ratio
PA_Ratio ElementType
PA_Ratio Operand
AD_System Status
AD_PrintPaper Units
M_Inventory CountSet
\ No newline at end of file
+AD_Reference Data TypesData Type selection
AD_Reference Validation TypesReference Validation Type liste.g. I - Independent
AD_Column ColumNameColumn selection
AD_Reference ValuesReference (List and Table) selection(not DataType and Independent)
AD_Table Access LevelsTable Access and Sharing Level list
StringCharacter String
Integer10 Digit numeric
AmountNumber with 4 decimals
ID10 Digit Identifier
TextCharacter String up to 2000 characters
DateDate mm/dd/yyyy
Date+TimeDate with time
ListReference List
TableTable List
Table DirectDirect Table Access
Yes-NoCheckBox
Location (Address)Location/Address
NumberFloat Number
BinaryBinary Data
TimeTime
AccountAccount Element
RowIDRow ID Data Type
ColorColor element
ButtonCommand Button - starts a process
QuantityQuantity data type
SearchSearch Field
Locator (WH)Warehouse Locator Data type
ImageBinary Image Data
AssignmentResource Assignment
MemoLarge Text Editor - Character String up to 2000 characters
Product AttributeProduct Attribute
Text LongText (Long) - Text > 2000 characters
Costs+PricesCosts + Prices (minimum currency precision, but if exists more)
FilePathLocal File Path
FileNameLocal File
URLURL
Printer Name
AD_Validation Rules ParentValidation rule Parent selection
AD_Validation Rule TypesValidation Rule Type liste.g. S - SQL
AD_MessageMessage selection
AD_Message TypeMessage Type list
AD_Menu ActionMenu Action list
AD_Menu ParentMenu Parent selection
AD_LanguageLanguage selection
AD_Window TypesWindow Type liste.g. M = Multi/Single (one uppercase character)
AD_WF_Next NodesNext workflow node selection
AD_UserUser selection
C_Conversion_Rate TypesConversion Rate Type list
C_CurrenciesCurrencies with dynamic exchange rate selection
AD_Org ParentOrganization Parent selection
C_UOMUnit of Measure selection
C_Period TypePeriod Type list
C_Element TypeAccount Element Types
C_ElementValue AccountTypeAccount Type list
C_ElementValue Account SignAccount Sign list
AD_TreeType TypeTree Type listDetermines which element to use as the base for the information
X12DE98 Entity Identifier CodeX12DE98 Entity Identifier Code listIdentify organizational entity physical location property or individual list
C_AcctSchema Costing MethodCosting Method list
C_AcctSchema GAAPGeneral Accepted Accounting Principle list
C_BPartner ParentBusiness Partner Parent selection
_Posting TypePosting Type (Actual Budget etc.) list
AD_Table Replication TypeReplication Type
AD_Sequence for DocumentsSequence for Document selection
AD_ClientClient selection
AD_Org (Trx)Organization selection, no summary, no 0
_Document StatusDocument Status list
Account_ID (Trx)Account selection based on Client
C_LocationLocation selection
Account_ID - User1User1 selection based on Client
_Document ActionDocument action list
C_AcctSchemaAccounting Schema selection
Account_ID - User2User2 selection based on Client
C_BPartner (Trx)Business Partner selection (no Summary)
C_Project (No summary)Project selection
C_Activity (No summary)Activity selection
C_Campaign (No summary)Campaign selection
C_Sales Region (No summary)Sales Region selection (No summary)
C_ElementElement selection
C_DocType SubTypeSOOrder Types list
C_Payment CreditCard TypeC_Payment Credit Card Type list
C_Order InvoiceRuleInvoicing Rules list
C_Order DeliveryRuleDelivery Rules list
C_Order DeliveryViaRuleDelivery via Rule list
C_Order FreightCostRuleFreight cost Rule list
_PriorityRulePriority scale list
M_DiscountPriceList RoundingRulePrice Rounding Rule list
C_CountryCountry selection
C_RegionRegion selection
C_TaxTax selection
C_BPartner LocationLocations of a Business Partner
M_Product Parent
M_Product (no summary)Product selection, no summary
M_Product Category
M_Replenish Type
M_PriceList
WeekdaysList of days
C_InvoiceSchedule InvoiceFrequency
C_Project Parent
C_DocType
M_Product (stocked)
C_DocType SO
C_BPartner CustomersCustomer selection
AD_WorkflowWorkflows
C_ValidCombinationValid Account combinations
C_PeriodControl Action
C_PeriodControl Status
GL_Budget Status
C_SalesRegion Parent
_ErrorTypeList of type of errors
C_AcctSchema ElementTypeElement Types for Accounting ElementsHardcoded Element Types
C_ElementValue (all)Element Values
C_DocType DocBaseTypeBase Document Types
AD_TreeTree selection
M_PriceList Version
M_Transaction Movement Type
AD_User - SalesRepSales Representative
M_LocatorWarehouse Locator
C_BPartner VendorsVendor selection
C_BankAccount for Credit Card
M_DiscountPriceList Base
_Payment RuleIn & Out Payment Options
C_RevenueRecognition FrequencyFrequency of Revenue Recognition
M_Warehouse of Client
M_Inventory ReportType
M_PriceList_Version for Client
C_Charge
C_BP_EDI EDI Type
M_EDI Status
M_EDI Trx Type
AD_Find AndOr
AD_Find Operation
AD_Table PostingPosting Tables
GL Category Type
AD_ImpFormat Type
AD_ImpFormat FormatType
AD_ImpFormat_Row Type
M_Product BOM (stocked)Products that are BOMs and stocked
M_InventoryCount QtyRange
C_Payment AVS
C_Payment Tender TypeDirect Debit/Deposit - Check - CC
C_Payment Trx TypeCC Trx Type
C_Bank Account Type
C_Cash Trx Type
R_Request Request Type
R_Request Next Action
_Frequency TypeProcessor Frequency Type
R_Request Due Type
C_BPartner Vendors AvtiveVendor selection
C_Commission DocBasis
C_Commission Frequency
AD_Role User Level
C_PaymentTerm
PA_Goal
PA_Achievement Parent
PA_Goal Parent
PA_Measure Type
C_BPartner Vendor or SalesRepVendor or SalesRep selection
C_Period (Open)Periods Sorted by Date
_Posted Status
PA_Report AmountType
PA_Report CalculationType
PA_Report ColumnType
PA_Report CurrencyType
PA_ReportColumn
PA_ReportLine
PA_Report LineType
PA_ReportLine Parent
AD_Color Type
AD_Column Key ColumnNames
_Entity TypeEntity Type (Dictionary, ..)
M_Discount CumulativeLevel
M_Discount Type
AD_Color StartPointNord-West-..
M_DiscountSchema
CostUpdate Source
AD_Column NameColumn selection
C_BPartner EmployeeBusiness Partners who are Employee
AD_Print Field Alignment
AD_Print Line Alignment
AD_Print Format Type
AD_Print Area
AD_Column IntegerInteger Type only (Name)
AD_Column YesNoColuns YesNo (Name)
AD_PrintFormat
AD_PrintFormat Invoice
AD_PrintFormat Order
AD_PrintFormat Shipment
AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_Print Graph Type
AD_PrintColor
AD_PrintFont
AD_PrintFormat Check
AD_PrintFormat Not TableBased
M_Product_ProductType
C_OrderLineOrder Line
I_ElementValue Column
R_MailTextMail Text
C_Period (all)Periods Sorted by Date
AD_Org (all)Organization selection
C_BPartner Employee w AddressBusiness Partners who are Employee and have addresses
AD_Tab
M_Product BOM Product TypeXOld
AD_Print Label Line Type
C_Recurring Type
C_Recurring Frequency
AD_Window
K_Entry Related
AD_User - InternalEmployee or SalesRep
C_Tax SPPOType
C_ProjectType Category
C_BPartner SOCreditStatusSales Credit Status
C_OrderOrder
AD_Field ObscureType
M_Inventory TypeInventory Type (Difference - Charge)
AD_Table_Access RuleTypeAccessRuleType
M_TransactionAllocation Type
M_InOutLine
M_InventoryLine
M_ProductionLine
M_Transaction
WF_DurationUnit
WF_Transition Type
WF_Join_Split
WF_ActionSuperset of Menu Action
WF_Start-Finish Mode
WF_Participant Type
WF_Instance State
WF_EventType
WF_SubFlow Execution
WF_LoopType
_PublishStatusPublication Status
AD_Language Maintenance
AD_PrintTableFormat StrokeStroke Type
M_RelatedProduct Type
C_RfQ QuoteType
B_TopicType AuctionType
AD_User - SupervisorEmployee or SalesRep - or System
AD_Scheduler Type
_YesNo
M_InOutConfirm Type
C_DocType RMA
AD_Org (all but 0)Organization selection
C_Allocation
M_AttributeSet MandatoryType
M_DiscountSchema not PLNot Price List Discount Schema
M_Attribute Value Type
AD_Language SystemLanguage selection
AD_Workflow TypeWorkflow Type
M_Replenishment Create
AD_Role PreferenceTypePreference Type
Account_IDAccount selection based on Client
APARAP and/or AR
AD_PrintFormatItem ShapeType
AD_Client AutoArchive
_MMPolicyMaterial Movement Policy
C_Invoice
M_InOut
M_CostElement Type
C_LandedCost Distribution
R_Request Confidential
R_Request
W_MailMsg Type
C_Payment
AD_User NotificationType
R_Status
C_Remuneration Type
M_BOM Type
M_BOM Use
M_BOMProduct Type
C_BP_Group PriorityBase
M_ChangeNotice
C_ConversionType
C_BPartner SalesRepBP SalesRep selection
AD_Column Encrypted
C_AcctSchema CostingLevel
C_Greeting
AD_User BP AccessType
C_AcctSchema CommitmentType
C_Invoice MatchRequirement
GL_BudgetControl Scope
C_ElementValue (trx)Element Values
AD_WF_Node EMailRecipient
AD_User ConnectionProfile
AD_Client ShareType
R_Request TaskStatus
PA_Goal Scope
PA_Goal Restriction Type
PA_Measure DataType
PA_Benschmark Accumulation Type
PA_Ratio
PA_Ratio ElementType
PA_Ratio Operand
AD_System Status
AD_PrintPaper Units
M_Inventory CountSet
AD_PrintFormatItem BarcodeType
C_Project InvoiceRule
C_Project LineLevel
CM_Container Type
CM_Container
CM_CStage
CM_Media Media Type
_EntityTypeNew
CM_WebAccessLog Type
K_IndexLog QuerySource
C_AcctSchema TaxCorrectionType
C_BPartner BPBankAcctUse
C_Invice InvoiceCollectionType
CM_Chat ModerationType
CM_ChatEntry ModeratorStatus
CM_WikiToken Type
CM_Chat EntryType
CM_ChatEntry
AD_Package_TypeDefines the type of packages available
Package_ReleasesList of Package ReleasesIndicates what release the package is for. Entering no specific release indicates the package is for all releases.
AD_Package_Exp_DBList of database typesThis is a list of database types used by the inbound packaging processing to determine if the sql statement is fired.
AD_Package_Build_Type
AD_Package_Source_TypeList of package source types
ShowHelp List
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Tab_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Tab_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 503c76e5f4..26709add2e 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Tab_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Tab_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
-TableTable definitionsTable (header) definition - Note that the name of most tables is automatically syncronized.
ColumnTable Column definitionsDefines the columns of a table. Note thet the name of the column is automatically syncronized.
ReferenceReference header definitionsThe Reference Tab defines the references that are used to validate data
Table ValidationTable validationThe Table Validation Tab defines tables to validate data
List ValidationReference ListThe List Validation Tab defines lists to validate data
WindowWindow header definitionsThe Window Tab defines each window in the system. The default flag indicates that this window should be used as the default Zoom windows for the tables in this window.
TabTab definition within a window holds fieldsThe Tab Tab defines each Tab within a Window. Each Tab contains a discrete selection of fields. Note that the display and read only logic is evaluated when loading the window.
FieldField definitions in tabs in windowsThe Field Tab defines the Fields displayed within a tab. Changes made to the Field Tab become visible after restart due to caching. If the Sequence is negative, the record are ordered descending. Note that the name, description and help is automatically synchronized if centrally maintained.
ValidationValidation RulesThe Validation Rules Tab defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields.
MessageInformation Error and Menu MessagesThe Message Tab displays error message text and menu messages
MenuMaintain MenuThe Menu Tab defines the tree structured menu which will be used for the selected Organization. Note that the name and description will be automatically synchronized (overwritten), if not a summary node.
TranslationMenu Translation - May not need to be translatedMenu translations are derived from Window, Process, etc. You only need to translate Summary level items all others will be translated automatically (overwritten)
LanguageSystem and User LanguagesIf you want to add an additional User Interface language, select "System Language". Otherwise, the system allows you to just translate elements for printing documents.
Translation
Field TranslationMenu Translation - May not need to be translatedFields are automatically translated, if centrally maintained. You only need to translate not centrally maintained Fields.
Tab Translation
Window Translation
User ContactMaintain User or Business Partner ContactThe User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned.
RoleDefine responsibility rolesDefine the role and add the client and organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. <br>
+TableTable definitionsTable (header) definition - Note that the name of most tables is automatically syncronized.
ColumnTable Column definitionsDefines the columns of a table. Note thet the name of the column is automatically syncronized.
ReferenceReference header definitionsThe Reference Tab defines the references that are used to validate data
Table ValidationTable validationThe Table Validation Tab defines tables to validate data
List ValidationReference ListThe List Validation Tab defines lists to validate data
WindowWindow header definitionsThe Window Tab defines each window in the system. The default flag indicates that this window should be used as the default Zoom windows for the tables in this window.
TabTab definition within a window holds fieldsThe Tab Tab defines each Tab within a Window. Each Tab contains a discrete selection of fields. Note that the display and read only logic is evaluated when loading the window.
FieldField definitions in tabs in windowsThe Field Tab defines the Fields displayed within a tab. Changes made to the Field Tab become visible after restart due to caching. If the Sequence is negative, the record are ordered descending. Note that the name, description and help is automatically synchronized if centrally maintained.
ValidationValidation RulesThe Validation Rules Tab defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields.
MessageInformation Error and Menu MessagesThe Message Tab displays error message text and menu messages
MenuMaintain MenuThe Menu Tab defines the tree structured menu which will be used for the selected Organization. Note that the name and description will be automatically synchronized (overwritten), if not a summary node.
TranslationMenu Translation - May not need to be translatedMenu translations are derived from Window, Process, etc. You only need to translate Summary level items all others will be translated automatically (overwritten)
LanguageSystem and User LanguagesIf you want to add an additional User Interface language, select "System Language". Otherwise, the system allows you to just translate elements for printing documents.
Translation
Field TranslationMenu Translation - May not need to be translatedFields are automatically translated, if centrally maintained. You only need to translate not centrally maintained Fields.
Tab Translation
Window Translation
User ContactMaintain User or Business Partner ContactThe User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned.
RoleDefine responsibility rolesDefine the role and add the client and organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. <br>
If the Role User Level is Manual, the assigned acces rights are not automatically updated (e.g. if a role has a restricted number of Windows/Processes it can access). You need to add organizational access unless the role has access to all organizations. The SuperUser and the user creating a new role are assigned to the role automatically. <br>
If you select an Organization Tree, the user has access to the leaves of summary organizations.
Note: You cannot change the System Administrator role.
User AssignmentUsers with this RoleThe User Assignment Tab displays Users who have been defined for this Role.
User RolesUser RolesThe User Roles Tab define the Roles each user may have. The Roles will determine what windows, tasks, processes and workflows that a User has access to.
NodeDefine workflow nodesThe Node Tab defines each Node, Activity or step in this Workflow.<br>
The action (actibity) type determines the execution: "Route" may be used in routing control conditions. "None" identifies manual execution.
Node TranslationNode Translation
TransitionWorkflow Node TransitionThe Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
Previous Node
Task Translation
Conversion RatesDefine currency conversion ratesThe Conversion Rate Tab defines the rates to use when converting a source currency to an accounting or reporting currency. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
CalendarDefine your calendarThe Calendar Tab defines each calendar that will be used by an Organization.
YearDefine Calendar YearThe Year Window is used to define each year for the specified calendar.
PeriodDefine Calendar PeriodsThe Period Tab defines a Period No, Name and Start Date for each Calendar Year. Each period begins on the defined Start Date and ends one day prior to the next period's Start Date.
Non Business DayDefine Non Business DaysThe Non Business Days Tab defines those days to exclude when calculating the due date for given payment terms. For example, if an invoice terms was Net 10 days and the Invoice Date was 2/17/2000 the due date would be 2/27/2000. If 2/27/2000 was defined as a non business day then the due date on the Invoice would be 2/28/2000.
Element ValueDefine Element ValuesThe Element Value Tab defines the individual valid values for the Element. The values must conform to the format defined. If the Element is an Account Type then the Account Classification (Asset, Liability etc) and posting controls are also defined
Unit of MeasureDefine units of measureThe Unit of Measure Tab defines a non monetary Unit of Measure.
ConversionDefine standard Unit of Measure ConversionThe Conversion Tab defines the rates for converting a Unit of Measure. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
-Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
CountryPlease create a support request (http://www.compiere.org/support/requests.html), if the country data is not correct.Define CountryThe Country Tab defines any country in which you do business. Values entered here are referenced in location records for Business Partners.
RegionPlease create a support request (http://www.compiere.org/support/requests.html), if the region info is not correct/incomplete.Define RegionsThe Region Tab defines a Region within a Country. This tab is enabled only if the Has Region checkbox is selected for the Country.
OrganisationAll not manually maintained Roles will automatically have access to the new Organsiation. You need restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.Define OrganisationsThe Organisation Tab is used to define an Organisation. Each Organisation has a Key and Name and optionally a Description.
+Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
CountryPlease create a support request (http://www.adempiere.org/support/requests.html), if the country data is not correct.Define CountryThe Country Tab defines any country in which you do business. Values entered here are referenced in location records for Business Partners.
RegionPlease create a support request (http://www.adempiere.org/support/requests.html), if the region info is not correct/incomplete.Define RegionsThe Region Tab defines a Region within a Country. This tab is enabled only if the Has Region checkbox is selected for the Country.
OrganisationAll not manually maintained Roles will automatically have access to the new Organsiation. You need restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.Define OrganisationsThe Organisation Tab is used to define an Organisation. Each Organisation has a Key and Name and optionally a Description.
When adding a new organisation, you must re-login to be able to access the new organisation.
ClientCreate a new client via "Initial Client Setup". You can only change information here! You need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective. The change of the Material Policy applies to future transactions.Client/Tenant DefinitionThe Client Definition Tab defines a unique client.
-Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" (System Administrator Role) to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
SequenceSequence DefinitionThe Sequence Tab defines the numeric sequencing to use for documents. These can also include a alpha suffix and / or prefix.
WorkflowDefine WorkflowThe Workflow Tab defines Workflows in the system.
Workflow Translation
TaskTaskThe Task Tab defines the unique tasks that will be used.
CurrencyDefine CurrencyThe Currency Tab defines any currency you will transact with or report in.
Test
ElementAccount Element definitionThe Element Tab defines the Name, Description and Format for an Element. Additionally, a Type of Account or User Defined is selected. Each Account Schema must have an Account Element type. The User Defined Elements are optional.
LocationDefine LocationThe Location Tab defines the location of an Organization.
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User Preferences
Project (Service)Define Service ProjectThe Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project. Note that when the project Type is changed, the Phases and Tasks are re-created.
GL CategoryDefine General Ledger CategoriesThe GL Category Tab defines optional identifiers for a document or journal. Each Category may be used on a document, manual journal or import
BatchGeneral Ledger Journal BatchThe GL Journal Batch Tab defines the control parameters for a Journal Batch. A Batch can consist of multiple Journals.
+Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" (System Administrator Role) to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
SequenceSequence DefinitionThe Sequence Tab defines the numeric sequencing to use for documents. These can also include a alpha suffix and / or prefix.
WorkflowDefine WorkflowThe Workflow Tab defines Workflows in the system.
Workflow Translation
TaskTaskThe Task Tab defines the unique tasks that will be used.
CurrencyDefine CurrencyThe Currency Tab defines any currency you will transact with or report in.
Test
ElementAccount Element definitionThe Element Tab defines the Name, Description and Format for an Element. Additionally, a Type of Account or User Defined is selected. Each Account Schema must have an Account Element type. The User Defined Elements are optional.
LocationDefine LocationThe Location Tab defines the location of an Organization.
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User Preferences
ProjectDefine ProjectThe Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project. Note that when the project Type is changed, the Phases and Tasks are re-created.
GL CategoryDefine General Ledger CategoriesThe GL Category Tab defines optional identifiers for a document or journal. Each Category may be used on a document, manual journal or import
BatchGeneral Ledger Journal BatchThe GL Journal Batch Tab defines the control parameters for a Journal Batch. A Batch can consist of multiple Journals.
If the Control Amount is not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency.
JournalGeneral Ledger JournalThe GL Journal Tab defines the control parameters for a single GL Journal.
If the Control Amount is not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency.
LineGeneral Ledger Journal LineThe GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal.
Document TypeDefine a Document TypeThe Document Definition Tab defines the processing parameters and controls for the document. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Client InfoYou need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.Client InfoThe Client Info Tab defines the details for each client. The accounting rules and high level defaults are defined here. The Calendar is used to determine if a period is open or closed.
Organisation InfoYou need re-login and restart your application server for most changes made here to be effective.
-Organisation Detail InformationThe Organisation Info Tab is used to define an Organisation's address, DUNS number and Tax Identification number
Reference Translation
List Translation
AttachmentAttachmentThe Attachment tab displays the attributes of an attachment.
VATVAT definitionThe VAT Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each VAT category. For example, US Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.<br>
+Organisation Detail InformationThe Organisation Info Tab is used to define an Organisation's address, DUNS number and Tax Identification number
Reference Translation
List Translation
AttachmentAttachmentThe Attachment tab displays the attributes of an attachment.
TaxTax definitionThe Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example, Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.<br>
If you have multiple taxes, create a summary level tax with the approximate total tax rate and the actual tax rates pointing to the summary level tax as their parent. When entering the order or invoice lines, the tax is estimated, the correct tax is calculated when the document is processed. The tax is always calculated from the line net amount. If one tax has a the tax basis the line net amount and another tax, you need to adjust the percentage to result in the correct amount.<br>
-Valid From/To is determined by the parent tax.
VAT CategoryVAT CategoryThe VAT Category Tab is used to define and maintain VAT Categories. Each Product is associated with a VAT/Tax Category. This facilitates adapting to changes in taxation.
WarehouseWarehouseThe Warehouse Tab defines each Warehouse that is used to store products. If a Source warehouse is selected, all product replenishment is from that warehouse. If you use custom replenishment algorithms, you need to define the class used per warehouse.
LocatorLocatorThe Locator Tab defines any Locators for that Warehouse.
StorageDetail Storage Information
ProductDefine ProductThe Product Tab defines each product and identifies it for use in price lists and orders. The Location is the default location when receiving the stored product.
SubstituteDefine SubstituteThe Substitute Tab defines products which may be used as a replacement for the selected product.
ReplenishDefine Product ReplenishmentThe Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
PriceProduct PricingThe Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
Payment TermDefine Payment TermsThe Payment Term Tab defines the different payments terms that you offer to your Business Partners when paying invoices and also those terms which your Vendors offer you for payment of your invoices. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
ShipperShippersThe Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
OrderOrder HeaderThe Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an Order. Changing the Organization, Business Partner, Warehouse, Date Promised, etc. changes these values on all the lines.
Order LineOrder LineThe Order Line Tab defines the individual line items that comprise an Order.
Product CategoryDefine Product CategoryThe Product Category defines unique groupings of products. Product categories can be used in building price lists.
Price ListDefine Price ListsPrice lists determine currency of the document as well as tax treatment.
Product PriceMaintain Product PricesThe Price List Tab displays the prices for a product based on the selected price list.
Invoice ScheduleDefine Invoice ScheduleThe Invoice Schedule Tab defines the frequency for which batch invoices will be generated for a Business Partner.
Conversion RateDefine Currency Conversion RatesThe Conversion Rates tab is used to define conversion rates to be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Conversion rates can be defined for multiple rate types. They can also be effective for a defined range of dates. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
Accounting SchemaIf you change the currency or costing method, you must to reset t all accounting transactions.
+Valid From/To is determined by the parent tax.
Tax CategoryTax CategoryThe Tax Category Tab is used to define and maintain Tax Categories. Each Product is associated with a Tax Category. This facilitates adapting to changes in taxation.
WarehouseWarehouseThe Warehouse Tab defines each Warehouse that is used to store products. If a Source warehouse is selected, all product replenishment is from that warehouse. If you use custom replenishment algorithms, you need to define the class used per warehouse.
LocatorLocatorThe Locator Tab defines any Locators for that Warehouse.
StorageDetail Storage Information
ProductDefine ProductThe Product Tab defines each product and identifies it for use in price lists and orders. The Location is the default location when receiving the stored product.
SubstituteDefine SubstituteThe Substitute Tab defines products which may be used as a replacement for the selected product.
ReplenishDefine Product ReplenishmentThe Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
PriceProduct PricingThe Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
Payment TermDefine Payment TermsThe Payment Term Tab defines the different payments terms that you offer to your Business Partners when paying invoices and also those terms which your Vendors offer you for payment of your invoices. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
ShipperShippersThe Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
OrderOrder HeaderThe Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an Order. Changing the Organization, Business Partner, Warehouse, Date Promised, etc. changes these values on all the lines.
Order LineOrder LineThe Order Line Tab defines the individual line items that comprise an Order.
Product CategoryDefine Product CategoryThe Product Category defines unique groupings of products. Product categories can be used in building price lists.
Price ListDefine Price ListsPrice lists determine currency of the document as well as tax treatment.
Product PriceMaintain Product PricesThe Price List Tab displays the prices for a product based on the selected price list.
Invoice ScheduleDefine Invoice ScheduleThe Invoice Schedule Tab defines the frequency for which batch invoices will be generated for a Business Partner.
Conversion RateDefine Currency Conversion RatesThe Conversion Rates tab is used to define conversion rates to be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Conversion rates can be defined for multiple rate types. They can also be effective for a defined range of dates. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
Accounting SchemaIf you change the currency or costing method, you must to reset t all accounting transactions.
For changes to become effective, you must re-login and re-start the Application Server. Define your Account Schema StructureThe Accounting Schema Tab defines the controls used for accounting. You can define multiple accounting schema per client (for parallel accounting).
Postings are generated for an accounting schema, if the schema is valid and you have defined GL and Default accounts and after completion of the Add / Copy Accounts process.
General LedgerFor changes to become effective, you must re-login and re-start the Application Server.Accounts for GLThe General Ledger Tab defines error and balance handling to use as well as the necessary accounts for posting to General Ledger.
CampaignMarketing CampaignThe Marketing Campaign Tab defines the parameters for a Campaign. These include a start and end date as well as the amount of any invoices that have been processed which reference this campaign.
ChannelDistribution ChannelThe Marketing Channel Tab defines the different methods or processes through which customers are obtained.
ElementElementThe Element Tab defines each system level element.
Translation
Period ControlDefine Period ControlThe Period Control Tab displays the status of a Period (Never Opened, Opened, Closed).
Sales RegionSales RegionThe Sales Region Tab defines the different regions where you do business. Sales Regions can be used when generating reports or calculating commissions.
CombinationValid Account CombinationsThe Account Combination Tab defines and displays valid account combination. An Alias can be defined to facilitate document entry.
BudgetThe GL Budget Tab defines a General Ledger BudgetThe GL Budgets are used to define the anticipated costs of doing business. They are used in reporting as a comparison to actual amounts.
AccountingAccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
AccountingDefine Accounting ParametersThe Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this product.
AccountingDefine Project AccountingThe Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
Customer AccountingDefine Customer AccountingThe Customer Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on an accounts receivable transaction.
Vendor AccountingDefine Vendor AccountingThe Vendor Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced in an accounts payable transaction.
Employee AccountingDefine Employee AccountingThe Employee Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on a expense reimbursement.
CityDefine CitiesThe Cities Tab defines Cities within a Country or Region. Cities entered here are not referenced when entering the address.
Account Schema ElementATTENTION: ANY CHANGES here will effect the structure of your chart of accounts!
Depending what changes you did, you should reset accounting.
For changes to become effective, you must re-login and re-start the Application Server.
-Saving/deleting the record starts processes which may take a while.Define the elements of your Account KeyThe Account Schema Element Tab defines the elements that comprise the account key. A name is defined which will display in documents. Also the order of the elements and if they are balanced and mandatory are indicated.
Business PartnerBusiness PartnerThe Business Partner Tab defines any Entity with whom an organization transacts.
LocationDefine LocationThe Location Tab defines the physical location of a business partner. A business partner may have multiple location records.
CustomerDefine Customer ParametersThe Customer Tab defines a Business Partner who is a customer of this organization. If the Customer check box is selected then the necessary fields will display.
VendorDefine Vendor ParametersThe Vendor Tab defines a Business Partner that is a Vendor for this Organization. If the Vendor check box is selected the necessary fields will display.
EmployeeDefine Employee ParametersThe Employee Tab defines a Business Partner who is an Employee of this organization. If the Employee is also a Sales Representative then the check box should be selected.
Bank AccountDefine Bank AccountThe Define Bank Account Tab defines the banking information for this business partner. This data is used for processing payments and remittances.
BankMaintain BankThe Bank Tab defines a bank that is used by an organization or business partner. Each Bank is given an identifying Name, Address, Routing No and Swift Code
AccountMaintain Bank AccountThe Account Tab is used to define one or more accounts for a Bank. Each account has a unique Account No and Currency. The bank account organization is used for accounting.
WithholdingDefine Withholding (Beta)The Withholding Tab defines any withholding information for this business partner.
TranslationTranslation The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language.
DunningMaintain Dunning RulesThe Dunning Tab defines the parameters for a dunning level.
TranslationDefine TranslationThe Translation Tab defines the translation to an alternate language
Translation
Translation
Order VATOrder VATThe Order VAT Tab displays the tax amount for an Order based on the lines entered.
ChargeChargeThe Charge Tab defines the unique charges that may be associated with a document.
-The optional Business Partner allows to create Purchase Orders from Requisitions.
VersionMaintain price list versionsPrice lists are automatically created based on Product Purchasing Information and the Vendor Category Discount.
+Saving/deleting the record starts processes which may take a while.Define the elements of your Account KeyThe Account Schema Element Tab defines the elements that comprise the account key. A name is defined which will display in documents. Also the order of the elements and if they are balanced and mandatory are indicated.
Business PartnerBusiness PartnerThe Business Partner Tab defines any Entity with whom an organization transacts.
LocationDefine LocationThe Location Tab defines the physical location of a business partner. A business partner may have multiple location records.
CustomerDefine Customer ParametersThe Customer Tab defines a Business Partner who is a customer of this organization. If the Customer check box is selected then the necessary fields will display.
VendorDefine Vendor ParametersThe Vendor Tab defines a Business Partner that is a Vendor for this Organization. If the Vendor check box is selected the necessary fields will display.
EmployeeDefine Employee ParametersThe Employee Tab defines a Business Partner who is an Employee of this organization. If the Employee is also a Sales Representative then the check box should be selected.
Bank AccountDefine Bank AccountThe Define Bank Account Tab defines the banking information for this business partner. This data is used for processing payments and remittances.
BankMaintain BankThe Bank Tab defines a bank that is used by an organization or business partner. Each Bank is given an identifying Name, Address, Routing No and Swift Code
AccountMaintain Bank AccountThe Account Tab is used to define one or more accounts for a Bank. Each account has a unique Account No and Currency. The bank account organization is used for accounting.
WithholdingDefine Withholding (Beta)The Withholding Tab defines any withholding information for this business partner.
TranslationTranslation The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language.
DunningMaintain Dunning RulesThe Dunning Tab defines the parameters for a dunning level.
TranslationDefine TranslationThe Translation Tab defines the translation to an alternate language
Translation
Translation
Order TaxOrder TaxThe Order Tax Tab displays the tax amount for an Order based on the lines entered.
ChargeChargeThe Charge Tab defines the unique charges that may be associated with a document.
+The optional Business Partner allows to create Purchase Orders from Requisitions.
VersionMaintain price list versionsPrice lists are automatically created based on Product Purchasing Information and the Vendor Category Discount.
The other alternative is to copy them from existing pricelists and the re-calculate them.
-You can also re-calculate the pricelist by referencing no pricelist or referencing the same pricelist. If no base price list is selected, the Procuct Purchase records are used as reference.
-
PurchasingPurchasingThe Purchasing Tab define the pricing and rules ( pack quantity, UPC, minimum order quantity) for each product.
WithholdingWithholding RulesThe Withholding Rules Tab define the rules governing the withholding of amounts.
AccountingView Accounting Fact Details
TreeTreeThe Tree Tab defines a Tree which will be displayed.
Report & ProcessDefine Report & ProcessThe Report and Process Tab defines each report and process run in the system.
+You can also re-calculate the pricelist by referencing no pricelist or referencing the same pricelist. If no base price list is selected, the Procuct Purchase records are used as reference.
PurchasingPurchasingThe Purchasing Tab define the pricing and rules ( pack quantity, UPC, minimum order quantity) for each product.
WithholdingWithholding RulesThe Withholding Rules Tab define the rules governing the withholding of amounts.
AccountingView Accounting Fact Details
TreeTreeThe Tree Tab defines a Tree which will be displayed.
Report & ProcessDefine Report & ProcessThe Report and Process Tab defines each report and process run in the system.
Please note that the Print Format is only used for Document Print when you want to share a common format defined on System level. For normal reports and formats, you would not define a Print Format here, but modify the generated print format and set it as the default.
ParameterReport ParameterThe Report Parameter Tab defines any parameters required to execute a report or process.
Parameter Translation
Report Translation
ActivityActivity for Activity Based Costing
DefaultsDefault AccountsThe Defaults Tab displays the Default accounts for an Accounting Schema. These values will display when a new document is opened. The user can override these defaults within the document.
Costing (old)Old Product Costing Info
Inventory CountDefine Inventory CountThe Inventory Count Tab defines the parameters for a manual count and adjustment of inventory. When creating the inventory count list automatically, only the actual stored products are included. The exception is when you select the equals 0 (=0) option, then zero on hand records of all stocked products is created for that location.
Inventory Count LineInventory Count LineThe Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory. Normally you would create inventory count lines automaticelly. If you create them manually, make sure that the book value is correct.
-You can set the Organization, if it is a charge, otherwise it is set to the header organization.
ShipmentShipments and Customer ReturnsThe Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Customer or Returns from a Customer.
Shipment LineShipment LineThe Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
MoveEnter Inventory MovementThe Move Tab defines and identifies the movement of an item or items in inventory.
Move LineEnter Inventory Movement LineThe Move Line Tab defines the product and quantity to be moved and the location it is moving from and to.
Product TransactionsTransactions for stored Products
InvoiceCustomer InvoiceThe Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated for a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts receivable.
LevelMaintain Dunning LevelThe Dunning Level Tab defines the timing and frequency of the dunning notices.
TranslationDunning Level Translation
Invoice LineCustomer Invoice LineThe Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Invoice VATCustomer Invoice VATThe Invoice VAT Tab displays the total VAT due based on the Invoice Lines.
Revenue RecognitionRevenue RecognitionThe Revenue Recognition Tab defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. You can also base the revenue recognition on provided Service Levels.
TranslationUnit of Measure Translation
Perpetual Inventory
VendorVendorThe Vendor Tab displays the Vendors. A Vendor is selected and all products for that Vendor will be displayed.
Product DetailsProduct DetailsThe Product Details Tab allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
GreetingDefine GreetingThe Greeting Tab defines the manner in which you will address business partners on documents.
Translation
Translation
Report ViewDefine Report ViewThe Define Report View defines the views used in report generation
TransactionsTransactions for stored ProductsThe Transaction Tab displays the transactions that have been processed for this product.
InvoiceVendor InvoiceThe Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated by a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts payable.
Invoice LineVendor Invoice LineThe Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Invoice VATVendor Invoice VATThe Invoice VAT Tab displays the total VAT due based on the Invoice Lines.
-
PO LinePurchase Order LineThe Purchase Order Line Tab defines the individual items in an order.
Purchase OrderOrder HeaderThe Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an order. The field values defined will determine how the Order Lines are processed.
Order VATOrder VATThe Order VAT Tab displays the VAT associated with the Order Lines.
Material ReceiptEnter Receipts and Vendor ReturnsThe Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments from a Vendor or Returns to a Vendor.
Receipt LineShipment LineThe Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
EDI DefinitionMaintain EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
EDI Log
FormSpecial FormThe Forms Tab defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
Translation
Window AccessWindow AccessThe Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted.
Process AccessProcess AccessThe Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted.
Form AccessForm AccessThe Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted.
Workflow AccessWorkflow AccessThe Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted.
Report AccessReport AccessThe Report Access Tab determines who can access a report or process
AccessForm AccessThe Forms Access Tab defines the access rules for this form
AccessTask AccessThe Task Access Tab defines the Roles that will have access to this task and the type of access each Role is granted.
AccessWindow AccessThe Window Access Tab defines the Roles which have access to this Window.
AccessWorkflow AccessThe Workflow Access Tab defines the Roles who have access to this Workflow.
Task AccessTask AccessThe Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted.
Error MessageError MessageThe Error Message Tab displays error messages that have been generated. They can be deleted with an automated clean up process.
Import Format
Format FieldMaintain Format FieldsDefine the individual field based on the table definition. Please note that you have to make sure that a Constant has the correct SQL data type (i.e. if it is a 'string', you need to enclose it like 'this').
+You can set the Organization, if it is a charge, otherwise it is set to the header organization.
ShipmentShipments and Customer ReturnsThe Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Customer or Returns from a Customer.
Shipment LineShipment LineThe Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
MoveEnter Inventory MovementThe Move Tab defines and identifies the movement of an item or items in inventory.
Move LineEnter Inventory Movement LineThe Move Line Tab defines the product and quantity to be moved and the location it is moving from and to.
Product TransactionsTransactions for stored Products
InvoiceCustomer InvoiceThe Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated for a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts receivable.
LevelMaintain Dunning LevelThe Dunning Level Tab defines the timing and frequency of the dunning notices.
TranslationDunning Level Translation
Invoice LineCustomer Invoice LineThe Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Invoice TaxCustomer Invoice TaxThe Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
Revenue RecognitionRevenue RecognitionThe Revenue Recognition Tab defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. You can also base the revenue recognition on provided Service Levels.
TranslationUnit of Measure Translation
Perpetual Inventory
VendorVendorThe Vendor Tab displays the Vendors. A Vendor is selected and all products for that Vendor will be displayed.
Product DetailsProduct DetailsThe Product Details Tab allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
GreetingDefine GreetingThe Greeting Tab defines the manner in which you will address business partners on documents.
Translation
Translation
Report ViewDefine Report ViewThe Define Report View defines the views used in report generation
TransactionsTransactions for stored ProductsThe Transaction Tab displays the transactions that have been processed for this product.
InvoiceVendor InvoiceThe Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated by a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts payable. When generating a Receipt, the receipt document type of the purchase is used - or if not used/defined the default Material Receipt Document type.
Invoice LineVendor Invoice LineThe Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Invoice TaxVendor Invoice TaxThe Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
+
PO LinePurchase Order LineThe Purchase Order Line Tab defines the individual items in an order.
Purchase OrderOrder HeaderThe Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an order. The field values defined will determine how the Order Lines are processed.
Order TaxOrder TaxThe Order Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the Order Lines.
Material ReceiptEnter Receipts and Vendor ReturnsThe Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments from a Vendor or Returns to a Vendor.
Receipt LineShipment LineThe Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
EDI DefinitionMaintain EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
EDI Log
FormSpecial FormThe Forms Tab defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
Translation
Window AccessWindow AccessThe Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted.
Process AccessProcess AccessThe Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted.
Form AccessForm AccessThe Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted.
Workflow AccessWorkflow AccessThe Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted.
Report AccessReport AccessThe Report Access Tab determines who can access a report or process
AccessForm AccessThe Forms Access Tab defines the access rules for this form
AccessTask AccessThe Task Access Tab defines the Roles that will have access to this task and the type of access each Role is granted.
AccessWindow AccessThe Window Access Tab defines the Roles which have access to this Window.
AccessWorkflow AccessThe Workflow Access Tab defines the Roles who have access to this Workflow.
Task AccessTask AccessThe Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted.
Error MessageError MessageThe Error Message Tab displays error messages that have been generated. They can be deleted with an automated clean up process.
Import Format
Format FieldMaintain Format FieldsDefine the individual field based on the table definition. Please note that you have to make sure that a Constant has the correct SQL data type (i.e. if it is a 'string', you need to enclose it like 'this').
<p>Product mapping (for details see documentation):
<pre>
H_Item => Value
@@ -35,7 +34,7 @@ H_Commodity2 => SKU
H_ItemClass => Classification (A,B,C..)
V_OperAmt_T_Cur => Currency
V_OperAmt_T => Price
-</pre>
Bill of MaterialsBill of Material product linesThe Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or BOMs.
+</pre>
Bill of MaterialsBill of Material product linesThe Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or BOMs.
Available Quantity:
- Stored BOMs have to be created via "Production"
@@ -49,17 +48,15 @@ Price:
Printing:
- Usually, only the BOM information is printed
- For invoices, delivery slips and pick lists, you have the option to print the details
-- In the details, the quantity is listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated
-
Storage
Production HeaderProduction HeaderThe Production Header Tab defines a unique production plan
Production PlanProduction PlanThe Production Plan Tab defines the items used and generated in a production.
Production LineProduction LineThe Production Line Tab displays the actual movements in and out of inventory generated by a Production Plan.
Business Partner GroupBusiness Partner Groups for Reporting Accounting DefaultsThe Business Partner Group Tab allow for the association of business partners for reporting and accounting defaults.
AccountingDefine AccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the default accounts for any business partner that references this group. These default values can be modified for each business partner if required.
AccountingAccounting ParametersThe Accounting Tab defines default accounting parameters. Any product that uses a product category can inherit its default accounting parameters. If the Costing method is not defined, the default costing method of the accounting schema is used.
NoticeSystem NoticeThe Notice Tab provides a method of viewing messages that are generated by this system when performing processes.
Payment ProcessorProcessor for online paymentsThe Electronic Payments Tab is used to define the parameters for the processing of electronic payments. If no currency is defined, all currencies are accepted. If a minumum amount is defined (or not zero), the payment processor is only used if the payment amount is equal or higher than the minumum amount. <br>
-The class needs to implement org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor
-
AccountingMaintain Accounting DataThe Accounting Tab is used to define the accounts used for transactions with this Bank.
Bank StatementBank StatementThe Bank Statement Tab defines the Bank Statement to be reconciled.
Statement LineStatement LineThe Statement Line Tab defines the individual line items on the Bank Statement. They can be entered manually or generated from payments entered.
+- In the details, the quantity is listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated
Storage
Production HeaderProduction HeaderThe Production Header Tab defines a unique production plan
Production PlanProduction PlanThe Production Plan Tab defines the items used and generated in a production.
Production LineProduction LineThe Production Line Tab displays the actual movements in and out of inventory generated by a Production Plan.
Business Partner GroupBusiness Partner Groups for Reporting Accounting DefaultsThe Business Partner Group Tab allow for the association of business partners for reporting and accounting defaults.
AccountingDefine AccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the default accounts for any business partner that references this group. These default values can be modified for each business partner if required.
AccountingAccounting ParametersThe Accounting Tab defines default accounting parameters. Any product that uses a product category can inherit its default accounting parameters. If the Costing method is not defined, the default costing method of the accounting schema is used.
NoticeSystem NoticeThe Notice Tab provides a method of viewing messages that are generated by this system when performing processes.
Payment ProcessorProcessor for online paymentsThe Electronic Payments Tab is used to define the parameters for the processing of electronic payments. If no currency is defined, all currencies are accepted. If a minumum amount is defined (or not zero), the payment processor is only used if the payment amount is equal or higher than the minumum amount. <br>
+The class needs to implement org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor
AccountingMaintain Accounting DataThe Accounting Tab is used to define the accounts used for transactions with this Bank.
Bank StatementBank StatementThe Bank Statement Tab defines the Bank Statement to be reconciled.
Statement LineStatement LineThe Statement Line Tab defines the individual line items on the Bank Statement. They can be entered manually or generated from payments entered.
<br>For Posting, the bank account organization is used, if it is not a charge.
PaymentPayment or ReceiptEnter payment or receipt for a Business Partner. If it is for a single invoice it can be allocated directly to that invoice using this screen. You can also apply over/under payments:<br>
You have an over-payment, if you received more money than due for a single invoice. Instead of writing the difference off (i.e. would be a gain), you can leave the amount unallocated and use it for later invoices or credit memos. Please note that the Amount is the payment amount, so you need to enter the over-payment as a negative amount.<br>
You can also receive a partial payment (under-payment). If you decide not to write off the remaining invoice amount, enter the under-payment as a positive amount.<br>
Note that printed payments are archived in Payment Selection (Prepared Payment).
<br>For Posting, the bank account organization is used, if it is not a charge.
AccountingCharge AccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a charge or charges.
AccountingOrganization AccountingThe Organization Accounting Tab defines the default accounting parameters to be used by this Organization.
AccountingAccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters to be used for transactions referencing this Tax Rate.
AccountingWithholding AccountingThe Withholding Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters for Withholding.
Custom AttributeDefine Custom AttributeThe Custom Attribute Tab defines additional attributes or information for a product or entity.
CashbookMaintain CashbookThe Cashbook Tab defines a unique cashbook for an organization.
AccountingCashbook AccountingThe Cashbook Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters for transaction involving a cashbook.
Cash JournalCash JournalThe Cash Journal Tab defines the parameters for this journal.
Cash LineCash LineThe Cash Line Tab defines the individual lines for this journal.
Payment BatchProcess Payment BatchElectronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Field groupSystem Admin use only. Field Groups allow for grouping of fields within a window
Translation
RequestDefine RequestThe Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally.
Request ProcessorRequest ProcessorThe Request Processor Tab allows you to define processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes. If no other user is found, the items are assigned to the supervisor. A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all.
Mail TemplateMaintain Mail TemplateA mail template can contain variables, e.g. @Name@.
The variables are replaced based on the context. First, the the User is searched to find the variables.
-Additional objects are used for dunning (business partner, dunning entry), asset delivery (asset) and invoice print (business partner, invoice)
HistoryRequest History (Old values)The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Allocation LineView Allocation LinesView Allocation Line Details
Org AccessMaintain Role Org AccessAdd the client and organisations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if User Org Access is selected or the role has access to all roles.<br>
+Additional objects are used for dunning (business partner, dunning entry), asset delivery (asset) and invoice print (business partner, invoice)
HistoryRequest History (Old values)The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Allocation LineView Allocation LinesView Allocation Line Details
Org AccessMaintain Role Org AccessAdd the client and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if User Org Access is selected or the role has access to all roles.<br>
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Payment SelectionDefine PaymentThe Payment Selection Tab defines the bank account and date of the payments to be made. You also create the payments here.
Payment Selection LinePayment Selection LineThe Payment Selection Line Tab defines the individual invoices an organization is paying to a Vendor with this payment.
Report View ColumnReport View ColumnThe Report View Column Tab defines any columns which will be overridden in the generation of the select SQL
CommissionDefine Commission RuleDefine when to pay a commission to whom. For each period, you start the calculation of the commission after the transaction for that period are completed or closed.
Commission LineDefine your commission calculation ruleDefine the selection criteria for paying the commission. If you do not enter restricting parameters (e.g. for specific Business Partner (Groups) or Product (Categories), etc. all transactions for the period will be used to calculate the commission.
After converting from the transaction to the commission currency,
@@ -70,8 +67,8 @@ the formula for calculating the commission is:
You can choose, that only positive amounts (Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) and positive quantities (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) are used in the calculation.
Project CycleDefine Project Report CycleDefine the currency that projects Project are reported. The projects themselves could be in a different currency.
Cycle PhaseLink Cycle Step with Project PhasesLink similar Project Phases to a Cycle Step
LineDefine Project LinesThe Project Lines Tab is used to define the lines (products and/or services) associated with this Project. This is an alternative to Project Phases. You would use lines, if you do not want to use a Project Type template with phases.
Commission RunCommission run for a periodCommission run for a period defined in the Commission window.
Commission AmountCommission line amountsFor each commission line, a line is generated. You can overwrite the amount and quantity to modify the commission amount, but the suggested way is creating additional Commission Detail lines. Please be aware that manual changes will not reconcile with the Commission Details.
Used in ColumnUsed in ColumnThe Used in Column Tab defines the table and column this element resides in.
Commission DetailCommission Detail InformationYou may alter the amount and quantity of the detail records, but the suggested way is to add new correcting lines.
-The amounts are converted from the transaction currency to the Commission Currency (defined in the Commission window) using the start date and the spot exchange rate.
Performance GoalPerformance GoalThe Performance Goal Tab defines specific goals for performance.
Performance Measure CalculationMaintain your Performance Measure CalculationThe Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. See examples.<br>
-The SELECT definition must contain the SELECT and FROM keywords in upper case, the WHERE definition must contain the WHERE keyword in upper case. The main table must not have an alias! The WHERE clause can only contain values of the main table (e.g. when selecting from Header and lines, only header variables can be used in the where clause) and be fully qualified if there is more then one table.
AchievementPerformance AchievementThe Performance Achievement Tab defines the Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements.
MeasurePerformance MeasureThe Performance Measure Tab defines the date range and method to be used for measuring performance.
Financial Report
Report Column SetMaintain Financial Report Column SetsColumn Sets are the combination of Columns to be included in a Financial Report
Report ColumnMaintain Financial Report ColumnA column represents a column in a Financial Report
Report Line SetMaintain Financial Report Line Set
Report LineMaintain Financial Report Line
Report SourceMaintain Segment Values of Report Line Source
Revenue Recognition PlanView Revenue Recognition PlanThe Revenue Recognition plan is generated then invoicing a product with revenue recognition. With Revenue Recognition, the amount is posted to the Unrecognized revenue and over time or based on Service Level booked to Earned Revenue.
Revenue Recognition RunView Revenue Recognition Run History
Service LevelView Service LevelThe service level is automatically created when creating an invoice with products using revenue recognition based on service levels.
Service Level LineMaintain Service LevelsAdd new service level lines to change the recognized amount
Find
Material Transactions
Print FormMaintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..) informationThe selection determines what Print Format is used to print a particular Form for your Organization.
Bank Account DocumentMaintain Bank Account DocumentsIn this tab, you define the documents used for this bank account. You define your check and other payment document (sequence) number as well as format.
System ColorSystem color for backgrounds and indicators
DesktopDesktop is a collection of WorkbenchesDesktop is a collection of Workbenches
Translation
WorkbenchWorkbench on the desktop
ImageImage or Icon link
Window Customization
Tab Customization
Field Customization
WorkbenchWorkbenches are a collection of Windows
Translation
WindowWorkbench Window
RoutingRequest RoutingDefine the sequence of request types and keywords and to whom the web and mail requests should be routed to. The keywords are separated by space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. The first match wins (first request type then keyword.
RequestDefine RequestThe Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally.
HistoryRequest History (Old Values)The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Discount SchemaTrade Discount SchemaTrade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Schema LineTrade Discount Price List LinesPricelists are created based on Product Purchase and Category Discounts.
+The amounts are converted from the transaction currency to the Commission Currency (defined in the Commission window) using the start date and the spot exchange rate.
Performance GoalPerformance GoalThe Performance Goal Tab defines specific goals for performance.
Performance Measure CalculationMaintain your Performance Measure CalculationThe Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. See examples.<br>
+The SELECT definition must contain the SELECT and FROM keywords in upper case, the WHERE definition must contain the WHERE keyword in upper case. The main table must not have an alias! The WHERE clause can only contain values of the main table (e.g. when selecting from Header and lines, only header variables can be used in the where clause) and be fully qualified if there is more then one table.
AchievementPerformance AchievementThe Performance Achievement Tab defines the Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements.
MeasurePerformance MeasureThe Performance Measure Tab defines the date range and method to be used for measuring performance.
Financial Report
Report Column SetMaintain Financial Report Column SetsColumn Sets are the combination of Columns to be included in a Financial Report
Report ColumnMaintain Financial Report ColumnA column represents a column in a Financial Report
Report Line SetMaintain Financial Report Line Set
Report LineMaintain Financial Report Line
Report SourceMaintain Segment Values of Report Line Source
Revenue Recognition PlanView Revenue Recognition PlanThe Revenue Recognition plan is generated then invoicing a product with revenue recognition. With Revenue Recognition, the amount is posted to the Unrecognized revenue and over time or based on Service Level booked to Earned Revenue.
Revenue Recognition RunView Revenue Recognition Run History
Service LevelView Service LevelThe service level is automatically created when creating an invoice with products using revenue recognition based on service levels.
Service Level LineMaintain Service LevelsAdd new service level lines to change the recognized amount
Find
Material Transactions
Print FormMaintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..) informationThe selection determines what Print Format is used to print a particular Form for your Organization.
Bank Account DocumentMaintain Bank Account DocumentsIn this tab, you define the documents used for this bank account. You define your check and other payment document (sequence) number as well as format.
System ColorSystem color for backgrounds and indicators
DesktopDesktop is a collection of WorkbenchesDesktop is a collection of Workbenches
Translation
WorkbenchWorkbench on the desktop
ImageImage or Icon link
Window Customisation
Tab Customisation
Field Customisation
WorkbenchWorkbenches are a collection of Windows
Translation
WindowWorkbench Window
RoutingRequest RoutingDefine the sequence of request types and keywords and to whom the web and mail requests should be routed to. The keywords are separated by space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. The first match wins (first request type then keyword.
RequestDefine RequestThe Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally.
HistoryRequest History (Old Values)The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Discount SchemaTrade Discount SchemaTrade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Schema LineTrade Discount Price List LinesPricelists are created based on Product Purchase and Category Discounts.
The parameters listed here allow to copy and calculate pricelists.<BR>
The calculation:
<UL>
@@ -111,9 +108,9 @@ Please note that the Business Partner <b>must</b> be an Employee wit
(i.e. supress null does not prevent new line)
Print PaperMaintain Print PaperPrinter Paper Size, Orientation and Margins.
The Validation Code contains the Media Size name. The names of the media sizes correspond to those in the IPP 1.1 RFC 2911 - http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2911.txt <br>
If the name is not found, the SizeX/Y with the dimension is used. Size and dimension are ignored, if a valid media size name is used.
Display OrderDisplay Order of the Print Format Items
Sort OrderSort Order of the Print Format Items
Field SequenceSequence if the Fields in a Tab
CustomerBusiness Partner (Customers) to be invoiced
Report LineTime and Expense Report Line (not invoiced)View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense line where the expense lines have no orders yet. (Sales Orders are created).
Item TranslationPrint Format Translation
GraphDefine Graph to be included
Print Table FormatDefine Report Table FormatThe Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. If you leave the entries empty, the default colors and fonts are used:<br>
-Fonts are based on the Font used in the Report; Page Header and Table Header will be bold, the Function Font is Bold-Italic, the Footer Font is two points smaller, the Parameter Font is Italic.
Prepared PaymentView Generated Prepared Payments (Checks)You create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export
Request TypeType of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Interest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. If a list is not "Self Service", it is not visible for users via the web.
Interest AreaBusiness Partner Contact Interest AreaInterest Area can be used for Marketing Campaigns
SystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition.
Import Business Partner
Import ProductImport ProductsBefore importing, Compiere checks the Unit of Measure (default if not set), the Product Category (default if not set), the Business Partner, the Currency (defaults to accounting currency if not set), the Product Type (only Items and Services), the uniqueness of UPC, Key and uniqueness and existence of the Vendor Product No.<br>
-Compiere tries to map to existing products, if the UPC, the Key and the Vendor Product No matches (in this sequence). If the imported record could be matched, product field values will only be overwritten, if the corresponding Import field is explicitly defined. Example: the Product Category will only be overwritten if explicitly set in the Import.
Import Account
Import Report Line Set
Select LanguageSelect your LanguageThe Language needs to be a (verified) System Language
Element Translation
Message Translation
Window Translation
Process Translation
AssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
DeliveryDelivery or availabilityRecord of delivery or availability
Asset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
TrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes. New Classes are created here.
ClassThe actual training class instanceA scheduled class
Employee, VendorBusiness Partner to be reimbursedSelect the business partner to be reimbursed.
Report LineTime and Expense Report Line (not reimbursed)View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense header where the expense lines were not invoiced yet.
Translation
Daily BalancesView daily accounting balances
Payment ScheduleInvoice Payment Schedule
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number and Guaragtee Date tracking. Note that the Guarantee Days here determine the Shelf Life of a product instance after manufacturing (the Guarantee Days on the product determines a Customer Service date after selling)
-If the Attribute Set is mandatory, a product instance needs to be selected/created before shipping.
AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size, etc. If it is an Instance Attribute, all products have the same value.
Attribute ValueProduct Attribute ValueIndividual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
LotProduct Lot DefinitionMaintain the individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
Attribute UseAttributes Used for the Product Attribute SetAttributes and Attribute Values used for the product
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Assigned AttributesAttributes assigned to this search attribute
Invoice
Included Lines
LabelPrint LabelMaintain the Format for printing Labels
LinePrint Label LineMaintain Format of the line on a Label
TranslationPrint Label Line TranslationMaintain the translation for Label Line formats
Session AuditList of User SessionsHistory of Online or Web Sessions
Project TypeMaintain Type of a ProjectType of the project with optional phases and tasks of the project with standard performance information
Standard PhaseMaintain Standard Project PhaseStandard Phase of the project with performance information
PhaseActual Project PhaseActual Phase of the Project with Status information - generated from Phase of Project Type.
RecurringRecurring DocumentMaintain Recurring Documents. The Date Next Run determines the Document (and Accounting Date) of the generated documents.
RunRecurring Document RunHistory of Recurring Document Generation
InventoryImport InventoryValidate and Import Inventory Transactions. The Locator is primarily determined by the Locator Key, then the Warehouse and X,Y,Z fields.<p>
+Fonts are based on the Font used in the Report; Page Header and Table Header will be bold, the Function Font is Bold-Italic, the Footer Font is two points smaller, the Parameter Font is Italic.
Prepared PaymentView Generated Prepared Payments (Checks)You create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export
Request TypeType of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Interest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. If a list is not "Self Service", it is not visible for users via the web.
Interest AreaBusiness Partner Contact Interest AreaInterest Area can be used for Marketing Campaigns
SystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition.
Import Business Partner
Import ProductImport ProductsBefore importing, Adempiere checks the Unit of Measure (default if not set), the Product Category (default if not set), the Business Partner, the Currency (defaults to accounting currency if not set), the Product Type (only Items and Services), the uniqueness of UPC, Key and uniqueness and existence of the Vendor Product No.<br>
+Adempiere tries to map to existing products, if the UPC, the Key and the Vendor Product No matches (in this sequence). If the imported record could be matched, product field values will only be overwritten, if the corresponding Import field is explicitly defined. Example: the Product Category will only be overwritten if explicitly set in the Import.
Import Account
Import Report Line Set
Select LanguageSelect your LanguageThe Language needs to be a (verified) System Language
Element Translation
Message Translation
Window Translation
Process Translation
AssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
DeliveryDelivery or availabilityRecord of delivery or availability
Asset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
TrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes. New Classes are created here.
ClassThe actual training class instanceA scheduled class
Employee, VendorBusiness Partner to be reimbursedSelect the business partner to be reimbursed.
Report LineTime and Expense Report Line (not reimbursed)View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense header where the expense lines were not invoiced yet.
Translation
Daily BalancesView daily accounting balances
Payment ScheduleInvoice Payment Schedule
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number and Guaragtee Date tracking. Note that the Guarantee Days here determine the Shelf Life of a product instance after manufacturing (the Guarantee Days on the product determines a Customer Service date after selling)
+If the Attribute Set is mandatory, a product instance needs to be selected/created before shipping.
AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size, etc. If it is an Instance Attribute, all products have the same value.
Attribute ValueProduct Attribute ValueIndividual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
LotProduct Lot DefinitionMaintain the individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
Attribute UseAttributes Used for the Product Attribute SetAttributes and Attribute Values used for the product
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Assigned AttributesAttributes assigned to this search attribute
Invoice
Included Lines
LabelPrint LabelMaintain the Format for printing Labels
LinePrint Label LineMaintain Format of the line on a Label
TranslationPrint Label Line TranslationMaintain the translation for Label Line formats
Session AuditList of User SessionsHistory of Online or Web Sessions
Project TypeMaintain Type of a ProjectType of the project with optional phases and tasks of the project with standard performance information
Standard PhaseMaintain Standard Project PhaseStandard Phase of the project with performance information
PhaseMaintain Actual Project PhaseActual Phase of the Project with Status information - generated from Phase of Project Type.
RecurringRecurring DocumentMaintain Recurring Documents. The Date Next Run determines the Document (and Accounting Date) of the generated documents.
RunRecurring Document RunHistory of Recurring Document Generation
InventoryImport InventoryValidate and Import Inventory Transactions. The Locator is primarily determined by the Locator Key, then the Warehouse and X,Y,Z fields.<p>
A Physical Inventory is created per Warehouse and Movement Date.
Table AccessMaintain Table AccessIf listed here, the Role can(not) access all data of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality.
<br>If you Include Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access).
<br>If you Exclude Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access).
@@ -128,7 +125,7 @@ Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.<
<br>If you Include Access to a column and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access).
<br>If you Exclude Access to a column and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access).
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
RoleRole with Data Access RestrictionSelect Role for with Data Access Restrictions.
-Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
AdvertisementWeb AdvertisementAdvertisement on the Web
Change AuditData ChangesLog of data changes
Change AuditLog of data changesLog of data changes
Cost TypeType of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future)You can define multiple cost types. The cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
TaskActual Project TaskA Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
StepProject Cycle StepThe Cycle Step determines the logical sequence of events within your cycle. It is the common of similar Project Phases making different project types comparable.
Standard TaskMaintain Standard Project TaskStandard Project Task
Time TypeType of Time recordedDifferentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
Contact (User)Maintain User within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
ClickClick CountDefine the link / target you want to track.
Individual ClickDetails of someone clicking on the link
CountWeb Counter Count
Individual Count
InvoiceSelect InvoiceSelect from invoices not fully paid.
Payment ScheduleMainain Payment Schedule
SchedulePayment Schedule
AlertCompiere AlertCompiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of.
Alert RuleDefinition of the alert elementThe definition of the altert or action
Alert RecipientRecipient of the Alert NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Bank StatementImport Bank Statement
General LedgerImport General LedgerA new Journal Batch is created, if the Batch Document No or accounting schema are different. A new Journal is created, if the Document No, Currency, Document Type, GL Category, Posting Type or Accounting type is different. You can also force the creation of a new Batch or Jornal by selecting the creat new flag.<p>
+Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
AdvertisementWeb AdvertisementAdvertisement on the Web
Change AuditData ChangesLog of data changes
Change AuditLog of data changesLog of data changes
Cost TypeType of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future)You can define multiple cost types. The cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
TaskActual Project TaskA Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
StepProject Cycle StepThe Cycle Step determines the logical sequence of events within your cycle. It is the common of similar Project Phases making different project types comparable.
Standard TaskMaintain Standard Project TaskStandard Project Task
Time TypeType of Time recordedDifferentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
Contact (User)Maintain User within the system - Internal or Business Partner ContactThe User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
ClickClick CountDefine the link / target you want to track.
Individual ClickDetails of someone clicking on the link
CountWeb Counter Count
Individual Count
InvoiceSelect InvoiceSelect from invoices not fully paid.
Payment ScheduleMainain Payment Schedule
SchedulePayment Schedule
AlertAdempiere AlertAdempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of.
Alert RuleDefinition of the alert elementThe definition of the altert or action
Alert RecipientRecipient of the Alert NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Bank StatementImport Bank Statement
General LedgerImport General LedgerA new Journal Batch is created, if the Batch Document No or accounting schema are different. A new Journal is created, if the Document No, Currency, Document Type, GL Category, Posting Type or Accounting type is different. You can also force the creation of a new Batch or Jornal by selecting the creat new flag.<p>
Please note that there are three Organization Fields: The Document Organization is the owner of the document and set directly or per parameter default. The Organization is part of the accounting key and only required id no Valid Account Comination is specified; If not defined it is derived from the Document Organization. The Transaction Organization is part of the account combination.<br>
The optional balance check applies to the entire import, not for individual batches or journals.
<br>The document numbers will be overwritten if the document type is not set to manual sequences.
InvoiceImport InvoicesYou should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file.
PaymentImport Payments
OrderImport OrdersYou should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file.
FreightFreight RatesFreight Rates for Shipper
Freight CategoryCategory of the FreightFreight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
Business Partner DimensionMaintain Business Partner Accounting Dimension TreePlease note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
@@ -138,12 +135,12 @@ The optional balance check applies to the entire import, not for individual batc
Organisation DimensionMaintain Organisation Accounting Dimension TreePlease note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Sales Region DimensionMaintain Sales Region Accounting Dimension TreePlease note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Replication TargetData Replication TargetData Replication Target Details. Maintained on the central server. Make sure that the IP range is unique for every remote system - Otherwise you will loose data!!
Replication RunData Replication RunHistoric Info
Run LogData Replication Run LogDetail Info
Replication StrategyData Replication StrategyThe Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application Dictionary items.
Replication TableData Replication Strategy Table InfoDetermines how the table is replicated. You have full access to Local tables, Reference tables are on Remote systems and are read-only. The data of Merge tables on Remote systems is copied to the central system.
Campaign DimensionMaintain Marketing Campaign Accounting Dimension TreePlease note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
-
Tab Translation
Reference List Translation
Field Translation
Field Group TranslationPlease note, that most of the fields translations are derived from Element!Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. You need only to translate Fields, which are not centrally maintained.
Form Translation
Task Translation
Workflow Translation
Workflow Node Translation
Menu TranslationPlease note, that most of the menu translations are derived from Window/Form/.. translation!Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation.
Subscription
Project (Order)Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work OrdersThe Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project.
AccountingDefine Project AccountingThe Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and ValuesSet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Category ValueThe value of the category is a keywordThe value of the category is a keyword
TypeKnowledge TypeArea of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
TopicKnowledge TopicTopic or Discussion Thead
EntryKnowledge EntryThe searchable Knowledge Entry
CategoryKnowledge CategoryAssiged Category - Value for the Knowlede Entry
RelatedRelated Knowlege EntryRelated Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
CommentKnowledge Entry CommentComment regarding a knowledge entry
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge EntriesThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Translation
Partner SelectionBusiness Partner Selection
Partner OrdersBusiness Partner Orders
Partner ShipmentsBusiness Partner Shipments
Partner InvoicesBusiness Partner Invoices
Partner PaymentsBusiness Partner Payments
Partner AssetsBusiness Partner Assets
Partner RequestsBusiness Partner Requests
Translation
IssuesIssues to the ProjectThe lab lists the Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
PrinterDefine Label Printer
FunctionLabel Printer Function
RegistrationSystem RegistrationSystem Registration Information
Business PartnerBusiness Partner specific Information of a ProductNote that some information is for reference only! The
Company AgentSales Representative Selection
OrdersAll Orders where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
Order LinesAll Order Lines where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
InvoicesAll Invoices where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
Invoice LineAll Invoice Liness where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
AccountingCurrency AccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a currency. Please nore that if not defined, the default accounts of the Accounting Schema are used!
Conversion TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate TypeThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Statement LoaderDefinition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX. The required parameters depend on the actual statement loader class
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
User SubstituteSubstitute of the userA user who can act for this user.
ProcessActual Workflow Process InstanceInstance of a workflow execution
ActivityWorkflow ActivityThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
ActivityWorkflow ActivitiesThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
ParameterWorkflow Node ParameterParameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
BlockWorkflow Transaction Execution BlockA workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
DataWorkflow Process ContextContext information of the workflow process and activity
ResultResult of the Workflow Process ActivityActivity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
EventWorkflow Process Activity Event Audit InformationHistory of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
AttributeAsset Registration AttributeDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
RegistrationAsset User RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
ValueRegistration ValuesIndivifual values of Registration Attribute
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class need to implement the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
PaymentView Payment Information
Org TypeOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisationsOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisations for reporting purposes
Schedule ProcessSchedule processesSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
ParameterScheduler ParameterProvide parameter for scheduled process
LogScheduler LogResult of the execution of the Scheduler
Workflow ProcessorWorkflow Processor ServerWorkflow Processor Server
LogWorkflow Processor LogResult of the execution of the Workflow Processor
Bid TopicTopic of the AuctionDescription of the item to sell or create/fund.
BidView bids for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
OfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
Bid FundsBuyer Funds for Bid on TopicCommitted or Uncommited funds for Bids
Offer FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsCommitted or Uncommited funds from Offers
Topic TypeAuction Topic TypeThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Type CategoryAuction Topic Type CategoryFor an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
CommentsMake a comment to a Bid TopicEveryone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
SellerAution Seller InformationInformation about a participant in an Auction as a Seller
FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsAvailable Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
OfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
BuyerAution Buyer InformationInformation about a participant in an Auction as a Buyer
FundsBuyer Funds available for Bids on TopicsAvailable Funds (Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
BidBid for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor/Server ParametersAccounting Processor/Server Parameters. If no account schema is selected, all accounting schema are processed. If no transaction table is selected, accounting for all transaction is created.
LogResult of the execution of the Accounting ProcessorResult of the execution of the Accounting Processor
RelationBusiness Partner RelationBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. If the Location of the Business partner is not defined, the rule applies to all location of that Business Partner
RfQRequest for QuotationRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
ResponseRfQ ResponseRequest for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
LineRfQ LineRequest for Quotation Line
Response LineRfQ Response LineRequest for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
QuantityRfQ Line QuantityRequest for Quotation Line Quantity - You may request a quotation for different quantities
Response QuantityRfQ Line Quantity ResponseRequest for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
TopicRequest for Quotation TopicA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
SubscriberRequest for Quotation Topic SubscriberSubcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
SubscriptionSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
DeliveryOptional Delivery Record for a SubscriptionRecord of deliveries for a subscription
Subscription TypeType of subscriptionSubscription type and renewal frequency
Distribution ListDistribution Lists allow to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
Distribution LineDistribution List Line with Business Partner and Quantity/PercentageThe distribution can be based on Ratio, fixed quantity or both.
-If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
PackageShipment PackageA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
Package LineThe detail content of the PackageLink to the shipment line
RMAReturn Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
RMA LineReturn Material Authorization LineDetail information about the returned goods
RelatedRelated ProductRelated Product - e.g. for promotions
ProcessorAlert Processor
LogAlert Processor Log
Dunning RunManage Dunning RunManage Dunning Run
EntryDunning Run EntryMaintain details of the dunning letter to a business partner
LineDinning Run LineMaintain the information of the dunning letter line
Org AssignmentUser Assigment to OrganisationAssign Users to Organisations
Org AssignmentUser Assigment to OrganisationAssign Users to Organisations
Log
Scheduler RecipientRecipient of the Scheduler NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
VAT PostcodeVAT PostcodeFor local tax, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs
RequisitionMaintain Material Requisition
Requisition LineMaterial Requisition Line
NotePersonal Note
ConditionWorkflow Node Transition ConditionOptional restriction of transition of one node to the next. The (string) value is converted to the datatype. Booleans (Yes-No) are represented by "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-mm-DD
DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines.
+
Tab Translation
Reference List Translation
Field Translation
Field Group TranslationPlease note, that most of the fields translations are derived from Element!Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. You need only to translate Fields, which are not centrally maintained.
Form Translation
Task Translation
Workflow Translation
Workflow Node Translation
Menu TranslationPlease note, that most of the menu translations are derived from Window/Form/.. translation!Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation.
SubscriptionsUser Subscriptions
ProjectMaintain Sales Order Projects and Work OrdersThe Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project.
AccountingDefine Project AccountingThe Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and ValuesSet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Category ValueThe value of the category is a keywordThe value of the category is a keyword
TypeKnowledge TypeArea of knowlege - A Type has multiple Topics
TopicKnowledge TopicTopic or Discussion Thead
EntryKnowledge EntryThe searchable Knowledge Entry
CategoryKnowledge CategoryAssiged Category - Value for the Knowlede Entry
RelatedRelated Knowlege EntryRelated Knowlege Entry for this Knowledge Entry
CommentKnowledge Entry CommentComment regarding a knowledge entry
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge EntriesThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Translation
Partner SelectionBusiness Partner Selection
Partner OrdersBusiness Partner Orders
Partner ShipmentsBusiness Partner Shipments
Partner InvoicesBusiness Partner Invoices
Partner PaymentsBusiness Partner Payments
Partner AssetsBusiness Partner Assets
Partner RequestsBusiness Partner Requests
Translation
IssuesIssues to the ProjectThe lab lists the Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
PrinterDefine Label Printer
FunctionLabel Printer Function
RegistrationSystem RegistrationSystem Registration Information
Business PartnerBusiness Partner specific Information of a ProductNote that some information is for reference only! The
Company AgentSales Representative Selection
OrdersAll Orders where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
Order LinesAll Order Lines where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
InvoicesAll Invoices where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
Invoice LineAll Invoice Liness where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
AccountingCurrency AccountingThe Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a currency. Please nore that if not defined, the default accounts of the Accounting Schema are used!
Conversion TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate TypeThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Statement LoaderDefinition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX. The required parameters depend on the actual statement loader class
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion Rate
User SubstituteSubstitute of the userA user who can act for this user.
ProcessActual Workflow Process InstanceInstance of a workflow execution
ActivityWorkflow ActivityThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
ActivityWorkflow ActivitiesThe Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
ParameterWorkflow Node ParameterParameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
BlockWorkflow Transaction Execution BlockA workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire work is rolled back.
DataWorkflow Process ContextContext information of the workflow process and activity
ResultResult of the Workflow Process ActivityActivity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
EventWorkflow Process Activity Event Audit InformationHistory of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
AttributeAsset Registration AttributeDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
RegistrationAsset User RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
ValueRegistration ValuesIndivifual values of Registration Attribute
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class need to implement the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
PaymentView Payment Information
Org TypeOrganization Type allows you to categorize your organizationsOrganization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
Schedule ProcessSchedule processesSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
ParameterScheduler ParameterProvide parameter for scheduled process
LogScheduler LogResult of the execution of the Scheduler
Workflow ProcessorWorkflow Processor ServerWorkflow Processor Server
LogWorkflow Processor LogResult of the execution of the Workflow Processor
Bid TopicTopic of the AuctionDescription of the item to sell or create/fund.
BidView bids for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
OfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
Bid FundsBuyer Funds for Bid on TopicCommitted or Uncommited funds for Bids
Offer FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsCommitted or Uncommited funds from Offers
Topic TypeAuction Topic TypeThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Type CategoryAuction Topic Type CategoryFor an Auction Topic Type, define the different Categories used.
CommentsMake a comment to a Bid TopicEveryone can give comments concerning a Bid Topic - e.g. Questions, Suggestions
SellerAution Seller InformationInformation about a participant in an Auction as a Seller
FundsSeller Funds from Offers on TopicsAvailable Funds (for Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds from Offers
OfferOffer for a TopicYou can create an offer for a topic.
BuyerAution Buyer InformationInformation about a participant in an Auction as a Buyer
FundsBuyer Funds available for Bids on TopicsAvailable Funds (Payments) and Committed or Uncommited funds for Bids
BidBid for a TopicYou can create a bid for a topic. Depening on the type, the highest bidder wins the Topic - or you participate in funding for a Topic.
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor/Server ParametersAccounting Processor/Server Parameters. If no account schema is selected, all accounting schema are processed. If no transaction table is selected, accounting for all transaction is created.
LogResult of the execution of the Accounting ProcessorResult of the execution of the Accounting Processor
RelationBusiness Partner RelationBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. If the Location of the Business partner is not defined, the rule applies to all location of that Business Partner
RfQRequest for QuotationRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
ResponseRfQ ResponseRequest for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
LineRfQ LineRequest for Quotation Line
Response LineRfQ Response LineRequest for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
QuantityRfQ Line QuantityRequest for Quotation Line Quantity - You may request a quotation for different quantities
Response QuantityRfQ Line Quantity ResponseRequest for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
TopicRequest for Quotation TopicA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
SubscriberRequest for Quotation Topic SubscriberSubcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
SubscriptionSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
DeliveryOptional Delivery Record for a SubscriptionRecord of deliveries for a subscription
Subscription TypeType of subscriptionSubscription type and renewal frequency
Distribution ListDistribution Lists allow to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
Distribution LineDistribution List Line with Business Partner and Quantity/PercentageThe distribution can be based on Ratio, fixed quantity or both.
+If the ratio and quantity is not 0, the quantity is calculated based on the ratio, but with the Quantity as a minimum.
PackageShipment PackageA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
Package LineThe detail content of the PackageLink to the shipment line
RMAReturn Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
RMA LineReturn Material Authorization LineDetail information about the returned goods
RelatedRelated ProductRelated Product - e.g. for promotions
ProcessorAlert Processor
LogAlert Processor Log
Dunning RunManage Dunning RunManage Dunning Run
EntryDunning Run EntryMaintain details of the dunning letter to a business partner
LineDinning Run LineMaintain the information of the dunning letter line
Org AssignmentUser Assigment to OrganizationAssign Users to Organizations
Org AssignmentUser Assigment to OrganizationAssign Users to Organizations
Log
Scheduler RecipientRecipient of the Scheduler NotificationYou can send the notifications to users or roles
Tax Post CodeTax Post CodeFor local tax, you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes
RequisitionMaintain Material Requisition
Requisition LineMaterial Requisition Line
NotePersonal Note
ConditionWorkflow Node Transition ConditionOptional restriction of transition of one node to the next. The (string) value is converted to the datatype. Booleans (Yes-No) are represented by "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-mm-DD
DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines.
The distribution is prorated based on the percentage of the lines. If the total percent is less then 100 and one line is 0 (null), it gets the remainder. If there is no line with 0, any rounding is adjusted in the line with the biggest amount.
LineGeneral Ledger Distribution Target LineIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the perecent value of the lines. A Percent value of 0 (null) indicates the remainder to 100. There can only be one line with 0 percent.
Distribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
LineDistribution Run Lines define Distribution List, the Product and QuantiriesThe order amount is based on the greater of the minimums of the product or distribution list and the quantity based on the ratio.
Product AssignmentAssignment of Atrributes to ProductsDetermines, which attributes are assigned to a product
Access AuditLog of Access to data or resourcesLogging needs to be explicitly enabled / written.
Counter DocumentMaintain Counter Document TypesWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
You can define conter documents for all organizations (of the original transaction) or for a specific organization.
ForecastMaterial ForecastMaterial Forecast
LineForecast LineForecast of Product Qyantity by Period
DemandMaterial DemandMaterial Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
LineMaterial Demand LineDemand for a product in a period
DetailMaterial Demand Line Source DetailSource Link for Material Demand Lines
ConfirmationMaterial Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationConfirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
LineMaterial Shipment or Receipt Confirmation LineThe quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
RMA TypeReturn Material Authorization TypeMaintain the types of RMA
AllocationView and Reverse AllocationThe Reverse Allocation Tab defines the Payment Allocation to be reversed.
Unposted DocumentsView unposted Documents
Process AuditAudit Process use
Parameter AuditAudit Process Parameter Values
LogProcess Log
ConfirmationConfirm Inventory MovesThe document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
LineConfirm Inventory Move LinesThe quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
Confirmation LinesImport Receipt/Shipment Confirmation LinesImport Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
Business PartnerSelect Business PartnerSelect the business partner for the service level agreement
SLA GoalService Level Agreement GoalIndividual Goal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
SLA MeasureService Level Agreement MeasureView/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
SLA CriteriaService Level Agreement CriteriaDefine a criteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..). If you define a process class, it need to implement org.compiere.sla.SLACriteria (see example)
Table TranslationTable TranslationNote that many Table names will be overwritten / translated automatically
RestrictionInclude Subscriber Only for certain products or product categoriesEnter the products / product categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ
Price List SchemaPrice List SchemaPrice List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
POS TerminalPoint of Sales TerminalThe POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
POS Key LayoutPOS Function Key LayoutPOS Function Key Layout
POS KeyPOS Function KeyPOS Function Key Assignment
SLA GoalService Level Agreement GoalIndividual Goal for the SLA criteria for the Business Partner
SLA MeasureService Level Agreement MeasureView/Maintain the individual actual value / measure for the business partner service level agreement goal
Column TranslationColumn TranslationDo not translate - overwritten / translated automatically
Internal UseDefine Internal Use Inventory
Internal Use LineInternal Use Inventory LineThe Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory.
AllocationAllocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash
AllocationAllocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash
AllocationsDisplay Allocation of the Payment/Receipt to Invoices
ConfirmationsOptional Confirmations of Receipt LinesThe quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
Matched POsPurchase Order Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
Matched InvoicesInvoice Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
Matched ReceiptsMaterial Receipt Lines matched to this Invoice Line
Matched POsPurchase Order Lines matched to this Invoice Line
MatchingMaterial Receipt or Invoice Lines matched to this Purchse Order Line
ConfirmationsOptional Confirmations of Shipment LinesThe quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
Invoice BatchEnter Expense Invoice Batch HeaderSet Currency and decide if this for AR (sales) Invoices or AP (vendor) invoices. Optionally enter a Control amount.
Batch LineEnter Expense Invoice Batch LineA new invoice is created, if there is a different Document Number, Business Partner or Location (address).
-Note that the Document Number may be overwritten - depending on the Number control of the selected Document Type.
Org AccessMaintain User Org AccessAdd the client and organisations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if in the Role, User Org Access is not selected or the role has access to all roles.<br>
+Note that the Document Number may be overwritten - depending on the Number control of the selected Document Type.
Org AccessMaintain User Org AccessAdd the client and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if in the Role, User Org Access is not selected or the role has access to all roles.<br>
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Landed CostsLanded cost to be allocated to material receiptsLanded costs allow you to allocate costs to previously received material receipts. Examples are freight, excise tax, insurance, etc.<br>
Select either a Receipt, Receipt Line or a specific Product to allocate the costs to.
Landed Cost AllocationAllocation of Landed Costs to ProductCalculated when preparing the Invoice
Cost ElementMaintain product cost elementsYou can maintain multiple Material Costs. Which of the Material Cost Types is used for accounting is determined by the costing method.<br>
Define a Costing Method (for Material Elements) only if you want the cost calculated for that costing method. For accounting, the costing method defined in the Accounting Schema or Product Category Acct is used.
Select ProductSelect the product
Product CostsMaintain Product Costs
Request StatusMaintain Request StatusStatus if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..)
Standard ResponseMaintain Request Standard Response Text blocks to be copied into request response text
Request ResolutionMaintain Request ResolutionsResolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..)
Request GroupMaintain Request GroupsGroup of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...).
@@ -157,6 +154,7 @@ Note that you can over- or under-allocate the payment.<b>
When processing the payment, the allocation is created.<b>
The Organization is set to the invoice organization
BP AccessAccess of the User/Contact to Business Partner information and resourcesIf on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, you need to give access explicitly here.
QueriesView and maintain saved queries
InstanceAttribute Set Instance
Shipment, ReceiptMaterial Shipment and Receipt Lines
MovementMaterial Movement Lines
InvoiceAP / AR Invoice Lines
Cost QueueCost Queue for Lifo/FifoNote thet the cost queue may not be the same as the physical movement cost queue due to differences in costing level and warehouse priority.
DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authoritiesThe tax declaration allows you to create supporting information and reconcile the documents with the accounting
LineTax Declaration LinesThe lines are created by the create process. You can delete them if you do not want to include them in a particular declaration. You can create manual adjustment lines.
AccountingTax Accounting Reconciliation Displays all accounting related information for reconcilation with documents. It includes all revenue/expense and tax entries as a base for detail reporting
Reporting HierarchyReporting HierarchyReporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business
Purchase OrdersRelated Purchase Orders
Requisition LinesRelated Purchase Requisition Lines
Budget ControlMaintain Budget ControlsBudget Control allows you to restrict the use of expenditures, commitments (Purchase Orders) and reservations (Requisitions). If defined, you mey not be able to approve Requisitions, Purchse Orders, or AP Invoices.
FundMaintain Fund ControlGeneral Ledger Funds Control allows you to restrict the use of funds. This is independent from budget control.
RestrictionRestriction of FundsIf defined, you can use the fund only for the accounts selected. You can select summary values.
Used in ColumnUsed in Column
Used in ColumnUsed in Column (Reference)
Sub AccountSub Account for Element ValueThe Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension.
TranslationTranslation
Client ShareForce (not) sharing of client/org entitiesBusiness Partner can be either defined on Client level (shared) or on Org level (not shared). You can define here of Products are always shared (i.e. always created under Organization "*") or if they are not shared (i.e. you cannot enter them with Organization "*").<br>
-The creation of "Client and Org" shared records is the default and is ignored.
System IssueAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue ReportingSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Compiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Assigned PartnersBusiness Partners in Group
Color SchemaPerformance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Compiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
RestrictionPerformance Goal RestrictionRestriction of the performance measure to the Organization, Business Partner or Product defined.
+The creation of "Client and Org" shared records is the default and is ignored.
System IssueAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue ReportingSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Adempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Assigned PartnersBusiness Partners in Group
Color SchemaPerformance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Adempiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
RestrictionPerformance Goal RestrictionRestriction of the performance measure to the Organization, Business Partner or Product defined.
Example: The performance is only measured for HQ
-The measure must support the data, otherwise it is ignored.
BenchmarkPerformance BenchmarkData Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
DataPerformance Benchmark Data PointData Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
RatioPerformance RatioCalculation instruction set for a performance ratio
ElementPerformance Ratio ElementIndividual calculation instruction for a ratio
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue RecommendationRecommendations how to fix an Issue
Issue StatusMaintain Status of an IssueStatus of an Issue
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue ProjectProjects of automatic Issue Reporting
Issue ProjectAutomatic Issue Reporting
Issue SystemMaintain Issue Systems
Status CategoryRequest Status CategoryCategory of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories
\ No newline at end of file
+The measure must support the data, otherwise it is ignored.
BenchmarkPerformance BenchmarkData Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
DataPerformance Benchmark Data PointData Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
RatioPerformance RatioCalculation instruction set for a performance ratio
ElementPerformance Ratio ElementIndividual calculation instruction for a ratio
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue RecommendationRecommendations how to fix an Issue
Issue StatusMaintain Status of an IssueStatus of an Issue
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue ProjectProjects of automatic Issue Reporting
Issue ProjectAutomatic Issue Reporting
Issue SystemMaintain Issue Systems
Status CategoryRequest Status CategoryCategory of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories
Task LineProject Lines of TasksMaintain Project Lines of Tasks
Project LineMaintain Project LinesMaintain Project Level Lines
Phase LineProject Lines of PhaseMaintain Project Lines on Phase Level
ProjectA web project is the main datacontainer for Containers, URLs, Ads, Media etc.A web project is the meta definition which will contain later on all data within the Web Content Management Project.
DomainMaintain Web Project DomainsLink between the Web Project and the public URLs (Domains)
Template
Media ServerWeb Project Media ServerMedia Server for the web project
News Channel
News Item
Advertisement CategoryDefines the categories to group Ads
AdvertisementThe Advertisement
Media ItemMaintain Media ItemMedia items are deployed on the media servers. The media item can be an Image or an attachment. Attachments are ignored, if there is an image. If there are more then one attachment, the first is used.
StageMaintain Container StageMaintain Container Stage information.
Stage TranslationMaintain Container Stage Translation
ContainerView Web ContainerView deployed Web Container Information.
Container TranslationView Container TranslationView deployed Web Container Translations
Container ElementView Web Container ElementView deployed Web Container Element
Container Element TranslationView Web Container Element TranslationView deployed Web Container Element Translation
Stage ElementContainer Stage Element
Stage Element TranslationContainer Stage Element Translation
TemplateWeb Project TemplateCM Project Template
Chat TypeMaintain Type of discussion / chatChat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table.
UpdatesSubscribers for the Chat TypeSubscribers receive updates per email or notice
ChatView Chat or discussion threadThread of discussion
Chat EntryIndividual Chat / Discussion EntryThe entry can not be changed - just the confidentiality
UpdatesSubscribers for this ChatSubscribers receive updates per email or notice. In addition to the subscribers for this specific cta, also the subscribers of the Chat Type receive updates.
MediaMedia Elements
Template TableMaintain Template TablesLink a Template with a Table
Container T.TableView Container Template TableLink to individual Record
Stage T.TableMaintain Container Stage Template TableLink to individual Record
Web ProjectSelect Media Project
Ad Cat TemplateAdvertisement Category link to Template
Template Ad CategoryMaintain Template Advertisement CategoryLink a Template with an Advertisement Category
Entity TypeSystem Entity TypeThe entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "Adempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by Adempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition).
System ModifinSystem Modification or ExtensionDescription of the System modification or extension
Web Access ProfileMaintain Web Access ProfileDefine access to collaboration management content. You can assign the profile to a internal role or for external access to business partner group.
+If the profile is exclude (default), the assignees can view all but the defined content. If the profile is not exclude (include), the assigned roles and business partner groups can only view the listed content.
List RoleWeb Access for RoleMaintain the list of Roles with Access to this profile.
List BPartner GroupWeb Access for Business Partner GroupMaintain the list of Roles with Access to this profile.
Access StageWeb Access to Container StageMaintain the access to container stage
Access ContainerWeb Access to ContainerMaintain the access to container
Access News ChannelWeb Access to News ChannelMaintain the access to news channel
Access MediaWeb Access to MediaMaintain the access to media
DeplaymentMedia DeploymentDeployment to Media Server
ServerMaintain Web Broadcast Server
WindowInfo and search/select WindowThe Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection.
Window TranslationInfo Window Translation
ColumnInfo Window ColumnColumn in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition
Column TranslationInfow Window Column Translation
IndexText Search IndexText search index keyword and excerpt across documents
Index StopKeyword not to be indexedKeyword not to be indexed, optional restriced to specific Document Type, Container or Request Type
LogView Text Search Queries
LDAP ServerLDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on AdempiereThe LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is only one server per Adempiere system. The "o" is the Client key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key.
LDAP Server LogLog of the LDAP Server
LDAP AccessUser Access via LDAP
LDAP AccessUser Access via LDAP
Packages InstalledPackages Installed
Object BackupsDetails by column original values before the record was overwrittenDisplays values for each column for each record that was updated by a package install. This backup is used in the package reversal process.
Package Installation LogInstallation history of packages
Objects Installed
Export Package
Package Details
Common Details
PackInImport a package created by PackOut
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Table_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Table_Trl_en_GB.xml
index a44c3a028a..97f16ad348 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Table_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Table_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Table
Column
Reference
AD_Ref_Table
Reference List
Window
Tab
Field
Dynamic Validation
Message
Language ID
Client
Payment Term
User/Contact
Sequence
Menu
Workflow
OS Task
Message Trl
Menu Trl
AD_Sequence_Audit
AD_Sequence_No
Tab Trl
OS Task Trl
Task Instance
Reference Trl
Field Trl
Node
Node Trl
Node Transition
Window Trl
Workflow Trl
Test ID
Reference List Trl
Calendar
Conversion Rate
Currency
Element
Period
UOM
Organization
Role
AD_User_Roles
Address
Non Business Day
Region
Country
UOM Conversion
Combination
Year
C_BP_Customer_Acct
C_BP_Employee_Acct
C_BP_Vendor_Acct
City
Account Element
Warehouse
M_Warehouse_Acct
Preference
AD_Process_Access
AD_Task_Access
AD_Window_Access
AD_Workflow_Access
Project
C_Project_Acct
Locator
Product
Product Category
Product Purchasing
M_Substitute
Document Type
GL Category
Journal
Journal Batch
Journal Line
AD_ClientInfo
Organization Info
Period Control
Sales Region
M_Replenish
M_Storage
Product Price
Tax Category
Shipper
Attachment
Price List
Invoice Schedule
Order
Sales Order Line
Tax
Accounting Schema
C_AcctSchema_GL
Accounting Fact
Budget
Product Acct
Campaign
Channel
System Element
System Element Trl
Acct.Schema Element
Process Instance
AD_PInstance_Para
Process
Process Parameter
Process Parameter Trl
Process Trl
Tree
Tree Node
Business Partner
Partner Location
Price List Version
Bank
Bank Account
Partner Bank Account
C_BP_Withholding
Document Type Trl
Dunning
Account Element Trl
Payment Term Trl
Withholding
Product Trl
Charge
Order Tax
C_AcctSchema_Default
Activity
Invoice
Shipment/Receipt
Shipment/Receipt Line
Phys.Inventory
Phys.Inventory Line
Inventory Move
Move Line
Production
Production Line
Product Costing
Inventory Transaction
Dunning Level
Dunning Level Trl
Invoice Line
C_InvoiceTax
Payment
Revenue Recognition
Service Level
Service Level Line
UOM Trl
Perpetual Inventory
Greeting
Greeting Trl
Tax Category Trl
Order Detail
Report View
Transaction Sum
T_Replenish
T_Spool
EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
EDI Log
Invoice Day
Invoice Month
Invoice ProdMonth
Invoice ProdWeek
Invoice VendorMonth
Invoice Week
Special Form
Special Form Trl
AD_Form_Access
Error
Import Format
Format Field
BOM Line
Tire Storage
Production Plan
Invoice CustomerProdQtr
Invoice CustomerVendQtr
Notice
Allocation Line
C_BankAccount_Acct
Bank Statement
Bank statement line
Business Partner Group
Business Partner Group Acct
C_Charge_Acct
C_InterOrg_Acct
Payment Processor
C_Tax_Acct
C_Withholding_Acct
Product Category Acct
W_Basket_ID
Web Counter
Find
System Attribute
AD_Attribute_Value
Cash Journal
Cash Book
C_CashBook_Acct
Cash Journal Line
Payment Batch
Open Item
Field Group
Field Group Trl
Mail Template
Request
Request History
Request Processor
AD_Role_OrgAccess
Invoice
InvoiceLine
Mat Transaction
Payment Selection
Payment Selection Line
Report view Column
Commission
Commission Amount
Commission Line
Project Cycle
C_CyclePhase
Project Line
Commission Run
Commission Detail
Achievement
Goal
Measure
Measure Calculation
Revenue Recognition Plan
Revenue Recognition Run
Financial Report
Report Column
Report Column Set
Report Line
Report Line Set
Report Source
Tree Node BP
Tree Node MM
Tree Node PR
Print Form
Bank Account Document
AD_TreeBar
System Color
Desktop
Desktop Workbench
Desktop Trl
Image
User defined Field
User defined Tab
User defined Window
Workbench
Workbench Window
Workbench Trl
Cash Detail
Match Invoice
Match PO
Request Routing
Discount Schema
Discount Schema Break
Discount Pricelist
T_InventoryValue
Product Costing
Resource Type
Expense Type
Resource Unavailability
Resource Assignment
Expense Report
Resource
Expense Line
Print Format Item
Print Color
Print Font
Print Paper
Print Format
C_Invoice_LineTax_v
Order Header Print
Order LineTax Print
C_PaySelection_Check_v
C_PaySelection_Remittance_v
M_InOut_Header_v
M_InOut_Line_v
C_Invoice_Header_v
BPartner
Graph
Print Format Item Trl
Print Table Format
Dunning Run Line
Pay Selection Check
Dunning Run
Dunning Run Entry
R_ContactInterest
Request Type
Interest Area
System
Import Product
Import Business Partner
Import Account
Import Report Line Set
Training Class
Training
Asset
Asset Retirement
Asset Delivery
Asset Group
T_Report
T_ReportStatement
Tax Trl
Fact_Acct_Balance
Payment Schedule
Basket Line
Web Click
Invoice Payment Schedule
Counter Count
Click Count
Payment_v
Serial No Control
Lot Control
Lot
Attribute Value
Attribute Set Instance
Attribute Set
M_AttributeInstance
Attribute
M_AttributeUse
Attribute Search
AD_Table_Access
Session
AD_Record_Access
Print Label Line Trl
Print Label Line
Print Label
AD_Column_Access
Import Inventory
Recurring Run
Recurring
Project Type
Project Phase
Standard Phase
AD_PInstance_Log
Advertisement
Change Log
Time Type
Standard Task
Project Task
Org Assignment
Cost Type
Cycle Step
Import Order
Alert Recipient
Alert Rule
Alert
Freight Category
Freight
Import Payment
Import Invoice
Import GL Journal
Import Bank Statement
Replication Table
Replication Strategy
Replication Run
Replication Log
Replication
Knowldge Type
Knowledge Topic
Knowledge Synonym
Knowledge Source
Related Entry
K_EntryCategory
Entry
Entry Comment
Category Value
Knowledge Category
Country Trl
Currency Trl
C_Project_Header_v
C_Project_Details_v
Project Cycle
Asset Delivery
Asset Customer
Project Issue
Label printer Function
System Registration
Label printer
AD_Private_Access
Project Line Issue
Mat Transaction
Warehouse Storage
T_Aging
Product Business Partner
Click Unprocessed
Click Month
Not Posted
M_TransactionAllocation
Currency Type
C_Currency_Acct
Warehouse Price
Bank Statement Loader
Import Conversion Rate
User Substitute
Workflow Node Parameter
Workflow Activity
Workflow Process
Workflow Responsible
Workflow Block
Workflow Process Data
Workflow Event Audit
Workflow Activity Result
Registration
Registration Attribute
A_RegistrationValue
InvoiceTax
Fact Acct Period
Fact Acct Day
Accounting Fact View
Bank Statement Matcher
Request Processor Log
RMA Line
RMA
Product Related
Package Line
Package
Distribution List Line
Distribution List
Subscription Delivery
Subscription Type
Subscription
RfQ Subscriber
RfQ Topic
RfQ Response Line Qty
RfQ Response Line
RfQ Response
RfQ Line Quantity
RfQ Line
RfQ
Partner Relation
Topic
Seller Funds
B_Seller
Offer
Buyer Funds
B_Buyer
Bid Comment
Bid
Scheduler Log
Scheduler
Organization Type
Topic Type
Topic Category
Accounting Processor Log
Accounting Processor
Workflow Processorl Log
Workflow Processor
AD_Scheduler_Para
Alert Processor Log
Alert Processor
Tax ZIP
Requisition
Requisition Line
Scheduler Recipient
Attachment Note
Transition Condition
GL Distribution Line
GL Distribution
RfQ UnAnswered
RfQ Response
Requisition
Distribution Run
Distribution Run Line
T_DistributionRunDetail
Registration Product
Asset SumMonth
Access Log
Counter Document
Demand Line
Forecast
Demand Detail
Forecast Line
Demand
C_RfQResponseLine_v
C_RfQResponse_v
C_RfQResponseLineQty_v
Ship/Receipt Confirmation
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line
RMA Type
InOut Confirm
InOut Line Confirm
M_InOut_LineConfirm_v
M_InOutConfirm_v
Allocation
Allocation
Move Line Confirm
Move Confirm
PrintFormat Detail
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import Line
C_Dunning_Header_v
C_Dunning_Line_v
SLA Measure
SLA Criteria
SLA Goal
Table Trl
RfQ Topic Subscriber Restriction
POS Terminal
POS Key Layout
POS Key
InOut Details
Column Trl
Trial Balance
Archive
Payment
BPartnerOpen
Commission Run Detail
T_Transaction
Landed Cost
Landed Cost Allocation
C_ProjectIssueMA
M_InOutLineMA
M_InventoryLineMA
M_MovementLineMA
Production Line MA
M_Transaction_v
Invoice Batch
Invoice Batch Line
AD_User_OrgAccess
Cost Element
Product Cost
Category
Group
Resolution
Standard Response
Status
Product Download
Web Store
Web Store Trl
Mail Message
Mail Message Trl
User Mail
Request Update Recipiants
Request Type Updates
R_CategoryUpdates
R_GroupUpdates
Request Updates
Request Updates Only
Position
Position Category
Position Assignment
Remuneration
Position Remuneration
Employee Remuneration
Alternative Group
Product Operation
Operation Resource
BOM
Change Notice
Change Request
BOM Component
Request Update
T_InvoiceGL
T_InvoiceGL_v
Product Costs
Product Cost Summary
Product Cost Detail
Cost Detail
Exclude Attribute Set
Exclude Lot
Exclude SerNo
Allocate Payment
User BP Access
User Query
M_InOutLineMA_v
M_MovementLineMA_v
Cost Queue
Tax Declaration
Tax Declaration Line
Tax Declaration Accounting
Reporting Hierarchy
Budget Control
GL Fund
Fund Restriction
Sub Account
Mail Template Trl
Client Share
System Issue
Invoice ProductQtr
Invoice ProductMonth
Color Schema
Goal Restriction
Benchmark
Benchmark Data
Ratio
Ratio Element
Issue Recommendation
Issue Status
Known Issue
IssueUser
Issue Project
Issue System
Status Category
\ No newline at end of file
+Table
Column
Reference
AD_Ref_Table
Reference List
Window
Tab
Field
Dynamic Validation
Message
Language ID
Client
Payment Term
User/Contact
Sequence
Menu
Workflow
OS Task
Message Trl
Menu Trl
AD_Sequence_Audit
AD_Sequence_No
Tab Trl
OS Task Trl
Task Instance
Reference Trl
Field Trl
Node
Node Trl
Node Transition
Window Trl
Workflow Trl
Test ID
Reference List Trl
Calendar
Conversion Rate
Currency
Element
Period
UOM
Organization
Role
AD_User_Roles
Address
Non Business Day
Region
Country
UOM Conversion
Combination
Year
C_BP_Customer_Acct
C_BP_Employee_Acct
C_BP_Vendor_Acct
City
Account Element
Warehouse
M_Warehouse_Acct
Preference
Process Access
AD_Task_Access
AD_Window_Access
AD_Workflow_Access
Project
C_Project_Acct
Locator
Product
Product Category
Product Purchasing
M_Substitute
Document Type
GL Category
Journal
Journal Batch
Journal Line
AD_ClientInfo
Organization Info
Period Control
Sales Region
M_Replenish
M_Storage
Product Price
Tax Category
Shipper
Attachment
Price List
Invoice Schedule
Order
Sales Order Line
Tax
Accounting Schema
C_AcctSchema_GL
Accounting Fact
Budget
Product Acct
Campaign
Channel
System Element
System Element Trl
Acct.Schema Element
Process Instance
AD_PInstance_Para
Process
Process Parameter
Process Parameter Trl
Process Trl
Tree
Tree Node
Business Partner
Partner Location
Price List Version
Bank
Bank Account
Partner Bank Account
C_BP_Withholding
Document Type Trl
Dunning
Account Element Trl
Payment Term Trl
Withholding
Product Trl
Charge
Order Tax
C_AcctSchema_Default
Activity
Invoice
Shipment/Receipt
Shipment/Receipt Line
Phys.Inventory
Phys.Inventory Line
Inventory Move
Move Line
Production
Production Line
Product Costing
Inventory Transaction
Dunning Level
Dunning Level Trl
Invoice Line
C_InvoiceTax
Payment
Revenue Recognition
Service Level
Service Level Line
UOM Trl
Perpetual Inventory
Greeting
Greeting Trl
Tax Category Trl
Order Detail
Report View
Transaction Sum
T_Replenish
T_Spool
EDI Definition
EDI Transaction
EDI Log
Invoice Day
Invoice Month
Invoice ProdMonth
Invoice ProdWeek
Invoice VendorMonth
Invoice Week
Special Form
Special Form Trl
AD_Form_Access
Error
Import Format
Format Field
BOM Line
Tire Storage
Production Plan
Invoice CustomerProdQtr
Invoice CustomerVendQtr
Notice
Allocation Line
C_BankAccount_Acct
Bank Statement
Bank statement line
Business Partner Group
Business Partner Group Acct
C_Charge_Acct
C_InterOrg_Acct
Payment Processor
C_Tax_Acct
C_Withholding_Acct
Product Category Acct
W_Basket_ID
Web Counter
Find
System Attribute
AD_Attribute_Value
Cash Journal
Cash Book
C_CashBook_Acct
Cash Journal Line
Payment Batch
Open Item
Field Group
Field Group Trl
Mail Template
Request
Request History
Request Processor
AD_Role_OrgAccess
Invoice
InvoiceLine
Mat Transaction
Payment Selection
Payment Selection Line
Report view Column
Commission
Commission Amount
Commission Line
Project Cycle
C_CyclePhase
Project Line
Commission Run
Commission Detail
Achievement
Goal
Measure
Measure Calculation
Revenue Recognition Plan
Revenue Recognition Run
Financial Report
Report Column
Report Column Set
Report Line
Report Line Set
Report Source
Tree Node BP
Tree Node MM
Tree Node PR
Print Form
Bank Account Document
AD_TreeBar
System Color
Desktop
Desktop Workbench
Desktop Trl
Image
User defined Field
User defined Tab
User defined Window
Workbench
Workbench Window
Workbench Trl
Cash Detail
Match Invoice
Match PO
Request Routing
Discount Schema
Discount Schema Break
Discount Pricelist
T_InventoryValue
Product Costing
Resource Type
Expense Type
Resource Unavailability
Resource Assignment
Expense Report
Resource
Expense Line
Print Format Item
Print Color
Print Font
Print Paper
Print Format
C_Invoice_LineTax_v
Order Header Print
Order LineTax Print
C_PaySelection_Check_v
C_PaySelection_Remittance_v
Shipment/Receipt Header v
Shipment/Receipt Line v
C_Invoice_Header_v
BPartner
Graph
Print Format Item Trl
Print Table Format
Dunning Run Line
Pay Selection Check
Dunning Run
Dunning Run Entry
R_ContactInterest
Request Type
Interest Area
System
Import Product
Import Business Partner
Import Account
Import Report Line Set
Training Class
Training
Asset
Asset Retirement
Asset Delivery
Asset Group
T_Report
T_ReportStatement
Tax Trl
Fact_Acct_Balance
Payment Schedule
Basket Line
Web Click
Invoice Payment Schedule
Counter Count
Click Count
Payment_v
Serial No Control
Lot Control
Lot
Attribute Value
Attribute Set Instance
Attribute Set
M_AttributeInstance
Attribute
M_AttributeUse
Attribute Search
AD_Table_Access
Session
AD_Record_Access
Print Label Line Trl
Print Label Line
Print Label
AD_Column_Access
Import Inventory
Recurring Run
Recurring
Project Type
Project Phase
Standard Phase
AD_PInstance_Log
Advertisement
Change Log
Time Type
Standard Task
Project Task
Org Assignment
Cost Type
Cycle Step
Import Order
Alert Recipient
Alert Rule
Alert
Freight Category
Freight
Import Payment
Import Invoice
Import GL Journal
Import Bank Statement
Replication Table
Replication Strategy
Replication Run
Replication Log
Replication
Knowldge Type
Knowledge Topic
Knowledge Synonym
Knowledge Source
Related Entry
K_EntryCategory
Entry
Entry Comment
Category Value
Knowledge Category
Country Trl
Currency Trl
C_Project_Header_v
C_Project_Details_v
Project Cycle
Asset Delivery
Asset Customer
Project Issue
Label printer Function
System Registration
Label printer
AD_Private_Access
Project Line Issue
Mat Transaction
Warehouse Storage
T_Aging
Product Business Partner
Click Unprocessed
Click Month
Not Posted
M_TransactionAllocation
Currency Type
C_Currency_Acct
Warehouse Price
Bank Statement Loader
Import Conversion Rate
User Substitute
Workflow Node Parameter
Workflow Activity
Workflow Process
Workflow Responsible
Workflow Block
Workflow Process Data
Workflow Event Audit
Workflow Activity Result
Registration
Registration Attribute
A_RegistrationValue
InvoiceTax
Fact Acct Period
Fact Acct Day
Accounting Fact View
Bank Statement Matcher
Request Processor Log
RMA Line
RMA
Product Related
Package Line
Package
Distribution List Line
Distribution List
Subscription Delivery
Subscription Type
Subscription
RfQ Subscriber
RfQ Topic
RfQ Response Line Qty
RfQ Response Line
RfQ Response
RfQ Line Quantity
RfQ Line
RfQ
Partner Relation
Topic
Seller Funds
B_Seller
Offer
Buyer Funds
B_Buyer
Bid Comment
Bid
Scheduler Log
Scheduler
Organization Type
Topic Type
Topic Category
Accounting Processor Log
Accounting Processor
Workflow Processorl Log
Workflow Processor
AD_Scheduler_Para
Alert Processor Log
Alert Processor
Tax ZIP
Requisition
Requisition Line
Scheduler Recipient
Attachment Note
Transition Condition
GL Distribution Line
GL Distribution
RfQ UnAnswered
RfQ Response
Requisition
Distribution Run
Distribution Run Line
T_DistributionRunDetail
Registration Product
Asset SumMonth
Access Log
Counter Document
Demand Line
Forecast
Demand Detail
Forecast Line
Demand
C_RfQResponseLine_v
C_RfQResponse_v
C_RfQResponseLineQty_v
Ship/Receipt Confirmation
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line
RMA Type
InOut Confirm
InOut Line Confirm
Shipment/Receipt Confirmation v
Shipment/Receipt Confirmation
Allocation
Allocation
Move Line Confirm
Move Confirm
PrintFormat Detail
Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import Line
C_Dunning_Header_v
C_Dunning_Line_v
SLA Measure
SLA Criteria
SLA Goal
Table Trl
RfQ Topic Subscriber Restriction
POS Terminal
POS Key Layout
POS Key
InOut Details
Column Trl
Trial Balance
Archive
Payment
BPartnerOpen
Commission Run Detail
T_Transaction
Landed Cost
Landed Cost Allocation
C_ProjectIssueMA
M_InOutLineMA
M_InventoryLineMA
M_MovementLineMA
Production Line MA
M_Transaction_v
Invoice Batch
Invoice Batch Line
AD_User_OrgAccess
Cost Element
Product Cost
Category
Group
Resolution
Standard Response
Status
Product Download
Web Store
Web Store Trl
Mail Message
Mail Message Trl
User Mail
Request Update Recipiants
Request Type Updates
R_CategoryUpdates
R_GroupUpdates
Request Updates
Request Updates Only
Position
Position Category
Position Assignment
Remuneration
Position Remuneration
Employee Remuneration
Alternative Group
Product Operation
Operation Resource
BOM
Change Notice
Change Request
BOM Component
Request Update
T_InvoiceGL
T_InvoiceGL_v
Product Costs
Product Cost Summary
Product Cost Detail
Cost Detail
Exclude Attribute Set
Exclude Lot
Exclude SerNo
Allocate Payment
User BP Access
User Query
M_InOutLineMA_v
M_MovementLineMA_v
Cost Queue
Tax Declaration
Tax Declaration Line
Tax Declaration Accounting
Reporting Hierarchy
Budget Control
GL Fund
Fund Restriction
Sub Account
Mail Template Trl
Client Share
System Issue
Invoice ProductQtr
Invoice ProductMonth
Color Schema
Goal Restriction
Benchmark
Benchmark Data
Ratio
Ratio Element
Issue Recommendation
Issue Status
Known Issue
IssueUser
Issue Project
Issue System
Status Category
Tree Node CM Container
Tree Node CM Media
Tree Node CM Stage
Tree Node CM Template
Tree Node User 4
Tree Node User 3
Tree Node User 2
Tree Node User 1
Web Project
Template
Web Container
Advertisement Category
Media Item
Advertisement
Media Server
Container Element
Container Element Trl
Web Container Trl
Container URL
Web Container Stage
Container Stage Element
Container Stage Element Trl
Web Container Stage Trl
News Channel
News Item / Article
Template Advertising Category
WebProject Domain
Chat Type
Chat Type Update
Chat
Chat Entry
Chat Update
Template Table
Container T.Table
Stage T.Table
Entity Type
Modification
Web Access Profile
Web Access BP Group
Web Access Role
Web Access Container
Web Access Stage
Web Access Media
Web Access NewsChannel
Media Deploy
Broadcast Server
Web Access Log
Info Window
Info Window Trl
Info Column
Info Column Trl
Index Log
Index
Index Stop
Ldap Processor
Ldap Processor Log
Ldap Access
Wiki Token
AD_Package_Imp_Inst
AD_Package_Imp_Backup
AD_Package_Imp
AD_Package_Imp_Detail
AD_Package_Exp
AD_Package_Exp_Detail
AD_Package_Exp_Common
AD_Package_Imp_Proc
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Task_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Task_Trl_en_GB.xml
index fc41832b63..2ab7292051 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Task_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Task_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Java VersionDisplays the version of the default Java VMThe java version used by the application might be different.
Database exportExport (save) the databaseRun this command from the server
Database transferTransfer the databaseRun this command from the server
\ No newline at end of file
+Java VersionDisplays the version of the default Java VMThe java version used by the application might be different.
Database exportExport (save) the databaseRun this command from the server
Database transferTransfer the databaseRun this command from the server
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_WF_Node_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_WF_Node_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 2ba8189d02..664dfa1cc7 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_WF_Node_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_WF_Node_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Accounting SchemaProject as Account SegmentTo enable accounting reporting of projects, create and enable a project segment in the account elements.
System ElementsTranslate System ElementsSystem Elements are used to centrally define field labels, description and help. When translating an Element, the appropriate information of Fields in Windows, Parameters and Reports are translated (overwritten)
MessagesTranslate MessagesTranslate the messages used in Windows, Forms and Processes
ReferenceTranslate ReferencesReferences are used as prefedined selection lists. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
Window & TabTranslate Windows and TabsTranslate the Name, Description and Help for Windows and Tabs. Most of the Fields are already translated, if they are centrally maintained.
FormTranslate FormsForms are special Windows and you need to translate its name, description and Help.
Report & ProcessTranslate Reports and ProcessesTranslate the Name, Description and Help for Processes and Reports. You don't need to translate the Parameters, if they are centrally maintained.
UserDefine Sales Representative as UserUsers can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. Select the Business Partner you just set up. This enables the user to be treated as sales rep in the system.
Business PartnerSet up Sales Representative as Business PartnerSet up the sales representative as Employee and Sales Representative in the Employee tab. Also set up the Vendor part, if you want to create payments.
WorkflowTranslate WorkflowsTranslate Name, Description and Help of Workflows and their Nodes. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
Check Client SetupCheck Client setup for RequestsYou need to have a mail server and an email address from which the requets an notifications are sent. Optionally, if you define a mail user and password, requests are read from the mail users's folder and imported into the system.
Check UsersCheck users for Request processingPlease ensure that users have a email address and supervisor assigned.
Check Business PartnersCheck Business Partners for Request processingYou can send EMails to businbess partners. Make sure, that the business partners and/or the Contacts have email addresses.
Verify completed RequisitionJust a test case for a manual interaction.Enter and maintain Material Requisitions
\ No newline at end of file
+Accounting SchemaProject as Account SegmentTo enable accounting reporting of projects, create and enable a project segment in the account elements.
System ElementsTranslate System ElementsSystem Elements are used to centrally define field labels, description and help. When translating an Element, the appropriate information of Fields in Windows, Parameters and Reports are translated (overwritten)
MessagesTranslate MessagesTranslate the messages used in Windows, Forms and Processes
ReferenceTranslate ReferencesReferences are used as prefedined selection lists. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
Window & TabTranslate Windows and TabsTranslate the Name, Description and Help for Windows and Tabs. Most of the Fields are already translated, if they are centrally maintained.
FormTranslate FormsForms are special Windows and you need to translate its name, description and Help.
Report & ProcessTranslate Reports and ProcessesTranslate the Name, Description and Help for Processes and Reports. You don't need to translate the Parameters, if they are centrally maintained.
UserDefine Sales Representative as UserUsers can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. Select the Business Partner you just set up. This enables the user to be treated as sales rep in the system.
Business PartnerSet up Sales Representative as Business PartnerSet up the sales representative as Employee and Sales Representative in the Employee tab. Also set up the Vendor part, if you want to create payments.
WorkflowTranslate WorkflowsTranslate Name, Description and Help of Workflows and their Nodes. You only need to translate the List Elements !!
Check Client SetupCheck Client setup for RequestsYou need to have a mail server and an email address from which the requets an notifications are sent. Optionally, if you define a mail user and password, requests are read from the mail users's folder and imported into the system.
Check UsersCheck users for Request processingPlease ensure that users have a email address and supervisor assigned.
Check Business PartnersCheck Business Partners for Request processingYou can send EMails to businbess partners. Make sure, that the business partners and/or the Contacts have email addresses.
Verify completed RequisitionJust a test case for a manual interaction.Enter and maintain Material Requisitions
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Window_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Window_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 8db02c131d..38f9ffec1e 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Window_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Window_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,18 +1,17 @@
-Table and ColumnMaintain Tables and ColumnsThe Table and Column Window defines all tables with their columns
ReferenceMaintain System ReferencesThe Reference Window defines each field type and its parameters. This window is for System Admin use only.
Window, Tab & FieldMaintain Windows, Tabs & FieldsThe Window, Tab & Field Window defines the presentation of tables and columns within each window.
Validation RulesMaintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fieldsThe Validation Rules Window defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. This window is for System Admin use only.
MessageMaintain Information and Error MessagesThe Message Window defines the Message Text and Message Tips for each system generated message. It is for System Admin use only.
MenuMaintain MenuThe Maintain Menu Window defines the Menu which will display. It is for System Admin use only. The menu items that each user will see depends upon the security defined.
LanguageMaintain LanguagesThe Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows, tabs and fields appear in different languages.
+Table and ColumnMaintain Tables and ColumnsThe Table and Column Window defines all tables with their columns
ReferenceMaintain System ReferencesThe Reference Window defines field/display types and validations. This window is for System Admin use only.
Window, Tab & FieldMaintain Windows, Tabs & FieldsThe Window, Tab & Field Window defines the presentation of tables and columns within each window.
Validation RulesMaintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fieldsThe Validation Rules Window defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. This window is for System Admin use only.
MessageMaintain Information and Error MessagesThe Message Window defines the Message Text and Message Tips for each system generated message. It is for System Admin use only.
MenuMaintain MenuThe Maintain Menu Window defines the Menu which will display. It is for System Admin use only. The menu items that each user will see depends upon the security defined.
LanguageMaintain LanguagesThe Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows, tabs and fields appear in different languages.
If a language is a System Language, you can change the User Interface to this language (after translation). Otherwise the language is only used for printing documents.
For the language code, we suggest using the Java convention of country and language (e.g. fr_CN - Canadian French).
Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language.
Matched InvoicesView Matched InvoicesView detals of matched invoice lines to material receipt lines
UserMaintain Users of the systemThe User Window allows you to maintain User of the system. Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. A user can also be a business aprtner contact.
ClientMaintain Clients/TenantsThe Client is the highest level of an independent business entity. Each Client will have one or more Organizations reporting to it. Each Client defines the accounting parameters (Accounting Schema, Tree definition, Non Monetary UOM's). To create new Clients, run the Initial Client Setup with the System Administrator Role.
-Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
OrganizationMaintain OrganizationsThe Organization Window allows you to define and maintain Organizational entities. An Organization is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which documents and transactions are processed
RoleMaintain User ResponsibilitiesThe Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc. For a client an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data.
+Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
OrganisationMaintain OrganisationsThe Organisation Window allows you to define and maintain Organisational entities. An Organisation is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which documents and transactions are processed
RoleMaintain User ResponsibilitiesThe Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc. For a client an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data.
You can add users to the role.
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Document SequenceMaintain System and Document SequencesThe Sequence Window defines how document numbers will be sequenced.
-Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a prefix or a suffix or change the current number.
WorkflowMaintain WorkflowThe Workflow Window defines Workflows in the system, the access level for the Workflow and the Nodes or Steps within the Workflow.
TaskMaintain TasksThe Maintain Tasks window defines the different tasks used in workflows and the access level for those tasks.
CurrencyMaintain CurrenciesThe Currency Window defines any currency which will be used in documents or reporting. You would define used currencies on System level and add currencies on Client level only for statistical currencies (e.g. for instable currencies)
Currency RateMaintain Currency Conversion RatesThe Conversion Rates window is used to define the conversion rates that will be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
Calendar Year and PeriodMaintain Calendars Years PeriodsThe Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars (e.g. business year from July to June).
Account ElementMaintain Account ElementsThe Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements.
-One of the account segments is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments.
Unit of MeasureMaintain Unit of Measure The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
+Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a prefix or a suffix or change the current number.
WorkflowMaintain WorkflowThe Workflow Window defines Workflows in the system, the access level for the Workflow and the Nodes or Steps within the Workflow.
TaskMaintain TasksThe Maintain Tasks window defines the different tasks used in workflows and the access level for those tasks.
CurrencyMaintain CurrenciesThe Currency Window defines any currency which will be used in documents or reporting. You would define used currencies on System level and add currencies on Client level only for statistical currencies (e.g. for instable currencies)
Currency RateMaintain Currency Conversion RatesThe Conversion Rates window is used to define the conversion rates that will be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
Calendar Year and PeriodMaintain Calendars Years PeriodsThe Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars (e.g. business year from July to June).
Account ElementMaintain Account ElementsThe Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements.
+One of the account segments is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments.
Unit of MeasureMaintain Unit of Measure The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
LocationMaintain Location AddressThe Location Window defines the address data within the system. This window is for System Admin only. Users would access location entries using the location button or tab on the appropriate window (i.e Order Entry or Business Partner)
Country Region and CityMaintain Countries Regions and CitiesThe Countries, Regions and Cities Window defines the different entities that can be used in any address field. It defines the format of the address as well as associating Regions with Countries and Cities with Regions or Countries.
-<p>You would define Countries usually only on System level.
Business PartnerMaintain Business PartnersThe Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions
Accounting SchemaMaintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-loginThe Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc.
-Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context.
-
TestTest Screen
AttachmentMaintain AttachmentsFor System Maintenance Only. The Maintain Attachments window is used for diagnostic purposes to display the attributes of an attachment.
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User PreferencesSystem Admin use only.
Project (Service)Maintain Service ProjectsThe Project Window is used to define the projects which will be tracked via documents.
GL CategoryMaintain General Ledger CategoriesThe GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and reporting on journals.
GL JournalEnter and change Manual Journal EntriesThe GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries
Activity (ABC)Maintain Activities for Activity Based CostingThe Activity Based Costing Window defines the different activities for which you want to capture costs.
Document TypeMaintain Document TypesThe Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each document and controls the printed name and document sequence used.
Tax RateMaintain Taxes and their RatesThe Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example, Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.
Tax CategoryMaintain Tax CategoriesThe Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates.
Warehouse & LocatorsMaintain Warehouses and LocatorsThe Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
ProductMaintain ProductsThe Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization.
Payment TermMaintain Payment TermsThe Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
ShipperMaintain ShippersThe Shipper Window defines the different shipping provides used by an Organization. When a delivery method of Shipper is used on an Order a predefined Shipper must be selected.
Sales OrderEnter and change sales ordersThe Order Window allows you to enter and modify Sales Orders.
Product CategoryMaintain Product CategoriesThe Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products.
Price ListMaintain Product Price ListsThe Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date.
+<p>You would define Countries usually only on System level.
Business PartnerMaintain Business PartnersThe Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions
Accounting SchemaMaintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-loginThe Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc.
+Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context.
TestTest Screen
AttachmentMaintain AttachmentsFor System Maintenance Only. The Maintain Attachments window is used for diagnostic purposes to display the attributes of an attachment.
PreferenceMaintain System Client Org and User PreferencesSystem Admin use only.
ProjectMaintain ProjectsThe Project Window is used to define the projects which will can be tracked by phases and tasks.
GL CategoryMaintain General Ledger CategoriesThe GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and reporting on journals.
GL JournalEnter and change Manual Journal EntriesThe GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries
Activity (ABC)Maintain Activities for Activity Based CostingThe Activity Based Costing Window defines the different activities for which you want to capture costs.
Document TypeMaintain Document TypesThe Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each document and controls the printed name and document sequence used.
Tax RateMaintain Taxes and their RatesThe Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example, Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.
Tax CategoryMaintain Tax CategoriesThe Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates.
Warehouse & LocatorsMaintain Warehouses and LocatorsThe Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
ProductMaintain ProductsThe Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization.
Payment TermMaintain Payment TermsThe Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
ShipperMaintain ShippersThe Shipper Window defines the different shipping provides used by an Organization. When a delivery method of Shipper is used on an Order a predefined Shipper must be selected.
Sales OrderEnter and change sales ordersThe Order Window allows you to enter and modify Sales Orders.
Product CategoryMaintain Product CategoriesThe Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products.
Price ListMaintain Product Price ListsThe Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date.
<BR>
All pricelists have three prices: List, Standard and Limit
<BR>
@@ -31,18 +30,16 @@ You may want to define several Project cycles to differentiate the different typ
The sql needs to return a single value. Please check examples.<br>
The date trestriction is defined in the Goal.
Any restrictions for Organizations, Business Partners, Products, etc. are as Performance Goal Restrictions.
Performance MeasureDefine your Performance MeasuresThe Performance Measure Window allows you to define the rules and restrictions for performance measurement. You can, for example, restrict performance measurement to sales for a certain product category for a defined time frame.
Financial ReportMaintain Financial ReportsFinancial Reports are the combination of a Report Column Set and Line Set.
Report Column SetMaintain Financial Report Column SetsThe Report Column Set defines what data is printed in the columns of a report.
Report Line SetMaintain Financial Report Line SetsThe Line Set determines, which lines are printed in a Financial Report
Service LevelMaintain Service LevelsService Levels are generated when an invoice with products based on revenue recognition rules are generated. You need to update the actual service level by adding an additional line.
Find (indirect use)Find Dialog (indirect use)
Material Transactions (indirect use)Material Transactions (indirect use)
Print FormMaintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) usedDefine the documents you use for this Client/Organnization. Note that the check format is defined in the Bank (Account) Window.<p>
-The highest priotity has the Print Format, you define on a Document Type (example specific Export Invoice format). The next level is the set of Print Formats, you defined for the organziation of the document printed. The default is the set of Print Formats defines for all organizations of the Client (Organization=*).
System ColorMaintain System ColorsSystem colors are used for background and indicators
DesktopMaintain DesktopDesktop is a collection of Workbenches
System ImageMaintain Images and Icons
Matched Purchase OrdersView Matched Purchase OrdersView detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines
Window CustomizationDefine Window Customization for Role/UserThe customization values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined.
WorkbenchMaintain WorkbenchWorkbenches are a collection of Windows
Request (all)View and work on all requestsThis Request window is used to view all available requests
Discount SchemaMaintain Trade Discount SchemaTrade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Expense TypeMaintain Expense Report Types
Expense ReportTime and Expense ReportThe time and expense report allows you to capture time spent on a project, billable time and to claim expenses.
ResourceMaintain ResourcesMaintain your Resources. The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product.
Resource TypeMaintain Resource TypesMaintain Resource types and their principal availability.
Print ColorMaintain Print ColorColors used for printing
Print FontMaintain Print FontFont used for printing
Print FormatMaintain Print FormatThe print format determines how data is rendered for print.
Print PaperMaintain Print PaperPrinter Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
Expenses (to be invoiced)View expenses and charges not invoiced to customersBefore invoicing to customers, check the expense lines to be invoiced
Print Table FormatDefine Report Table FormatThe Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. Please note that the Report Table FOrmat is cached to improve performance.
Request TypeMaintain Request TypesRequest Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Interest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
SystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition - Only one Record - Do not add additional records.
Import ProductImport ProductsThe Import Products Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Import AccountImport Natural Account ValuesThe Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line SetsThe Import Report Line Set Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
System Translation CheckCheck System Language TranslationsVerify your language translations for selected entities. You should use Translation Export / Import for effective translation. This window allows you to check the translation of the main translation entities.
AssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Asset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
TrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes
Expenses (not reimbursed)View expenses and charges not reimbursedBefore reimbursing expenses, check the open expense items
Accounting Fact BalancesQuery Accounting Daily BalancesQuery daily account balances
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
LotProduct Lot DefinitionMaintain the individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size, etc.
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Expense Invoice (Alpha)Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha FunctionalityEnter expense invoices from your vendors
Print LabelPrint Label FormatMaintain Format to print Labels
Session AuditAudit of User SessionsHistory of Online or Web Sessions
Project TypeMaintain Project Type and PhaseMaintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information
RecurringRecurring DocumentCreate new documents based on existing one
Import InventoryImport Inventory TransactionsValidate and Import Inventory Transactions
Role Data AccessMaintain Data Access RulesMaintain Data Access Roles of Roles/Responsibilties.
-Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
AdvertisementWeb AdvertisementMaintain Advertisements on the Web
Change AuditAudit of data changesLog of data changes
Cost TypeMaintain Cost TypesYou can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
Time TypeMaintain Time Recording TypeMaintain different types of time for reporting
ClickMaintain Web ClickWeb Clicks allow you to track number of clicks. Example:
-<a href="http://www.compiere.com/wstore/click?http://www.compiere.de" target="_blank">
-where "http://www.compiere.com/wstore/click" is your side and "http://www.compiere.de" is the target page.
-If you created a web click for http://www.compiere.de, you will be able to see details and total of web clicks.
-
CounterWeb CounterA web counter maintains how often a page or item was displayed. Add a call to
-http://www.compiere.com/wstore/counter to the page (e.g. display a 1x1 image)
-
Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Payment Schedule of unpaid invoices
AlertCompiere AlertCompiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
Import Bank StatementImport Bank Statements
Import GL JournalImport General Ledger JournalsYou way want to check the balance of the import with "Validate Only" before importing.
-Unbalanced Journals are imported; the handling is based on your settings for the posting process. The optional balance check checks the entire import, not individual batches and journals.
Import InvoiceImport InvoicesImport invoiced loaded
Import PaymentImport Payments
Import OrderImport OrdersPlease set Y/N selections in the import loader format explicitly (e.g. as constants) and no not leave them NULL. A NULL value stands for "don't know".
-In general, selection boxes are not selected if the value is not "Y" (i.e. could be null or any other value). All tests are made on "Y" or "not Y" - i.e. NULL values are not "not Y", but NULL (don't know) - see SQL Language introductions.
Freight CategoryMaintain Freight CategoriesFreight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
Accounting DimensionsMaintain Non-Account Dimension TreesMaintain Trees of non account segment trees. Account segment trees (as well as user defined dimensions) are mainatained in the Account Element window. Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all manfatory values!
-
ReplicationMaintain Data Replication TargetsData Replication Target Details. Set up your system completely on the central system, before setting up the replication. Define the Replication target here and export the database and import it on the remote system.<p>
-Before(!) entering transactions, Start the Replication Run to set up the remote system.
Replication StrategyMaintain Data Replication StrategyThe Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application Dictionary items.
Project (Order)Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work OrdersThe Project Window is used to define the projects which will be tracked via documents.
Knowledge CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and ValuesSet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Knowledge BaseMaintain Knowledge BaseMaintain Type, Topics, Entries and theit Comments, Categories, Related Entries
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge EntriesThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Business Partner InfoDocument Information of Business Partners
Label PrinterMaintain Label Printer Definition
Sales Rep InfoCompany Agent (Sales Rep) InformationThis window allows you to view Company agent related information
UnPosted DocumentsUnposted DocumentsView unposted documents
Currency TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate TypesThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion RatesThe rates are imported after validation of currencies and conversion rate type as well as rates. The multiply rate is used. If a reciprocal rate is to be created, the divide rate is used.
Workflow ProcessMonitor workflow processesView and Maintain Workflow Process Instance Information
Workflow Activities (all)Monitor all Workflow activitiesMaintain all Workflow activities
Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Registration AttributesAsset Registration AttributesDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
RegistrationUser Asset RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements
Payment BatchProcess Payment Patches for EFTElectronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Organization TypeMaintain Organization TypesOrganization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
SchedulerMaintain Schedule Processes and LogsSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Workflow ProcessorMaintain Workflow Processor and LogsWorkflow Processor Server Parameters
Bid TopicTopic with Bids and OffersManage Topics and veiw Bids and Offers
Auction Topic TypeMaintain Auction Topic Type and CategoriesThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Auction SellerMaintain Auction Seller InformationA seller is a User in the system participating in Auctions
Auction BuyerMaintain Auction Buyer InformationA buyer is a User in the system participating in Auctions
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor and LogsAccounting Processor/Server Parameters and Logs
Alert ProcessorMaintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and LogsAlert Processor/Server Parameter
Partner RelationMaintain Business Partner RelationsBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
RfQ TopicMaintain RfQ Topics and SubscribersA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
RfQManage Request for QuotationsRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
SubscriptionMaintain Subscriptions and DeliveriesSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
Subscription TypeMaintain Subscription TypesSubscription type and renewal frequency
Distribution ListMaintain Distribution ListsDistribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
PackageManage Shipment PackagesA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
RMAManage Return Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Dunning RunManage Dunning RunsManage Dunning Runs
RequisitionMaterial RequisitionEnter and maintain Material Requisitions. Material Requisition can be created automatically via Replenishment. You create generate optionally consolidated Purchase Orders.
GL DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is a one-step operation based on the percentage of the lines.
RfQ ResponseManage RfQ Responses
Distribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
Access AuditAudit of Access to data or resourcesLogging needs to be explicitly enabled / written.
Counter DocumentMaintain Counter Document TypesWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
+The highest priotity has the Print Format, you define on a Document Type (example specific Export Invoice format). The next level is the set of Print Formats, you defined for the organziation of the document printed. The default is the set of Print Formats defines for all organizations of the Client (Organization=*).
System ColorMaintain System ColorsSystem colors are used for background and indicators
DesktopMaintain DesktopDesktop is a collection of Workbenches
System ImageMaintain Images and Icons
Matched Purchase OrdersView Matched Purchase OrdersView detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines
Window CustomisationDefine Window Customisation for Role/UserThe customisation values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined.
WorkbenchMaintain WorkbenchWorkbenches are a collection of Windows
Request (all)View and work on all requestsThis Request window is used to view all available requests
Discount SchemaMaintain Trade Discount SchemaTrade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Expense TypeMaintain Expense Report Types
Expense ReportTime and Expense ReportThe time and expense report allows you to capture time spent on a project, billable time and to claim expenses.
ResourceMaintain ResourcesMaintain your Resources. The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product.
Resource TypeMaintain Resource TypesMaintain Resource types and their principal availability.
Print ColorMaintain Print ColorColors used for printing
Print FontMaintain Print FontFont used for printing
Print FormatMaintain Print FormatThe print format determines how data is rendered for print.
Print PaperMaintain Print PaperPrinter Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
Expenses (to be invoiced)View expenses and charges not invoiced to customersBefore invoicing to customers, check the expense lines to be invoiced
Print Table FormatDefine Report Table FormatThe Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. Please note that the Report Table FOrmat is cached to improve performance.
Request TypeMaintain Request TypesRequest Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Interest AreaInterest Area or TopicInterest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
SystemSystem DefinitionCommon System Definition - Only one Record - Do not add additional records.
Import ProductImport ProductsThe Import Products Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Import AccountImport Natural Account ValuesThe Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Import Report Line SetImport Report Line SetsThe Import Report Line Set Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records.
System Translation CheckCheck System Language TranslationsVerify your language translations for selected entities. You should use Translation Export / Import for effective translation. This window allows you to check the translation of the main translation entities.
AssetAsset used internally or by customersAn asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Asset GroupGroup of AssetsThe group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
TrainingRepeated TrainingThe training may have multiple actual classes
Expenses (not reimbursed)View expenses and charges not reimbursedBefore reimbursing expenses, check the open expense items
Accounting Fact BalancesQuery Accounting Daily BalancesQuery daily account balances
Attribute SetMaintain Product Attribute SetDefine Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.
LotProduct Lot DefinitionMaintain the individual Lot of a Product
Lot ControlProduct Lot ControlDefinition to create Lot numbers for Products
Serial No ControlProduct Serial Number ControlDefinition to create Serial numbers for Products
AttributeProduct AttributeProduct Attribute like Color, Size, etc.
Attribute SearchCommon Search Attribute Attributes are specific to a Product Attribute Set (e.g. Size for T-Shirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple attributes and want to search under a common sttribute, you define a search sttribute. Example: have one Size search attribute combining the values of all different sizes (Size for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The Attribute Search allows you to have all values available for selection. This eases the maintenance of the individual product attribute.
Expense Invoice (Alpha)Payables expense invoices - This is Alpha FunctionalityEnter expense invoices from your vendors
Print LabelPrint Label FormatMaintain Format to print Labels
Session AuditAudit of User SessionsHistory of Online or Web Sessions
Project TypeMaintain Project Type and PhaseMaintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information
RecurringRecurring DocumentCreate new documents based on existing one
Import InventoryImport Inventory TransactionsValidate and Import Inventory Transactions
Role Data AccessMaintain Data Access RulesMaintain Data Access Roles of Roles/Responsibilties.
+Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
AdvertisementWeb AdvertisementMaintain Advertisements on the Web
Change AuditAudit of data changesLog of data changes
Cost TypeMaintain Cost TypesYou can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
Time TypeMaintain Time Recording TypeMaintain different types of time for reporting
ClickMaintain Web ClickWeb Clicks allow you to track number of clicks. Example:
+<a href="http://www.adempiere.com/wstore/click?http://www.adempiere.de" target="_blank">
+where "http://www.adempiere.com/wstore/click" is your side and "http://www.adempiere.de" is the target page.
+If you created a web click for http://www.adempiere.de, you will be able to see details and total of web clicks.
CounterWeb CounterA web counter maintains how often a page or item was displayed. Add a call to
+http://www.adempiere.com/wstore/counter to the page (e.g. display a 1x1 image)
+
Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Invoice Payment ScheduleMaintain Payment Schedule of unpaid invoices
AlertAdempiere AlertAdempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
Import Bank StatementImport Bank Statements
Import GL JournalImport General Ledger JournalsYou way want to check the balance of the import with "Validate Only" before importing.
+Unbalanced Journals are imported; the handling is based on your settings for the posting process. The optional balance check checks the entire import, not individual batches and journals.
Import InvoiceImport InvoicesImport invoiced loaded
Import PaymentImport Payments
Import OrderImport OrdersPlease set Y/N selections in the import loader format explicitly (e.g. as constants) and no not leave them NULL. A NULL value stands for "don't know".
+In general, selection boxes are not selected if the value is not "Y" (i.e. could be null or any other value). All tests are made on "Y" or "not Y" - i.e. NULL values are not "not Y", but NULL (don't know) - see SQL Language introductions.
Freight CategoryMaintain Freight CategoriesFreight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
Accounting DimensionsMaintain Non-Account Dimension TreesMaintain Trees of non account segment trees. Account segment trees (as well as user defined dimensions) are mainatained in the Account Element window. Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all manfatory values!
ReplicationMaintain Data Replication TargetsData Replication Target Details. Set up your system completely on the central system, before setting up the replication. Define the Replication target here and export the database and import it on the remote system.<p>
+Before(!) entering transactions, Start the Replication Run to set up the remote system.
Replication StrategyMaintain Data Replication StrategyThe Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application Dictionary items.
Project (Lines/Issues)Maintain Sales Order and Work Order DetailsThe Project Window is used to maintain details of Projects Lines and Issues accross Phases/Tasks
Knowledge CategoryMaintain Knoweledge Categories and ValuesSet up knowledge categories and values as a search aid. Examples are Release Version, Product Area, etc. Knowledge Category values act like keyworks.
Knowledge BaseMaintain Knowledge BaseMaintain Type, Topics, Entries and theit Comments, Categories, Related Entries
Knowledge SourceSource of Knowledge EntriesThe Source of a Knowlegde Entry is a pointer to the originating system. The Knowledge Entry has an additional entry (Description URL) for more detailed info.
Knowledge SynonymKnowlege Keyword SynonymSearch Synonyms for Knowledge Keywords; Example: Product = Item
Business Partner InfoDocument Information of Business Partners
Label PrinterMaintain Label Printer Definition
Sales Rep InfoCompany Agent (Sales Rep) InformationThis window allows you to view Company agent related information
UnPosted DocumentsUnposted DocumentsView unposted documents
Currency TypeMaintain Currency Conversion Rate TypesThe Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Import Currency RateImport Currency Conversion RatesThe rates are imported after validation of currencies and conversion rate type as well as rates. The multiply rate is used. If a reciprocal rate is to be created, the divide rate is used.
Workflow ProcessMonitor workflow processesView and Maintain Workflow Process Instance Information
Workflow Activities (all)Monitor all Workflow activitiesMaintain all Workflow activities
Workflow ResponsibleResponsible for Workflow ExecutionThe ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Registration AttributesAsset Registration AttributesDefine the individual values for the Asset Registration
RegistrationUser Asset RegistrationUser Registration of an Asset
Bank Statement MatcherAlgorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and PaymentsAn algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements
Payment BatchProcess Payment Patches for EFTElectronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Organisation TypeMaintain Organisation TypesOrganisation Type allows you to categorise your organisations for reporting purposes
SchedulerMaintain Schedule Processes and LogsSchedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Workflow ProcessorMaintain Workflow Processor and LogsWorkflow Processor Server Parameters
Bid TopicTopic with Bids and OffersManage Topics and veiw Bids and Offers
Auction Topic TypeMaintain Auction Topic Type and CategoriesThe Auction Topic Type determines what kind of auction is used for a particular area
Auction SellerMaintain Auction Seller InformationA seller is a User in the system participating in Auctions
Auction BuyerMaintain Auction Buyer InformationA buyer is a User in the system participating in Auctions
Accounting ProcessorMaintain Accounting Processor and LogsAccounting Processor/Server Parameters and Logs
Alert ProcessorMaintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and LogsAlert Processor/Server Parameter
Partner RelationMaintain Business Partner RelationsBusiness Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
RfQ TopicMaintain RfQ Topics and SubscribersA Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
RfQManage Request for QuotationsRequest for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
SubscriptionMaintain Subscriptions and DeliveriesSubscription of a Business Partner of a Product to renew
Subscription TypeMaintain Subscription TypesSubscription type and renewal frequency
Distribution ListMaintain Distribution ListsDistribution list contain business partners and a distribution quantity or ratio for creating Orders
PackageManage Shipment PackagesA Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be tracked.
RMAManage Return Material AuthorizationA Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Dunning RunManage Dunning RunsManage Dunning Runs
RequisitionMaterial RequisitionEnter and maintain Material Requisitions. Material Requisition can be created automatically via Replenishment. You create generate optionally consolidated Purchase Orders.
GL DistributionGeneral Ledger DistributionIf the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is a one-step operation based on the percentage of the lines.
RfQ ResponseManage RfQ Responses
Distribution RunDistribution Run create Orders to distribute products to a selected list of partnersDistribution Run defines how Orders are created based on Distribution Lists
Access AuditAudit of Access to data or resourcesLogging needs to be explicitly enabled / written.
Counter DocumentMaintain Counter Document TypesWhen using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO".
If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping.
If not defined, the first matching document type is used (e.g. AR Invoice - first AP Invoice document type)
ForecastMaintain Material ForecastMaterial Forecast
DemandMaintain Material DemandMaterial Demand can be based on Forecast, Requisitions, Open Orders
Ship/Receipt ConfirmMaterial Shipment or Receipt ConfirmationConfirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
RMA TypeReturn Material Authorization TypeMaintain the types of RMA
Process AuditAudit process useProcess Instance Information
Move ConfirmationConfirm Inventory MovesThe document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.. If there is a difference quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the source (from) warehouse. If there is a scrapped quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the target (to) warehouse.
Import ConfirmationsImport Receipt/Shipment Confirmation LinesImport Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
SLA CriteriaService Level Agreement CriteriaDefine a criteria to measure service level agreements (e.g. Quality, Delivery meets Promised date, ..)
SLA by PartnerService Level AgreementMaintain Service Level Agreements for Business Partners
Price List SchemaMaintain Price List SchemaPrice List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
POS TerminalMaintain your Point of Sales TerminalThe POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
POS Key LayoutPOS Function Key Layout
System RegistrationRegister your SystemSystem Registration - Only one Record - Do not add additional records.
Internal Use InventoryEnter Internal Use of InventoryThe Internal Use of Inventory Window allows enter the quantity of used products.
Invoice BatchExpense Invoice BatchEnter expense invoices in batch. After creating the lines, the actual invoices are created when processing the batch
Cost ElementMaintain Product Cost ElementYou can define your own product cost elements.
Product CostsMaintain Product CostsMaintain Product Cost Elements
Request CategoryMaintain Request CategoryCategory or Topic of the Request
Request GroupMaintain Request GroupGroup of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...)
Request ResolutionMaintain Request ResolutionsResolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..)
Request Standard ResponseMaintain Request Standard Response Text blocks to be copied into request response text
Request StatusMaintain Request StatusStatus if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..)
Web StoreDefine Web StoreDefine the web store setup.
PositionMaintain Job PositionsMaintain internal (employee) or external positions
Position CategoryMaintain Job Position Categories
RemunerationMaintain RemunerationWages and Salaries
Product BOMMaintain Product Bill of Materials
BOM Change NoticeMaintain Bill of Materials (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)Change notices can be linked to BOMs or be stand alone.
Change NoticeMaintain (Engineering) Change Notice (Version)Stand-alone change notice - Change notices could also be directly linked to BOMs
Attribute Set InstanceView Attribute Set Instance detail and use
Tax DeclarationDefine the declaration to the tax authoritiesThe tax declaration allows you to create supporting information and reconcile the documents with the accounting
Reporting HierarchyDefine Reporting HierarchyReporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
-Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business
Budget ControlMaintain Budget ControlsBudget Control allows you to restrict the use of expenditures, commitments (Purchase Orders) and reservations (Requisitions). If defined, you mey not be able to approve Requisitions, Purchse Orders, or AP Invoices.
GL Fund (Alpha)Maintain Fund ControlsGeneral Ledger Funds Control allows you to restrict the use of funds. This is independent from budget control.
System Issue ReportAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue ReportsSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Compiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Performance Color SchemaMaintain Performance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Compiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
Performance BenchmarkPerformance BenchmarkData Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
Performance RatioMaintain Performance RatiosCalculation instruction for a ratio
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue Recommendation
Issue StatusMaintain Issue StatusStatus of an Issue
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue ProjectMaintain Issue Projects
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue SystemMaintain Systems
\ No newline at end of file
+Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business
Budget ControlMaintain Budget ControlsBudget Control allows you to restrict the use of expenditures, commitments (Purchase Orders) and reservations (Requisitions). If defined, you mey not be able to approve Requisitions, Purchse Orders, or AP Invoices.
GL Fund (Alpha)Maintain Fund ControlsGeneral Ledger Funds Control allows you to restrict the use of funds. This is independent from budget control.
System Issue ReportAutomatically created or manually entered System Issue ReportsSystem Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to Adempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Performance Color SchemaMaintain Performance Color SchemaVisual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). Adempiere support two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).
Performance BenchmarkPerformance BenchmarkData Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
Performance RatioMaintain Performance RatiosCalculation instruction for a ratio
Issue RecommendationMaintain Issue Recommendation
Issue StatusMaintain Issue StatusStatus of an Issue
Known IssueMaintain Known Issue
Issue ProjectMaintain Issue Management Project LinksMaintain Issue Management Project Links - automatically generated.
Issue UserUser who reported Issues
Issue SystemMaintain Systems
Web ProjectMaintain Web Project (Content Management)At the level of the web project you define the project itself, it's domains and media servers. Each project needs to have at least one domain and one media server.
Template
Web Ad ManagementContent Management Ad Management defines the needed categories and itemsAd Management is used to create and manage advertisements in your conten management
News ChannelDefine News Channels, write and publish articlesDefine News Channels, write and publish articles
View ChatView discussions / chatsView chat / discussion threads
Media ItemMaintain Web MediaMaintain Content Management Media
Chat TypeMaintain Chat TypesChat Types
Entity TypeMaintain System Entity TypeThe entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "Adempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by Adempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition).
Web AccessMaintain Web AccessDefine access to collaboration management content. You can assign the profile to a internal role or for external access to business partner group.
Web Broadcast ServerMaintain Web Broadcast Server
Info WindowDefine Info and search/select WindowThe Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection.
Text IndexMaintain Text Search IndexText search index keyword and excerpt across documents
Text Index StopMaintain keywords not to be indexed
Text Search LogView Text Search Log
LDAP ServerLDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on AdempiereThe LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is only one server per Adempiere system. The "o" is the Client key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key.
Packages InstalledList of packages installed
Package MaintenancePackage installation history and maintenanceReview package installation. Also perform package rollback if required
PackOut - Create a packagePackage build Application
Common Package DetailsMaintain Common Package DetailsCreate and maintain common package element details
PackIn - Import a packageImports a packageImports a package previously created by PackOut
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Workbench_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Workbench_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 33e0c0a04a..93f6abaf5a 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Workbench_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Workbench_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Sales
\ No newline at end of file
+Sales
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/AD_Workflow_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/AD_Workflow_Trl_en_GB.xml
index d49b1ac03d..355cf4f1bd 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/AD_Workflow_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/AD_Workflow_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-Project Setup and UseSetup of projects and project reportingProjects allow to monitor the status and progress of sales opportunities, service projects and investment projects. A Project is a process that is undertaken which can involve multiple steps or phases and require resources from more than one area.
Language SetupSetup a new Language of the system and translate elementsDefine a new language as a system language.
Initial Client Setup ReviewReview of system level setup of a new ClientThis workflow reviews the system setup of a new client as performed by the automatic Initial Client Setup.
+Project Setup and UseSetup of projects and project reportingProjects allow to monitor the status and progress of sales opportunities, service projects and investment projects. A Project is a process that is undertaken which can involve multiple steps or phases and require resources from more than one area.
Language SetupSetup a new Language of the system and translate elementsDefine a new language as a system language.
Initial Client Setup ReviewReview of system level setup of a new ClientThis workflow reviews the system setup of a new client as performed by the automatic Initial Client Setup.
You may want to check also the following Workflows:
- Accounting Setup
- Business Partner Setup
- Product Setup
- Price list Setup
- Warehouse Setup
-- Tax Setup
-
Accounting SetupReview and change Accounting SetupThis workflow allows you to review and change your Accounting Rules.
Business Partner SetupSetup Business Partner RulesThis workflow defines the Business Partners and the supporting rules.
Product SetupSet up ProductsDefine your products manually. You should verify the settings especially if you import your products.
Price List SetupDefine your Price Lists and DiscountsYou define your price lists after entering or importing your products. In addition to price lists, you can define discounts for business partners. Assign specific Price Lists and Discounst to Business Partners.
Replication SetupSetup of data replicationData Replication allows you to synchronize data of remote instances with a central office. All actions are initialized from the central office.<p>
+- Tax Setup
Accounting SetupReview and change Accounting SetupThis workflow allows you to review and change your Accounting Rules.
Business Partner SetupSetup Business Partner RulesThis workflow defines the Business Partners and the supporting rules.
Product SetupSet up ProductsDefine your products manually. You should verify the settings especially if you import your products.
Price List SetupDefine your Price Lists and DiscountsYou define your price lists after entering or importing your products. In addition to price lists, you can define discounts for business partners. Assign specific Price Lists and Discounst to Business Partners.
Replication SetupSetup of data replicationData Replication allows you to synchronize data of remote instances with a central office. All actions are initialized from the central office.<p>
<b>Central System:</b><br>
- setup system with all organizations, roles, etc.<br>
- run the migration to make sure that it is up-to-date<br>
@@ -24,8 +23,7 @@ You may want to check also the following Workflows:
** Enter Transactions **
<p>
<b>Central System:</b><br>
-- Start the Replication Run when required
-
Tax SetupSetup tax calculationSetup the tax calculation for products, services and charges
Sales SetupSetup SalesSetting up Sales Representatives, Commissions as well as Marketing Channels and Campaigns.
Performance Measurement SetupSetup your Performance MeasurementThis workflow guides you through setting up your performance measurement based on Key Performance Indicators, Balanced Scorecard, etc.
+- Start the Replication Run when required
Tax SetupSetup tax calculationSetup the tax calculation for products, services and charges
Sales SetupSetup SalesSetting up Sales Representatives, Commissions as well as Marketing Channels and Campaigns.
Performance Measurement SetupSetup your Performance MeasurementThis workflow guides you through setting up your performance measurement based on Key Performance Indicators, Balanced Scorecard, etc.
Most important: Do your analysis first!
- What are your goals and how do you measure it?
diff --git a/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8075c5147
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+headline1
content1
headline1
content1
headline1
content1
headline1
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfcacb304a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/CM_CStage_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Products
Home of GardenworldThis is the homesite of GardenWorld, it would be a good idea to place some real content in hereGardenWorld, AdempiereHome of Gardenworld
Plum TreeOur plum trees are the best in the worldplum tree gardenworldPowerfull Plum Tree
Oak TreeThis is short summary of the advantages of our wonderfull oak treeoak tree gardenworld
Page not foundError 404Gardenadmin, Error 404
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6b62707f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Element_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+content1
headline1
content1
headline1
content1
headline1
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Trl_en_GB.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10f6834796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/data/en_GB/CM_Container_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Products
Home of GardenworldThis is the homesite of GardenWorld, it would be a good idea to place some real content in hereGardenWorld, AdempiereHome of Gardenworld
Plum TreeOur plum trees are the best in the worldplum tree gardenworldPowerfull Plum Tree
Oak TreeThis is short summary of the advantages of our wonderfull oak treeoak tree gardenworld
Page not foundError 404Gardenadmin, Error 404
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_Country_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_Country_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 36e05ae0ae..857e4bed1b 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_Country_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_Country_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-United StatesUnited States of AmericaState
Germany - Deutschland
FranceFrance
Belgium
Nederland
Spain
Switzerland
AustriaÖsterreich
CanadaProvince
AfghanistanAfghanistan
AlbaniaAlbania
AlgeriaAlgeria
American SamoaAmerican Samoa
AndorraAndorra
AngolaAngola
AnguillaAnguilla
AntarcticaAntarctica
Antigua And BarbudaAntigua And Barbuda
ArgentinaArgentinaProvincia
ArmeniaArmenia
ArubaAruba
AustraliaAustraliaState
AzerbaijanAzerbaijan
BahamasBahamas
BahrainBahrain
BangladeshBangladesh
BarbadosBarbados
BelarusBelarus
BelizeBelize
BeninBenin
BermudaBermuda
BhutanBhutan
BoliviaBolivia
Bosnia And HerzegovinaBosnia And Herzegovina
BotswanaBotswana
Bouvet IslandBouvet Island
BrazilBrazil
British Indian Ocean TerritoryBritish Indian Ocean Territory
Brunei DarussalamBrunei Darussalam
BulgariaBulgaria
Burkina FasoBurkina Faso
BurundiBurundi
CambodiaCambodia
CameroonCameroon
Cape VerdeCape Verde
Cayman IslandsCayman Islands
Central African RepublicCentral African Republic
ChadChad
ChileChile
ChinaChina
Christmas IslandChristmas Island
Cocos (keeling) IslandsCocos (keeling) Islands
ColombiaColombia
ComorosComoros
CongoCongo
Congo The Democratic Republic Of TheCongo The Democratic Republic Of The
Cook IslandsCook Islands
Costa RicaCosta Rica
Cote D'ivoireCote D'ivoire
CroatiaCroatia
CubaCuba
CyprusCyprus
Czech RepublicCzech Republic
DenmarkDenmark
DjiboutiDjibouti
DominicaDominica
Dominican RepublicDominican Republic
EcuadorEcuador
EgyptEgypt
El SalvadorEl Salvador
Equatorial GuineaEquatorial Guinea
EritreaEritrea
EstoniaEstonia
EthiopiaEthiopia
Falkland Islands (malvinas)Falkland Islands (malvinas)
Faroe IslandsFaroe Islands
FijiFiji
FinlandFinland
French GuianaFrench Guiana
French PolynesiaFrench Polynesia
French Southern TerritoriesFrench Southern Territories
GabonGabon
GambiaGambia
GeorgiaGeorgia
GhanaGhana
GibraltarGibraltar
GreeceGreece
GreenlandGreenland
GrenadaGrenada
GuadeloupeGuadeloupe
GuamGuam
GuatemalaGuatemala
GuineaGuinea
Guinea-bissauGuinea-bissau
GuyanaGuyana
HaitiHaiti
Heard Island And Mcdonald IslandsHeard Island And Mcdonald Islands
Holy See (vatican City State)Holy See (vatican City State)
HondurasHonduras
Hong KongHong Kong
HungaryHungary
IcelandIceland
IndiaIndia
IndonesiaIndonesia
Iran Islamic Republic OfIran Islamic Republic Of
IraqIraq
IrelandIreland
IsraelIsrael
ItalyItaly
JamaicaJamaica
JapanJapanRegion
JordanJordan
KazakhstanKazakhstan
KenyaKenya
KiribatiKiribati
Korea Democratic People's Republic OfKorea Democratic People's Republic Of
Korea Republic OfKorea Republic Of
KuwaitKuwait
KyrgyzstanKyrgyzstan
Lao People's Democratic RepublicLao People's Democratic Republic
LatviaLatvia
LebanonLebanon
LesothoLesotho
LiberiaLiberia
Libyan Arab JamahiriyaLibyan Arab Jamahiriya
LiechtensteinLiechtenstein
LithuaniaLithuania
LuxembourgLuxembourg
MacaoMacao
Macedonia Former Yugoslav Republic OfMacedonia Former Yugoslav Republic Of
MadagascarMadagascar
MalawiMalawi
MalaysiaMalaysia
MaldivesMaldives
MaliMali
MaltaMalta
Marshall IslandsMarshall Islands
MartiniqueMartinique
MauritaniaMauritania
MauritiusMauritius
MayotteMayotte
MexicoMexicoState
Micronesia Federated States OfMicronesia Federated States Of
Moldova Republic OfMoldova Republic Of
MonacoMonaco
MongoliaMongolia
MontserratMontserrat
MoroccoMorocco
MozambiqueMozambique
MyanmarMyanmar
NamibiaNamibia
NauruNauru
NepalNepal
Netherlands AntillesNetherlands Antilles
New CaledoniaNew Caledonia
New ZealandNew Zealand
NicaraguaNicaragua
NigerNiger
NigeriaNigeria
NiueNiue
Norfolk IslandNorfolk Island
Northern Mariana IslandsNorthern Mariana Islands
NorwayNorway
OmanOman
PakistanPakistan
PalauPalau
Palestinian Territory OccupiedPalestinian Territory Occupied
PanamaPanama
Papua New GuineaPapua New Guinea
ParaguayParaguay
PeruPeru
PhilippinesPhilippines
PitcairnPitcairn
PolandPoland
PortugalPortugal
Puerto RicoPuerto Rico
QatarQatar
ReunionReunion
RomaniaRomania
Russian FederationRussian Federation
RwandaRwanda
Saint HelenaSaint Helena
Saint Kitts And NevisSaint Kitts And Nevis
Saint LuciaSaint Lucia
Saint Pierre And MiquelonSaint Pierre And Miquelon
Saint Vincent And The GrenadinesSaint Vincent And The Grenadines
SamoaSamoa
San MarinoSan Marino
Sao Tome And PrincipeSao Tome And Principe
Saudi ArabiaSaudi Arabia
SenegalSenegal
SeychellesSeychelles
Sierra LeoneSierra Leone
SingaporeSingapore
SlovakiaSlovakia
SloveniaSlovenia
Solomon IslandsSolomon Islands
SomaliaSomalia
South AfricaSouth Africa
South Georgia And The South Sandwich IslandsSouth Georgia And The South Sandwich Islands
Sri LankaSri Lanka
SudanSudan
SurinameSuriname
Svalbard And Jan MayenSvalbard And Jan Mayen
SwazilandSwaziland
SwedenSweden
Syrian Arab RepublicSyrian Arab Republic
TaiwanTaiwan
TajikistanTajikistan
Tanzania United Republic OfTanzania United Republic Of
ThailandThailand
Timor-lesteTimor-leste
TogoTogo
TokelauTokelau
TongaTonga
Trinidad And TobagoTrinidad And Tobago
TunisiaTunisia
TurkeyTurkey
TurkmenistanTurkmenistan
Turks And Caicos IslandsTurks And Caicos Islands
TuvaluTuvalu
UgandaUganda
UkraineUkraine
United Arab EmiratesUnited Arab Emirates
United KingdomUnited Kingdom
United States Minor Outlying IslandsUnited States Minor Outlying Islands
UruguayUruguay
UzbekistanUzbekistan
VanuatuVanuatu
VenezuelaVenezuela
Viet NamViet Nam
Virgin Islands BritishVirgin Islands British
Virgin Islands U.s.Virgin Islands U.s.
Wallis And FutunaWallis And Futuna
Western SaharaWestern Sahara
YemenYemen
YugoslaviaYugoslavia
ZambiaZambia
ZimbabweZimbabwe
\ No newline at end of file
+United StatesUnited States of AmericaState
Germany - Deutschland
FranceFrance
Belgium
Nederland
Spain
Switzerland
AustriaÖsterreich
CanadaProvince
AfghanistanAfghanistan
AlbaniaAlbania
AlgeriaAlgeria
American SamoaAmerican Samoa
AndorraAndorra
AngolaAngola
AnguillaAnguilla
AntarcticaAntarctica
Antigua And BarbudaAntigua And Barbuda
ArgentinaArgentinaProvincia
ArmeniaArmenia
ArubaAruba
AustraliaAustraliaState
AzerbaijanAzerbaijan
BahamasBahamas
BahrainBahrain
BangladeshBangladesh
BarbadosBarbados
BelarusBelarus
BelizeBelize
BeninBenin
BermudaBermuda
BhutanBhutan
BoliviaBolivia
Bosnia And HerzegovinaBosnia And Herzegovina
BotswanaBotswana
Bouvet IslandBouvet Island
BrazilBrazil
British Indian Ocean TerritoryBritish Indian Ocean Territory
Brunei DarussalamBrunei Darussalam
BulgariaBulgaria
Burkina FasoBurkina Faso
BurundiBurundi
CambodiaCambodia
CameroonCameroon
Cape VerdeCape Verde
Cayman IslandsCayman Islands
Central African RepublicCentral African Republic
ChadChad
ChileChile
ChinaChina
Christmas IslandChristmas Island
Cocos (keeling) IslandsCocos (keeling) Islands
ColombiaColombia
ComorosComoros
CongoCongo
Congo The Democratic Republic Of TheCongo The Democratic Republic Of The
Cook IslandsCook Islands
Costa RicaCosta Rica
Cote D'ivoireCote D'ivoire
CroatiaCroatia
CubaCuba
CyprusCyprus
Czech RepublicCzech Republic
DenmarkDenmark
DjiboutiDjibouti
DominicaDominica
Dominican RepublicDominican Republic
EcuadorEcuador
EgyptEgypt
El SalvadorEl Salvador
Equatorial GuineaEquatorial Guinea
EritreaEritrea
EstoniaEstonia
EthiopiaEthiopia
Falkland Islands (malvinas)Falkland Islands (malvinas)
Faroe IslandsFaroe Islands
FijiFiji
FinlandFinland
French GuianaFrench Guiana
French PolynesiaFrench Polynesia
French Southern TerritoriesFrench Southern Territories
GabonGabon
GambiaGambia
GeorgiaGeorgia
GhanaGhana
GibraltarGibraltar
GreeceGreece
GreenlandGreenland
GrenadaGrenada
GuadeloupeGuadeloupe
GuamGuam
GuatemalaGuatemala
GuineaGuinea
Guinea-bissauGuinea-bissau
GuyanaGuyana
HaitiHaiti
Heard Island And Mcdonald IslandsHeard Island And Mcdonald Islands
Holy See (vatican City State)Holy See (vatican City State)
HondurasHonduras
Hong KongHong Kong
HungaryHungary
IcelandIceland
IndiaIndia
IndonesiaIndonesia
Iran Islamic Republic OfIran Islamic Republic Of
IraqIraq
IrelandIreland
IsraelIsrael
ItalyItaly
JamaicaJamaica
JapanJapanPrefecture
JordanJordan
KazakhstanKazakhstan
KenyaKenya
KiribatiKiribati
Korea Democratic People's Republic OfKorea Democratic People's Republic Of
Korea Republic OfKorea Republic Of
KuwaitKuwait
KyrgyzstanKyrgyzstan
Lao People's Democratic RepublicLao People's Democratic Republic
LatviaLatvia
LebanonLebanon
LesothoLesotho
LiberiaLiberia
Libyan Arab JamahiriyaLibyan Arab Jamahiriya
LiechtensteinLiechtenstein
LithuaniaLithuania
LuxembourgLuxembourg
MacaoMacao
Macedonia Former Yugoslav Republic OfMacedonia Former Yugoslav Republic Of
MadagascarMadagascar
MalawiMalawi
MalaysiaMalaysia
MaldivesMaldives
MaliMali
MaltaMalta
Marshall IslandsMarshall Islands
MartiniqueMartinique
MauritaniaMauritania
MauritiusMauritius
MayotteMayotte
MexicoMexicoState
Micronesia Federated States OfMicronesia Federated States Of
Moldova Republic OfMoldova Republic Of
MonacoMonaco
MongoliaMongolia
MontserratMontserrat
MoroccoMorocco
MozambiqueMozambique
MyanmarMyanmar
NamibiaNamibia
NauruNauru
NepalNepal
Netherlands AntillesNetherlands Antilles
New CaledoniaNew Caledonia
New ZealandNew Zealand
NicaraguaNicaragua
NigerNiger
NigeriaNigeria
NiueNiue
Norfolk IslandNorfolk Island
Northern Mariana IslandsNorthern Mariana Islands
NorwayNorway
OmanOman
PakistanPakistan
PalauPalau
Palestinian Territory OccupiedPalestinian Territory Occupied
PanamaPanama
Papua New GuineaPapua New Guinea
ParaguayParaguay
PeruPeru
PhilippinesPhilippines
PitcairnPitcairn
PolandPoland
PortugalPortugal
Puerto RicoPuerto Rico
QatarQatar
ReunionReunion
RomaniaRomania
Russian FederationRussian Federation
RwandaRwanda
Saint HelenaSaint Helena
Saint Kitts And NevisSaint Kitts And Nevis
Saint LuciaSaint Lucia
Saint Pierre And MiquelonSaint Pierre And Miquelon
Saint Vincent And The GrenadinesSaint Vincent And The Grenadines
SamoaSamoa
San MarinoSan Marino
Sao Tome And PrincipeSao Tome And Principe
Saudi ArabiaSaudi Arabia
SenegalSenegal
SeychellesSeychelles
Sierra LeoneSierra Leone
SingaporeSingapore
SlovakiaSlovakia
SloveniaSlovenia
Solomon IslandsSolomon Islands
SomaliaSomalia
South AfricaSouth Africa
South Georgia And The South Sandwich IslandsSouth Georgia And The South Sandwich Islands
Sri LankaSri Lanka
SudanSudan
SurinameSuriname
Svalbard And Jan MayenSvalbard And Jan Mayen
SwazilandSwaziland
SwedenSweden
Syrian Arab RepublicSyrian Arab Republic
TaiwanTaiwan
TajikistanTajikistan
Tanzania United Republic OfTanzania United Republic Of
ThailandThailand
Timor-lesteTimor-leste
TogoTogo
TokelauTokelau
TongaTonga
Trinidad And TobagoTrinidad And Tobago
TunisiaTunisia
TurkeyTurkey
TurkmenistanTurkmenistan
Turks And Caicos IslandsTurks And Caicos Islands
TuvaluTuvalu
UgandaUganda
UkraineUkraine
United Arab EmiratesUnited Arab Emirates
United KingdomUnited Kingdom
United States Minor Outlying IslandsUnited States Minor Outlying Islands
UruguayUruguay
UzbekistanUzbekistan
VanuatuVanuatu
VenezuelaVenezuela
Viet NamViet Nam
Virgin Islands BritishVirgin Islands British
Virgin Islands U.s.Virgin Islands U.s.
Wallis And FutunaWallis And Futuna
Western SaharaWestern Sahara
YemenYemen
YugoslaviaYugoslavia
ZambiaZambia
ZimbabweZimbabwe
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_Currency_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_Currency_Trl_en_GB.xml
index e49305f922..6b0253be11 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_Currency_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_Currency_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-US Dollar$
EuroE
Deutsche MarkDM
Austrian SchillingSch
Belgian FrancBFr
Finish MarkFM
Irish PoundI£
Italian LiraL
Dutch GilderFl
Portugese EscudoEs
Spannish PesetoPts
French FrancFr
Japanese Yen¥
British Pound£
Swiss Franc (invalid currency code - use CHF)SFr
Canadian DollarC$
Argentine Peso$
Australian Dollar$
New Zealand Dollar$
Liberian Dollar$
Mexican Peso$
Peso Uruguayo$U
Armenian Dram
Kwanza
Azerbaijanian Manat
Boliviano
Franc Congolais
Czech Koruna
Lari
Iranian Rial
Lithuanian Litus
Moldovan Leu
Philippine Peso
Zloty
Russian Ruble
Sudanese Dinar
Somoni
Manat
Timor Escudo
Hryvnia
Uzbekistan Sum
Cyprus Pound£C
Egyptian Pound£E
Falkland Islands Pound£F
Gibraltar Pound£G
Saint Helena Pound£S
Syrian Pound£S
Cedi¢
El Salvador Colon¢
AfghaniAf
Aruban GuilderAf.
BalboaB
Brunei DollarB$
Bahamian DollarB$
Bahraini DinarBD
Bermudian DollarBd$
Barbados DollarBds$
Belarussian RubleBR
Ethiopian BirrBr
BolivarBs
BahtBt
Belize DollarBZ$
Cordoba OroC$
Cape Verde EscudoC.V.Esc.
Comoro FrancCF
CFA Franc BCEAOCFAF
CFA Franc BEACCFAF
CFP FrancCFPF
Chilean PesoCh$
Cayman Islands DollarCI$
Colombian PesoCol$
RielCR
Cuban PesoCu$
DalasiD
DongD
Algerian DinarDA
DobraDb
Djibouti FrancDF
UAE DirhamDh
Moroccan DirhamDH
Yugoslavian DinarDin
Danish KroneDkr
East Caribbean DollarEC$
Fiji DollarF$
Burundi FrancFBu
Malagasy FrancFMG
ForintFt
GourdeG
Guyana DollarG$
Hong Kong DollarHK$
Croatian KunaHRK
Iraqi DinarID
Iceland KronaIKr
Jamaican DollarJ$
Jordanian DinarJD
KyatK
KinaK
Kenyan ShillingK Sh
Kuwaiti DinarKD
Convertible MarksKM
KipKN
NakfaKR
LekL
LempiraL
Leu (old)L
LilangeniL
Libyan DinarLD
LeoneLe
Maltese LiraLm
Latvian LatsLs
LevLv
Mauritius RupeeMau Rs
KwachaMK
DenarMKD
MeticalMt
Netherlands Antillian GuilderNAf.
Estonian KroonNfa
New Israeli SheqelNIS
Norwegian KroneNKr
Nepalese RupeeNRs
New Taiwan DollarNT$
PulaP
PatacaP
QuetzalQ
Qatari RialQR
RandR
Brazilian RealR$
Dominican PesoRD$
RufiyaaRf
Rwanda FrancRF
Malaysian RinggitRM
Rial OmaniRO
RupiahRp
Indian RupeeRs
Pakistan RupeeRs
Singapore DollarS$
Nuevo SolS/.
Suriname GuilderSf.
Solomon Islands DollarSI$
Swedish KronaSk
Slovak KorunaSk
Sri Lanka RupeeSLRs
TolarSlT
Somali ShillingSo. Sh.
Seychelles RupeeSR
Saudi RiyalSRls
Swiss FrancSFr
Pa¿angaT$
Tunisian DinarTD
TakaTk
Turkish LiraTL
Tanzanian ShillingTSh
Trinidad and Tobago DollarTT$
TugrikTug
OuguiyaUM
Uganda ShillingUSh
VatuVT
WonW
TalaWS$
Yuan RenminbiY
Yemeni RialYRls
Zimbabwe DollarZ$
KwachaZK
Costa Rican Colon
Guinea Franc
Guinea-Bissau Peso
Som
North Korean Won
Tenge
Lebanese Pound
Naira
Guarani
Leu (new)L
\ No newline at end of file
+US Dollar$
EuroE
Deutsche MarkDM
Austrian SchillingSch
Belgian FrancBFr
Finish MarkFM
Irish PoundI£
Italian LiraL
Dutch GilderFl
Portugese EscudoEs
Spannish PesetoPts
French FrancFr
Japanese Yen¥
British Pound£
Swiss Franc (invalid currency code - use CHF)SFr
Canadian DollarC$
Argentine Peso$
Australian Dollar$
New Zealand Dollar$
Liberian Dollar$
Mexican Peso$
Peso Uruguayo$U
Armenian Dram
Kwanza
Azerbaijanian Manat (new)
Boliviano
Franc Congolais
Czech Koruna
Lari
Iranian Rial
Lithuanian Litus
Moldovan Leu
Philippine Peso
Zloty
Russian Ruble
Sudanese Dinar
Somoni
Manat
Timor Escudo
Hryvnia
Uzbekistan Sum
Cyprus Pound£C
Egyptian Pound£E
Falkland Islands Pound£F
Gibraltar Pound£G
Saint Helena Pound£S
Syrian Pound£S
Cedi¢
El Salvador Colon¢
AfghaniAf
Aruban GuilderAf.
BalboaB
Brunei DollarB$
Bahamian DollarB$
Bahraini DinarBD
Bermudian DollarBd$
Barbados DollarBds$
Belarussian RubleBR
Ethiopian BirrBr
BolivarBs
BahtBt
Belize DollarBZ$
Cordoba OroC$
Cape Verde EscudoC.V.Esc.
Comoro FrancCF
CFA Franc BCEAOCFAF
CFA Franc BEACCFAF
CFP FrancCFPF
Chilean PesoCh$
Cayman Islands DollarCI$
Colombian PesoCol$
RielCR
Cuban PesoCu$
DalasiD
DongD
Algerian DinarDA
DobraDb
Djibouti FrancDF
UAE DirhamDh
Moroccan DirhamDH
Yugoslavian DinarDin
Danish KroneDkr
East Caribbean DollarEC$
Fiji DollarF$
Burundi FrancFBu
Malagasy FrancFMG
ForintFt
GourdeG
Guyana DollarG$
Hong Kong DollarHK$
Croatian KunaHRK
Iraqi DinarID
Iceland KronaIKr
Jamaican DollarJ$
Jordanian DinarJD
KyatK
KinaK
Kenyan ShillingK Sh
Kuwaiti DinarKD
Convertible MarksKM
KipKN
NakfaKR
LekL
LempiraL
Leu (old)L
LilangeniL
Libyan DinarLD
LeoneLe
Maltese LiraLm
Latvian LatsLs
LevLv
Mauritius RupeeMau Rs
KwachaMK
DenarMKD
MeticalMt
Netherlands Antillian GuilderNAf.
Estonian KroonNfa
New Israeli SheqelNIS
Norwegian KroneNKr
Nepalese RupeeNRs
New Taiwan DollarNT$
PulaP
PatacaP
QuetzalQ
Qatari RialQR
RandR
Brazilian RealR$
Dominican PesoRD$
RufiyaaRf
Rwanda FrancRF
Malaysian RinggitRM
Rial OmaniRO
RupiahRp
Indian RupeeRs
Pakistan RupeeRs
Singapore DollarS$
Nuevo SolS/.
Suriname GuilderSf.
Solomon Islands DollarSI$
Swedish KronaSk
Slovak KorunaSk
Sri Lanka RupeeSLRs
TolarSlT
Somali ShillingSo. Sh.
Seychelles RupeeSR
Saudi RiyalSRls
Swiss FrancSFr
Pa’angaT$
Tunisian DinarTD
TakaTk
Turkish LiraTL
Tanzanian ShillingTSh
Trinidad and Tobago DollarTT$
TugrikTug
OuguiyaUM
Uganda ShillingUSh
VatuVT
WonW
TalaWS$
Yuan RenminbiY
Yemeni RialYRls
Zimbabwe DollarZ$
KwachaZK
Costa Rican Colon
Guinea Franc
Guinea-Bissau Peso
Som
North Korean Won
Tenge
Lebanese Pound
Naira
Guarani
Leu (new)L
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_DocType_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_DocType_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 0c617d69f4..f436d3b3a4 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_DocType_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_DocType_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-** New **** New **** NO INVOICE **
GL JournalJournal
AR InvoiceInvoiceDocument Type Note for general and promotional text.
AR Invoice IndirectInvoiceDocument Type Note for general and promotional text.
AR Credit MemoCredit Memo
AR ReceiptReceipt
MM ShipmentDelivery Note
MM Shipment IndirectDelivery Note
MM ReceiptVendor Delivery
AP InvoiceVendor Invoice
AP CreditMemoVendor Credit Memo
AP PaymentVendor Payment
Purchase OrderPurchase Order
Purchase RequisitionPurchase Requisition
QuotationQuotation
ProposalProposal
Prepay OrderPrepay Order
Return MaterialReturn Material Authorization
Standard OrderOrder Confirmation
On Credit OrderOrder Confirmation
Warehouse OrderOrder Confirmation
POS OrderOrder Confirmation
Project IssueProject Issue
Payment AllocationPayment Allocation
Match InvoiceMatch Invoice
Material ProductionMaterial Production
GL DocumentGL Document
Cash JournalCash Journal
Match POMatch PO
Material MovementMaterial Movement
Material Physical InventoryMaterial Physical Inventory
AR Pro Forma InvoiceAR Pro Forma Invoice
Bank StatementBank Statement
MM Receipt with ConfirmationVendor Delivery
MM Shipment with PickDelivery Note
MM Customer ReturnReturn Material
GL JournalJournal
GL Journal BatchJournal Batch
AR InvoiceInvoice
AR Invoice IndirectInvoice
AR Credit MemoCredit Memo
AP InvoiceInvoice
AP CreditMemoCredit Memo
Match InvoiceMatch Invoice
AR ReceiptPayment
AP PaymentPayment
AllocationAllocation
MM ShipmentDelivery Note
MM Shipment IndirectDelivery Note
MM ReceiptVendor Delivery
MM ReturnsCustomer Returns
Purchase OrderPurchase Order
Match POMatch PO
Purchase RequisitionRequisition
Bank StatementBank Statement
Cash JournalCash Journal
Material MovementInventory Move
Physical InventoryPhys.Inventory
Material ProductionProduction
Project IssueProject Issue
Binding offerQuotation
Non binding offerProposal
Prepay OrderPrepay Order
Return MaterialReturn Material Authorization
Standard OrderOrder Confirmation
Credit OrderOrder Confirmation
Warehouse OrderOrder Confirmation
POS OrderOrder Confirmation
GL DocumentGL Document
AR Pro Forma InvoiceAR Pro Forma Invoice
\ No newline at end of file
+** New **** New **** NO INVOICE **
GL JournalJournal
AR InvoiceInvoiceDocument Type Note for general and promotional text.
AR Invoice IndirectInvoiceDocument Type Note for general and promotional text.
AR Credit MemoCredit Memo
AR ReceiptReceipt
MM ShipmentDelivery Note
MM Shipment IndirectDelivery Note
MM ReceiptVendor Delivery
AP InvoiceVendor Invoice
AP CreditMemoVendor Credit Memo
AP PaymentVendor Payment
Purchase OrderPurchase Order
Purchase RequisitionPurchase Requisition
QuotationQuotation
ProposalProposal
Prepay OrderPrepay Order
Return MaterialReturn Material Authorization
Standard OrderOrder Confirmation
On Credit OrderOrder Confirmation
Warehouse OrderOrder Confirmation
POS OrderOrder Confirmation
Project IssueProject Issue
Payment AllocationPayment Allocation
Match InvoiceMatch Invoice
Material ProductionMaterial Production
GL DocumentGL Document
Cash JournalCash Journal
Match POMatch PO
Material MovementMaterial Movement
Material Physical InventoryMaterial Physical Inventory
AR Pro Forma InvoiceAR Pro Forma Invoice
Bank StatementBank Statement
MM Receipt with ConfirmationVendor Delivery
MM Shipment with PickDelivery Note
MM Customer ReturnReturn Material
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_DunningLevel_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_DunningLevel_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 311455f81f..47fc8388a5 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_DunningLevel_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_DunningLevel_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-StatementPlease review your statement and submit due payments.
Dunning LetterPlease pay the due invoices immediately
\ No newline at end of file
+StatementPlease review your statement and submit due payments.
Dunning LetterPlease pay the due invoices immediately
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_ElementValue_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_ElementValue_Trl_en_GB.xml
index facd0079bb..d904b1c1ca 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_ElementValue_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_ElementValue_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Tree Farm PayableTree Farm Payable
Sideline Revenue
Royalties Revenue
Unearned revenueWe have invoiced, but not delivered yet
Not invoiced revenueWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Other Revenue
Trade DiscountsGranted Trade discounts (corrects Product Revenue)
Payment discount revenueGranted early payment discount to customers
Promotion Discounts
Cost of Goods Sold
Product CoGsCost of Goods Sold
Product ExpenseDefault Product or Service costs (I.e. not on inventory)
Services Purchases
Sideline Purchases
Freight in
Returns
Returns Expense
Returns to Vendors
Inventory CoGs
Inventory ShrinkagePhysical Inventory Gain/Loss
Inventory Write Down Below Cost
Inventory AdjustmentInventory Actual Accounting Value Adjustment
Inventory RevaluationDifference to (lower cost) or market
CoGS Variances
Invoice price varianceDifference between product cost and invoice price (IPV)
Purchase price varianceDifference between purchase price and standard costs (PPV)
CoGs/Sales Discounts
Trade discounts receivedReceived Trade Discounts (corrects Product expense)
Payment discount revenueGranted early payment discount from vendors
Expenses
Payroll Expenses
Salaries
Vacation Pay
Vacation Pay Owners
Sick Pay Owners
Retirement (Pension, Proft Sharing, 401k)
FICA Tax Owners
Federal/State Unemployment
Federal/State Unemployment Owners
Health Insurance Premium Owners
Health Insurance Employee Contribution
Health Insurance Cobra Payments
Workers Compensation Insurance
Disability Insurance Premium
Disability Insurance Premium Owners
Disability Insurance Employee Contribution
Life Insurance Premium
Life Insurance Premium Owners
Life Insurance Employee Contribution
Other Benefit Expense
Staff Gifts & Perks
Staff Picnic (100% Deductible)
Payroll Processing Expense
Occupancy Cost
Rent Expense
Utilities
Other Occupancy Costs
Advertising
Media Advertising
Catalog, Newsletter
Events
Web Hosting
Other Advertising & Promotion
Vendor Advertising Allowances
Telephone
Mobile Telephone
Network Charges
Legal Fees
Accounting Fees
Inventory Verification Fees
Stationary & Supplies
Stationary & Supplies - Office Use
Janitorial Supplies
Data Processing Supplies
Data Processing Rental
Outside Computer Services
Depreciation Expense
Building Depreciation
Leasehold Improvement Depreciation
Furniture Depreciation
Fixtures Depreciation
Equipment Depreciation
Data Processing Equipment Depreciation
Software Depreciation
Business Travel
Business Travel - Auto Reimbursement
Assets
Cash
Checking AccountBank Asset
Checking In-TransferBank transactions in transit
Checking Unidentified ReceiptsReceipts from unidentified customer
Checking Unallocated ReceiptsReceived, unallocated payments
Checking Account 2
Savings Account
Cash in Registers
Petty CashCash Book Asset
Petty Cash In-TransferCash Book Transfer
Accounts Receivable
Accounts Receivable - TradeAccounts Receivables
A/R Non Sufficient Funds Returned Checks
A/R Trade Allowance for Bad Debit
Not invoiced receivablesWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Credit Card in Transit
In Transit A/R Amex
In Transit A/R Master Card
In Transit A/R Visa
A/R Credit Cards Allowance for Bad Debit
Vendor Allowances Receivable
Loans Receivable
Loans Receivable Employees
Loans Receivable Others
Prepayments
Vendor prepaymentPrepayments for future expense
Employee Expense PrepaymentExpense advances
Tax credit A/RTax to be re-imbursed - before tax declaration
Tax receivablesTax to receive based on tax declaration
A/R Miscellaneous
Investments
US Government Obligations
Tax-Exempt Securities
Other Investments
Inventory
Prepaid Expenses, Deposits & Other Current Assets
Prepaid Expenses
Prepaid Insurance
Prepaid Rent
Prepaid Interest
Prepaid Others
Deposits
Deposit Rent
Deposit Utilities
Deposit Others
Other Current Assets
Other Current Assets
Land and Building
Land
Building
Land Improvements
Building Improvements
Leasehold Improvements
Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment
Furniture
Fixtures
Equipment
Vehicles
Data Processing Equipment
Software
Project assetCreated Asset
Project WIPAsset Work in Progress
Building Accumulated Depreciation
Land Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Building Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Furniture Accumulated Depreciation
Fixtures Accumulated Depreciation
Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
Vehicles Accumulated Depreciation
Data Processing Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
Other Assets
Intangible Assets
Amortizable Assets
Customer Lists
Other Intangible Assets
Accumulated Amorization
Other Assets
Liabilities
Accounts Payables
Accounts Payables Trade
Not invoiced receiptsReceived products/services from vendors, but not invoiced
Accounts Payable ServicesAccounts Payables for non-product revenue
Payment selectionSelected A/P invoices for payment
Customer Payables
Merchandise Credits Unredeemed
Gift Certificated Unredeemed
Special Order Deposits
Mail Order Deposits
Tax Payables
Tax dueTax to be paid - before tax declaration
Tax liabilityTax to be paid based on tax declaration
Withholding (Tax)Withholding for 1099 or Quality Guarantee
Withholding (Other)
Intercompany Due ToDefault Payables account for intercompany trx
Accrued Expenses
Accrued Payroll
Payroll Withholdings
Federal Tax Withholding
FICA Withholding
Medicare Withholding
State Tax Withholding
Local Tax Withholding
401k & Pension Withholding
Garnishment Withholding
Miscellaneous Withholding
Accrued Payroll Taxes
Federal Unemployment Empolyers Contribution
State Unemployment Employers Contribution
Sales Tax Collected
Accrued Retirement Plan Expense
Accrued Expenses Others
Short Term Obligation
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
Long Term Liabilities
Mortgage
Loan from Owner/Stockholder
Other Long Term Obligation
Owner's Equity/Net Worth
Capital
Capital/Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Preferred Stock
Earnings
Drawings
Retained EarningsYear end processing to balance account (Income Summary)
Sales
Services Revenue
Direct Labor
Purchase price variance OffsetOffset Account for Purchase price variance (PPV)
Wages Owners
Sick Pay
FICA Tax
Health Insurance Premium
Joint Advertising
Telephone and Communications
Professional Services
Other Consulting Fees
Data Processing
Data Processung Other Expense
Building Improvement Depreciation
Vehicles Depreciation
Business Travel - Plane/Train/Taxi
Business Travel - Hotel
Business Meals & Entertainment (50%)
Staff Meeting Food (100%)
Employee expenseDefault employee expenses
Business Travel Other Expense
Insurance
Business Insurance
Real Estate Insurance
Vehicle Insurance
Other Insurance
Payment Processor Costs
Credit Card Service Charges
Bank Service ChargesBank expenses
Other Payment Service Charges
Dues & Subscription
Association Membership Fees
Subscription Fees
Office Expense
Office Expense
Posting & Shipping
Postage Expense
Customer Postage Fees Received
Shipping Expenses
Taxes and Licenses
Inventory & Use Taxes
Real Estate Taxes
Business Licenses & Fees
Education
Education Travel
Education Meals & Entertainment (50%)
Education Other
Office Equipment Rent
Store Equipment Rent
Repairs & Maintenance
Building Repairs & Maintenence
Furniture, Equipment Repairs & Maintenence
Software Maintenence
Vehicle Repairs & Maintenence
Repairs & Maintenance Other
Other Operating Expenses
Collection Expense
Petty Cash Over/ShortPetty Cash Differences
Recruitment Costs
Vehicle Expense
Amortization Expense
Franchise Fee / Royalty Fees
Miscellaneous Expense
Default/Suspense AccountsTemporary accounts - balance should be zero
Default accountDefault Account (if no other account is defined) V1.1
Suspense balancingDifference to make journal balance in source currency - needs to be solved
Suspense errorImport did not find account - needs to be solved
Cash book expenseDefault other expense for petty cash transactions
Cash book receiptsDefault other revenue for petty cash transactions
Charge expenseDefault other expense
Charge revenueDefault other revenue
Other Income
Interest IncomeBank interest revenue
Divident Income
Rental Income
Sales Tax Commission
Currency Gain
Bank revaluation gainForeign currency bank account gain
Bank settlement gainDifference between payment and bank account currency
Unrealized gainDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Capital Gains Income
Fixed Asset Sale Gain
Other Income
Other Expense
Interest ExpenseBank interest expense
Mortage Interest Expense
Charitable Contributions
Currency Loss
Bank revaluation lossForeign currency bank account loss
Unrealized lossDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Realized lossDifference between invoice and payment currency
Currency balancingRounding difference to make journal balance in accounting currency
Capital Gains Loss
Fixed Asset Sale Loss
Other Expense
Income Tax & Summary
State Income Tax
Local Income Tax
Costing
Profit Center Costing Distribution
Project Costing Distribution
Commitment Accounting
PO Encumbrance
PO Commitment
SO Future Revenue
In Transit A/R ATM Cards
Loans Receivable Owners/Shareholders
Tax receivables
Intercompany Due FromDefault Receivables account for intercompany trx
Product assetProduct Inventory Account
Project Assets
Accumulated Depreciation
Leasehold Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Software Accumulated Depreciation
Goodwill
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
Accounts Payable TradeAccounts Payables
Customer PrepaymentsPrepayments for future revenue
FICA Employers Contribution
Accrued Use Tax
Current Note Payables
Long Term Obligation
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
Preferred Stock
Dividents
Trade RevenueDefault Product or Service revenue
Customer Package Expense
Tax expenseSales Tax paid to Vendors
Education Course Fees
Equipment Rent
Equipment Rent Other
Data Processing Repairs & Maintenence
Bad Debts Write-offReceivables write-off - bad debt
Penalties
Realized gainDifference between invoice and payment currency
Uninsured Casualty Loss
Bank settlement lossDifference between payment and bank account currency
Federal Income Tax
Income SummaryYear end processing to balance account (Retained Earnings)
Wages
Land Improvement Depreciation
Accounts Receivable - Trade
Licenses & Fees - Other
General Trade InventoryInventory Account
Medicare Employers Contribution
Commissions PaidCommissions Paid
Inventory ClearingDefault Product costs (I.e. on inventory)
Cost AdjustmentsProduct Cost Adjustments
Accounts Receivable Services - TradeAccounts Receivables for Services
7-Expenses7-Expenses
Product ExpenseDefault Service costs (I.e. not on inventory)
Not invoiced receivablesWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Inventory ShrinkagePhysical Inventory Gain/Loss
Unrealized gainDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Income SummaryYear end processing to balance account (Retained Earnings)
Realized gainDifference between invoice and payment currency
Tax receivablesTax to receive based on tax declaration
Not invoiced revenueWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Intercompany Due ToDefault Payables account for intercompany trx
Project assetCreated Asset
Trade DiscountsGranted Trade discounts (corrects Product Revenue)
Project WIPAsset Work in Progress
Trade RevenueDefault Product or Service revenue
Retained EarningsYear end processing to balance account (Income Summary)
Checking Unidentified ReceiptsReceipts from unidentified customer
Bank settlement gainDifference between payment and bank account currency
Petty Cash In-TransferCash Book Transfer
Checking In-TransferBank transactions in transit
Payment discount revenueGranted early payment discount from vendors
Cash book receiptsDefault other revenue for petty cash transactions
Inventory AdjustmentInventory Actual Accounting Value Adjustment
Tax credit A/RTax to be re-imbursed - before tax declaration
Unearned revenueWe have invoiced but not delivered yet
Charge revenueDefault other revenue
Trade discounts receivedReceived Trade Discounts (corrects Product expense)
Default accountDefault Account (if no other account is defined) V1.1
Unrealized lossDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Interest ExpenseBank interest expense
Bad Debts Write-offReceivables write-off - bad debt
Accounts Receivable - TradeAccounts Receivables
Inventory RevaluationDifference to (lower cost) or market
Vendor prepaymentPrepayments for future expense
Intercompany Due FromDefault Receivables account for intercompany trx
Purchase price varianceDifference between purchase price and standard costs (PPV)
Bank settlement lossDifference between payment and bank account currency
Accounts Payable ServicesAccounts Payables for non-product revenue
Bank revaluation gainForeign currency bank account gain
Accounts Payable TradeAccounts Payables
Accounts Receivable Services - TradeAccounts Receivables for Services
Tax liabilityTax to be paid based on tax declaration
Payment selectionSelected A/P invoices for payment
Bank revaluation lossForeign currency bank account loss
Tax dueTax to be paid - before tax declaration
Petty CashCash Book Asset
Product Inventory ClearingDefault Product costs (I.e. on inventory)
Withholding (Tax)Withholding for 1099 or Quality Guarantee
Invoice price varianceDifference between product cost and invoice price (IPV)
General Trade InventoryInventory Account
Employee Expense PrepaymentExpense advances
Checking AccountBank Asset
Charge expenseDefault other expense
Checking Unallocated ReceiptsReceived unallocated payments
Currency balancingRounding difference to make journal balance in accounting currency
Payment discount expenseGranted early payment discount to customers
Purchase price variance OffsetOffset Account for Purchase price variance (PPV)
Not invoiced receiptsReceived products/services from vendors but not invoiced
Petty Cash Over/ShortPetty Cash Differences
Product Cost AdjustmentProduct Cost Adjustments
PO Commitment
Suspense errorImport did not find account - needs to be solved
Employee expenseDefault employee expenses
Product assetProduct Inventory Account
Interest IncomeBank interest revenue
Customer PrepaymentsPrepayments for future revenue
Suspense balancingDifference to make journal balance in source currency - needs to be solved
Cash book expenseDefault other expense for petty cash transactions
Realized lossDifference between invoice and payment currency
Tax expenseSales Tax paid to Vendors
Bank Service ChargesBank expenses
Product CoGsCost of Goods Sold
\ No newline at end of file
+Tree Farm PayableTree Farm Payable
Sideline Revenue
Royalties Revenue
Unearned revenueWe have invoiced, but not delivered yet
Not invoiced revenueWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Other Revenue
Trade DiscountsGranted Trade discounts (corrects Product Revenue)
Payment discount revenueGranted early payment discount to customers
Promotion Discounts
Cost of Goods Sold
Product CoGsCost of Goods Sold
Product ExpenseDefault Product or Service costs (I.e. not on inventory)
Services Purchases
Sideline Purchases
Freight in
Returns
Returns Expense
Returns to Vendors
Inventory CoGs
Inventory ShrinkagePhysical Inventory Gain/Loss
Inventory Write Down Below Cost
Inventory AdjustmentInventory Actual Accounting Value Adjustment
Inventory RevaluationDifference to (lower cost) or market
CoGS Variances
Invoice price varianceDifference between product cost and invoice price (IPV)
Purchase price varianceDifference between purchase price and standard costs (PPV)
CoGs/Sales Discounts
Trade discounts receivedReceived Trade Discounts (corrects Product expense)
Payment discount revenueGranted early payment discount from vendors
Expenses
Payroll Expenses
Salaries
Vacation Pay
Vacation Pay Owners
Sick Pay Owners
Retirement (Pension, Proft Sharing, 401k)
FICA Tax Owners
Federal/State Unemployment
Federal/State Unemployment Owners
Health Insurance Premium Owners
Health Insurance Employee Contribution
Health Insurance Cobra Payments
Workers Compensation Insurance
Disability Insurance Premium
Disability Insurance Premium Owners
Disability Insurance Employee Contribution
Life Insurance Premium
Life Insurance Premium Owners
Life Insurance Employee Contribution
Other Benefit Expense
Staff Gifts & Perks
Staff Picnic (100% Deductible)
Payroll Processing Expense
Occupancy Cost
Rent Expense
Utilities
Other Occupancy Costs
Advertising
Media Advertising
Catalog, Newsletter
Events
Web Hosting
Other Advertising & Promotion
Vendor Advertising Allowances
Telephone
Mobile Telephone
Network Charges
Legal Fees
Accounting Fees
Inventory Verification Fees
Stationary & Supplies
Stationary & Supplies - Office Use
Janitorial Supplies
Data Processing Supplies
Data Processing Rental
Outside Computer Services
Depreciation Expense
Building Depreciation
Leasehold Improvement Depreciation
Furniture Depreciation
Fixtures Depreciation
Equipment Depreciation
Data Processing Equipment Depreciation
Software Depreciation
Business Travel
Business Travel - Auto Reimbursement
Assets
Cash
Checking AccountBank Asset
Checking In-TransferBank transactions in transit
Checking Unidentified ReceiptsReceipts from unidentified customer
Checking Unallocated ReceiptsReceived, unallocated payments
Checking Account 2
Savings Account
Cash in Registers
Petty CashCash Book Asset
Petty Cash In-TransferCash Book Transfer
Accounts Receivable
Accounts Receivable - TradeAccounts Receivables
A/R Non Sufficient Funds Returned Checks
A/R Trade Allowance for Bad Debit
Not invoiced receivablesWe delivered but have not invoiced yet
Credit Card in Transit
In Transit A/R Amex
In Transit A/R Master Card
In Transit A/R Visa
A/R Credit Cards Allowance for Bad Debit
Vendor Allowances Receivable
Loans Receivable
Loans Receivable Employees
Loans Receivable Others
Prepayments
Vendor prepaymentPrepayments for future expense
Employee Expense PrepaymentExpense advances
Tax credit A/RTax to be re-imbursed - before tax declaration
Tax receivablesTax to receive based on tax declaration
A/R Miscellaneous
Investments
US Government Obligations
Tax-Exempt Securities
Other Investments
Inventory
Prepaid Expenses, Deposits & Other Current Assets
Prepaid Expenses
Prepaid Insurance
Prepaid Rent
Prepaid Interest
Prepaid Others
Deposits
Deposit Rent
Deposit Utilities
Deposit Others
Other Current Assets
Other Current Assets
Land and Building
Land
Building
Land Improvements
Building Improvements
Leasehold Improvements
Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment
Furniture
Fixtures
Equipment
Vehicles
Data Processing Equipment
Software
Project assetCreated Asset
Project WIPAsset Work in Progress
Building Accumulated Depreciation
Land Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Building Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Furniture Accumulated Depreciation
Fixtures Accumulated Depreciation
Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
Vehicles Accumulated Depreciation
Data Processing Equipment Accumulated Depreciation
Other Assets
Intangible Assets
Amortizable Assets
Customer Lists
Other Intangible Assets
Accumulated Amorization
Other Assets
Liabilities
Accounts Payables
Accounts Payables Trade
Not invoiced receiptsReceived products/services from vendors, but not invoiced
Accounts Payable ServicesAccounts Payables for non-product revenue
Payment selectionSelected A/P invoices for payment
Customer Payables
Merchandise Credits Unredeemed
Gift Certificated Unredeemed
Special Order Deposits
Mail Order Deposits
Tax Payables
Tax dueTax to be paid - before tax declaration
Tax liabilityTax to be paid based on tax declaration
Withholding (Tax)Withholding for 1099 or Quality Guarantee
Withholding (Other)
Intercompany Due ToDefault Payables account for intercompany trx
Accrued Expenses
Accrued Payroll
Payroll Withholdings
Federal Tax Withholding
FICA Withholding
Medicare Withholding
State Tax Withholding
Local Tax Withholding
401k & Pension Withholding
Garnishment Withholding
Miscellaneous Withholding
Accrued Payroll Taxes
Federal Unemployment Empolyers Contribution
State Unemployment Employers Contribution
Sales Tax Collected
Accrued Retirement Plan Expense
Accrued Expenses Others
Short Term Obligation
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
Long Term Liabilities
Mortgage
Loan from Owner/Stockholder
Other Long Term Obligation
Owner's Equity/Net Worth
Capital
Capital/Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Common Stock
Capital in excess of Par on Preferred Stock
Earnings
Drawings
Retained EarningsYear end processing to balance account (Income Summary)
Sales
Services Revenue
Direct Labor
Purchase price variance OffsetOffset Account for Purchase price variance (PPV)
Wages Owners
Sick Pay
FICA Tax
Health Insurance Premium
Joint Advertising
Telephone and Communications
Professional Services
Other Consulting Fees
Data Processing
Data Processung Other Expense
Building Improvement Depreciation
Vehicles Depreciation
Business Travel - Plane/Train/Taxi
Business Travel - Hotel
Business Meals & Entertainment (50%)
Staff Meeting Food (100%)
Employee expenseDefault employee expenses
Business Travel Other Expense
Insurance
Business Insurance
Real Estate Insurance
Vehicle Insurance
Other Insurance
Payment Processor Costs
Credit Card Service Charges
Bank Service ChargesBank expenses
Other Payment Service Charges
Dues & Subscription
Association Membership Fees
Subscription Fees
Office Expense
Office Expense
Posting & Shipping
Postage Expense
Customer Postage Fees Received
Shipping Expenses
Taxes and Licenses
Inventory & Use Taxes
Real Estate Taxes
Business Licenses & Fees
Education
Education Travel
Education Meals & Entertainment (50%)
Education Other
Office Equipment Rent
Store Equipment Rent
Repairs & Maintenance
Building Repairs & Maintenence
Furniture, Equipment Repairs & Maintenence
Software Maintenence
Vehicle Repairs & Maintenence
Repairs & Maintenance Other
Other Operating Expenses
Collection Expense
Petty Cash Over/ShortPetty Cash Differences
Recruitment Costs
Vehicle Expense
Amortization Expense
Franchise Fee / Royalty Fees
Miscellaneous Expense
Default/Suspense AccountsTemporary accounts - balance should be zero
Default accountDefault Account (if no other account is defined) V1.1
Suspense balancingDifference to make journal balance in source currency - needs to be solved
Suspense errorImport did not find account - needs to be solved
Cash book expenseDefault other expense for petty cash transactions
Cash book receiptsDefault other revenue for petty cash transactions
Charge expenseDefault other expense
Charge revenueDefault other revenue
Other Income
Interest IncomeBank interest revenue
Divident Income
Rental Income
Sales Tax Commission
Currency Gain
Bank revaluation gainForeign currency bank account gain
Bank settlement gainDifference between payment and bank account currency
Unrealized gainDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Capital Gains Income
Fixed Asset Sale Gain
Other Income
Other Expense
Interest ExpenseBank interest expense
Mortage Interest Expense
Charitable Contributions
Currency Loss
Bank revaluation lossForeign currency bank account loss
Unrealized lossDifference between foreign currency receivables/payables and current rate
Realized lossDifference between invoice and payment currency
Currency balancingRounding difference to make journal balance in accounting currency
Capital Gains Loss
Fixed Asset Sale Loss
Other Expense
Income Tax & Summary
State Income Tax
Local Income Tax
Costing
Profit Center Costing Distribution
Project Costing Distribution
Commitment Accounting
PO Encumbrance
PO Commitment
SO Future Revenue
In Transit A/R ATM Cards
Loans Receivable Owners/Shareholders
Tax receivables
Intercompany Due FromDefault Receivables account for intercompany trx
Product assetProduct Inventory Account
Project Assets
Accumulated Depreciation
Leasehold Improvement Accumulated Depreciation
Software Accumulated Depreciation
Goodwill
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
Accounts Payable TradeAccounts Payables
Customer PrepaymentsPrepayments for future revenue
FICA Employers Contribution
Accrued Use Tax
Current Note Payables
Long Term Obligation
Current Portion of Long Term Debt
Preferred Stock
Dividents
Trade RevenueDefault Product or Service revenue
Customer Package Expense
Tax expenseSales Tax paid to Vendors
Education Course Fees
Equipment Rent
Equipment Rent Other
Data Processing Repairs & Maintenence
Bad Debts Write-offReceivables write-off - bad debt
Penalties
Realized gainDifference between invoice and payment currency
Uninsured Casualty Loss
Bank settlement lossDifference between payment and bank account currency
Federal Income Tax
Income SummaryYear end processing to balance account (Retained Earnings)
Wages
Land Improvement Depreciation
Accounts Receivable - Trade
Licenses & Fees - Other
General Trade InventoryInventory Account
Medicare Employers Contribution
Commissions PaidCommissions Paid
Inventory ClearingDefault Product costs (I.e. on inventory)
Cost AdjustmentsProduct Cost Adjustments
Accounts Receivable Services - TradeAccounts Receivables for Services
7-Expenses7-Expenses
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_Greeting_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_Greeting_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 332201a406..24e240d14b 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_Greeting_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_Greeting_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-MrMr
\ No newline at end of file
+MrMr
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 26788289bd..5fea52fcf4 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_PaymentTerm_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-30 Net
Immediate
2%10 Net 302% discount if paid in 10 days, net due in 30 daysPayment Term Note: Long Term Contracts are eligible for payment discounts.
30 Days Net
50% Immediate - 50% in 30 days
Immediate
\ No newline at end of file
+30 Net
Immediate
2%10 Net 302% discount if paid in 10 days, net due in 30 daysPayment Term Note: Long Term Contracts are eligible for payment discounts.
30 Days Net
50% Immediate - 50% in 30 days
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_TaxCategory_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_TaxCategory_Trl_en_GB.xml
index ec61b7c85c..a932eea5bb 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_TaxCategory_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_TaxCategory_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Standard
Standard
UK VAT
\ No newline at end of file
+Standard
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_Tax_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_Tax_Trl_en_GB.xml
index f31add9d05..9875e50204 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_Tax_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_Tax_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Standard
Standard UK VATS
GSTCanadian Federal Sales TaxGST
PSTCanadian Provintial TaxPST
GST/PSTCanadian Federal & State TaxTax
ExemptUsed when Business Partners are exempt from tax
Standard
UK VAT
\ No newline at end of file
+Standard
CT Sales6%CT
GSTCanadian Federal Sales TaxGST
PSTCanadian Provintial TaxPST
GST/PSTCanadian Federal & State TaxTax
ExemptUsed when Business Partners are exempt from tax
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/C_UOM_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/C_UOM_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 0b886cada6..e089f97860 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/C_UOM_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/C_UOM_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-EachEa
Hourh
Dayd
Minutes(lowest unit for resorce assigments)m
Work Day8 hourD
Weekw
Month30 daysm
Working Month20 daysM
Yeary
6-Pack6Pk
\ No newline at end of file
+EachEa
Hourh
Dayd
Minutes(lowest unit for resorce assigments)m
Work Day8 hourD
Weekw
Month30 daysm
Working Month20 daysM
Yeary
6-Pack6Pk
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/M_Product_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/M_Product_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 49e33a53b2..85fc871cec 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/M_Product_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/M_Product_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Standard
Oak TreeOak Trees may grow quite a bit.
Sleeplight Double MatressA sprung double matress providing lower back support
Grass Seed Container
Planting Service
Rose Bush
Oak Queen Anne - Double Bed Frame
Holly Bush
Plum Tree
Travel costTravel related costs
Mary Consultant
Patio ChairNice Chair for outdoors
Patio TableNice Table for outdoors
Patio Sun ScreenProtect from UV
Fertilizer #5050 # Bag of Lawn Fertilizer
Mulch 10#10# Bag of Mulch
Hoe 4 ft4 Foot Metal Hoe
Rake Bamboo4 Foot Bamboo Rake
Rake Metal4 Foot Metal Rake
WeederHand Weeder
TransplanterHand Transplanter
Grass SeederManual Grass Seeder
Lawn TillerManual Lawn Tiller
Patio Furniture Set1 table, 4 Chairs and 1 Sun Screen
How To PlantInformation on how to best to plant your future.
TShirt - Red Large
TShirt - Green Large
Standard
Domain Registration (gTLD)
\ No newline at end of file
+Standard
Oak TreeOak Trees may grow quite a bit.
Elm Tree
Grass Seed Container
Planting Service
Rose Bush
Azalea Bush
Holly Bush
Plum Tree
Travel costTravel related costs
Mary Consultant
Patio ChairNice Chair for outdoors
Patio TableNice Table for outdoors
Patio Sun ScreenProtect from UV
Fertilizer #5050 # Bag of Lawn Fertilizer
Mulch 10#10# Bag of Mulch
Hoe 4 ft4 Foot Metal Hoe
Rake Bamboo4 Foot Bamboo Rake
Rake Metal4 Foot Metal Rake
WeederHand Weeder
TransplanterHand Transplanter
Grass SeederManual Grass Seeder
Lawn TillerManual Lawn Tiller
Patio Furniture Set1 table, 4 Chairs and 1 Sun Screen
How To PlantInformation on how to best to plant your future.
TShirt - Red Large
TShirt - Green Large
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/R_MailText_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/R_MailText_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 6cfdb5675e..54b4ce81e8 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/R_MailText_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/R_MailText_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Order ConfirmationDear @Name@,
+Order ConfirmationDear @Name@,
Thank you for your order.
diff --git a/data/en_GB/W_MailMsg_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/W_MailMsg_Trl_en_GB.xml
index 9e43715665..ba0e9197bf 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/W_MailMsg_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/W_MailMsg_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-Dear EMail Validation You requested the Validation Code: Please enter the validation code to get access.
Dear Password Request We received a 'Send Password' request from: Your password is:
Dear New Subscription You requested to be added to the list: Thanks for your interest.
Dear Remove Subscription You requested to be removed from the list: Sorry to see you go. This is effictive immediately.
Dear ADempiere Web - Order Thank you for your purchase: You can view your Orders, Invoices, Payments in the Web Store. From there, you also download your Assets (Documentation, etc.)
Dear ADempiere Web - Payment Thank you for your payment of You can view your Orders, Invoices, Payments in the Web Store. From there you also download your Assets (Documentation, etc.)
Dear ADempiere Web - Declined Payment Unfortunately your payment was declined: Please check and try again. You can pay later by going to 'My Orders' or 'My Invoices' - or by directly creating a payment in 'My Payments'
Dear Request Thank you for your request: ---------.----------.----------.----------.----------.---------- ---------.----------.----------.----------.----------.---------- Please check back for updates.
Welcome to our Web StoreWelcomeThis is the Validation Code to access information:
\ No newline at end of file
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/data/en_GB/W_Store_Trl_en_GB.xml b/data/en_GB/W_Store_Trl_en_GB.xml
index c8235168c3..72d3ee2d0b 100644
--- a/data/en_GB/W_Store_Trl_en_GB.xml
+++ b/data/en_GB/W_Store_Trl_en_GB.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-ADempiere120x60.gif<h1>Web Store</h1>Parameter3Parameter4Parameter5Parameter6
\ No newline at end of file
+ADempiere120x60.gif<h1>Web Store</h1>Parameter3Parameter4Parameter5Parameter6
\ No newline at end of file